openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

7906 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97431 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:14:30 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97431 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/caasp.cs.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/caasp.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/caasp.cs.po 2017-09-14 14:13:29 UTC (rev 97430) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/caasp.cs.po 2017-09-14 14:14:30 UTC (rev 97431) @@ -14,34 +14,34 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Přehled instalací" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Instalovat" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -59,29 +59,24 @@ "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" msgstr "" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po 2017-09-14 14:13:29 UTC (rev 97430) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/country.cs.po 2017-09-14 14:14:30 UTC (rev 97431) @@ -14,62 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Nastavení klávesnice." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Souhrn nastavení klávesnice." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Nastavení nové konfigurace klávesnice." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Seznam všech dostupných rozložení klávesnice." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nové rozložení klávesnice" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Aktuální rozložení klávesnice: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Rozložení kláves '%1' je chybné. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte příkazem 'list'." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Rozložení kláves '%1' je chybné. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte příkazem 'list'." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Rozložení klávesnice" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Rozložení &klávesnice" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -83,81 +81,76 @@ "Pokud si nejste jistí, ponechte výchozí nastavení.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nastavení provedená zde platí pouze pro klávesnici konzoly. Klávesnici " -"grafického uživatelského rozhraní nakonfigurujte pomocí jiného nástroje.</" -"p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Nastavení provedená zde platí pouze pro klávesnici konzoly. Klávesnici grafického uživatelského rozhraní nakonfigurujte pomocí jiného nástroje.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Expertní nastavení klávesnice" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Rychlost opakování" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Prod&leva před zahájením opakování" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Stav po spuštění" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Num Lock zapnut" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Nastavení BIOSu" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ano" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<nezměněno>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Z&akázat Caps Lock" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "E&xpertní nastavení..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -165,15 +158,14 @@ "\n" "<big>Konfigurace klávesnice</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -182,8 +174,8 @@ "Expertní volby jsou dostupné v Expertní nastavení.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -193,30 +185,26 @@ "Pokud si nejste jisti, ponechejte předem nastavené hodnoty.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Zvolte Rozložení klávesnice, které bude systém používat.\n" -"Rozšířené možnosti, např. rychlost opakování a zpoždění, jsou dostupné v " -"Expertním nastavení.\n" -"Více voleb i rozložení klávesnice najdete v příslušných nástrojích vašeho " -"desktopového prostředí.\n" +"Rozšířené možnosti, např. rychlost opakování a zpoždění, jsou dostupné v Expertním nastavení.\n" +"Více voleb i rozložení klávesnice najdete v příslušných nástrojích vašeho desktopového prostředí.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Nastavení systémové klávesnice" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -224,12 +212,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -239,186 +227,183 @@ "k aktualizaci. Zvolte rozložení klávesnice,\n" "které si přejete používat během aktualizace:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Nastavení klávesnice systému X11 na hodnotu %s se nezdařilo" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Rozložení klávesnice<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Jazyk<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Místní nastavení" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Jazyk" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Nastavení jazyka" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Souhrn nastavení jazyka" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Nastavte nové hodnoty pro jazyk" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Seznam dostupných jazyků." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nový jazyk" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Seznam sekundárních jazyků (oddělených čárkami)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Neinstalovat jazykově specifické balíčky" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace jazyků" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Uložení nastavení jazyku a konzole" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Instalace a odinstalace ovlivněných balíčků" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Aktualizovat překlady v nabídce zavaděče" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Ukládá se nastavení jazyku a konzole...." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Instalují a odinstalovávají se balíčky..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Aktualizuje se překlad nabídky zavaděče..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace Prosím čekejte..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Současný jazyk: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Další jazyky: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 není platný jazyk. Dostupné hodnoty zobrazíte příkazem list." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Jazyk" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Jazyky" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Vítejte v systémové opravě" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaily" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "&Sekundární jazyk" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Primární &jazyk" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Nastavení primárního jazyka" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Budou nainstalovány balíčky s podporou zvoleného primárního a sekundárního " -"jazyka. Již nepotřebné balíčky budou odstraněny.\n" +"Budou nainstalovány balíčky s podporou zvoleného primárního a sekundárního jazyka. Již nepotřebné balíčky budou odstraněny.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -430,8 +415,8 @@ "a později pro nainstalovaný systém.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -441,8 +426,8 @@ "Klikněte na Další pro přechod do dalšího dialogu.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -454,8 +439,8 @@ "v závěrečném dialogu.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -467,9 +452,9 @@ "Zrušit.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -479,8 +464,8 @@ "Zvolte nový jazyk, který se použije ve vašem systému.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -490,28 +475,21 @@ "Zvolte nový primární jazyk, který se použije ve vašem systému.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zaškrtnutím pole Upravit rozložení klávesnice můžete změnit rozložení " -"klávesnice na primární jazyk.\n" -"Zaškrtnutím pole Upravit časové pásmo můžete změnit aktuální časové " -"pásmo podle primárního jazyka. Je-li již rozložení klávesnice nebo časové " -"pásmo přizpůsobeno výchozímu nastavení pro daný jazyk, není tato možnost " -"dostupná.\n" +"Zaškrtnutím pole Upravit rozložení klávesnice můžete změnit rozložení klávesnice na primární jazyk.\n" +"Zaškrtnutím pole Upravit časové pásmo můžete změnit aktuální časové pásmo podle primárního jazyka. Je-li již rozložení klávesnice nebo časové pásmo přizpůsobeno výchozímu nastavení pro daný jazyk, není tato možnost dostupná.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -523,13 +501,13 @@ "V následujícím seznamu zvolte další jazyky, které si přejete používat.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Vyskytly se nevyřešené závislosti mezi balíky." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -537,8 +515,8 @@ "Pro instalaci dodatečných balíčků není dost volného místa.\n" "Odstraňte některé jazyky z výběru." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -552,8 +530,8 @@ "Pokud si nejste jistí, ponechte výchozí nastavení.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -563,73 +541,65 @@ "Nastavené locale pro uživatele root\n" "určuje, jak jsou pro uživatele root nastaveny proměnné locale (LC_*)." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Pouze ctype: Root má stejnou hodnotu LC_CTYPE jako normální " -"uživatelé. Ostatní\n" +"Pouze ctype: Root má stejnou hodnotu LC_CTYPE jako normální uživatelé. Ostatní\n" "hodnoty nejsou nastaveny. \n" "yes: Root má stejné nastavení locale jako normální uživatelé. \n" "no: Root má všechny hodnoty locale nenastavené.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Pomocí pole Podrobné nastavení locale lze nastavit locale pro " -"primární jazyk, který není uveden v seznamu hlavního dialogu. Pro zvolenou " -"locale nemusí být k dispozici překlady." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Pomocí pole Podrobné nastavení locale lze nastavit locale pro primární jazyk, který není uveden v seznamu hlavního dialogu. Pro zvolenou locale nemusí být k dispozici překlady." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detailní nastavení jazyka" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Nastavení locale pro uživatele &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Pouze ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Použít kódování &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "&Podrobné nastavení locale" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "Přizpůsobit rozložení &kláves podle %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Přizpůsobit ča&sové pásmo podle %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -637,14 +607,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Stahují se jazyková rozšíření pro instalační systém..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -656,21 +626,21 @@ "\n" "Použije se záložní jazyk %{fallback}." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primární jazyk: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalují se balíčky..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -678,16 +648,16 @@ "Překlad primárních jazyků není doposud dokončen.\n" "Některé texty mohou být nepřeložené.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -695,68 +665,67 @@ "Zvolený jazyk nelze používat v textovém prostředí. Pro instalaci bude\n" "použita angličtina a zvolený jazyk se použije až pro nainstalovaný systém." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Nastavení časového pásma" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Shrnutí nastavení časového pásma" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Nastavení nových hodnot časového pásma" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Seznam všech dostupných časových pásem" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nové časové pásmo" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nová hodnota pro hardwarové hodiny. Může být 'local', 'utc' nebo 'UTC'." +msgstr "Nová hodnota pro hardwarové hodiny. Může být 'local', 'utc' nebo 'UTC'." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Současná časové pásmo:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Hardwarové hodiny nastaveny na:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Místní čas" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuální čas a datum:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -764,46 +733,39 @@ "Čas %1 je starý.\n" "Před spuštěním instalace zvolte platný čas." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Časové pásmo" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Ča&sové pásmo" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zadejte, zda je v poli Hardwarové hodiny nastaveny na nastaven místní " -"čas nebo UTC.\n" -"Většina počítačů s dalšími nainstalovanými OS (např. Microsoft Windows) " -"používá místní čas.\n" -"U čistě linuxových počítačů se obvykle používá UTC (Universal Time " -"Coordinated).\n" -"Je-li čas nastaven na čas UTC, počítač může automaticky přepínat na letní " -"čas a zpět.\n" +"Zadejte, zda je v poli Hardwarové hodiny nastaveny na nastaven místní čas nebo UTC.\n" +"Většina počítačů s dalšími nainstalovanými OS (např. Microsoft Windows) používá místní čas.\n" +"U čistě linuxových počítačů se obvykle používá UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n" +"Je-li čas nastaven na čas UTC, počítač může automaticky přepínat na letní čas a zpět.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -814,24 +776,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Poznámka: Vnitřní systémové hodiny, které používá linuxové jádro, musí\n" -"vždy být nstaveny na pásmo UTC, protože to je odkaz na správný místní čas v " -"uživatelském\n" +"vždy být nstaveny na pásmo UTC, protože to je odkaz na správný místní čas v uživatelském\n" "prostoru. Pokud pro interní hodiny vyberete místní čas,\n" "projděte si uživatelský manuál pro informace a vedlejších efektech.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -840,74 +798,68 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Vybrali jste místní čas, ale vypadá to, že na vašem počítači je jen Linux.\n" -"V takovém případě je důrazně doporučeno použít pásmo UTC a tedy klepnout na " -"Zrušit.\n" +"V takovém případě je důrazně doporučeno použít pásmo UTC a tedy klepnout na Zrušit.\n" "\n" "Pokud chcete ponechat místní čas, musíte dvakrát do roka upravit čas kvůli\n" -"přechodu mezi letním a zimním časem. Pokud zmeškáte úpravu času, mohou " -"selhat\n" +"přechodu mezi letním a zimním časem. Pokud zmeškáte úpravu času, mohou selhat\n" "zálohy, váš e-mailový systém může zahodit zprávy, atd.\n" "\n" "Pokud použijete pásmo UTC, bude Linux nastavovat čas automaticky.\n" "\n" "Chcete pokračovat s vaším výběrem místního času?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Je zobrazen aktuální systémový čas a datum. Pokud potřebujete, ručně je " -"změňte na správné hodnoty, nebo použijte protokol síťového času (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Je zobrazen aktuální systémový čas a datum. Pokud potřebujete, ručně je změňte na správné hodnoty, nebo použijte protokol síťového času (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Stiskněte Přijmout pro uložení vašich změn." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Aktuální datum je ve formátu DD-MM-RRRR" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Aktuální čas je ve formátu HH:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Aktuální datum" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Aktuální čas" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Ručně" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Nyní změnit čas" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Synchronizovat se serverem NTP..." -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Změnit datum a čas" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -915,8 +867,8 @@ "Neplatný čas (HH:MM:SS) %1\n" "Zadejte platný čas.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -924,49 +876,49 @@ "Neplatné datum (DD-MM-YYYY) %1\n" "Zadejte platné datum.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Další na&stavení..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum a čas (protokol NTP je nakonfigurován)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum a čas" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Hardwarové hodiny jsou nastaveny na čas UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Region" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Č&asové pásmo" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum a čas:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -974,356 +926,352 @@ "\n" "<big>Nastavení časového pásma a hodin</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pro nastavení časového pásma používaného systémem nejprve zvolte možnost v " -"poli Region.\n" -"Pole Časové pásmo pak umožní zvolit požadovanou zemi, časové pásmo " -"nebo oblast.\n" +"Pro nastavení časového pásma používaného systémem nejprve zvolte možnost v poli Region.\n" +"Pole Časové pásmo pak umožní zvolit požadovanou zemi, časové pásmo nebo oblast.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pokud není aktuální čas správný, změňte jeho nastavení pomocí tlačítka " -"Změnit\n" +"Pokud není aktuální čas správný, změňte jeho nastavení pomocí tlačítka Změnit\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Čas a časové pásmo" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Výběr platného časového pásma." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Místní čas" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Hardwarové hodiny nastaveny na" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "Protokol NTP je nakonfigurován" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Současné časové pásmo: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Anglické (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Anglické (GB)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Němčina" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Němčina (s mrtvými klávesami)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Němčina (Švýcarsko)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Francouzské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Francouzské (Švýcarsko)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Francouzské (Kanada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Kanadské (vícejazyčné)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Španělské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Španělské (Latinská Amerika)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Španělské (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugalské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugalské (Brazílie)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugalské (Brazílie, americké přízvuky)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Řecké" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nizozemština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dánské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Švédské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "České" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "České (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovenské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovenské (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovinské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Maďarština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Srbština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litva" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turecké" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Chorvatské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgické" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrajinské" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Kmérština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Korejština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabské země" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tádžičtina" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Tradiční čínština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Zjednodušená čínština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumunština" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "US mezinárodní" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Španějština (Asturiánská varianta)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2017-09-14 14:13:29 UTC (rev 97430) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2017-09-14 14:14:30 UTC (rev 97431) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,71 +26,69 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento program použijte pouze v případě, že již s rozdělováním pevných disků " -"máte zkušenosti.\n" +"Tento program použijte pouze v případě, že již s rozdělováním pevných disků máte zkušenosti.\n" "\n" " Pokud si nejste naprosto jisti tím, co děláte, nerozdělujte disky, \n" "které mohou být právě jakkoliv používány\n" -"(připojeny, používány pro odkládací prostor apod.). V opačném případě nebude " -"tabulka rozdělení disku\n" +"(připojeny, používány pro odkládací prostor apod.). V opačném případě nebude tabulka rozdělení disku\n" "předána jádru, což pravděpodobně povede ke ztrátě dat.\n" "\n" "Pokud i přesto chcete pokračovat, klikněte na Ano.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Rozdělování disku pro experty" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializuje se..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Probíhá zjišťování svazků." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurace úložiště" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Vypsat disky a oddíly disku" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Vypsat disky" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Vypsat diskové oddíly" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Navržené rozdělení" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Rozdělování disku pro experty..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Vytvořit nastavení oddílů..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -98,15 +96,15 @@ "Žádný automatický návrh není dostupný.\n" "Zadejte přípojné body ručně pomocí dialogu 'Rozdělování disku'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Upravit nastavení návrhu" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -116,9 +114,9 @@ "Vaše pevné disky byly zkontrolovány.\n" "Bylo navrženo zobrazené rozložení oddílů." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -132,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 a upravte nastavení v dialogu\n" "rozdělování disku pro experty.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -150,27 +148,27 @@ "Tato volba umožňuje též využití pokročilých možností jako\n" "je RAID nebo šifrování.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Není možné vytvořit požadovaný návrh." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "Není k dispozici dostatek místa k navrhnutí snímků kořenového svazku." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "K oddělení bodu připojení /home není k dispozici dostatek místa." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Není přiřazen žádný kořenový systém souborů. Nelze pokračovat." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -178,22 +176,22 @@ "Výpočet tohoto návrhu přepíše dosud provedené \n" "ruční změny. Pokračovat ve výpočtu návrhu?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Příprava disků..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -203,9 +201,9 @@ "použito\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -215,9 +213,9 @@ "volných\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -225,25 +223,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows volných (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -253,9 +251,9 @@ "Zvolte novou velikost windowsového oddílu.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -271,9 +269,9 @@ "Do té doby zůstane váš oddíl Windows nezměněn.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -287,23 +285,23 @@ "použijte tlačítko Zpět.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Nyní" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Po instalaci" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -319,9 +317,9 @@ "(po změně velikosti oddílu).\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -335,9 +333,9 @@ "nebo zadáním číselné hodnoty do obou vstupních polí.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -351,29 +349,29 @@ "potřebné oddíly.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows používají" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "volno" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -387,9 +385,9 @@ "potřebné linuxové oddíly.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -401,9 +399,9 @@ "Windows používají je velikost místa obsazeného oddílem Windows.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -415,13 +413,13 @@ "před linuxovou instalací.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Mění se velikost windowsového oddílu" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -448,9 +446,9 @@ "volného prostoru, včetně prostoru pro Windows\n" "a místa pro %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -466,8 +464,8 @@ "a jeho zaplnění to určitou dobu potrvá.\n" "\n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -489,14 +487,14 @@ "Pokud tento problém potrvá, nezbývá než zmenšit windowsový oddíl\n" "jiným způsobem.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Nedostatek místa pro instalaci." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -516,15 +514,15 @@ "\t windowsový oddíl jiným způsobem.\n" "\t......" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "Váš systém lze nakonfigurovat pouze volbou Uživatelské rozdělení disku" -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -544,10 +542,10 @@ "Zvolte prosím jiný disk nebo přerušte instalaci\n" "a zmenšete oddíl Windows jiným způsobem.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -563,10 +561,10 @@ "Zvolte prosím jiný disk nebo přerušte instalaci a\n" "zmenšete oddíl Windows jiným způsobem.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -594,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "Rozhodli jste se skutečně zmenšit windowsový oddíl?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Zmenšit Window&s" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -615,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "Jste si jisti, že chcete windowsový oddíl smazat?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Smazat Win&dows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -633,41 +631,38 @@ "Aby bylo možné nainstalovat systém Linux, zvolte více oddílů,\n" "které chcete odebrat, nebo zvolte větší disk." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Dostupné &disky" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Uživatelské rozdělení disku (pro experty)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Pevný disk" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte aktualizační disk CD, pokud je " -"dostupný." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte aktualizační disk CD, pokud je dostupný." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -679,8 +674,8 @@ "Zvolte prosím, na který z nich se má nainstalovat &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -690,8 +685,8 @@ "Zvolit část disku, která má být použita pro &product;, můžete později.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -707,29 +702,29 @@ "a jak je přidělit bodům připojení při instalaci systému &product;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Příprava pevného disku" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "" "Aby mohla instalace pokračovat,\n" "zvolte jednu z možností." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Disk %1 je používán rozhraním %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -743,62 +738,62 @@ "Konzultujte prosím příručku a ujistěte se,\n" "že vlastní rozdělení na oddíly splňuje požadavky tohoto produktu." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Aktivovat multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -806,7 +801,7 @@ "Není možné používat snímky.\n" "Použijte prosím větší kořenový oddíl." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -814,35 +809,35 @@ "Oddíl /home nebude naformátován. Po instalaci zkontrolujte,\n" "zda jsou správně nastavena oprávnění pro domovské adresáře." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Vlastní" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standardní" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Rozdělování disku" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "Rozdě&lování disku" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Ukládá se nastavení souborových systémů..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -850,15 +845,15 @@ "Současná volba je neplatná:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, nepřiřazeno" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -866,16 +861,16 @@ "Diskový oddíl\n" "pro instalaci %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Použít c&elý pevný disk" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -883,8 +878,8 @@ "Na disku nebyly nalezeny žádné oddíly.\n" "Celý disk bude použit pro %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -892,18 +887,18 @@ "Tento disk je používán Windows.\n" "není zde dostatek místa pro instalaci Linuxu." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Úplně o&dstranit celý oddíl Windows" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Zmenšit oddíl Window&s" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -914,8 +909,8 @@ "nainstalován &product;.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -923,13 +918,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zvolte buď možnost Použít celý disk, nebo jeden či více zde " -"zobrazených\n" +"Zvolte buď možnost Použít celý disk, nebo jeden či více zde zobrazených\n" "oddílů či volných oblastí.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -942,8 +936,8 @@ "se ztratí. Může to poškodit i další nainstalované operační systémy.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -955,16 +949,16 @@ "ztratí bez možnosti jejich záchrany.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Instaluje se na:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -978,8 +972,8 @@ "jejich oddíl zmenšit, abyste získali volný prostor.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -991,32 +985,31 @@ "\n" "Pokud smažete Windows, všechna data v tomto oddílu budou nenávratně\n" "ztracena, jakmile se spustí proces instalace. Naléhavě\n" -"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data. Je velice malá " -"pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n" +"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data. Je velice malá pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Navrhnout samostatný oddíl &home" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Vytvořit návrh založený na &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Zašifrovaná skupina svazků" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Typ návrhu" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1029,8 +1022,8 @@ "\n" "Chcete pokračovat s daným nastavením?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1045,8 +1038,8 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1060,8 +1053,8 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1075,9 +1068,9 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1093,8 +1086,8 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1107,15 +1100,14 @@ msgstr "" "Upozornění:\n" "Koncový cylindr zaváděcího oddílu je vyšší než %1.\n" -"Systém BIOS patrně nedokáže zavést operační systém z oddílů za cylindrem " -"%1.\n" +"Systém BIOS patrně nedokáže zavést operační systém z oddílů za cylindrem %1.\n" "Současnou instalaci systému %2\n" "možná nebude možné zavádět přímo. \n" "\n" "Opravdu chcete toto nastavení použít?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1129,8 +1121,8 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete ponechat tuto velikost spouštěcího oddílu?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1139,16 +1131,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Upozornění: K dispozici není žádný oddíl typu bios_grub.\n" -"Oddíl tohoto typu je doporučován (v případě Btrfs je vyžadován), je-li " -"program Grub2\n" +"Oddíl tohoto typu je doporučován (v případě Btrfs je vyžadován), je-li program Grub2\n" "nainstalován v záznamu MBR disku GPT. Oddíl nesmí být formátovaný\n" "a musí mít velikost přibližně 1 MB.\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1166,8 +1157,8 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení bez oddílu /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1185,7 +1176,7 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete toto nastavení použít?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1197,8 +1188,8 @@ "%s\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1214,8 +1205,8 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete toto nastavení použít?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1239,8 +1230,8 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1253,32 +1244,29 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Upozornění: Při vašem aktuálním nastavení bude při spouštění instalace %2 " -"docházet k problémům, \n" +"Upozornění: Při vašem aktuálním nastavení bude při spouštění instalace %2 docházet k problémům, \n" "protože na vašem disku RAID neexistuje samostatný\n" "oddíl %1.\n" "\n" "Toto bude způsobovat některé problémy s běžným nastavením spuštění.\n" "\n" -"Pokud přesně nevíte, co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální " -"oddíl.\n" +"Pokud přesně nevíte, co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální oddíl.\n" "\n" "Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Opravdu použít toto nastavení?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1286,15 +1274,14 @@ "\n" "Nezařadili jste do konfigurace odkládací oddíl (swap).\n" "Ve většině případů je velice doporučeno odkládací oddíl\n" -"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v " -"hlavním okně s typem\n" +"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v hlavním okně s typem\n" "„Linux Swap“. Zařazený odkládací oddíl má bod připojení „swap“.\n" "Pokud chcete, můžete vytvořit i více odkládacích oddílů.\n" "\n" "Opravdu použít nastavení bez odkládacích oddílů?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1306,8 +1293,8 @@ "YaST2 nemůže zaručit úspěšnou instalaci, zejména v následujících\n" "případech:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1318,32 +1305,30 @@ "- oddíl obsahuje linuxovou distribuci, která se má přepsat\n" "- tento oddíl ještě neobsahuje souborový systém.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Jste-li na pochybách, lepší bude se vrátit a označit tento oddíl\n" "k formátování – zejména pokud se jedná o standardní cestu\n" "jako /, /boot, /opt nebo /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Pokud se rozhodnete oddíl zformátovat, všechna data z tohoto oddílu budou " -"ztracena.\n" +"Pokud se rozhodnete oddíl zformátovat, všechna data z tohoto oddílu budou ztracena.\n" "\n" "Opravdu chcete ponechat oddíl nezformátovaný?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1351,8 +1336,8 @@ "Zvolený oddíl náleží do pole RAID (%1).\n" "Prosím odstraňte jej odtud, pokud jej chcete upravit.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1360,8 +1345,8 @@ "Zvolený oddíl náleží do skupiny svazků (%1).\n" "Prosím odstraňte jej odtud, pokud jej chcete upravit.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1369,8 +1354,8 @@ "Zvolené zařízení je používáno EVMS svazkem (%1).\n" "Před úpravami odstraňte EVMS svazek.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1378,8 +1363,8 @@ "Oddíl '%2' náleží do pole RAID (%1).\n" "Prosím odstraňte jej odtud, pokud jej chcete upravit.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1387,12 +1372,12 @@ "Zařízení (%2) je používáno %1.\n" "Před jeho smazáním odstraňte %1.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Položku nelze odstranit, když je připojena." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1401,14 +1386,12 @@ "Toto zařízení je logický oddíl a jiný logický \n" "oddíl s vyšším číslem je v současné době používán.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybraný rozšířený oddíl obsahuje oddíly, které jsou nyní připojeny:\n" @@ -1417,8 +1400,8 @@ "než tento rozšířený oddíl odstraníte.\n" "Pokud nevíte přesně, co děláte, zvolte Zrušit.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1432,8 +1415,8 @@ "nejprve všechny oddíly z jejich skupin, a poté je teprve\n" "smažte.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1447,8 +1430,8 @@ "nejprve všechny oddíly z jejich skupin, a poté je teprve\n" "smažte.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1459,8 +1442,8 @@ "Zvolený rozšířený oddíl obsahuje nejméně jeden používaný\n" "oddíl. Prosím odstraňte používaný svazek před smazáním rozšířeného oddílu.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1478,31 +1461,31 @@ "\n" "Opravdu chcete zachovat aktuální konfiguraci?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Zadejte heslo pro šifrovaný systém souborů." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Nesmíte zapomenout, co jste zde zadali!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Prázdná hesla povolena." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Heslo pro kryptovaný souborový systém na %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1510,38 +1493,38 @@ "Zadejte šifrovací heslo pro\n" "zařízení %1 připojené na %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Zadejte heslo k šifrovanému souborovému systému" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Zad&ejte heslo souborového systému:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Zadejte heslo pro kontrolu zno&vu:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Přeskočit" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1550,10 +1533,10 @@ "První a druhá verze hesla nesouhlasí!\n" "Zkuste to znovu.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1561,10 +1544,10 @@ "Nezadali jste heslo!\n" "Zkuste znovu.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1572,17 +1555,17 @@ "Heslo musí mít alespoň %1 znaků!\n" "Zkuste znovu.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Žádné číslo s plovoucí desetinnou čárkou." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Možnosti soub. systému:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1590,78 +1573,74 @@ "Znak lomítka '/' není již v popisku svazku povolen.\n" "Proveďte nastavení tak, aby tento znak nebyl v popisku obsažen.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Připojit v /etc/fstab podle:\n" "Normálně je zařízení k připojení v /etc/fstab identifikováno podle\n" "názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku svazku.\n" -"Ne všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba " -"nepřístupná,\n" +"Ne všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba nepřístupná,\n" "pak není podporována.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Popisek svazku:\n" -"Název zadaný do tohoto pole se použije jako popisek svazku. Toto nastavení " -"má význam, \n" +"Název zadaný do tohoto pole se použije jako popisek svazku. Toto nastavení má význam, \n" "pouze pokud aktivujete možnost připojení podle popisku svazku.\n" "Popisek svazku nesmí obsahovat znak / ani mezery.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Připojit v /etc/fstab podle" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Název zařízení" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Pop&isek svazku" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID zařízení" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Cesta k zařízení" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Volby fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1671,70 +1650,70 @@ "Maximální délka popisku svazku pro vybraný souborový\n" "systém je %1. Vaše jmenovka svazku byla zkrácena na tuto délku.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Zadejte popisek svazku pro připojení." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Tento popisek svazku je již použit; prosím vyberte jiný." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Souborový &systém" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "M&ožnosti..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Povolit snímky" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Šifrovat zaříz&ení" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "ID &soub. systému:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formátovat" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Neformátovat" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formátovat" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Volby fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Bod připo&jení" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1758,8 +1737,8 @@ "\n" "Pokračovat?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1770,8 +1749,8 @@ "Zmenšování souborového systému je podporováno pouze pro:\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 a ReiserFS." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1782,22 +1761,22 @@ "Zmenšování souborového systému je podporováno pouze pro:\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 a ReiserFS." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Zmenšením tohoto oddílu riskujete ztrátu dat." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Zmenšením tohoto logického oddílu riskujete ztrátu dat." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Pokračovat?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1808,8 +1787,8 @@ "Zvětšování souborového systému je podporováno pouze pro:\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs a ReiserFS." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1820,20 +1799,20 @@ "Zvětšování souborového systému je podporováno pouze pro:\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs a ReiserFS." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Pokračovat ve změně velikosti?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Zmenšili jste oddíl se systémem souborů reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Zmenšili jste logický svazek se systémem souborů reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1848,23 +1827,21 @@ "\n" "Chcete systém souborů zmenšit?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybrané zařízení obsahuje oddíly, které jsou právě připojeny:\n" "%1\n" -"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku " -"oddílů.\n" +"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku oddílů.\n" "Pokud nevíte, co děláte, zvolte Zrušit.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1878,8 +1855,8 @@ "zařízení odeberte všechny oddíly z odpovídajících\n" "skupin svazků.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1893,8 +1870,8 @@ "zařízení odeberte všechny oddíly z odpovídajících\n" "systémů diskových polí RAID.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1906,51 +1883,49 @@ "který je používán jiným svazkem. Před odstraněním zařízení\n" "odstraňte tento svazek.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Vytvořte a odeberte podsvazky ze systému souborů Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Povolte automatické vytváření snímků pro systém souborů Btrfs pomocí " -"nástroje Snapper." +msgstr "Povolte automatické vytváření snímků pro systém souborů Btrfs pomocí nástroje Snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Existující podřízené svazky:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nový podřízený svazek" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Přidat nový" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Odebrat" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Zpracování podřízeného svazku" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Název podřízeného svazku nesmí být prázdný." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1958,16 +1933,16 @@ "Aktuálně jsou povoleny pouze názvy začínající řetězcem %1.\n" "K názvu podřízeného svazku se automaticky přidá předpona %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Název podřízeného svazku %1 již existuje." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Dosud provedené změny v tomto dialogu se ztratí." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1977,8 +1952,8 @@ "Vytvářit šifrovaný souborový systém.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1988,8 +1963,8 @@ "Přístup k šifrovanému souborovému systému.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2003,34 +1978,31 @@ "souborový systém.\n" "\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp " -"nebo /var/tmp.\n" +"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp nebo /var/tmp.\n" "Pokud šifrovací heslo ponecháte prázdné, systém při spuštění systému\n" "vytvoří náhodné heslo. To znamená, že při vypnutí systému \n" "ztratíte veškerá data na těchto souborových systémech.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2042,14 +2014,13 @@ "Heslo zopakujete pro zaručení správnosti.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2059,8 +2030,8 @@ "nejméně %1 znaků a žádné speciální nebo akcentované znaky.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2070,14 +2041,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Povolené znaky jsou\n" -"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0</" -"tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n" +"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0</tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2087,8 +2057,8 @@ "Nezapomeňte toto heslo!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2098,12 +2068,11 @@ "Budete muset zadat šifrovací heslo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2115,7 +2084,7 @@ "přistupováno.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2135,7 +2104,7 @@ "Pokud chcete tento disk použít pro instalaci, měli byste\n" "tento popisek disku pomocí rozdělování disku pro experty zrušit.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2149,18 +2118,18 @@ "\n" "Všechny oddíly na disku je potřeba označit k odebrání.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Pro LVM nelze použít přípojný bod \"%1\".\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Pro RAID nelze použít přípojný bod %1." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2169,8 +2138,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu " -"automaticky\n" +"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu automaticky\n" "nepřipojoval. Tento souborový systém však může obsahovat soubory potřebné\n" "pro řádné fungování systému.\n" "\n" @@ -2178,8 +2146,8 @@ "\n" "Skutečně chcete tuto změnu provést?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2195,32 +2163,32 @@ "\n" "Skutečně chcete tuto změnu provést?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Přípojný bod nesmí být prázdný." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Odkládací zařízení musí mít jako bod připojení swap." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Pouze odkládací zařízení mohou mít jako bod připojení swap." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Tento bod připojení je již použit; prosím vyberte jiný." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2228,16 +2196,13 @@ "Použili jste FAT systém pro přípojné body /, /usr, /opt, /var, /home\n" "Toto není povoleno." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Neplatný znak v bodu připojení. Pro bod připojení nepoužívejte znaky „`“, " -"„'“, „!“, „%“, „#“." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Neplatný znak v bodu připojení. Pro bod připojení nepoužívejte znaky „`“, „'“, „!“, „%“, „#“." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2247,13 +2212,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Váš bod připojení musí začínat na lomítko (\"/\") " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2261,10 +2226,10 @@ "Přípojný bod „swap“ nelze přiřadit\n" "k zařízení bez odkládacího systému souborů." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2274,8 +2239,8 @@ "Vámi zadaná velikost (po zaokrouhlení nahoru) je %2.\n" "Minimální velikost pro tento systém souborů je %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2283,8 +2248,8 @@ "Není povoleno stanovit přípojný bod zařízení\n" "s neexistujícím nebo neznámým systémem souborů." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2307,14 +2272,14 @@ "\n" "Opravdu použít tento souborový systém?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Souborový systém je aktuálně připojen k %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2322,14 +2287,14 @@ "Můžete jej zkusit nyní odpojit, pokračovat bez odpojení nebo vše zrušit.\n" "Pokud nevíte co přesně děláte, klepněte na Zrušit." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Odpojit" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2337,75 +2302,75 @@ "Můžete jej nyní zkusit odpojit, nebo vše zrušit.\n" "Pokud přesně nevíte co děláte, klepněte na Zrušit." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Když je souborový systém připojen, není jej možné zmenšit." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Když je souborový systém připojen, není jej možné rozšířit." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Když je souborový systém připojen, není možné měnit jeho velikost." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Znovu zkontrolovat zařízení" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importovat body připojení..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Zadejte hesla &pro šifrování..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Konfigurovat &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Konfigurovat &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Konfigurace &Multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Konfigurovat &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Konfigurovat &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Konfigurace &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Konfigurovat..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Dostupné úložiště hostitele %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2413,8 +2378,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí všechna dostupná úložná\n" "zařízení." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2423,8 +2388,8 @@ "Dvojklikem na položku v tabulce\n" "přejdete na zobrazení podrobnějších informací k zařízení.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2432,8 +2397,8 @@ "Výběrem položky v tabulce\n" "zobrazíte podrobné informace o příslušném zařízení." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2441,8 +2406,8 @@ "Opětovná kontrola disků zruší všechny aktuální změny.\n" "Chcete disky opravdu znovu zkontrolovat?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2450,8 +2415,8 @@ "Volání konfigurace iSCSI zruší všechny aktuální změny.\n" "Opravdu chcete volat konfiguraci iSCSI?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2459,10 +2424,10 @@ "Volání konfigurace FCoE zruší všechny aktuální změny.\n" "Opravdu konfiguraci FCoE chcete zavolat?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2470,8 +2435,8 @@ "Spuštěním konfigurace Multipath zrušíte všechny aktuální změny.\n" "Opravdu chcete vyvolat konfiguraci Multipath?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2479,8 +2444,8 @@ "Volání konfigurace DASD zruší všechny aktuální změny.\n" "Opravdu chcete volat konfiguraci DASD?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2488,8 +2453,8 @@ "Volání konfigurace zFCP zruší všechny aktuální změny.\n" "Opravdu chcete volat konfiguraci zFCP?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2497,50 +2462,50 @@ "Volání konfigurace XPRAM zruší všechny aktuální změny.\n" "Opravdu chcete volat konfiguraci XPRAM?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Upravit oddíl Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Vyberte alespoň jedno zařízení." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Změňte zařízení, která jsou používána svazkem Btrfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Nepoužívaná zařízení" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Vybraná zařízení:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Změnit velikost svazku Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Není vybráno žádné zařízení Btrfs." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2548,178 +2513,174 @@ "Oddíl Btrfs %1 je používán a nelze jej\n" "upravit. Chcete-li oddíl %1 upravit, nesmí být používán." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Nepodařilo se odebrat některá fyzická zařízení." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Upravit" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Odstranit" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Svazky Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Upravit..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Smazat..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Toto zobrazení ukazuje všechny svazky Btrfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2727,8 +2688,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení ukazuje podrobné informace o vybraném\n" "svazku Btrfs.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2736,74 +2697,72 @@ "Toto zobrazení ukazuje všechna zařízení používaná\n" "vybraným svazkem Btrfs.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Zařízení Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Př&ehled" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Po&užitá zařízení" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Vyberte roli zařízení." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Spouštěcí oddíl EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Operační systém" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Data a aplikace ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Výměna" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Nezpracovaný svazek (neformátovaný)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Role" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2811,70 +2770,66 @@ "Nejprve vyberte, zda má být příslušný oddíl\n" "formátován, a vyberte požadovaný typ systému souborů." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Pokud chcete zašifrovat všechna data ve svazku,\n" "vyberte možnost Šifrovat zařízení. Změna šifrování\n" "existujícího svazku z něj smaže všechna data.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Poté vyberte, jestli se má oddíl připojovat a zadejte bod připojení ( /, /" -"boot, /home, /var atd.)." +msgstr "Poté vyberte, jestli se má oddíl připojovat a zadejte bod připojení ( /, /boot, /home, /var atd.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Možnosti formátování" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formátovat oddíl" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Neformátovat oddíl" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Nepřipojovat oddíl" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Možnosti připojení" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Oddíl připojení" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Přípojný bod" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Možnosti fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Šifrovací soubory musí být zašifrovány." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2886,18 +2841,18 @@ "\n" "Zaškrtněte také možnost pro zformátování.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Šifrovací soubory vyžadují bod připojení." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Svazek Tmpfs vyžaduje bod připojení." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2911,8 +2866,8 @@ "systém souborů.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2921,27 +2876,25 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Souborový systém na tomto svazku je výměnný. Šifrovací heslo můžete " -"ponechat \n" -"prázdné, ale potom odkládací zařízení nebude možné použít pro hibernaci " -"(uspání na disk).\n" +"Souborový systém na tomto svazku je výměnný. Šifrovací heslo můžete ponechat \n" +"prázdné, ale potom odkládací zařízení nebude možné použít pro hibernaci (uspání na disk).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Všechna data uložená na tomto svazku budou ztracena!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Heslo" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Základní zařízení nepodporuje změnu rozměrů." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2951,7 +2904,7 @@ "Velikost vybraného oddílu nelze změnit,\n" "protože to daný souborový systém nepodporuje.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2959,8 +2912,8 @@ "Není možné zjistit, zda u svazku NTFS může být\n" "změněna velikost, když je připojený." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2968,79 +2921,79 @@ "Velkost oddílu %1 nelze změnit,\n" "protože souborový systém zřejmě není konzistentní.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Změna velikosti oddílu %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Vytvoření logického svazku %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Aktuální velikost: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Aktuálně využito: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Velikost" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximální velikost (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimální velikost (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Vlastní velikost" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Zvolte novou velikost" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "Zadaná velikost je neplatná. Zadejte velikost od %1 do %2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3052,28 +3005,28 @@ "Měli byste zvážit odpojení tohoto souborového systému, protože\n" "to o mnoho zvýší rychlost úkolu změny velikosti." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Výstup - %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Opětovná kontrola disků..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Úpravy mapovače zařízení %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Není vybráno žádné zařízení mapovače zařízení." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3081,25 +3034,24 @@ "Mapovač zařízení %1 je používán a nelze jej\n" "upravit. Chcete-li mapovač zařízení %1 upravit, nesmí být používán." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Mapovač zařízení" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Toto zobrazení ukazuje všechna zařízení Device Mapper \n" -"kromě těch, která jsou již v jiném zobrazení. To znamená, že zde nejsou " -"uvedeny disky\n" +"kromě těch, která jsou již v jiném zobrazení. To znamená, že zde nejsou uvedeny disky\n" "Multipath, pole RAID systému BIOS a logické svazky LVM.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3107,8 +3059,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí podrobné informace\n" "o vybraném zařízení mapovače zařízení." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3116,185 +3068,185 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí všechna zařízení používaná\n" "vybraným zařízením mapovače zařízení." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Zařízení mapovače zařízení: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Přidat diskové pole RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Přidat skupinu svazků" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Graf zařízení" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Uložit graf zařízení..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Toto zobrazení ukazuje graf zařízení." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Ukládání souboru grafu selhalo." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Graf bodů připojení" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Uložit graf připojení..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Toto zobrazení ukazuje graf bodů připojení." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Vyberte typ oddílu pro nový oddíl." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Primární diskový oddíl" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "&Rozšířený diskový oddíl" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "&Logický diskový oddíl" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Typ nového oddílu" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Zvolte velikost nového oddílu." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Velikost nového oddílu" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Vlastní oblast" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Počáteční cylindr" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Konečný cylindr" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "Zadaná oblast je neplatná." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Přidání oddílu do systému %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Upravit oddíl %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "K přesunu oddílu %1 není k dispozici dostatek místa." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Přesunout oddíl %1 vpřed?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Přesunout oddíl %1 zpět?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Přesunout oddíl %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vpřed" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Zpět" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Potvrďte odstranění všech oddílů" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3302,85 +3254,82 @@ "Disk %1 obsahuje nejméně jeden oddíl.\n" "Pokud budete pokračovat, budou následující oddíly odstraněny:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit všechny oddíly na disku %1?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Není vybrán žádný pevný disk." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." -msgstr "" -"Nelze vytvořit tabulku oddílů v úložném zařízení DASD s formátováním LDL." +msgstr "Nelze vytvořit tabulku oddílů v úložném zařízení DASD s formátováním LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Disk je používán a nelze jej změnit." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Vyberte nový typ tabulky oddílů pro %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Opravdu chcete vytvořit novou tabulku oddílů na disku %1? Tato operace " -"odstraní veškerá data\n" -"na disku %1, všechna pole RAID a skupiny svazků, které používají oddíly na " -"disku %1." +"Opravdu chcete vytvořit novou tabulku oddílů na disku %1? Tato operace odstraní veškerá data\n" +"na disku %1, všechna pole RAID a skupiny svazků, které používají oddíly na disku %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Není vybrán žádný disk." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit diskové pole RAID %1 ze systému BIOS?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit oddíly RAID %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Na tomto disku nejsou žádné oddíly k odstranění." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Nelze vytvořit diskový oddíl na %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Není vybrán žádný oddíl." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3388,13 +3337,13 @@ "Oddíl %1 se používá a nelze jej\n" "upravit. Chcete-li oddíl %1 upravit, nesmí se používat." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Rozšířený oddíl nelze upravit." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3402,13 +3351,13 @@ "Oddíl %1 byl již na disku vytvořen\n" "a nelze jej přesunout." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Rozšířený oddíl nelze přesunout." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3416,13 +3365,13 @@ "Oddíl %1 se používá a nelze změnit jeho\n" "velikost. Chcete-li změnit velikost oddílu %1, nesmí se používat." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Velikost rozšířeného oddílu nelze změnit." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3437,7 +3386,7 @@ "Disky označené značkou „*“ obsahují jeden nebo\n" "více oddílů. Po naklonování budou tyto oddíly odstraněny.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3445,11 +3394,11 @@ "Následující oddíly budou odstraněny\n" "a všechna data na nich budou ztracena:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Opravdu tyto oddíly chcete odstranit?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3459,7 +3408,7 @@ "disk musí mít nejméně jeden oddíl.\n" "Před klonováním disku nějaké oddíly vytvořte.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3467,20 +3416,20 @@ "Tento disk nelze klonovat. Nejsou k dispozici žádné\n" "vhodné disky, které by mohly mít stejné rozložení oddílů." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Klonovat rozvržení oddílů disku %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Dostupné cílové disky:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Vyberte nějaký cílový disk pro vytvoření klonu" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3488,8 +3437,8 @@ "Spuštění dasdfmt smaže všechna data na disku.\n" "Opravdu spustit dasdfmt na disku %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3500,58 +3449,58 @@ "\n" "Aktuální oddíly disku jsou opět zobrazeny.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Přidat oddíl" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Přesun" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Změnit velikost" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Přesunout..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Změnit velikost..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3559,8 +3508,8 @@ "Pevné disky, pole RAID systému BIOS\n" "a zařízení Multipath nelze přesunout." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3568,19 +3517,19 @@ "Velikost pevných disků, polí RAID systému BIOS\n" "a zařízení Multipath nelze změnit." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Pevné disky" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Přidat oddíl..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3588,18 +3537,18 @@ "Pohled ukazuje všechny pevné disky včetně\n" "disků iSCSI, polí RAID systému BIOS a disků Multipath a jejich oddílů.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Test stavu (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Vlastnosti (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3607,57 +3556,56 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí podrobné informace o vybraném\n" "pevném disku." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "Technologie SMART pro tento disk není k dispozici." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "Nástroj hdparm pro tento disk není k dispozici." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Vytvořit novou tabulku oddílů" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Klonovat tento disk" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Spustit dasd&fmt na zařízení DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Přidat..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Expertní..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Toto zobrazení ukazuje všechny oddíly vybraného pevného disku.\n" -"Pokud je disk využíván například polem RAID systému BIOS nebo oddílem " -"multipath,\n" +"Pokud je disk využíván například polem RAID systému BIOS nebo oddílem multipath,\n" "nezobrazí se zde žádný oddíl.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3665,26 +3613,25 @@ msgstr "" "Toto zobrazení ukazuje všechna zařízení používaná \n" "vybraným pevným diskem. Toto zobrazení je k dispozici pouze\n" -"pro pole RAID systému BIOS, softwarová pole RAID s oddíly a disky multipath." -"\n" +"pro pole RAID systému BIOS, softwarová pole RAID s oddíly a disky multipath.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Oddíly" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Pevný disk: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Oddíl: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3692,8 +3639,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí podrobné informace\n" "o vybraném oddílu." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3703,8 +3650,8 @@ "nebo více již existujících linuxových systémů s přípojnými\n" "body. Původní přípojné body jsou zobrazeny v tabulce.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3714,49 +3661,49 @@ "svazky (např. / a /usr) během instalace zformátovány.\n" "Nesystémové svazky (např. /home) zformátovány nebudou." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Nenalezen žádný předchozí systém s body připojení." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "&Zobrazit předcházející" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Zobrazit &následující" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importovat body připojení z existujícího systému:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Formátovat systémové svazky" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Import" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "Tabulka /etc/fstab nalezená v zařízení %1 obsahuje:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Bylo zadáno nesprávné heslo." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Potvrďte odstranění oddílů zařazených do správy LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3766,15 +3713,15 @@ "Aby byl systém v konzistentním stavu, bude odstraněna\n" "následující skupina svazků a její logické svazky:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Odstranit oddíl %1 a skupinu svazků %2?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Potvrďte odstranění oddílů zařazených do pole RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3784,24 +3731,24 @@ "Aby byl systém v konzistentním stavu, bude odstraněno následující\n" "zařízení RAID:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Odstranit oddíl %1 a pole RAID %2?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Opravdu odstranit všechny oddíly na %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Skutečně smazat %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3809,60 +3756,58 @@ "\n" "Má být odstraněn také smyčkový soubor %1?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Bez oddílů" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Neobsazeno" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Žádné změny v rozdělení do oddílů." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Změny v rozdělení do oddílů:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Žádné změny v nastavení úložiště." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Nastavení úložiště:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Balíčky k instalaci:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Není nutné instalovat žádné balíčky." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Název cesty souboru smyčky: Toto musí být absolutní cesta k " -"souboru,\n" +"Název cesty souboru smyčky: Toto musí být absolutní cesta k souboru,\n" "který obsahuje data pro nastavení šifrovaného zařízení smyčky.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3870,14 +3815,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vytvořit soubor se smyčkou: Pokud je toto políčko zaškrtnuto, " -"bude\n" -"soubor vytvořen s velikostí zadanou v následujícím políčku. Poznámka:</" -"b>\n" +"Vytvořit soubor se smyčkou: Pokud je toto políčko zaškrtnuto, bude\n" +"soubor vytvořen s velikostí zadanou v následujícím políčku. Poznámka:\n" "Pokud soubor již existuje, všechna data v něm budou ztracena.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3888,8 +3831,8 @@ "Souborový systém vytvořený uvnitř šifrovaného zařízení loop\n" "bude mít tuto velikost.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3903,23 +3846,23 @@ "systém není přístupný. Bude vytvořen na konci instalace. Dejte si\n" "pozor na to, jakou velikost a cestu k souboru uvedete.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Název cesty souboru se smyčkou" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Procházet..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Vytvořit soubor se smyčkou" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3927,13 +3870,13 @@ "Název souboru „%1“ není platný.\n" "Použijte absolutní cestu.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "Zadaná velikost je neplatná. Zadejte minimálně velikost %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3943,47 +3886,47 @@ "příznak pro vytvoření je vypnutý. Buď použijte již existující soubor\n" "nebo aktivujte příznak pro vytvoření." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Přidávání šifrovaného souboru" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Úpravy šifrovaného souboru %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Není vybrán žádný šifrovaný soubor." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3991,30 +3934,30 @@ "Šifrovaný soubor %1 je používán a nelze jej\n" "upravit. Chcete-li soubor %1 upravit, nesmí být používán." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Šifrované soubory" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Přidat šifrovaný soubor..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Toto zobrazení uvádí všechny šifrované soubory." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Šifrovaný soubor: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4022,23 +3965,23 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí podrobné informace\n" "o vybraných šifrovaných souborech." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Zadejte název skupiny svazků." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Název skupiny svazků obsahuje více než 128 znaků." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Název skupiny svazků nesmí začínat znakem „-“." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4046,13 +3989,13 @@ "Název skupiny svazků obsahuje nepovolené znaky. Povoleny\n" "jsou alfanumerické znaky a znaky „.“, „_“, „-“ a „+“." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Skupina svazků %1 již existuje." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4060,32 +4003,29 @@ "Jméno souboru svazku \"%1\" je v konfliktu\n" "s jinou položkou adresáře /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Potvrďte odstranění skupiny svazků" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "Skupina svazků %1 obsahuje nejméně jeden logický svazek.\n" -"Budete-li pokračovat, následující svazky budou odpojeny (pokud jsou " -"připojeny)\n" +"Budete-li pokračovat, následující svazky budou odpojeny (pokud jsou připojeny)\n" "a odstraněny:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků %1 a všechny související logické " -"svazky?" +msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků %1 a všechny související logické svazky?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4093,18 +4033,18 @@ "Zadané údaje jsou neplatné. Zadejte fyzickou velikost větší než %1\n" "v mocninách dvou (např. %2 nebo %3)." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Zadejte název logického svazku." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Název logického svazku obsahuje více než 128 znaků." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4112,64 +4052,63 @@ "Název logického svazku obsahuje nepovolené znaky. Povoleny\n" "jsou alfanumerické znaky a znaky „.“, „_“, „-“ a „+“." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." msgstr "Logický svazek %1 již existuje ve skupině svazků %2." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "Zadejte název a fyzickou velikost nové skupiny svazků." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." msgstr "Vyberte fyzické svazky, které má skupina svazků obsahovat." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Název skupiny svazků" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "&Fyzická velikost rozsahu" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Dostupné fyzické svazky:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Vybrané fyzické svazky:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Změní zařízení, která jsou použita pro skupinu svazků." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Zadejte velikost nového logického svazku a také\n" "počet a velikost pruhů. Počet pruhů nesmí být vyšší, než počet fyzických\n" "svazků ve skupině svazků." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4186,39 +4125,38 @@ "musí být tenký fond schopen potřebné místo poskytnout.\n" "Tenké svazky nemohou mít nastavený počet proužků." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Prokládání" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Číslo" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Přidat logický svazek %1 do skupiny svazků %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Změna velikosti skupiny svazků %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Zadejte název nového logického svazku." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Tento logický svazek můžete deklarovat jako\n" @@ -4227,125 +4165,119 @@ "Tenkého poskytování neexistovala.\n" "Pokud pochybujete, je toto pravděpodobně správná volba." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Tento logický svazek můžete deklarovat jako tenký fond.\n" -"To znamená, že tenké svazky na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu " -"vyžadovaný prostor." +"To znamená, že tenké svazky na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu vyžadovaný prostor." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Tento logický svazek můžete deklarovat jako\n" "tenký svazek. To znamená, že svazek využívá\n" "potřebné místo na vyžádání z tenkého fondu." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Název" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logický svazek" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Běžný svazek" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Tenký fond" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Tenký svazek" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Použitý fond" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Přidávání logického svazku na disk %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Upravit logický svazek %1 ve skupině %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Pro vytvoření svazku není k dispozici dostatek vhodných nepoužívaných " -"zařízení.\n" +"Pro vytvoření svazku není k dispozici dostatek vhodných nepoužívaných zařízení.\n" "\n" -"Chcete-li použít LVM, je vyžadován alespoň jeden nepoužívaný oddíl typu 0x8e " -"(nebo 0x83) nebo jedno nepoužívané zařízení\n" +"Chcete-li použít LVM, je vyžadován alespoň jeden nepoužívaný oddíl typu 0x8e (nebo 0x83) nebo jedno nepoužívané zařízení\n" "RAID. Upravte odpovídajícím způsobem tabulku oddílů." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Není vybrána žádná skupina svazků." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků %1?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Odstraňování skupiny svazků %1 se nezdařilo." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Není vybrán žádný logický svazek." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Ve skupině svazků %1 již není volné místo." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4353,8 +4285,8 @@ "Svazek %1 je tenký fond.\n" "Leze jej upravovat." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4362,46 +4294,46 @@ "Svazek %1 je používán a nelze jej\n" "upravit. Chcete-li svazek %1 upravit, nesmí být používán." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Přidat logický svazek" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Skupina svazků" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Správa svazků" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4409,8 +4341,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí všechny skupiny svazků LVM\n" "a jejich logické svazky." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4418,8 +4350,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí podrobné informace\n" "o vybrané skupině svazků." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4427,8 +4359,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí všechny logické svazky\n" "vybrané skupiny svazků." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4436,28 +4368,28 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí všechny fyzické svazky\n" "používané vybranou skupinou svazků." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Skupina svazků: %1 " -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "&Logické svazky" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Fyzické svazky" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Logický svazek: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4465,98 +4397,93 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí podrobné informace\n" "o vybraném logickém svazku." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Mapovač zařízení" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Nepoužívaná zařízení" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Souhrn instalace" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavení" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"Změnili jste rozdělení do oddílů nebo nastavení úložiště. Pokud nástroj pro " -"vytváření oddílů\n" +"Změnili jste rozdělení do oddílů nebo nastavení úložiště. Pokud nástroj pro vytváření oddílů\n" "ukončíte tlačítkem %1, budou tyto změny ztraceny.\n" "Skutečně ukončit?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Zde je zobrazen souhrn rozdělení na oddíly." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Shrnutí" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Zobrazení systému" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurace NFS není dostupná. Zkontrolujte instalaci balíčku yast2-nfs-" -"client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Konfigurace NFS není dostupná. Zkontrolujte instalaci balíčku yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Systém souborů NFS" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4564,86 +4491,74 @@ "Test připojení sdílené složky systému souborů NFS %1 skončil chybou.\n" "Chcete ji přesto uložit?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Pro pole %1 vyberte alespoň %2 zařízení." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Vyberte typ pole RAID pro nové pole RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Tato úroveň zvyšuje rychlost diskových operací.\n" -"NEZVÝŠÍ bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude " -"možné data obnovit.\n" +"NEZVÝŠÍ bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude možné data obnovit.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Tato úroveň zajistí bezpečnost vašich dat, resp.\n" -"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické " -"kopie\n" -"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové " -"oddíly\n" +"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické kopie\n" +"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové oddíly\n" "používané pro tento typ RAIDu by měly mít vždy stejnou velikost.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Tato úroveň kombinuje správu velkého počtu disků\n" "a jejich určitou redundanci. Můžete ji použít pro tři a více disků.\n" -"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou " -"disků zároveň o ně však přijdete\n" +"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou disků zároveň o ně však přijdete\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Název pole RAID poskytuje možnost přidělit poli RAID\n" -"smysluplný název. Tato možnost je volitelná. Pokud je název zadán, zařízení " -"je\n" +"smysluplný název. Tato možnost je volitelná. Pokud je název zadán, zařízení je\n" "k dispozici jako<tt>/dev/md/<název></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Přidejte diskové oddíly k poli RAID. Podle\n" "typu pole RAID je využitelná velikost disku rovna součtu těchto\n" "oddílů (RAID0), velikosti nejmenšího oddílu (RAID 1) nebo (N-1)*nejmenšímu\n" "oddílu (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4651,86 +4566,82 @@ "Obecně by oddíly měly být na rozdílných discích,\n" "abyste dostali požadovanou redundanci / výkon.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Typ pole RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "Název pole &RAID (volitelné)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Dostupná zařízení:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloku: Nejmenší možný objem dat,\n" -"která je možné zapsat do zařízení. Rozumnou velikostí bloku pro pole RAID 5 " -"je \n" +"která je možné zapsat do zařízení. Rozumnou velikostí bloku pro pole RAID 5 je \n" "128 kB, pro pole RAID 0 32 kB\n" "a pro pole RAID 1 nemá velký význam.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Paritní algoritmus:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Paritní algoritmus, který se má použít s polem RAID 5 a 6.\n" "Levostranně symetrický poskytuje nejvyšší výkon na typických discích\n" "s rotujícími plotnami.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4738,66 +4649,66 @@ "Pro další podrobnosti ohledně paritních algoritmů\n" "nahlédněte do manuálových stránek pro mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Velikost bloku" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algoritmus parity" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Možnosti pole RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Změňte zařízení, která jsou použita v poli RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Přidávání pole RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Změna velikosti pole RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Úpravy pole RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4806,28 +4717,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Pole RAID %1 nelze upravovat, protože je v neaktivním stavu.\n" -"Zpravidla to znamená, že je podmnožina raidových zařízení je příliš malá na " -"to,\n" +"Zpravidla to znamená, že je podmnožina raidových zařízení je příliš malá na to,\n" "aby pole RAID bylo použitelné.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Pro vytvoření pole RAID není k dispozici dostatek vhodných nepoužívaných " -"zařízení." +msgstr "Pro vytvoření pole RAID není k dispozici dostatek vhodných nepoužívaných zařízení." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Není vybráno žádné pole RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4835,18 +4743,17 @@ "Pole RAID %1 se používá a nelze\n" "je upravit. Chcete-li pole %1 upravit, nesmí se používat." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "Pole RAID %1 je již na disku vytvořeno a nelze změnit\n" -"jeho velikost. Chcete-li velikost pole %1 změnit, odeberte toto pole a " -"vytvořte je znovu." +"jeho velikost. Chcete-li velikost pole %1 změnit, odeberte toto pole a vytvořte je znovu." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4854,18 +4761,18 @@ "Pole RAID %1 se používá a nelze změnit\n" "jeho velikost. Chcete-li změnit velikost pole %1, nesmí se používat." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Přidat pole RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Pohled ukáže všechna pole RAID kromě polí RAID systému BIOS." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4873,8 +4780,8 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí podrobné informace\n" "o vybraném poli RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4882,130 +4789,123 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí všechna zařízení používaná vybraným\n" "polem RAID." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Popisek" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Způsob" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Používáno" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID systému BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informace o cylindru" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Informace o technologii Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Šifrování" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Název zařízení" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Popisek svazku" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID zařízení" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Cesta k zařízení" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimální" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Válec" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Výchozí připojení" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Výchozí systém souborů" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Zarovnání nově vytvořených oddílů" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Zobrazit zařízení úložiště podle" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Viditelné informace o úložných zařízeních" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5013,30 +4913,23 @@ "Toto zobrazení uvádí obecné nastavení\n" "úložiště:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Výchozí připojení určuje metodu připojení pro nově vytvořené " -"souborové systémy.\n" -"Název zařízení používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není " -"stálý.\n" -"ID zařízení a Cesta k zařízení používají názvy generované " -"systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí " -"to nebývá vždy pravda.\n" -"UUID a Popisek svazku používá UUID a popisek souborového " -"systému.\n" +"Výchozí připojení určuje metodu připojení pro nově vytvořené souborové systémy.\n" +"Název zařízení používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není stálý.\n" +"ID zařízení a Cesta k zařízení používají názvy generované systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí to nebývá vždy pravda.\n" +"UUID a Popisek svazku používá UUID a popisek souborového systému.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5044,13 +4937,11 @@ "Výchozí souborový systém udává výchozí\n" "souborový systém pro nově vytvořené souborové systémy.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5058,12 +4949,11 @@ "určuje, jak jsou vytvářené oddíly zarovnávány.\n" "cylinder je tradiční zarovnání na hranice válců na disku.\n" "optimal zarovnává oddíly pro vysoký výkon podle doporučení\n" -"poskytnutých linuxovým jádrem nebo zkouší být kompatibilní se systémy " -"Windows\n" +"poskytnutých linuxovým jádrem nebo zkouší být kompatibilní se systémy Windows\n" "Vista a Windows 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5071,8 +4961,8 @@ "Pole Zobrazit zařízení úložiště podle řídí\n" "název pevných disků zobrazený v navigačním stromu." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5080,23 +4970,23 @@ "Pole Viditelné informace o zařízeních\n" "úložiště umožňuje skrýt informace v tabulkách a v přehledu." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Toto zobrazení ukazuje souhrn instalace." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Přidat připojení tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Není vybráno žádné zařízení tmpfs." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5104,18 +4994,18 @@ "\n" "Opravdu odstranit oddíl tmpfs připojený k bodu %1?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Svazky tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Toto zobrazení ukazuje všechny svazky tmpfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5123,18 +5013,18 @@ "Toto zobrazení ukazuje podrobné informace o vybraném\n" "svazku tmpfs.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs připojeno na %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Znovu zkontrolovat" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5144,56 +5034,55 @@ "žádný bod připojení, disky bez přiřazených oddílů a skupiny svazků, které\n" "nemají žádné logické svazky." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Opětovná kontrola nepoužívaných zařízení zruší\n" -"všechny aktuální změny. Chcete opětovnou kontrolu nepoužitých zařízení " -"opravdu provést?" +"všechny aktuální změny. Chcete opětovnou kontrolu nepoužitých zařízení opravdu provést?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" msgstr "Logický svazek požadované velikosti nelze vytvořit.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Pokuste se zmenšit počet stripů svazku." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Můžete odstranit pouze logické svazky." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5201,8 +5090,8 @@ "Tento svazek má aktivní nejméně jeden snímek.\n" "Nejprve snímek odeberte." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5210,100 +5099,100 @@ "Tento fond je využíván nejméně jedním tenkým svazkem.\n" "Nejprve odeberte tenké svazky." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Odstranit logický svazek %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Celková velikost: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Výsledná velikost: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Třída" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Nahoře" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Nahoru" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Dolů" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Dole" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Zařadit" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Přidat" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Přidat vše" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Odebrat vše" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Soubor „%1“ není běžným souborem!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Soubor %1 je moc velký." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5315,51 +5204,43 @@ "Soubor musí obsahovat řádky s regulárním výrazem a názvem třídy.\n" "Například:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Byly nalezeny následující řádky vzorů:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?" +msgstr "Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Tento dialog je určen k definování tříd pro zařízení RAID\n" -"obsažená v poli RAID. Dostupné třídy jsou A, B, C, D a E, ale v mnoha " -"případech\n" +"obsažená v poli RAID. Dostupné třídy jsou A, B, C, D a E, ale v mnoha případech\n" "jich postačí méně (např. pouze A a B)." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Zařízení můžete do třídy zařadit tak, že na něj klepnete pravým " -"tlačítkem\n" +"Zařízení můžete do třídy zařadit tak, že na něj klepnete pravým tlačítkem\n" "a vyberete příslušnou třídu z místní nabídky. Pokud podržíte\n" -"klávesu Ctrl nebo Shift, můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v " -"jediném\n" +"klávesu Ctrl nebo Shift, můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v jediném\n" "kroku. Aktuálně vybraná zařízení lze do této třídy \n" "zařadit také pomocí tlačítek „%1“ až „%2“." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5367,30 +5248,26 @@ "Po výběru tříd pro zařízení můžete zařízení seřadit stisknutím\n" "jednoho z tlačítek označených „%1“ nebo „%2“." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." -msgstr "" -"Setříděné dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B " -"atd." +msgstr "Setříděné dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B atd." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "Prokládání použije první zařízení třídy A, poté první zařízení\n" -"třídy B a poté všechny následující třídy s přiřazenými zařízeními. Poté bude " -"následovat druhé zařízení třídy\n" +"třídy B a poté všechny následující třídy s přiřazenými zařízeními. Poté bude následovat druhé zařízení třídy\n" "A, druhé zařízení třídy B atd." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5400,89 +5277,80 @@ "Když opustíte vyskakovací okno, použije se pro vytvářené pole RAID \n" "aktuální pořadí zařízení." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Stisknutím tlačítka „%1“ můžete vybrat soubor, který obsahuje\n" "řádky s regulárním výrazem a názvem třídy (např. „sda.* A“). Všechna\n" "zařízení, která odpovídají tomuto regulárnímu výrazu, budou zařazena\n" -"do třídy uvedené na stejném řádku. Regulární výraz se porovnává s názvem v " -"jádru \n" +"do třídy uvedené na stejném řádku. Regulární výraz se porovnává s názvem v jádru \n" "(např. /dev/sda1), názvu cesty udev (např.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:-f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) a identifikátoru " -"udev\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:-f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) a identifikátoru udev\n" "(např. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" "Pokud název zařízení vyhovuje více výrazům, určuje třídu první vyhovující\n" "regulární výraz." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Zařízení" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Soubor vzorů" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Velikost &svazku Tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Byla zadána neplatná velikost. Použijte číslo následované písmenem K, M nebo " -"G nebo znakem %.\n" +"Byla zadána neplatná velikost. Použijte číslo následované písmenem K, M nebo G nebo znakem %.\n" "Hodnota musí být nad 100k nebo mezi 1% a 200%. Opakujte zadání." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Hodnota musí být mezi 1% a 200%. Opakujte zadání." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Velikost oddílu Tmpfs:\n" "Velikost můžete vyjádřit v kB, MB nebo GB (zadáním čísla, po kterém uvedete\n" -"písmeno K, M nebo G) nebo jako procentuální podíl paměti (zadáním čísla a " -"symbolu procenta)." +"písmeno K, M nebo G) nebo jako procentuální podíl paměti (zadáním čísla a symbolu procenta)." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Priorita swapu" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Hodnota musí ležet mezi 0 a 32767. Opakujte zadání." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5490,86 +5358,77 @@ "Priorita swapu:\n" "Zadejte prioritu swapu. Vyšší čísla znamenají vyšší prioritu.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Připojit pouze p&ro čtení" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Připojit pouze pro čtení:\n" -"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. " -"Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n" +"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n" "pro čtení i zápis." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Bez č&asu přístupu" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Bez času přístupu:\n" -"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota " -"vypnuto.\n" +"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Může připojit uživatel" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Připojitelný uživatelem:\n" -"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto.</" -"p>\n" +"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Nepřipojovat při &spuštění" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nepřipojovat při spuštění:\n" "Souborový systém není při startu systému automaticky připojen.\n" -"Položka v souboru /etc/fstab se vytvoří a souborový systém se s příslušnými " -"možnostmi připojí až \n" -"při zadání příkazu <tt>mount <bod připojení></tt>. (<bod " -"připojení> je adresář, ke kterému je souborový systém připojen.) Ve " -"výchozím nastavení je tato možnost vypnuta.\n" +"Položka v souboru /etc/fstab se vytvoří a souborový systém se s příslušnými možnostmi připojí až \n" +"při zadání příkazu <tt>mount <bod připojení></tt>. (<bod připojení> je adresář, ke kterému je souborový systém připojen.) Ve výchozím nastavení je tato možnost vypnuta.\n" "\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Povolit podporu &kvót" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5579,42 +5438,37 @@ "Systém souborů je připojen s podporou kvót uživatele.\n" "Ve výchozím nastavení není tato možnost zaškrtnuta.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Režim ž&urnálování dat" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Režim žurnálování dat:\n" "Udává režim žurnálování dat souborů.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> – Veškerá data se před zápisem do hlavního souborového " -"systému \n" +"<tt>journal</tt> – Veškerá data se před zápisem do hlavního souborového systému \n" "zapíšou do žurnálu. Tato možnost má nejvyšší dopad na výkon. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> – Všechna data se nejdříve předají přímo hlavnímu " -"souborovému systému \n" -"a teprve poté se jejich metadata zapíšou do žurnálu. Střední dopad na " -"výkon.\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> – Všechna data se nejdříve předají přímo hlavnímu souborovému systému \n" +"a teprve poté se jejich metadata zapíšou do žurnálu. Střední dopad na výkon.\n" "<tt>writeback</tt> – Pořadí dat není zachováno. Nemá dopad na výkon.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5623,13 +5477,13 @@ "Zde můžete povolit funkci přístupových práv\n" "do souborového systému.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Rozšíř&ené uživatelské atributy" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5638,38 +5492,33 @@ "Tato volba povoluje rozšířené uživatelské atributy\n" "v souborovém systému.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Hodnota libovolné &volby" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory " -"a zkuste to znovu." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory a zkuste to znovu." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Hodnota libovolné volby:\n" "V tomto políčku lze zadat jakoukoliv přípustnou volbu jako čtvrté\n" "pole v řádku /etc/fstab (více voleb je odděleno čárkami).\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Znaková &sada pro názvy souborů" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5678,70 +5527,61 @@ "Nastavte znakovou sadu pro zobrazení názvů souborů\n" "pro oddíly Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Kódová stránka pro krátká &FAT jména" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kódová stránka pro krátká FAT jména:\n" "Tato kódová stránka se používá pro převod krátkých názvů souborů\n" "na FAT souborových systémech.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Počet tabulek &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Počet tabulek FAT:\n" -"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2.</" -"p>" +"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Veliko&st FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost FAT:\n" -"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastavena " -"hodnota „auto“, pokusí se YaST vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti " -"vašeho souborového systému.\n" +"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastavena hodnota „auto“, pokusí se YaST vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti vašeho souborového systému.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Počet položek kořenového a&dresáře" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Minimální hodnota pro „Počet položek kořenového adresáře“ je 112. Opakujte " -"zadání." +msgstr "Minimální hodnota pro „Počet položek kořenového adresáře“ je 112. Opakujte zadání." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5749,69 +5589,58 @@ "Počet položek kořenového adresáře:\n" "Zvolte počet položek dostupných v kořenovém adresáři.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Hashovací funkce" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hashovací funkce:\n" -"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro řazení názvů souborů v " -"adresářích.\n" +"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro řazení názvů souborů v adresářích.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revize souborového systému" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revize souborového systému:\n" -"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. Hodnota „3.5“ je pro zpětnou " -"kompatibilitu s jádry řady 2.2.x. Hodnota „3.6“ je novější, ale lze ji " -"použít pouze s jádry řady 2.4 a vyššími.\n" +"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. Hodnota „3.5“ je pro zpětnou kompatibilitu s jádry řady 2.2.x. Hodnota „3.6“ je novější, ale lze ji použít pouze s jádry řady 2.4 a vyššími.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Veliko&st bloku v bajtech" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloku:\n" -"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a " -"4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, použije se standardní " -"velikost boku 4096 bajtů.\n" +"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, použije se standardní velikost boku 4096 bajtů.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Velikost &inodu" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5819,33 +5648,30 @@ "Velikost inodu:\n" "Tato volba udává velikost inodů soub. systému.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Procento prostoru pro inody" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Procento prostoru pro inody:\n" -"Volba „Procento prostoru pro inody“ udává, kolik místa na disku v procentech " -"mohou inody zabírat.\n" +"Volba „Procento prostoru pro inody“ udává, kolik místa na disku v procentech mohou inody zabírat.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Z&arovnat inody" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5854,13 +5680,13 @@ "Ve výchozím nastavení jsou inody zarovnány, což je obvykle vhodnější volba\n" "než nezarovnané.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Velikost &protokolu v MB" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5868,30 +5694,29 @@ "Hodnota „Velikost protokolu“ je neplatná.\n" "Zadejte hodnotu větší než nula.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost protokolu\n" "Nastaví velikost protokolu (v megabajtech).\n" "Pokud je nastavena na auto, výchozí hodnotou je 40 % celkové velikosti.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Sp&ustit nástroj na kontrolu vadných bloků" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Délka &kroku v blocích" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5899,8 +5724,8 @@ "Hodnota „Délka kroku v blocích“ je neplatná.\n" "Vyberte hodnotu větší než 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5908,30 +5733,25 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Délka kroku v blocích: \n" -"Nastavte RAID volby pro souborový systém. V současnosti je podporována " -"pouze\n" +"Nastavte RAID volby pro souborový systém. V současnosti je podporována pouze\n" "volba 'stride' (krok), která obsahuje počet bloků při RAID 0.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloku:\n" -"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 " -"bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, určí se velikost bloku podle " -"velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.\n" +"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, určí se velikost bloku podle velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bajty na i&node" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5939,56 +5759,45 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bajty na inode:\n" "Určete počet bajtů na inode. YaST vytvoří inode pro každých \n" -"<bajtů-na-inode> bajtů na disku. Čím větší je poměr bajtů na inode, " -"tím\n" +"<bajtů-na-inode> bajtů na disku. Čím větší je poměr bajtů na inode, tím\n" "méně inodů bude vytvořeno.\n" "Obecně by počet bajtů na inode neměl být menší než velikost bloku \n" "v souborovém systému, protože jinak bude vytvořeno příliš mnoho inodů. \n" "Po vytvoření souborového systému již v něm počet inodů nelze zvýšit. \n" "Dejte proto pozor, abyste pro tento parametr zadali rozumnou hodnotu.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Procento bloků &rezervovaných pro uživatele root" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"Hodnota položky „Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root“ je " -"chybná.\n" +"Hodnota položky „Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root“ je chybná.\n" "Povolena jsou desetinná čísla, která nejsou větší než 99 (např. 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root: Určete procento " -"bloků rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, " -"že normálně je rezervován 1 gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování " -"je 5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root: Určete procento bloků rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, že normálně je rezervován 1 gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování je 5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Zakázat pravidelné kontroly" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5996,46 +5805,43 @@ "Zakázat pravidelné kontroly:\n" "Zakáže pravidelné kontroly souborového systému během spuštění.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Funkce souboru index v &adresáři" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Soubor index v adresáři:\n" -"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů, které urychlují vyhledávání ve " -"velkých adresářích.\n" +"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů, které urychlují vyhledávání ve velkých adresářích.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Bez deníku" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Bez deníku:\n" -"Potlačuje žurnálování systému souborů. Tuto možnost aktivujte pouze v " -"případě, že\n" +"Potlačuje žurnálování systému souborů. Tuto možnost aktivujte pouze v případě, že\n" "jste si opravdu jisti, co děláte.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operace na na disku %{device} není povolena.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6055,8 +5861,8 @@ "můžete zformátovat a přiřadit jim přípojné body, ale nelze zde\n" "přidávat, upravovat, odstraňovat ani měnit jejich velikost.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6076,8 +5882,8 @@ "zformátovat a přiřadit jim přípojné body, ale nelze zde\n" "přidávat, upravovat, odstraňovat ani měnit jejich velikost.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6094,12 +5900,11 @@ "zabírající téměř celý disk.\n" "\n" "Můžete použít oddíl na disku %{device} tak, jak je, nebo\n" -"jej naformátovat a přiřadit mu přípojný bod, ale nelze zde změnit velikost " -"oddílu disku,\n" +"jej naformátovat a přiřadit mu přípojný bod, ale nelze zde změnit velikost oddílu disku,\n" "ani nelze oddíl z tohoto disku odebrat.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6114,8 +5919,8 @@ "„Vytvořit novou tabulku oddílů“. Tím ale zničíte\n" "všechna data na všech oddílech tohoto disku.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6127,26 +5932,26 @@ "Tuto zprávu může ignorovat, pokud jste disk nepoužívali\n" "během instalace.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Změna velikosti není možná:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6158,8 +5963,8 @@ "\n" "Dodané šifrovací heslo může být nesprávné.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6169,8 +5974,8 @@ "liší.\n" "Prosím zkuste to znovu." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6180,26 +5985,26 @@ "0-9, a-z, A-Z a znaky @#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>.\n" "Opakujte zadání." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Zadejt&e šifrovací heslo:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Zadejte heslo" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Následující šifrované svazky jsou již k dispozici." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivace šifrovaného svazku" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6211,12 +6016,12 @@ "Pokud budou svazky požadovány během aktualizace \n" "nebo pokud obsahují šifrovaný fyzický svazek LVM, je třeba hesla znát." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Chcete zadat šifrovací hesla?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6226,82 +6031,80 @@ "v seznamu zamčených zařízení.\n" "Heslo bude vyzkoušeno pro všechna zařízení." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Zadejte heslo šifrování" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Neexistují žádné šifrované svazky, které by bylo možné odemknout." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Zadejte heslo pro některé z následujících zařízení:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Zadejte heslo pro následující zařízení:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Pokus o odemknutí šifrovaných svazků..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Pomocí tohoto hesla se nepodařilo odemknout žádný svazek." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disk IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disk SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Instalace požadovaného balíčku se nezdařila." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Ignorovat chybu a pokračovat?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Nelze vytvořit oddíly, protože jsou používány jiné oddíly na disku." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zařízení %1 nelze změnit, protože obsahuje aktivovaný odkládací soubor " -"potřebný\n" +"Zařízení %1 nelze změnit, protože obsahuje aktivovaný odkládací soubor potřebný\n" "pro spuštění instalace.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6311,18 +6114,17 @@ "Zařízení %1 nemůže být změněno protože obsahuje instalační\n" "data potřebná pro provedení instalace.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Zařízení %1 nemůže být odebráno, protože obsahuje aktivovaný odkládací " -"soubor potřebný\n" +"Zařízení %1 nemůže být odebráno, protože obsahuje aktivovaný odkládací soubor potřebný\n" "pro spuštění instalace.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6332,7 +6134,7 @@ "Zařízení %1 nemůže být odebráno, protože obsahuje instalační\n" "data potřebná pro provedení instalace.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6344,7 +6146,7 @@ "zařízení %2, které obsahuje aktivní odkládací oddíl, který je ke spuštění \n" "instalace potřeba.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6354,8 +6156,8 @@ "Zařízení %1 nelze odebrat, protože by to nepřímo změnilo\n" "zařízení %2, které obsahuje data potřebná k provedení instalace.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6365,114 +6167,114 @@ "Oddíl %1 nelze odebrat, protože jsou na disku %2\n" "používány jiné oddíly.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Žádný ze souborových systémů není přiřazen jako kořenový!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Při instalaci téměř určitě dojde k závažné chybě!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Přidání následujících závislostí selhalo: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Nastala chyba během následující akce:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Kód systémové chyby: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "Zadejte h&eslo pro zařízení %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ano" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Šif" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Typ systému souborů" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Začátek" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Konec" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "Id systému souborů" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Popisek disku" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadata" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Fyzická velikost" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Verze pole RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmus parity" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Dodavatel" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6480,8 +6282,8 @@ "Pole Číslo systému BIOS uvádí číslo systému BIOS daného pevného\n" "disku. Toto pole může být prázdné." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6489,8 +6291,8 @@ "Pole Sběrnice uvádí způsob připojení zařízení\n" "k systému. Toto pole může být prázdné, například pro disky Multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6498,8 +6300,8 @@ "Pole Velikost bloku uvádí velikost bloku zařízení\n" "RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6507,8 +6309,8 @@ "Pole Velikost cylindru uvádí velikost\n" "cylindrů pevného disku." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6516,8 +6318,8 @@ "Pole Velikost sektoru uvádí velikost\n" "sektorů pevného disku." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6525,8 +6327,8 @@ "Pole Zařízení uvádí název daného\n" "zařízení v jádru." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6534,8 +6336,8 @@ "Pole Popisek disku uvádí typ tabulky\n" "oddílů disku, např. <tt>MSDOS</tt> nebo <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6543,8 +6345,8 @@ "Pole Šifrováno uvádí, zda je zařízení\n" "šifrováno." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6552,8 +6354,8 @@ "Pole Konečný cylindr uvádí konečný cylindr\n" "oddílu." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6561,8 +6363,8 @@ "Pole LUN uvádí číslo logické jednotky pro\n" "disky s technologií Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6570,8 +6372,8 @@ "Pole Číslo portu uvádí číslo portu pro disky\n" "s technologií Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6579,8 +6381,8 @@ "Pole WWPN uvádí číslo WWPN (World Wide Port Name) pro disky\n" "s technologií Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6588,8 +6390,8 @@ "Pole Cesta souboru uvádí cestu souboru pro\n" "šifrované zařízení smyčky." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6597,18 +6399,18 @@ "Pole Formátovat zobrazuje některé příznaky: <tt>F</tt>\n" "znamená, že je zařízení vybráno k formátování." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "Id systému souborů ukazuje identifikační číslo systému souborů." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Pole Typ systému souborů uvádí typ systému souborů." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6616,8 +6418,8 @@ "Pole Popisek uvádí popisek systému\n" "souborů." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6625,17 +6427,16 @@ "Pole Metadata uvádí typ metadat LVM pro\n" "skupiny svazků." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Pole Model uvádí model zařízení." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Způsob připojení značí, jak je souborový systém připojován:\n" @@ -6645,23 +6446,20 @@ "(ID) podle ID zařízení nebo\n" "(Path) podle cesty k zařízení.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Otazník (?) značí, že souborový systém není uveden v souboru <tt>/etc/fstab</" -"tt>.\n" -"Buď je připojen ručně, nebo nějakým systémem automatického připojení. Pokud " -"budete měnit nastavení pro\n" +"Otazník (?) značí, že souborový systém není uveden v souboru <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +"Buď je připojen ručně, nebo nějakým systémem automatického připojení. Pokud budete měnit nastavení pro\n" "tento svazek, YaST neaktualizuje soubor <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6669,20 +6467,19 @@ "Pole Bod připojení uvádí místo připojení\n" "systému souborů." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Hvězdička (*) za bodem připojení\n" "značí systém souborů, který není aktuálně připojen (např. má-li nastavenou\n" "možnost <tt>noauto</tt> v části <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6690,8 +6487,8 @@ "Pole Počet cylindrů uvádí počet cylindrů\n" "pevného disku." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6699,8 +6496,8 @@ "Pole Algoritmus parity uvádí algoritmus\n" "parity pro zařízení RAID s poli RAID typu 5, 6 nebo 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6708,13 +6505,13 @@ "Pole Fyzická velikost uvádí fyzickou velikost\n" "skupin svazků LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "Pole Verze pole RAID ukazuje verzi pole RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6722,13 +6519,13 @@ "Pole Typ pole RAID uvádí typ pole RAID (též známý jako \n" "úroveň pole RAID) pro zařízení RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Pole Velikost uvádí velikost zařízení." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6736,18 +6533,17 @@ "Pole Počáteční cylindr uvádí počáteční cylindr\n" "oddílu." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Proužky tento sloupec ukazuje počet proužků pro\n" -"logické svazky LVM, a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena " -"velikost proužku.\n" +"logické svazky LVM, a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena velikost proužku.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6755,8 +6551,8 @@ "Pole Typ uvádí obecný přehled\n" "typu zařízení." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6764,8 +6560,8 @@ "ID zařízení ukazuje neměnná ID zařízení.\n" "Toto pole může být prázdné.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6773,8 +6569,8 @@ "Pole Cesta zařízení uvádí trvalou cestu\n" "zařízení. Pole může být prázdné." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6783,8 +6579,8 @@ "například logickým svazkem LVM nebo polem RAID.\n" "Pokud není používáno, je tento sloupec prázdný.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6792,236 +6588,236 @@ "Pole UUID uvádí identifikátor UUID (Universally Unique\n" "Identifier) systému souborů." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Pole Dodavatel uvádí výrobce zařízení." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Zařízení: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Velikost: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "Disk %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Typ: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formát: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Šifrováno: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Systém souborů: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Přípojný bod: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Způsob připojení: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Používáno %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Popisek: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Cesta k zařízení: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "Číslo zařízení %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "Číslo systému BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Popisek disku: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Výrobce: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Model: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Sběrnice: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadata: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Fyzická velikost: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Prokládání: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Verze pole RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Typ pole RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Velikost bloku: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algoritmus parity: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Počet cylindrů: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Velikost cylindru: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Počáteční cylindr: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Koncový cylindr: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Velikost sektoru: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "Id systému souborů: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Cesta k souboru: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "Číslo portu: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "Obsah tabulky:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Zařízení:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Systém souborů:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Pevný disk:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fiber channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "Obsah přehledu:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7029,8 +6825,8 @@ "Subsystém úložiště je uzamčen neznámou aplikací.\n" "Před pokračováním je nutné tuto aplikaci ukončit." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7038,51 +6834,44 @@ "Subsystém úložiště je uzamčen aplikací %1 (%2).\n" "Před pokračováním je nutné tuto aplikaci ukončit." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste " -"souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Systém souborů pro kořenový oddíl" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Systém souborů pro domovský oddíl" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Rozšířit &Swap pro uspání na disk" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Nastavení návrhu" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Pokud nechcete používat systém LVM, vyberte možnost Návrh založený na " -"oddílu .\n" -"Pokud chcete použít prostý systém LVM, použijte možnost Návrh založený na " -"systému LVM.\n" -"Pokud chcete, aby byl váš systém šifrován, použijte možnost Šifrovaný " -"návrh založený na systému LVM." +"Pokud nechcete používat systém LVM, vyberte možnost Návrh založený na oddílu .\n" +"Pokud chcete použít prostý systém LVM, použijte možnost Návrh založený na systému LVM.\n" +"Pokud chcete, aby byl váš systém šifrován, použijte možnost Šifrovaný návrh založený na systému LVM." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7090,14 +6879,12 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Systém souborů pro kořenový oddíl lze vybrat\n" -"v odpovídajícím poli se seznamem. V případě systému souborů BtrFS může " -"návrh\n" -"povolit vytváření automatických snímků pomocí nástroje Snapper. To také " -"zvětší\n" +"v odpovídajícím poli se seznamem. V případě systému souborů BtrFS může návrh\n" +"povolit vytváření automatických snímků pomocí nástroje Snapper. To také zvětší\n" "velikost kořenového oddílu." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -7105,89 +6892,88 @@ "Návrh může vytvořit samostatný domovský oddíl. Systém souborů\n" "pro domovský oddíl lze vybrat v odpovídajícím poli se seznamem." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"Odkládací oddíl může být vytvořen dostatečně velký, aby mohl být ve " -"většině případů\n" +"Odkládací oddíl může být vytvořen dostatečně velký, aby mohl být ve většině případů\n" "použit k uložení stavu systému na disk." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Zadejte heslo k zašifrování návrhu." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Heslo:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Pro kontrolu zadejte heslo znovu:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Návrh založený na oddílu" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Návrh založený na systému &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Š&ifrovaný návrh založený na systému LVM" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Ve výchozím nastavení připojit jako:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Výchozí souborový systém:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Zobrazit úložná zařízení podle:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Zarovnání oddílu:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Viditelné informace o úložištích:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "systém souborů prvního kořenového oddílu"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97430 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:13:29 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97430 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/caasp.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/caasp.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/caasp.ko.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/caasp.ko.po 2017-09-14 14:13:29 UTC (rev 97430) @@ -14,34 +14,34 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "설치 개요" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "설치" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -59,29 +59,24 @@ "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" msgstr "" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/country.ko.po 2017-09-14 14:13:29 UTC (rev 97430) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "키보드 구성" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "키보드 구성 요약" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "키보드 구성에 대해 새 값을 설정합니다." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "사용 가능한 모든 키보드 배열을 열거합니다." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "새 키보드 배열" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "현재 키보드 배열: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"'%1' 키보드 배열은 잘못되었습니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 'list' 명령을 사용하십" -"시오." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' 키보드 배열은 잘못되었습니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 'list' 명령을 사용하십시오." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "키보드 배열" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "키보드 배열(&K)" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -84,80 +81,76 @@ " 확실하지 않은 경우 이미 선택된 기본값을 사용하십시오.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"여기서 지정한 설정은 콘솔 키보드에만 적용됩니다. 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스" -"용 키보드는 다른 도구로 구성하십시오.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "여기서 지정한 설정은 콘솔 키보드에만 적용됩니다. 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스용 키보드는 다른 도구로 구성하십시오.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "고급 키보드 설정" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "반복률(&R) " -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "반복 시작 전의 지연(&L)" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "시작 상태" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock 켜짐(&N)" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS 설정" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "예" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "아니오" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<손상대지 않음>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Caps Lock 비활성화(&I)" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "테스트(&T)" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "고급 설정(&X)..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -165,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>키보드 구성</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "설치하는 동안 및 설치된 시스템에 사용할 키보드 배열을\n" " 선택합니다. \n" " 테스트에서 배열을 테스트합니다.\n" -" 반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 고급 옵션을 사용하려면 고급 설정을 선택합니" -"다.\n" +" 반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 고급 옵션을 사용하려면 고급 설정을 선택합니다.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -195,30 +186,26 @@ "만약 확실하지 않으면 미리 선택된 기본값을 쓰시오.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "시스템에 사용할 키보드 배열을 선택하십시오.\n" -"반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 자세한 설정을 하려면 고급 설정을 선택하십시" -"오.\n" -"사용자 데스크탑 환경의 키보드 배열 도구 안에서 기타 배열과 같은 옵션을 찾" -"을 수 있습니다.\n" +"반복 속도 및 지연과 같은 자세한 설정을 하려면 고급 설정을 선택하십시오.\n" +"사용자 데스크탑 환경의 키보드 배열 도구 안에서 기타 배열과 같은 옵션을 찾을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "시스템 키보드 구성" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -226,12 +213,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -241,187 +228,183 @@ "현재 사용하고 있습니다.\n" " 업데이트하는 동안 사용할 배열을 선택하십시오:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "X11 키보드를 '%s'(으)로 설정하지 못함" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>키보드 배열<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>언어<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "로케일 설정" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "언어(&L)" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "언어 구성" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "언어 구성 요약" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "언어에 대해 새 값을 설정합니다." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "사용 가능한 모든 언어를 열거합니다." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "새 언어 값" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "보조 언어 목록(쉼표로 구분)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "언어 특정 패키지를 설치하지 않음" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "언어 구성 저장" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "언어 및 콘솔 설정 저장" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "영향을 받는 패키지 설치 및 설치 제거" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "부트 로더 메뉴의 번역 업데이트" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "언어 및 콘솔 설정 저장 중..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "영향을 받는 패키지 설치 및 설치 제거 중..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "부트 로더 메뉴의 번역 업데이트 중..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "구성 저장 중 잠시 기다려 주십시오..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "현재 언어: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "추가 언어: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1은(는) 유효한 언어가 아닙니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 list 명령을 사용하십시오." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1은(는) 유효한 언어가 아닙니다. 가능한 값을 보려면 list 명령을 사용하십시오." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "언어" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "언어" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "시스템 복구 시작" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "세부 사항(&D)" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "보조 언어(&S)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "주 언어(&L)" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "주 언어 설정" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"선택한 주 언어 및 보조 언어를 지원하는 추가 패키지가 설치됩니다. 필요하지 않" -"은 패키지는 제거됩니다.\n" +"선택한 주 언어 및 보조 언어를 지원하는 추가 패키지가 설치됩니다. 필요하지 않은 패키지는 제거됩니다.\n" " " -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -433,8 +416,8 @@ " 선택합니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -444,8 +427,8 @@ "다음 대화 상자로 넘어가려면 다음을 클릭하십시오.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -457,8 +440,8 @@ " 컴퓨터에서 아무 것도 변경되지 않습니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -470,9 +453,9 @@ "설치 프로세스를 중단할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -482,8 +465,8 @@ "시스템에 대한 새로운 언어를 선택합니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -493,26 +476,21 @@ "시스템에 대한 새로운 주 언어를 선택합니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "키보드 배열을 기본 언어로 변경하려면 키보드 배열 적용을 선택합니다.\n" -"기본 언어에 따라 현재 시간대를 변경하려면 시간대 적용을 선택합니다. 키" -"보드 배열 또는 시간대가 이미 기본 언어 설정으로 사용된 경우 관련 옵션은 선택" -"되지 않습니다.\n" +"기본 언어에 따라 현재 시간대를 변경하려면 시간대 적용을 선택합니다. 키보드 배열 또는 시간대가 이미 기본 언어 설정으로 사용된 경우 관련 옵션은 선택되지 않습니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -524,13 +502,13 @@ " 시스템에서 사용할 추가 언어를 선택 상자에서 지정합니다.\n" " \n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "해결되지 않은 패키지 종속성이 있습니다." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -538,8 +516,8 @@ "추가 패키지를 설치하기 위해 필요한 공간이 충분하지 않습니다.\n" "일부 언어에 대한 선택을 취소하십시오." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -553,8 +531,8 @@ " 확실하지 않은 경우 이미 선택된 기본값을 사용하십시오.\n" " \n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -564,73 +542,65 @@ "사용자 루트에 대한 로케일 설정\n" "루트 사용자에 대한 로케일 변수(LC_*)를 설정하는 방법을 지정합니다." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype만: 루트도 일반 사용자와 같은 LC_CTYPE을 갖습니다. 다른 값들" -"은\n" +"ctype만: 루트도 일반 사용자와 같은 LC_CTYPE을 갖습니다. 다른 값들은\n" "설정되지 않습니다. \n" " 예: 루트도 일반 사용자와 같은 로케일 설정을 갖습니다. \n" " 아니오: 루트의 모든 로케일 변수가 설정되지 않습니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"세부 로케일 설정을 사용하면 주 대화 상자 목록에서 제공하지 않는 주 " -"언어에 대한 로케일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 선택한 로케일의 경우 번역을 사용하" -"지 못할 수도 있습니다." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "세부 로케일 설정을 사용하면 주 대화 상자 목록에서 제공하지 않는 주 언어에 대한 로케일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 선택한 로케일의 경우 번역을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "언어 정보" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "사용자 루트에 대한 로케일 설정(&R)" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctype만" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "UTF-8 인코딩 사용(&U)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "세부 로케일 설정(&D)" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "%1로 키보드 배열 적용" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "%1에 시간대 적용(&T)" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -638,14 +608,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "설치 시스템 확장 언어를 다운로드 중..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -657,21 +627,21 @@ "\n" "대체 언어 %{fallback}이(가) 사용됩니다." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "주 언어: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "패키지 설치 중..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -679,87 +649,84 @@ "주 언어의 번역 상태가 완전하지 않습니다.\n" "일부 텍스트는 영어로 표시될 수 있습니다.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"선택한 언어는 텍스트 모드에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 설치에는 영어가 사용되지" -"만\n" +"선택한 언어는 텍스트 모드에서 사용할 수 없습니다. 설치에는 영어가 사용되지만\n" "새 시스템에는 선택한 언어가 사용됩니다." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "시간대 구성" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "시간대 구성 요약" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "시간대 구성에 대해 새 값을 설정합니다." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "사용 가능한 모든 시간대를 열거합니다." -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "새 시간대" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"하드웨어 시계에 대한 새로운 값으로 'local', 'utc' 또는 'UTC'가 될 수 있습니" -"다." +msgstr "하드웨어 시계에 대한 새로운 값으로 'local', 'utc' 또는 'UTC'가 될 수 있습니다." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "현재 시간대:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "하드웨어 시계 설정 기준:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "지역 시간" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "현재 시간 및 날짜:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -767,36 +734,32 @@ "%1 시간은 과거입니다.\n" "설치를 시작하기 전에 정확한 시간을 설정하십시오." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "시간대" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "시간대(&T)" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"하드웨어 시계 설정 기준에서 시스템 설정 시간이 지역 시간인지 UTC인지 " -"지정합니다.\n" +"하드웨어 시계 설정 기준에서 시스템 설정 시간이 지역 시간인지 UTC인지 지정합니다.\n" " Microsoft Windows와 같은 다른 운영 체제가 설치된 대부분의 PC는\n" " 지역 시간을 사용합니다.\n" " Linux만 설치된 컴퓨터는 보통\n" @@ -805,8 +768,8 @@ "일광절약 시간제로 전환하거나 그 반대로 전환할 수 있습니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -822,18 +785,15 @@ "부작용에 대한 배경 정보는 사용자 매뉴얼을 확인하십시오.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -845,70 +805,65 @@ "이 경우 UTC를 사용하고 [취소]를 클릭하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" "\n" "로컬 시간을 유지하려는 경우 일광 절약 시간 전환 때문에\n" -"1년에 두 번 CMOS 클럭을 조정해야 합니다. 클럭을 조정하지 않으면 백업이 실패하" -"거나\n" +"1년에 두 번 CMOS 클럭을 조정해야 합니다. 클럭을 조정하지 않으면 백업이 실패하거나\n" "메일 시스템에서 메일 메시지가 삭제될 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" "UTC를 사용하는 경우 Linux에서 자동으로 시간을 조정합니다.\n" "\n" "선택(로컬 시간)을 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"현재 시스템 시간 및 날짜가 표시됩니다. 필요한 경우 수동으로 올바른 값으로 " -"변경하거나 NTP(Network Time Protocol)를 사용하십시오." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "현재 시스템 시간 및 날짜가 표시됩니다. 필요한 경우 수동으로 올바른 값으로 변경하거나 NTP(Network Time Protocol)를 사용하십시오." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "적용을 눌러 변경사항을 저장하십시오." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "현재 날짜의 표시형식은 DD-MM-YYYY 입니다." -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "현재 시간의 표시형식은 HH:MM:SS 입니다." -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "현재 날짜" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "현재 시간" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "수동" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "현재 시각 변경" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "NTP 서버와 동기화" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "날짜 및 시간 변경" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -916,8 +871,8 @@ "%1의 시간(HH:MM:SS)이 잘못되었습니다\n" "정확한 시간을 입력하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -925,49 +880,49 @@ "%1의 날짜(DD-MM-YYYY)가 잘못되었습니다\n" "정확한 날짜를 입력하십시오.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "기타 설정(&S)..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "날짜 및 시간(NTP가 구성됨)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "날짜 및 시간" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "UTC로 설정된 하드웨어 클럭(&H)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "지역(&E)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "시간대(&Z)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "날짜 및 시간:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -975,12 +930,11 @@ "\n" "<big>시간대 및 시계 설정</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -991,8 +945,8 @@ "선택합니다.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1002,327 +956,327 @@ "현재 시간이 정확하지 않으면 변경을 사용하여 조정할 수 있습니다.\n" " " -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "시계 및 시간대" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "유효한 시간대를 선택하십시오." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "지역 시간" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "하드웨어 시계 설정 기준" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 구성됨" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "현재 시간대: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "영어 (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "영어 (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "독일어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "독일어 (with deadkeys)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "독일어(스위스)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "프랑스어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "프랑스어 (스위스)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "프랑스어(캐나다)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "캐나다(다국어)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "스페인어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "스페인어 (라틴 아메리카)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "스페인어 (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "이태리어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "포르투갈어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "포르투갈어 (브라질)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "포르투갈어 (브라질 - US accents)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "그리스어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "화란어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "덴마크어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "노르웨이어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "스웨덴어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "핀란드어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "체코어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "체코어 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "슬로바키아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "슬로바키아어 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "슬로바니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "헝가리어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "폴란드어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "러시아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "세르비아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "에스토니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "리투아니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "터어키어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "크로아티아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "일본어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "벨기에어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "드보락" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "아이슬란드어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "우크라이나어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "크메르어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "한국어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "아랍어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "타지크어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "중국어(번체)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "중국어(간체)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "루마니아어" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "미국 국제" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "스페인어(아스투리아어 변형)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ko/po/storage.ko.po 2017-09-14 14:13:29 UTC (rev 97430) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"하드 디스크 파티셔닝에 대해 잘 알고 있는 경우에만 이 프로그램을 사용하십시" -"오.\n" +"하드 디스크 파티셔닝에 대해 잘 알고 있는 경우에만 이 프로그램을 사용하십시오.\n" "\n" "정확히 모르는 경우에는\n" "사용 중인 디스크(마운트, 스왑 등)를 파티셔닝하지\n" @@ -36,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "이 경고를 무시하고 계속하려면 예를 클릭하십시오.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "고급 파티션 도구" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "초기화 중..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "볼륨을 탐지하는 중입니다." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "저장소 구성" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "디스크 및 파티션 나열" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "디스크 나열" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "파티션 나열" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "추천하는 파티션 구성" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "고급 파티션 도구(&E)..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "파티션 설정 생성(&C)..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -97,15 +96,15 @@ "자동 설정이 불가능 합니다.\n" "'파티션 관리자' 대화 상자에서 마운트 포인트를 수동으로 지정해 주세요." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "제안 설정 편집(&D)" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -115,9 +114,9 @@ "하드 디스크 검사를 완료했습니다. 표시된 파티션 설정이\n" " 하드 드라이브에 대해 제안되었습니다." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -128,11 +127,10 @@ "\n" "파일 시스템 형식 변경과 같이\n" "제안된 설정을 일부만 조정하려면\n" -"%1을(를) 선택하고 고급 파티션 관리자 대화 상자에서 설정을 수정하십시" -"오.\n" +"%1을(를) 선택하고 고급 파티션 관리자 대화 상자에서 설정을 수정하십시오.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -150,27 +148,27 @@ "또한 RAID 및 암호화와 같은\n" "고급 옵션을 선택할 수도 있습니다.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "요청한 제안을 만들 수 없습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "루트 볼륨에 대한 스냅샷을 제안할 수 있는 공간이 부족합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "개별 /home을 제안할 수 있는 공간이 부족합니다." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "루트 파일 시스템으로 할당된 항목이 없습니다. 계속 진행할 수 없습니다." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -178,22 +176,22 @@ "제안을 계산하면 현재 수동 변경 사항을 덮어씁니다.\n" "계속 제안을 계산하시겠습니까?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "디스크 준비 중..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -203,9 +201,9 @@ "Windows\n" " %1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -215,9 +213,9 @@ "Windows\n" " %1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -225,25 +223,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "사용 가능한 Windows(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -253,9 +251,9 @@ "윈도우즈 파티션의 새로운 크기를 선택하십시오.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -266,14 +264,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"마지막 설치 대화 상자에서 모든 설정을 확인해야만 실제 크기 변경 작업이 수행됩" -"니다.\n" +"마지막 설치 대화 상자에서 모든 설정을 확인해야만 실제 크기 변경 작업이 수행됩니다.\n" "그 전까지 Windows 파티션은 변경되지 않은 상태로 남아 있습니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -287,23 +284,23 @@ "뒤로를 누르십시오.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "현재" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "설치 후" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -319,9 +316,9 @@ " 표시됩니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -335,9 +332,9 @@ "입력하여 제안된 값을 조정하십시오.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -347,33 +344,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Linux를 사용하기 위해 예약해놓은 공간에서 필요하다면 자동적으로 파티션을 생성" -"합니다.\n" +"Linux를 사용하기 위해 예약해놓은 공간에서 필요하다면 자동적으로 파티션을 생성합니다.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "사용한 Windows" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "무료" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -387,9 +383,9 @@ "파티션이 자동으로 생성됩니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -401,9 +397,9 @@ "사용한 Windows는 Windows 파티션에 사용된 공간 크기입니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -414,13 +410,13 @@ "빈공간은 파티션의 현재 빈공간(Linux 설치 전)을 나타냅니다.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows 파티션 크기 조정 중" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -446,9 +442,9 @@ "Windows 장치에 최소 %1MB의 여유 공간이\n" "필요합니다.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -464,8 +460,8 @@ " 양에 따라 시간이 다소 소요될 수 있습니다.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -487,14 +483,14 @@ " 다음 번에 다시 문제가 발생할 경우 다른 방법으로\n" " Windows 파티션의 크기를 조정하십시오.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "사용가능한 공간이 설치하기에 충분하지 않습니다." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -514,15 +510,15 @@ " \t Windows 파티션을 축소하십시오.\n" " \t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "사용자 정의 파티셔닝 옵션을 사용해야만 시스템을 구성할 수 있습니다." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -542,10 +538,10 @@ " 다른 디스크를 선택하거나, 설치를 중단하고\n" " 다른 방법으로 Windows 파티션을 축소하십시오.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -561,10 +557,10 @@ " 다른 디스크를 선택하거나, 설치를 중단하고\n" " 다른 방법으로 Windows 파티션을 축소하십시오.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -592,14 +588,14 @@ " \n" " Windows 파티션을 축소하시겠습니까?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "윈도우즈 줄이기(&S)" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -613,13 +609,13 @@ " \n" " Windows 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "윈도우 삭제(&D)" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -631,41 +627,38 @@ "Linux를 설치하려면 제거할 파티션을 \n" "더 많이 선택하거나 더 큰 디스크를 선택하십시오." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "사용 가능한 디스크(&D)" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "사용자 정의 파티셔닝(전문가용)(&C)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "하드디스크" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"디스크를 찾을 수 없습니다. 사용 가능한 경우 설치용 업데이트 CD를 사용해보십시" -"오." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "디스크를 찾을 수 없습니다. 사용 가능한 경우 설치용 업데이트 CD를 사용해보십시오." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -677,8 +670,8 @@ "표시됩니다. &product;을(를) 설치할 하드 디스크를 선택하십시오.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -688,8 +681,8 @@ "&product;에서 디스크의 어느 부분을 사용할지 나중에 선택할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -705,27 +698,27 @@ " 파티션을 할당하는 작업을 완벽하게 제어할 수 있습니다.\n" " \n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크 준비 중" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "계속하기 위해 항목중 하나를 선택해 주세요." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "디스크 %1이(가) %2에서 사용 중입니다." -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -739,62 +732,62 @@ "매뉴얼을 참조하여 사용자 정의 파티셔닝이\n" "이 제품의 요구사항을 충족하는지 확인하십시오." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "다중 경로를 활성화하시겠습니까?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -802,7 +795,7 @@ "스냅샷을 생성할 수 없습니다.\n" "더 큰 루트 파티션을 사용하십시오." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -810,35 +803,35 @@ "/home 파티션은 포맷되지 않습니다. 설치 후에 홈 디렉토리의\n" "소유권이 올바르게 설정되었는지 확인하십시오." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "사용자 정의" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "표준" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "파티션 작업" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "파티션작업(&P)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "파일 시스템 구성 저장 중..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -846,15 +839,15 @@ "잘못된 선택입니다:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, 지정되지 않음" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -862,16 +855,16 @@ "%1 설치에 사용할\n" "디스크 영역\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "전체 하드 디스크 사용(&E)" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -879,8 +872,8 @@ "이 디스크에는 파티션이 아직 없습니다.\n" "디스크 전체를 %1용으로 사용합니다." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -888,18 +881,18 @@ "이 디스크는 Windows를 사용했던 것 같습니다.\n" "Linux를 설치하기에 공간이 부족합니다." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Windows 완전 삭제(&D)" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows 파티션 축소(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -909,8 +902,8 @@ "&product;을(를) 설치할 하드 디스크 위치를 선택하십시오.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -922,8 +915,8 @@ "빈 영역을 사용합니다.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -936,8 +929,8 @@ "데이터를 잃어버릴 수도 있습니다. 다른 운영체제에 영향을 미칠수 있습니다.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -949,16 +942,16 @@ " 삭제된 데이터를 복구하는 방법은 없습니다.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "설치중:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -969,12 +962,11 @@ "\n" "선택한 하드 디스크를 Windows에서 사용 중인 것 같습니다. &product;을(를)\n" "설치할 공간이 충분하지 않습니다. 윈도우즈를 완전히 지우기나\n" -"윈도우즈 파티션을 줄이기를 선택하여 사용 가능한 공간을 늘릴 수 있습니" -"다.\n" +"윈도우즈 파티션을 줄이기를 선택하여 사용 가능한 공간을 늘릴 수 있습니다.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -985,34 +977,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Windows를 지우면, 그 파티션의 모든 데이터는 영구히\n" -"사라지게됩니다. 윈도우즈 파티션 줄이기를 사용할 때, 반드시 백업을 " -"하십시오.\n" +"사라지게됩니다. 윈도우즈 파티션 줄이기를 사용할 때, 반드시 백업을 하십시오.\n" "왜냐하면 데이터가 다시 조직화되어야 하기 때문입니다.\n" "몇몇 시스템에서는 실패할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "별도의 홈 파티션 제안(&H)" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "LVM 기반 계획안 만들기(&L)" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 암호화 " -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "계획안 유형" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1026,8 +1017,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1037,13 +1028,12 @@ msgstr "" "다음 마운트 포인트 중 하나에 FAT 파티션을 마운트하려고 했습니다.\n" "//usr, /home, /opt or /var. 이로 인해 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시" -"오.\n" +"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시오.\n" "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1051,15 +1041,13 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"마운트 포인트 /boot에 FAT 파티션을 마운트하려고 했습니다. 이로 인해 문제가 발" -"생할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시" -"오.\n" +"마운트 포인트 /boot에 FAT 파티션을 마운트하려고 했습니다. 이로 인해 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" +"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시오.\n" "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1069,14 +1057,13 @@ msgstr "" "마운트 포인트 /boot에 Btrfs가 포함된 파티션을\n" "마운트했습니다. 이로 인해 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시" -"오.\n" +"이러한 마운트 포인트에 Linux 파일 시스템(예: ext3 또는 ext4)을 사용하십시오.\n" "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1092,8 +1079,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1113,8 +1100,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1128,8 +1115,8 @@ "\n" "이 크기를 부팅 파티션으로 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1143,10 +1130,10 @@ "크기가 약 1MB여야 합니다.\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1164,8 +1151,8 @@ "\n" "/boot 파티션 없이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1185,7 +1172,7 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1197,8 +1184,8 @@ "%s\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1214,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1239,8 +1226,8 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1264,20 +1251,19 @@ "\n" "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "이 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1286,14 +1272,13 @@ "스왑 파티션을 할당하지 않았습니다. 대부분의 경우 스왑 파티션을 \n" "생성하여 할당하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" "시스템의 스왑 파티션은 \"Linux Swap\" 형식의\n" -"주 창에 나열됩니다. 할당된 스왑 파티션에는 \"swap\" 마운트 포인트가 있습니" -"다.\n" +"주 창에 나열됩니다. 할당된 스왑 파티션에는 \"swap\" 마운트 포인트가 있습니다.\n" "원하는 경우 두 개 이상의 스왑 파티션을 할당할 수 있습니다.\n" "\n" "스왑 파티션 없는 설정을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1305,8 +1290,8 @@ "선택했습니다. 특히 다음과 같은 경우 YaST에서 설치가 실패할 수\n" "있습니다.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1317,20 +1302,19 @@ "- 이미 Linux 배포판이 설치된 파티션에 덮어쓰기하려 할 경우 \n" "- 파티션에 파일 시스템이 없을 경우\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "의심스러우면, 특히 /, /boot, /opt, /var 등의\n" "표준 마운트 포인트 중 하나에 할당된 경우 돌아가서 이 파티션을\n" "포맷하도록 표시하십시오.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1340,8 +1324,8 @@ "\n" "파티션을 포맷하지 않은 상태로 유지하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1349,8 +1333,8 @@ "선택한 장치는 RAID(%1)에 속해 있습니다.\n" "편집하기 전에 먼저 RAID에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1358,8 +1342,8 @@ "선택한 장치는 볼륨 그룹(%1)에 속해 있습니다.\n" "편집하기 전에 먼저 볼륨 그룹에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1367,8 +1351,8 @@ "선택한 장치를 볼륨(%1)에서 사용하고 있습니다.\n" "편집하기 전에 먼저 볼륨을 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1376,8 +1360,8 @@ "장치(%2)가 RAID(%1)에 속해 있습니다.\n" "삭제하기 전에 먼저 RAID에서 장치를 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1385,12 +1369,12 @@ "장치(%2)를 %1에서 사용하고 있습니다.\n" "삭제하기 전에 먼저 %1을(를) 제거하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 삭제할 수 없습니다." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1399,14 +1383,12 @@ "이 장치가 논리적 파티션이며 더 높은 번호를\n" " 가진 논리적 파티션이 사용 중이기 때문입니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "선택한 확장 파티션에는 현재 마운트된 파티션이 포함되어 있습니다.\n" @@ -1414,8 +1396,8 @@ "확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에 마운트 해제하는 것이 *좋습니다*.\n" "현재 수행 중인 작업에 대해 정확히 모를 경우 \"취소\"를 선택하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1427,8 +1409,8 @@ "선택된 파티션에 볼륨 그룹에 지정된 LVM 파티션이 적어도 하나 있습니다.\n" "확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에 볼륨그룹에서 모든 파티션을 삭제하십시오\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1441,8 +1423,8 @@ "적어도 하나 있습니다.\n" "확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에 RAID 시스템에서 파티션을 해제하십시오\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1454,8 +1436,8 @@ " 있습니다. 확장 파티션을 삭제하기 전에\n" " 먼저 사용된 볼륨을 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1473,31 +1455,31 @@ "\n" "현재 설정을 유지하시겠습니까?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "암호화된 파일 시스템의 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "여기에 입력한 비밀번호를 기억해 주세요!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "비어 있는 비밀번호가 허용됩니다." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1에 대한 암호화된 파일 시스템의 비밀번호" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1505,38 +1487,38 @@ "%2에서 마운트된 %1 장치의\n" "암호화 비밀번호를 입력하십시오.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "암호화된 파일 시스템의 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "파일 시스템의 비밀번호 입력(&E):" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "확인을 위해 비밀번호 다시 입력(&V):" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "생략(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1546,10 +1528,10 @@ "입력한 비밀번호가 다릅니다.\n" "다시 입력해 주십시오.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1557,10 +1539,10 @@ "암호를 입력하지 않았습니다.\n" "다시 입력하십시오.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1568,17 +1550,17 @@ "비밀번호는 %1자 이상이어야 합니다.\n" "다시 시도하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "부동 소수점 숫자가 없습니다." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "파일 시스템 옵션:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1586,79 +1568,75 @@ "볼륨 레이블에는 '/' 문자를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "이 문자가 포함되지 않도록 볼륨 레이블을 변경하십시오.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab에서 마운트:\n" "일반적으로 마운트할 파일 시스템은 /etc/fstab에서 장치 이름별로\n" "식별됩니다. UUID 또는 볼륨 레이블을 검색하여 마운트할 파일 시스템을\n" -"찾을 수 있도록 이 ID를 변경할 수 있습니다. 일부 파일 시스템은 UUID 또는 볼륨 " -"레이블에 의해\n" +"찾을 수 있도록 이 ID를 변경할 수 있습니다. 일부 파일 시스템은 UUID 또는 볼륨 레이블에 의해\n" " 마운트할 수 없습니다. 옵션을 선택하지 않으면 \n" "불가능합니다.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "볼륨 레이블:\n" -"이 필드에 입력한 이름은 볼륨 레이블로 사용됩니다. 일반적으로 이 이름은 볼륨 " -"레이블별로 \n" +"이 필드에 입력한 이름은 볼륨 레이블로 사용됩니다. 일반적으로 이 이름은 볼륨 레이블별로 \n" "마운트하기 위한 옵션을 활성화할 때만 인식됩니다.\n" "볼륨 레이블에는 / 문자 또는 공백을 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "/etc/fstab에 의한 마운트" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름(&D)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "볼륨 레이블(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "장치 ID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "장치 경로(&P)" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab 옵션:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1668,70 +1646,70 @@ "선택한 파일 시스템의 최대 볼륨 레이블 길이가\n" "%1입니다. 볼륨 레이블이 이 크기로 잘렸습니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "레이블로 마운트하기 위해 볼륨 레이블을 적어주십시오." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "이 볼륨 레이블은 이미 사용중입니다. 다른 이름을 사용하십시오." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "파일 시스템(&S)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "옵션(&P)..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "스냅샷 활성화" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "장치 암호화(&E)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "파일 시스템 ID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "형식" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "포맷하지 않기(&N)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "포맷(&F)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fstab 옵션(&T)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "마운트 포인트(&M)" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1755,8 +1733,8 @@ "\n" "계속하시겠습니까e?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1766,8 +1744,8 @@ "YaST2으로는 파티션의 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1777,22 +1755,22 @@ "YaST2으로는 논리 볼륨의 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "이 파티션을 축소하면 데이터가 손실될 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "이 논리 볼륨을 축소하면 데이터가 손실될 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1802,8 +1780,8 @@ "YaST2으로는 선택한 파티션의 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1813,20 +1791,20 @@ "YaST2으로는 선택한 논리 볼륨의 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 없습니다.\n" "FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4 및 reiser인 경우에만 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "크기 조정 작업을 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Reiser 파일 시스템이 사용하고 있는 파티션을 축소했습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Reiser 파일 시스템이 사용하고 있는 논리 볼륨을 축소했습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1840,22 +1818,20 @@ "\n" "파일 시스템을 축소하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "선택한 장치에 현재 마운트된 파티션이 있습니다.\n" "%1\n" -"파티션 테이블을 삭제하기 전에 이 파티션 마운트를 해제하는 것이 *좋습니다*. 현" -"재 수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모를 경우 \"취소\"를 선택하십시오.\n" +"파티션 테이블을 삭제하기 전에 이 파티션 마운트를 해제하는 것이 *좋습니다*. 현재 수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모를 경우 \"취소\"를 선택하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1869,8 +1845,8 @@ "해당하는 볼륨 그룹의 파티션을\n" "모두 제거하십시오.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1883,8 +1859,8 @@ "하나 이상 있습니다.\n" "장치를 삭제하기 전에 해당 RAID 시스템에서 파티션 할당을 해제하십시오.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1896,50 +1872,49 @@ "하나 이상 있습니다. 장치를 삭제하기 전에 먼저\n" "파티션을 사용하는 볼륨을 삭제하십시오.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Btrfs 파일 시스템에서 하위 볼륨을 생성 및 제거합니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"스냅퍼를 통한 Btrfs 파일 시스템에 대한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화합니다." +msgstr "스냅퍼를 통한 Btrfs 파일 시스템에 대한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화합니다." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "기존 하위 볼륨:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "새 하위 볼륨" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "새로 추가" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "제거" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "하위 볼륨 처리" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "하위 볼륨 이름을 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1947,16 +1922,16 @@ "현재 \"%1\"(으)로 시작하는 하위 볼륨 이름만 허용됩니다.\n" "하위 볼륨 이름 앞에 \"%1\"을(를) 자동으로 추가합니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 하위 볼륨 이름이 이미 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "이 대화 상자에서 지금까지 수정한 내용이 유실됩니다." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1966,8 +1941,8 @@ "암호화된 파일 시스템을 생성하십시오.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1977,8 +1952,8 @@ "암호화된 파일 시스템에 액세스하십시오.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1992,13 +1967,12 @@ " 마찬가지로 안전합니다.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2011,14 +1985,13 @@ "있는 모든 데이터가 유실됩니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2030,14 +2003,13 @@ "암호가 정확히 입력되었는지 확인하기 위해, 두번 입력하십시오\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2048,8 +2020,8 @@ " 포함해서는 안 됩니다.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2063,10 +2035,10 @@ "(<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), 숫자 <tt>0</tt>~<tt>9</tt>입니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2076,8 +2048,8 @@ "이 암호를 잊지 마십시오\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2087,12 +2059,11 @@ "암호화 비밀번호를 입력해야 합니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2103,7 +2074,7 @@ "업데이트하는 동안 파일 시스템에 액세스할 수 없습니다.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2123,7 +2094,7 @@ "이 디스크를 설치에 사용하려면 고급 파티션 관리자에서\n" " 디스크 레이블을 삭제해야 합니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2137,18 +2108,18 @@ "\n" "이 디스크의 모든 파티션을 제거 대상으로 표시해야 합니다.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "LVM에 대해서는 마운트 포인트 \"%1\"을(를) 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "RAID에 대해서는 마운트 포인트 %1을(를) 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2164,8 +2135,8 @@ "\n" "계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2181,50 +2152,46 @@ "\n" " 계속하시겠습니까?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "탑재 지점은 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "스왑 장치에 탑재 지점으로 스왑을 지정해야 합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "스왑 장치에만 탑재 지점으로 스왑을 지정할 수 있습니다." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "이 마운트 포인트는 이미 사용중입니다. 다른 것을 선택하십시오." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT 파일 시스템을 시스템 마운트 포인트( /, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)에 마운트" -"하려합니다.\n" +"FAT 파일 시스템을 시스템 마운트 포인트( /, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)에 마운트하려합니다.\n" "이것은 불가능합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"마운트 포인트에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 마우트 포인트에는 \"`'!\"%#\"을 사용" -"하지 마십시오." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "마운트 포인트에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 마우트 포인트에는 \"`'!\"%#\"을 사용하지 마십시오." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2234,13 +2201,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "마운트 포인트는 반드시 \"/\"로 시작해야합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2248,10 +2215,10 @@ "스왑 파일 시스템이 없는 장치에\n" "탑재 지점 스왑을 할당할 수 없습니다." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2261,8 +2228,8 @@ "입력한 크기(반올림 이후)는 %2입니다.\n" "이 파일 시스템의 최소 크기는 %3입니다.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2270,8 +2237,8 @@ "알 수 없거나 존재하지 않는 파일 시스템이\n" "있는 장치에 탑재 지점을 할당할 수 없습니다." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2293,30 +2260,29 @@ "\n" "이 파일 시스템을 사용하시겠습니까?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "현재 파일 시스템이 %1에 마운트되어 있습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"지금 마운트 해제를 시도하거나, 마운트 해제하지 않고 계속하거나, 취소할 수 있" -"습니다.\n" +"지금 마운트 해제를 시도하거나, 마운트 해제하지 않고 계속하거나, 취소할 수 있습니다.\n" "수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모르는 경우 [취소]를 클릭하십시오." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "탑재 해제" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2324,75 +2290,75 @@ "지금 마운트 해제를 시도하거나 취소할 수 있습니다.\n" "수행 중인 작업을 정확히 모르는 경우 [취소]를 클릭하십시오." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 파일 시스템을 축소할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 파일 시스템을 확장할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "마운트된 동안에는 파일 시스템의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "장치 다시 스캔(&E)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "마운트 포인트 임포트..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "암호 비밀번호 제공(&P)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "iSCSI 구성(&I)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "FCoE 구성(&F)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "다중 경로 구성(&M)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "DASD 구성(&D)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "zFCP 구성(&Z)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "XPRAM 구성(&X)..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "구성..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "%1에서 사용 가능한 저장소" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2400,8 +2366,8 @@ "이 보기는 사용 가능한 모든 저장소 장치를\n" "보여 줍니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2411,8 +2377,8 @@ "장치에 대한 세부 정보가 있는 보기로\n" "이동합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2420,8 +2386,8 @@ "테이블 항목을 선택하면\n" "장치에 대한 세부 정보가 있는 보기로 이동할 수 있습니다." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2429,8 +2395,8 @@ "디스크를 재검색하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "디스크를 재검색하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2438,8 +2404,8 @@ "iSCSI 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "iSCSI 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2447,10 +2413,10 @@ "FCoE 구성을 호출하면 현재 변경 사항이 모두 취소됩니다.\n" "FCoE 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2458,8 +2424,8 @@ "다중 경로 구성을 호출하면 현재 변경사항이 모두 취소됩니다.\n" "다중 경로 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2467,8 +2433,8 @@ "DASD 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "DASD 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2476,8 +2442,8 @@ "zFCP 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "zFCP 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2485,50 +2451,50 @@ "XPRAM 구성을 호출하면 모든 현재 변경사항이 취소됩니다.\n" "XPRAM 구성을 호출하시겠습니까?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "BTRFS %1 편집" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "장치를 하나 이상 선택합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "BTRFS 볼륨에서 사용되는 장치를 변경합니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "사용하지 않는 장치:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "선택한 장치:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "BTRFS 볼륨 %1 크기 조정" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "선택한 BTRFS 장치가 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2536,178 +2502,174 @@ "BTRFS %1을(를) 사용 중이므로\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않음을 확인하십시오." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "일부 물리적 장치를 제거하지 못했습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "편집" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "삭제" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "BTRFS 볼륨" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "편집..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "삭제..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "이 보기는 모든 BTRFS 볼륨을 표시합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2715,8 +2677,8 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 BTRFS 볼륨에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 표시합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2724,74 +2686,72 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 BTRFS 볼륨에서 사용된\n" "모든 장치를 표시합니다.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "BTRFS 장치: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "개요(&O)" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "사용된 장치(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "장치의 역할을 선택하십시오." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI 부트 파티션" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "운영 체제" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "데이터 및 ISV 응용 프로그램" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "바꾸기" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "원시 볼륨(포맷되지 않음)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "역할" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2799,20 +2759,19 @@ "먼저, 파티션을 포맷할지 여부와\n" "원하는 파일 시스템 유형을 선택합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "볼륨의 모든 데이터를 암호화하려면\n" "장치 암호화를 선택합니다. 기존 볼륨의 암호화를 변경하면\n" "해당 볼륨의 모든 데이터가 삭제됩니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2820,49 +2779,48 @@ "그런 다음 파티션을 마운트해야 할지\n" "여부를 선택하고 마운트 포인트(/, /boot, /home, /var 등)를 입력하십시오." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "포맷 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "파티션 포맷" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "파티션 포맷 안 함" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "파티션 마운트 안 함" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "마운트 옵션" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "파티션 마운트" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "탑재 지점" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 옵션(&T)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "암호화 파일은 암호화되어야 합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2874,18 +2832,18 @@ "\n" "포맷 옵션도 확인하십시오.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "암호화 파일에는 탑재 지점이 필요합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "TMPFS에는 마운트 포인트가 필요합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2899,8 +2857,8 @@ "마찬가지로 안전합니다.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2909,27 +2867,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"이 볼륨에 사용된 파일 시스템이 스왑입니다. 암호화 비밀번호를 지정하지 않을 " -"수 있지만\n" +"이 볼륨에 사용된 파일 시스템이 스왑입니다. 암호화 비밀번호를 지정하지 않을 수 있지만\n" "이렇게 하면 스왑 장치를 최대 절전 모드(디스크 일시 중단)로\n" "사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "볼륨에 저장된 모든 데이터가 유실됩니다!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "비밀번호" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "기본 장치에서 크기 조정이 지원되지 않습니다." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2939,7 +2896,7 @@ "선택한 파티션의 파일 시스템이 크기 조정을 지원하지 않기 때문에\n" " 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2947,8 +2904,8 @@ "마운트된 동안에는 NTFS 크기를 조정할 수 있는지\n" "여부를 확인할 수 없습니다." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2956,79 +2913,79 @@ "파일 시스템에 일관성이 없기 때문에\n" "%1 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "파티션 %1 크기 조정" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "논리적 볼륨 %1 크기 조정" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "현재 크기: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "현재 사용: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "크기" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "최대 크기(%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "최소 크기(%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "사용자 정의 크기" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "새 크기를 선택합니다." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "입력한 크기가 잘못되었습니다. 크기를 %1과(와) %2 사이로 입력합니다." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3039,28 +2996,28 @@ "작업 속도가 느리고 몇 시간이 걸릴 수도 있습니다. 파일 시스템을 \n" "마운트 해제하면 크기 조정 작업 속도가 향상됩니다." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1의 출력" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "디스크 재검색 중..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "DM %1 편집" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "DM 장치를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3068,13 +3025,13 @@ "DM %1이(가) 사용 중이므로\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "장치 매퍼(DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3084,8 +3041,8 @@ "모든 장치 매퍼 장치를 표시합니다. 따라서 다중 경로 디스크,\n" "BIOS RAID 및 LVM 논리적 볼륨은 여기에 표시되지 않습니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3093,8 +3050,8 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 장치 매퍼 장치에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3102,185 +3059,185 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 장치 매퍼 장치에서 사용한\n" "모든 장치를 보여 줍니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM 장치: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 추가" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "장치 그래프" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "장치 그래프 저장..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "이 보기는 장치 그래프를 나타냅니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "그래프 파일을 저장하지 못했습니다." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "마운트 그래프" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "마운트 그래프 저장..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "이 보기는 마운트 포인트의 그래프를 나타냅니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "새 파티션에 대한 파티션 유형을 선택합니다." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "주 파티션(&P)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "확장 파티션(&E)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "논리적 파티션(&L)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "새 파티션 유형" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "새 파티션의 크기를 선택합니다." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "새 파티션 크기" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "사용자 지정 영역" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "시작 실린더" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "끝 실린더" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "입력한 영역이 잘못되었습니다." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "%1에 파티션 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "%1 파티션 편집" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 이동할 공간이 없습니다." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 앞으로 이동하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 뒤로 이동하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "파티션 %1을(를) 이동하시겠습니까?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "앞으로" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "뒤로" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "모든 파티션의 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3288,83 +3245,82 @@ "\"%1\" 디스크에 하나 이상의 파티션이 있습니다.\n" "계속하면 다음 파티션이 삭제됩니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "\"%1\"의 모든 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "하드 디스크를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "LDL로 포맷된 DASD에서 파티션 테이블을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "디스크가 사용 중이어서 수정할 수 없습니다." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "%1에 대한 새 파티션 테이블 유형을 선택합니다." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "%1에 대한 새 파티션 테이블을 생성하시겠습니까? 그러면\n" -"%1에 대한 모든 데이터와 %1에서 파티션을 사용하는 모든 RAID 및 볼륨 그룹이 삭" -"제됩니다." +"%1에 대한 모든 데이터와 %1에서 파티션을 사용하는 모든 RAID 및 볼륨 그룹이 삭제됩니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "디스크를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "파티셔닝된 RAID %1을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "이 디스크에는 삭제할 파티션이 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "%1에 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "파티션을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3372,13 +3328,13 @@ "파티션 %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "확장 파티션을 편집할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3386,13 +3342,13 @@ "파티션 %1이(가) 이미 디스크에 생성되어 있으며\n" "이동할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "확장된 파티션을 이동할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3400,13 +3356,13 @@ "파티션 %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. %1의 크기를 조정하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "확장 파티션의 크기를 조정할 수 있습니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3422,7 +3378,7 @@ "파티션이 있습니다. 이러한 파티션은\n" "복제된 후에 삭제됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3430,11 +3386,11 @@ "다음 파티션이 삭제되고\n" "모든 데이터가 손실됩니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "이 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3444,7 +3400,7 @@ "디스크에는 하나 이상의 파티션이 있어야 합니다.\n" "디스크를 복제하기 전에 파티션을 생성하십시오.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3452,20 +3408,20 @@ "이 디스크를 복제할 수 없습니다. 동일한 파티션\n" "레이아웃을 가질 수 있는 적합한 디스크가 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "%1의 파티션 레이아웃 복제" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "사용 가능한 대상 디스크:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "복제를 생성하기 위한 대상 디스크 선택" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3473,8 +3429,8 @@ "dasdfmt를 실행하면 디스크의 모든 데이터가 삭제됩니다.\n" "%1 디스크에서 dasdfmt를 실행하시겠습니까?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3486,58 +3442,58 @@ " 현재 이 디스크에 있는 파티션이 다시\n" " 나타납니다.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "파티션 추가" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "이동" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "크기 조정" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "이동..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "크기 조정..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3545,8 +3501,8 @@ "하드 디스크, BIOS RAID 및 다중 경로\n" "장치는 이동할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3554,19 +3510,19 @@ "하드 디스크, BIOS RAID 및 다중 경로\n" "장치는 크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "하드 디스크" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "파티션 추가..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3574,18 +3530,18 @@ "이 보기는 iSCSI 디스크, BIOS RAID, 다중 경로 디스크 및 파티션을 포함하여\n" "모든 하드 디스크를 표시합니다.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "상태 테스트(SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "속성(hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3593,56 +3549,55 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 하드 디스크에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "이 디스크에 SMART를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "이 디스크에 hdparm을 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "새 파티션 테이블 생성" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "이 디스크 복제" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "DASD장치에서 dasdfmt를 실행하십시오.(&F)" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "추가..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "고급..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "이 보기는 선택한 하드 디스크의\n" -"모든 파티션을 표시합니다. 하드 디스크가 BIOS RAID 또는 다중 경로 등에서 사용" -"된 경우 여기에 파티션이 표시되지 않습니다.\n" +"모든 파티션을 표시합니다. 하드 디스크가 BIOS RAID 또는 다중 경로 등에서 사용된 경우 여기에 파티션이 표시되지 않습니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3652,23 +3607,23 @@ "모든 장치를 표시합니다. 이 보기는 BIOS RAID, 파티션된 소프트웨어\n" "RAID 및 다중 경로 디스크에만 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "파티션(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "하드 디스크: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "파티션: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3676,8 +3631,8 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 파티션에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3687,8 +3642,8 @@ "여러 개의 Linux 시스템이 발견되었습니다. 이전 마운트 포인트가\n" "테이블에 표시되었습니다.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3698,49 +3653,49 @@ "포맷 여부를 선택할 수\n" "있습니다. 비시스템 볼륨(예: /home)은 포맷되지 않습니다." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "마운트 포인트에 있는 이전 시스템을 찾을 수 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "이전 보기(&P)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "다음 보기(&N)" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "기존 시스템에서 마운트 포인트 임포트:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "시스템 볼륨 포맷" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "임포트" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "%1에서 검색된 /etc/fstab의 포함 내용:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "잘못된 비밀번호를 제공했습니다." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVM에서 사용된 파티션 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3750,15 +3705,15 @@ "시스템을 일관된 상태로 유지하기 위해 다음 볼륨 그룹과\n" "논리 볼륨이 삭제됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "지금 \"%1\" 파티션과 \"%2\" 볼륨 그룹을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 사용된 파티션 삭제 확인" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3768,24 +3723,24 @@ "시스템을 일관된 상태로 유지하기 위해 다음\n" "RAID 장치가 삭제됩니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "지금 \"%1\" 파티션과 RAID \"%2\"을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "%1의 모든 파티션을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3793,60 +3748,58 @@ "\n" "%1 루프 파일 또한 제거해도 됩니까?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "파티션되지 않음" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "할당되지 않음" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "파티션 변경 사항이 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "파티션 변경 사항:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "저장소 설정 변경 사항이 없습니다." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "저장소 설정:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "설치할 패키지:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "패키지를 설치할 필요가 없습니다." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"루프 파일의 경로 이름: 암호화된 루프 장치를 설치하기 위한 데이터" -"를\n" +"루프 파일의 경로 이름: 암호화된 루프 장치를 설치하기 위한 데이터를\n" "포함하는 파일에 대한 절대 경로여야 합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3858,8 +3811,8 @@ "지정한 크기로 파일이 생성됩니다.참고: 파일이\n" "이미 있는 경우 파일 내의 모든 데이터는 손실됩니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3869,8 +3822,8 @@ "크기: 루프 파일의 크기입니다. 암호화된 루프\n" "장치에 이 크기로 파일 시스템이 생성됩니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3884,23 +3837,23 @@ "없습니다. 파일 시스템은 설치가 끝난 후 생성됩니다.\n" "파일 크기와 경로 이름을 입력할 때 주의하십시오.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "루프 파일의 경로 이름" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "찾아보기..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "루프 파일 생성" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3908,13 +3861,13 @@ "파일 이름 \"%1\"이(가) 잘못되었습니다.\n" "절대 경로 이름을 사용하십시오.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "입력한 크기가 잘못되었습니다. 크기를 %1 이상으로 입력하십시오." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3924,47 +3877,47 @@ "생성 플래그가 해제되어 있습니다. 기존 파일을 사용하거나 생성 플래그를\n" "활성화하십시오." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "암호화된 파일 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "암호화된 파일 %1 편집" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "암호화된 파일을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3972,30 +3925,30 @@ "암호화된 파일 %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "암호화된 파일" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "암호화된 파일 추가..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "이 보기는 모든 암호화된 파일을 보여 줍니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "암호화된 파일: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4003,23 +3956,23 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 암호화된 파일의\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 이름을 입력합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 이름이 128자를 초과합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 이름이 \"-\"로 시작하면 안 됩니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4027,13 +3980,13 @@ "볼륨 그룹의 이름에 잘못된 문자가 포함되어 있습니다. 허용되는 문자는 \n" "영숫자 문자와 \".\", \"_\", \"-\", \"+\"입니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "볼륨 그룹 \"%1\"이(가) 이미 있습니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4041,13 +3994,13 @@ "볼륨 그룹 이름 \"%1\"은(는) /dev\n" "디렉토리의 다른 항목과 충돌됩니다.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹의 삭제 확인" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4057,13 +4010,13 @@ "계속하면, 다음 볼륨이 마운트 해제되고(마운트된 경우)\n" "삭제됩니다." -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" msgstr "\"%1\" 볼륨 그룹과 관련된 모든 논리 볼륨을 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4071,18 +4024,18 @@ "입력한 데이터가 잘못되었습니다. 2의 제곱 값으로 %1보다 큰\n" "물리적인 확장 크기(예: \"%2\" 또는 \"%3\")를 삽입하십시오." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "논리적 볼륨에 대한 이름을 입력합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "논리적 볼륨에 대한 이름이 128자를 초과합니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4090,8 +4043,8 @@ "논리적 그룹의 이름에 잘못된 문자가 포함되어 있습니다. 허용되는 문자는 \n" "영숫자 문자와 \".\", \"_\", \"-\", \"+\"입니다." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4099,57 +4052,56 @@ "\"%1\"(이)라는 논리적 볼륨이 이미\n" "볼륨 그룹 \"%2\"에 있습니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "새 볼륨 그룹의 이름과 물리적 확장 크기를 입력합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." msgstr "볼륨 그룹에서 포함시킬 물리적 볼륨을 선택합니다." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 이름" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "물리적인 확장 크기(&P)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "사용 가능한 물리적 볼륨:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "선택한 물리적 볼륨:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "볼륨 그룹에 사용된 장치를 변경합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "새 논리 볼륨의 스트라이프 크기와 수를\n" "입력하십시오. 스트라이프 수는 볼륨 그룹의 실제 볼륨 수보다\n" "높을 수 없습니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4165,163 +4117,156 @@ "할당된 씬 풀은 이 공간 요구사항을 충족할 수 있어야 합니다.\n" "씬 볼륨은 스트라이프 수를 가질 수 없습니다." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "분할" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "번호" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2의 %1 논리 볼륨 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 %1 크기 조정" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "새 논리적 볼륨의 이름을 입력합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "논리 볼륨을 일반 볼륨으로 선언할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이것은 기본값이며 씬 프로비저닝 기능이 존재하기 전의 모든 볼륨과 마찬" -"가지로 일반 LVM 볼륨을 의미합니다.\n" +"이것은 기본값이며 씬 프로비저닝 기능이 존재하기 전의 모든 볼륨과 마찬가지로 일반 LVM 볼륨을 의미합니다.\n" "이것이 가장 적절한 선택일 수 있습니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "논리 볼륨을 씬 풀로 선언할 수 있습니다.\n" -"이것은 씬 볼륨이 해당 풀에서 요구 시 필요한 공간을 할당함을 의미합니" -"다." +"이것은 씬 볼륨이 해당 풀에서 요구 시 필요한 공간을 할당함을 의미합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "논리 볼륨을 씬 볼륨으로 선언할 수 있습니다.\n" "이것은 볼륨이 씬 풀에서 요구 시 필요한 공간을 할당함을 의미합니다." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "논리적 볼륨" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "일반 볼륨" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "씬 풀" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "씬 볼륨" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "사용된 풀" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "%1에 대한 논리적 볼륨 추가" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2의 %1 논리 볼륨 편집" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "볼륨 그룹을 생성하기에 적합한 사용하지 않는 장치가 충분하지 않습니다.\n" "\n" -"LVM을 사용하려면 유형 0x8e(또는 0x83)의 사용하지 않는 파티션이 하나 이상 또" -"는 한 개의\n" +"LVM을 사용하려면 유형 0x8e(또는 0x83)의 사용하지 않는 파티션이 하나 이상 또는 한 개의\n" "사용하지 않는 RAID 장치가 필요합니다. 파티션 테이블을 그에 따라 변경하십시오." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "볼륨 그룹을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 \"%1\"을(를) 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "\"%1\" 볼륨 그룹을 삭제하지 못했습니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "논리적 볼륨을 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "볼륨 그룹 \"%1\"에 여유 공간이 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4329,8 +4274,8 @@ "볼륨 %1은(는) 씬 풀입니다.\n" "이것은 편집할 수 없습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4338,46 +4283,46 @@ "%1 볼륨을 사용 중이므로\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용 중이 아니어야 합니다." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 추가" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "볼륨 관리" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4385,8 +4330,8 @@ "이 보기는 모든 LVM 볼륨 그룹과\n" "논리적 볼륨을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4394,8 +4339,8 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 볼륨 그룹에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4403,8 +4348,8 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 볼륨 그룹의 모든 논리적\n" "볼륨을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4412,28 +4357,28 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 볼륨 그룹에서 사용한 모든 물리적\n" "볼륨을 보여 줍니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "볼륨 그룹: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "논리적 볼륨(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "물리적 볼륨(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "논리적 볼륨: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4441,56 +4386,56 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 논리적 볼륨에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "장치 매퍼" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "BTRFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "TMPFS" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "사용하지 않는 장치" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "설치 요약" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "설정" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4500,37 +4445,34 @@ "파티션 도구를 종료하면 유실됩니다.\n" "종료하시겠습니까?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "여기서 파티셔닝 요약을 볼 수 있습니다." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": 요약" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "시스템 보기(&S)" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS 구성을 사용할 수 없습니다. yast2-nfs-client 패키지 설치를 확인하십시오." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS 구성을 사용할 수 없습니다. yast2-nfs-client 패키지 설치를 확인하십시오." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "네트워크 파일 시스템(NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4538,62 +4480,52 @@ "NFS 공유 '%1'의 탑재를 테스트하지 못했습니다.\n" "그래도 저장하시겠습니까?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "%1의 경우 %2 이상의 장치를 선택합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "새 RAID에 대한 RAID 유형을 선택합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: 이 수준은 디스크 성능을 향상시켜 줍니다.\n" -"이 모드에는 중복성이 없습니다. 드라이브 중 하나가 작동이 중지되더라도 " -"데이터 복구가 불가능합니다.\n" +"이 모드에는 중복성이 없습니다. 드라이브 중 하나가 작동이 중지되더라도 데이터 복구가 불가능합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: 이 모드는 가장 안정적입니다.\n" -"이 모드는 두개 이상의 디스크가 필요합니다. 이 모드는 모든 디스크의 모든 데이" -"터의\n" -"정확한 복사본을 유지합니다. 오랜 시간 후 하나의 디스크만이 동작해도 데이터를 " -"유지합니다.\n" +"이 모드는 두개 이상의 디스크가 필요합니다. 이 모드는 모든 디스크의 모든 데이터의\n" +"정확한 복사본을 유지합니다. 오랜 시간 후 하나의 디스크만이 동작해도 데이터를 유지합니다.\n" "이 방식의 RAID를 구성하기 위해서는 거의 같은 크기의 파티션이이어야 합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: 이 모드는 데이터 안정성을 유지하면서 많은 수의 디스크" -"를\n" +"RAID 5: 이 모드는 데이터 안정성을 유지하면서 많은 수의 디스크를\n" "관리할 수 있습니다. 이 모드는 3개이상의 디스크를 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -"디스크 하나가 고장나도 모든 데이터는 손상되지 않습니다. 만약 두개의 디스크" -"가\n" +"디스크 하나가 고장나도 모든 데이터는 손상되지 않습니다. 만약 두개의 디스크가\n" "동시에 고장나게 되면 모든 데이터를 잃어 버릴 수 있습니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4603,22 +4535,19 @@ "제공할 수 있습니다. 선택 사항입니다. 이름이 제공된 경우 장치를\n" "<tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>으로 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "RAID에 파티션을 추가합니다. RAID 유형에 따라\n" -"사용 가능한 디스크 크기는 이러한 파티션(RAID 0), 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" -"(RAID1)\n" +"사용 가능한 디스크 크기는 이러한 파티션(RAID 0), 가장 작은 파티션의 크기(RAID1)\n" " 또는 (N-1)*가장 작은 파티션(RAID 5)의 합계입니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4626,86 +4555,80 @@ "일반적으로, 다른 드라이브에 존재하는 다수의 파티션에서\n" "원하는 안정성과 성능을 얻을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 유형" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (분할)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (미러링)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (복사본을 가진 분할)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 6(이중 복제 스트라이핑)(&6)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID 10(미러링 및 스트라이핑)(&1)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "Raid 이름(선택 사항)(&N)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "사용 가능한 장치:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"청크 크기: 장치에 기록할 수 있는 가장 작은 \"원자\" 대용량 데이" -"터입니다.\n" +"청크 크기: 장치에 기록할 수 있는 가장 작은 \"원자\" 대용량 데이터입니다.\n" "RAID 5의 적당한 청크 크기는 128KB입니다. RAID 0의 경우\n" -"32KB부터 시작하는 것이 좋습니다. RAID 1의 경우 청크 크기는 배열에 큰 영향을 " -"주지 않습니다.\n" +"32KB부터 시작하는 것이 좋습니다. RAID 1의 경우 청크 크기는 배열에 큰 영향을 주지 않습니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5/6에서 사용하는 패리티 알고리즘입니다.\n" -"왼쪽 대칭방식은 회전 플래터가 있는 일반적인 디스크에서 최대 성능을 제공합니" -"다.\n" +"왼쪽 대칭방식은 회전 플래터가 있는 일반적인 디스크에서 최대 성능을 제공합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4713,66 +4636,66 @@ "패리티 알고리즘에 대한 자세한 내용은 \n" "mdadm 맨 페이지(man mdadm)를 참조하십시오.\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "청크 크기" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID 옵션" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "RAID에 사용된 장치를 변경합니다." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 추가" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 크기 조정" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 편집" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4785,22 +4708,22 @@ "RAID를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" "\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "RAID를 생성하기에 적합한 사용하지 않는 장치가 충분하지 않습니다." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "RAID를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4808,8 +4731,8 @@ "RAID %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "편집할 수 없습니다. %1을(를) 편집하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4818,8 +4741,8 @@ "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. %1의 크기를 조정하려면\n" "이 항목을 제거한 후 다시 생성하십시오." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4827,18 +4750,18 @@ "RAID %1이(가) 사용 중이어서\n" "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다. %1의 크기를 조정하려면 사용되지 않도록 합니다." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID 추가..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "이 보기는 BIOS RAID를 제외한 모든 RAID를 표시합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4846,8 +4769,8 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 RAID에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4855,130 +4778,123 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 RAID에서 사용한\n" "모든 장치를 보여 줍니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "레이블" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "마운트 방식" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "사용" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "실린더 정보" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "파이버 채널 정보" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "암호화" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "장치 이름" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "볼륨 레이블" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "장치 ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "장치 경로" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "최적" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "원통형" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "기본 마운트 기준" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "기본 파일 시스템" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "새로 생성된 파티션 정렬" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "저장소 장치 표시 기준" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "저장소 장치의 정보 표시" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -4986,16 +4902,14 @@ "이 보기는 일반 저장소\n" "설정을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "기본 마운트 방법은 새로 생성된 파일 시스템에 대한\n" @@ -5005,8 +4919,8 @@ "영구적이어야 하지만 항상 그렇지는 않습니다. 마지막으로 UUID 및\n" "볼륨 레이블은 파일 시스템의 UUID 및 레이블을 사용합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5014,24 +4928,21 @@ "기본 파일 시스템은 새로 생성한\n" "파일 시스템에 대한 파일 시스템 유형을 제공합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "새로 생성된 파티션 정렬은\n" -"생성된 파티션의 정렬 방식을 결정합니다. 실린더는 디스크 실린더 경계의 " -"일반적인 정렬이며, 최적은 Linux 커널에서\n" +"생성된 파티션의 정렬 방식을 결정합니다. 실린더는 디스크 실린더 경계의 일반적인 정렬이며, 최적은 Linux 커널에서\n" "제공한 힌트에 따라 최상의 성능을 발휘하도록 파티션을 정렬하거나\n" "Windows Vista 및 Win 7과 호환되도록 합니다.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5039,8 +4950,8 @@ "저장소 장치 표시 기준은 탐색 트리의 하드 디스크에\n" "표시된 이름을 제어합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5048,23 +4959,23 @@ "저장소 장치에서 볼 수 있는\n" "정보를 사용하면 테이블과 개요에서 정보를 숨길 수 있습니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "이 보기는 설치 요약을 표시합니다." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "TMPFS 마운트 추가" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "TMPFS 장치를 선택하지 않았습니다." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5072,18 +4983,18 @@ "\n" "%1에 마운트된 TMPFS를 삭제합니다." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "TMPFS 볼륨" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "이 보기는 모든 TMPFS 볼륨을 표시합니다." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5091,18 +5002,18 @@ "이 보기는 선택한 TMPFS 볼륨에 대한\n" "세부 정보를 나타냅니다.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "TMPFS가 %1에 마운트됨" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "재검색" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5112,8 +5023,8 @@ "분할되지 않은 디스크 및 논리적 볼륨이 없는\n" "볼륨 그룹을 보여 줍니다." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5121,30 +5032,30 @@ "사용하지 않는 장치를 다시 스캔하면\n" "현재 모든 변경 사항이 취소됩니다. 사용하지 않는 장치를 다시 스캔하시겠습니까?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5152,17 +5063,17 @@ "요청한 크기의 논리적 볼륨을 \n" "만들 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "볼륨의 분할 수를 줄여보십시오." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "논리적 볼륨만 삭제할 수 있습니다." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5170,8 +5081,8 @@ "이 볼륨에 대한 하나 이상의 스냅샷이 활성화되어 있습니다.\n" "먼저 스냅샷을 제거하십시오." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5179,100 +5090,100 @@ "이 풀을 사용하는 씬 볼륨이 하나 이상 있습니다.\n" "먼저 씬 볼륨을 제거하십시오." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "논리적인 볼률 %1를 삭제하시겠습니까?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "전체 크기: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "결과 크기: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "클래스" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "상단" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "위" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "아래" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "하단" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "분류" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "추가" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "모두 추가" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "모두 제거" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "%1 파일이 일반 파일이 아닙니다!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "%1 파일이 너무 큽니다!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5284,50 +5195,43 @@ "파일은 정규식을 포함한 행과 행당 클래스 이름을\n" "포함해야 합니다. 예:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "다음 패턴 행이 탐지되었습니다." -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "장치를 이러한 패턴의 클래스에 일치시키겠습니까?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "이 대화 상자는 RAID에 포함된 RAID 장치에 대한\n" -"클래스를 정의합니다. 사용할 수 있는 클래스는 A, B, C, D 및 E이지만, 대부분의 " -"경우\n" +"클래스를 정의합니다. 사용할 수 있는 클래스는 A, B, C, D 및 E이지만, 대부분의 경우\n" "더 적은 수의 클래스가 필요합니다(예: A와 B만). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "장치를 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하고 상황별 메뉴에서\n" "해당 클래스를 선택하여 장치를 클래스에 배치할 수 있습니다. \n" -"Ctrl 또는 Shift 키를 누르면 장치를 여러 개 선택하여 선택한 장치를 한 단계로 " -"클래스에 배치할\n" -"수 있습니다. 또한 \"%1\" ~ \"%2\" 레이블의 단추를 사용하여 현재 선택한 장치" -"를 \n" +"Ctrl 또는 Shift 키를 누르면 장치를 여러 개 선택하여 선택한 장치를 한 단계로 클래스에 배치할\n" +"수 있습니다. 또한 \"%1\" ~ \"%2\" 레이블의 단추를 사용하여 현재 선택한 장치를 \n" "이 클래스에 배치할 수 있습니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5335,8 +5239,8 @@ "장치 클래스를 선택한 후 \"%1\" 또는 \"%2\" \n" "레이블의 버튼 중 하나를 눌러 장치 순서를 지정할 수 있습니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5344,21 +5248,19 @@ "정렬됨은 클래스 A의 모든 장치를 클래스 B 및 기타 클래스의 모든\n" "장치 앞에 배치합니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "인터리브는 클래스 A의 첫 번째 장치, 클래스 B의 \n" -"첫 번째 장치 그리고, 다음에 나오는 모든 클래스를 할당된 장치에 차례로 사용합" -"니다. 그런 다음 \n" +"첫 번째 장치 그리고, 다음에 나오는 모든 클래스를 할당된 장치에 차례로 사용합니다. 그런 다음 \n" "클래스 A의 두 번째 장치, 클래스 B의 두 번째 장치 순으로 사용합니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5368,87 +5270,79 @@ "팝업에서 나가면 장치의 현재 순서가 RAID에서 생성되는\n" "순서로 사용됩니다." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "\"%1\" 버튼을 눌러 정규식과 클래스\n" "이름(예: \"sda.* A\") 행을 포함하는 파일을 선택할 수 있습니다. 정규식과 \n" -"일치하는 모든 장치가 이 행의 클래스에 삽입됩니다. 정규식은 커널 이름(예: /" -"dev/sda1), \n" +"일치하는 모든 장치가 이 행의 클래스에 삽입됩니다. 정규식은 커널 이름(예: /dev/sda1), \n" "udev 경로 이름(예: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1)\n" "및 udev id(예: /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1)와\n" "비교됩니다. \n" -"장치 이름이 둘 이상의 정규식과 일치할 경우 최종적으로 첫 번째 일치가 클래스" -"를\n" +"장치 이름이 둘 이상의 정규식과 일치할 경우 최종적으로 첫 번째 일치가 클래스를\n" "결정합니다." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "장치" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "패턴 파일" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "TMPFS 크기(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"잘못된 크기가 지정되었습니다. 숫자를 먼저 사용한 후 K, M, G 또는 %를 사용하십" -"시오.\n" +"잘못된 크기가 지정되었습니다. 숫자를 먼저 사용한 후 K, M, G 또는 %를 사용하십시오.\n" "값은 100k 이상 또는 1% ~ 200% 범위여야 합니다. 다시 해보십시오." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "값은 1%와 200% 사이여야 합니다. 다시 해보십시오." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "TMPFS 크기:\n" "크기는 숫자+K(Kilobyte), M(Megabyte) 또는 G(Gigabyte) 또는\n" "숫자+퍼센트 부호(메모리의 백분율을 의미함)로 입력될 수 있습니다." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "스왑 우선순위(&P)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "값은 반드시 0에서 32767사이어야 합니다. 다시 시도하세요" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5456,45 +5350,43 @@ "스왑 우선순위:\n" "스왑 우선순위를 입력해 주세요. 높은 숫자가 높은 우선순위를 의미합니다.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "읽기 전용 마운트(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "읽기 전용 마운트:\n" "파일 시스템에 쓸 수 없습니다. 기본값은 false입니다. 설치 중\n" "파일 시스템은 항상 읽기/쓰기로 마운트됩니다." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "액세스 시간 없음(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "액세스 시간 없음:\n" -"파일을 읽을 때 액세스 시간이 업데이트되지 않습니다. 기본값은 false입니다.</" -"p>\n" +"파일을 읽을 때 액세스 시간이 업데이트되지 않습니다. 기본값은 false입니다.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "사용자가 마운트 가능" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5502,21 +5394,19 @@ "일반사용자에게 마운트 허용:\n" "일반 사용자가 파일 시스템을 마운트 할수 있습니다. 기본값은 불가입니다.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "시스템이 시작할때 마운트를 하지 않습니다(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "시스템 시작 시 마운트 안 함:\n" "시스템을 시작할 때 파일 시스템은 자동으로 마운트되지 않습니다.\n" @@ -5525,13 +5415,13 @@ "<마운트 지점>은 파일 시스템이 마운트되는 디렉토리입니다.\n" "기본값은 false입니다.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "할당량 지원 활성화(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5541,23 +5431,21 @@ "파일 시스템은 사용자 할당량을 활성화한 상태로 탑재됩니다.\n" "기본값은 false입니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "데이터 저널링 모드(&J)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "데이터 저널링 모드:\n" "파일 데이터에 대한 저널링 모드를 지정합니다.\n" @@ -5565,16 +5453,15 @@ "저널에 커밋됩니다. 성능에 가장 큰 영향을 미칩니다. \n" " <tt>ordered</tt> -- 모든 데이터는 메타 데이터가 저널에 커밋되기 전에\n" "직접 주 파일 시스템으로 전송됩니다. 성능에 중간 정도의 영향을 미칩니다. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- 데이터 순서가 유지되지 않습니다. 성능에 영향을 미치지 " -"않습니다.\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- 데이터 순서가 유지되지 않습니다. 성능에 영향을 미치지 않습니다.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "액세스 제어 목록 (&ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5582,13 +5469,13 @@ "액세스 제어 목록(ACL):\n" "파일 시스템에 ACL을 활성화합니다.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "확장된 사용자 속성(&E)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5596,38 +5483,33 @@ "확장된 사용자 속성:\n" "파일 시스템에 확장된 사용자 속성을 사용할 수 있게 합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "임의 옵션 값(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"임의 옵션 값에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 공백이나 탭을 사용하지 마십시오. 다시 " -"시도하십시오." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "임의 옵션 값에 잘못된 문자가 있습니다. 공백이나 탭을 사용하지 마십시오. 다시 시도하십시오." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "임의의 옵션 값:\n" "이 필드에서는 /etc/fstab의 4번째 필드에 적합한 마운트 옵션을 입력합니다.\n" " 옵션이 여러 개 있으면 쉼표로 구분하여 입력합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "파일이름을 위한 문자셋(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5635,67 +5517,60 @@ "파일이름을 위한 문자셋:\n" "윈도우 파티션의 파일이름을 표시하기 위해 사용될 문자셋을 설정하십시오.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "간단한 FAT 이름을 위한 코드페이지(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "짧은 FAT이름을 위한 코드페이지:\n" -"이 코드 페이지는 FAT 파일 시스템의 짧은 이름 문자를 변환하기 위해 쓰입니다.</" -"p>\n" +"이 코드 페이지는 FAT 파일 시스템의 짧은 이름 문자를 변환하기 위해 쓰입니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FAT의 갯수(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT의 갯수:\n" "파일 시스템의 파일 위치 테이블의 개수를 지정하세요. 기본값은 2 입니다." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT 크기(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT 크기:\n" -"사용된 파일 할당 테이블 유형(12, 16 또는 32비트)을 지정합니다. 자동이 지정된 " -"경우 YaST는 자동으로 파일 시스템 크기에 가장 적합한 값을 선택합니다.\n" +"사용된 파일 할당 테이블 유형(12, 16 또는 32비트)을 지정합니다. 자동이 지정된 경우 YaST는 자동으로 파일 시스템 크기에 가장 적합한 값을 선택합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "루트 디렉토리 엔트리(&D)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"\"루트 디렉토리 엔트리\"의 최소 크기는 112입니다. 다시 입력해 주십시오." +msgstr "\"루트 디렉토리 엔트리\"의 최소 크기는 112입니다. 다시 입력해 주십시오." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5703,69 +5578,58 @@ "루트 디렉토리 엔트리:\n" "루트 디렉토리의 유효한 엔트리 수를 선택합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "해시 기능(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "해시 기능:\n" -"디렉토리의 파일 이름을 정렬하는 데 사용할 해시 기능의 이름을 지정합니다.</" -"p>\n" +"디렉토리의 파일 이름을 정렬하는 데 사용할 해시 기능의 이름을 지정합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "파일 시스템 수정(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "파일 시스템 수정:\n" -"이 옵션에서는 Reiser 파일 시스템 형식 수정을 정의합니다. '3.5' 버전은 2.2.x " -"시리즈의 커널과 호환됩니다. '3.6' 버전이 더 최신이지만 커널 버전 2.4.x 이상에" -"서만 사용 가능합니다.\n" +"이 옵션에서는 Reiser 파일 시스템 형식 수정을 정의합니다. '3.5' 버전은 2.2.x 시리즈의 커널과 호환됩니다. '3.6' 버전이 더 최신이지만 커널 버전 2.4.x 이상에서만 사용 가능합니다.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "블록 크기(바이트)(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "블록 크기:\n" -"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 블록당 유효한 블록 크기 값은 512, 1024, 2048 " -"및 4096바이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 표준 블록 크기인 4096이 사용됩니다.</" -"p>\n" +"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 블록당 유효한 블록 크기 값은 512, 1024, 2048 및 4096바이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 표준 블록 크기인 4096이 사용됩니다.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Inode 크기(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5773,33 +5637,30 @@ "Inode 크기:\n" "이 옵션은 파일 시스템의 inode 크기를 지정합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Inode 공간 백분율(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Inode 공간 백분율:\n" -"\"Inode 공간 백분율\" 옵션은 inode에 할당될 수 있는 파일 시스템 공간의 최대 " -"백분율을 지정합니다.\n" +"\"Inode 공간 백분율\" 옵션은 inode에 할당될 수 있는 파일 시스템 공간의 최대 백분율을 지정합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode 정렬(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5808,13 +5669,13 @@ "기본적으로 inode가 정렬되며, 대부분 정렬되지 않은 inode보다\n" "효율성이 높습니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "로그 크기(MB)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5822,30 +5683,28 @@ "\"로그 크기\" 값이 올바르지 않습니다.\n" "0보다 큰 값을 입력하십시오.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "로그 크기\n" -" 로그 크기(MB)를 설정합니다. 자동을 선택하면 기본적으로 전체 크기의 40%로 설" -"정됩니다.\n" +" 로그 크기(MB)를 설정합니다. 자동을 선택하면 기본적으로 전체 크기의 40%로 설정됩니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "배드 블럭 리스트 도구 실행(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "블록당 Stride 길이(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5853,8 +5712,8 @@ "\"블록당 Stride 길이\" 값이 유효하지 않습니다.\n" "1보다 큰 값을 선택하십시오.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5866,26 +5725,22 @@ "RAID 분할에 사용되는 블럭의 수를 정하는 'stride' 뿐입니다.\n" "\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "블록 크기:\n" -"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 유효한 블록 크기는 블록당 1024, 2048, 4096바" -"이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 블록 크기는 파일 시스템 크기와 용도에 따라 결정됩" -"니다.\n" +"블록 크기(바이트)를 지정합니다. 유효한 블록 크기는 블록당 1024, 2048, 4096바이트입니다. 자동을 선택하면 블록 크기는 파일 시스템 크기와 용도에 따라 결정됩니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Inode당 바이트(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5893,26 +5748,21 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Inode당 바이트:\n" -"Inode당 바이트 수를 지정합니다. YaST는 디스크 공간의 <inode당 바이트> " -"값으로 inode를 생성합니다. inode당 바이트 수가 클수록 inode 수는 줄어듭니" -"다.\n" -"일반적으로 파일 시스템의 블록 크기보다 작으면 너무 많은 inode가 생성되기 때문" -"에 블록 크기보다 큰 값을 사용해야 합니다.\n" -"파일 시스템이 생성된 후에는 inode 수를 늘릴 수 없기 때문에 이 파라미터에 대" -"한 적절한 값을 입력해야 합니다.\n" +"Inode당 바이트 수를 지정합니다. YaST는 디스크 공간의 <inode당 바이트> 값으로 inode를 생성합니다. inode당 바이트 수가 클수록 inode 수는 줄어듭니다.\n" +"일반적으로 파일 시스템의 블록 크기보다 작으면 너무 많은 inode가 생성되기 때문에 블록 크기보다 큰 값을 사용해야 합니다.\n" +"파일 시스템이 생성된 후에는 inode 수를 늘릴 수 없기 때문에 이 파라미터에 대한 적절한 값을 입력해야 합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율(&R)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5920,26 +5770,19 @@ "\"루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율\" 값이 올바르지 않습니다.\n" "99 이하의 부동 숫자를 사용할 수 있습니다(예: 0.5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율: 수퍼유저에 사용하도록 예약된 블록의 " -"백분율을 지정합니다. 일반적으로 1Gb가 예약되도록 기본값이 계산됩니다. 예약된 " -"기본값의 상한은 5.0이고 예약된 기본값의 하한은 0.1입니다." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "루트용으로 예약된 블록 백분율: 수퍼유저에 사용하도록 예약된 블록의 백분율을 지정합니다. 일반적으로 1Gb가 예약되도록 기본값이 계산됩니다. 예약된 기본값의 상한은 5.0이고 예약된 기본값의 하한은 0.1입니다." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "일반 검사 사용 안 함" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5947,45 +5790,43 @@ "일반 검사 사용 안 함:\n" "부팅 시 일반 파일 시스템 검사를 사용하지 않습니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "디렉토리 인덱스 기능(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "디렉토리 인덱스:\n" -"대형 디렉토리의 검색 속도를 높이기 위해 b-tree라는 해시 기능을 활성화합니다." -"\n" +"대형 디렉토리의 검색 속도를 높이기 위해 b-tree라는 해시 기능을 활성화합니다.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "저널 없음(&N)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "저널 없음:\n" "파일 시스템에서 저널링 사용을 억제했습니다. 확실한 경우에만\n" "이 옵션을 활성화하십시오.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "%{device} 디스크에서 허용되지 않는 작업입니다.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6005,8 +5846,8 @@ "마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서\n" "해당 디스크의 파티션을 추가, 크기 변경 또는 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6026,8 +5867,8 @@ "마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서\n" "해당 디스크의 파티션을 추가, 편집,크기 변경 또는 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6044,12 +5885,11 @@ "파티션을 생성했습니다.\n" "\n" "%{device} 디스크의 파티션을 있는 그대로 사용하거나,\n" -"포맷한 다음 마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서 해당 디스크의 파" -"티션 크기를 변경하거나\n" +"포맷한 다음 마운트 지점을 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러나 여기서 해당 디스크의 파티션 크기를 변경하거나\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6063,8 +5903,8 @@ "디스크 파티션 테이블을 정상적인 상태로 초기화할 수 있습니다.\n" "그러나 이렇게 하면 이 디스크의 모든 파티션에 있는 데이터가 모두 삭제됩니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6076,26 +5916,26 @@ "설치하는 동안 이 디스크를 사용하려고 생각하지 않는다면 안전하게\n" "이 메시지를 무시하십시오.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "크기를 조정할 수 없습니다." -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6107,8 +5947,8 @@ " \n" " 제공한 암호화 비밀번호가 올바르지 않을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6118,8 +5958,8 @@ "입력한 비밀번호가 다릅니다.\n" "다시 시도하십시오." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6129,26 +5969,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z 및 \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\"\n" "다시 시도하십시오." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "암호화 비밀번호 입력(&E)" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "비밀번호 제공" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "암호화된 다음 볼륨은 이미 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "암호화된 볼륨 활성화" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6160,12 +6000,12 @@ "업데이트 도중 볼륨이 필요하거나 또는 볼륨에 암호화된 \n" "LVM 실제 볼륨이 있는 경우 비밀번호를 알고 있어야 합니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "암호화 비밀번호를 제공하시겠습니까?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6175,71 +6015,70 @@ "비밀번호를 입력하십시오.\n" "모든 장치에 대해 비밀번호가 입력됩니다." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "암호화 비밀번호 입력" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "잠금 해제할 암호화된 볼륨이 없습니다." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "다음 장치 중 하나에 대한 비밀번호를 제공하십시오." -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "다음 장치에 대한 비밀번호를 제공하십시오." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "암호화된 볼륨의 잠금 해제를 시도하는 중..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "비밀번호가 볼륨을 잠금 해제하지 않았습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE 디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI 디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "디스크" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "요구된 패키지의 설치에 실패했습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "오류를 무시하고 계속하시겠습니까?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "디스크의 다른 파티션이 사용되고 있으므로 파티션을 생성할 수 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6249,7 +6088,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 활성 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 수정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6259,7 +6098,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 설치 데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 수정할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6269,7 +6108,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 활성 스왑이 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6279,7 +6118,7 @@ "%1 장치에는 설치에 필요한 설치 데이터가 포함되어 있기 때문에\n" "이 장치를 제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6291,7 +6130,7 @@ "간접적으로 변경되므로\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6302,8 +6141,8 @@ "간접적으로 변경되므로\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6313,114 +6152,114 @@ "%1 파티션은 %2 디스크에서 다른 파티션이 사용되고 있으므로\n" "제거할 수 없습니다.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "루트 파일 시스템으로 할당된 항목이 없습니다." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "대부분 설치가 실패합니다." -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "다음 resolvable을 추가하지 못했습니다. %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "다음 작업 도중 오류가 발생했습니다." -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "시스템 오류 코드: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "장치 %1의 비밀번호 입력(&E):" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "확인" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "취소" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "암호화됨" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS 형식" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "시작" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "종료" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "디스크 레이블" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "메타 데이터" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE 크기" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID 버전" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "제조업체" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "모델" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6428,8 +6267,8 @@ "BIOS ID는 하드 디스크의 BIOS ID를 보여 줍니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6437,8 +6276,8 @@ "버스는 장치가 시스템에 연결되는 방식을 보여 줍니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다(예: 다중 경로 디스크에 대해)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6446,8 +6285,8 @@ "청크 크기는 RAID 장치에 대한\n" "청크 크기를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6455,8 +6294,8 @@ "실린더 크기는 하드 디스크의 실린더\n" "크기를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6464,8 +6303,8 @@ "섹터 크기는 하드 디스크의 섹터\n" "크기를 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6473,8 +6312,8 @@ "장치는 장치의 커널\n" "이름을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6482,8 +6321,8 @@ "디스크 레이블은 디스크 의 파티션 테이블\n" "유형(예: <tt>MSDOS</tt> 또는 <tt>GPT</tt>)을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6491,8 +6330,8 @@ "암호화됨은 장치가 암호화되었는지\n" "여부를 보여줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6500,8 +6339,8 @@ "끝 실린더는 파티션의 끝 실린더를\n" "보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6509,8 +6348,8 @@ "LUN은 파이버 채널 디스크의 논리적 단위\n" "번호를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6518,8 +6357,8 @@ "포트 ID는 파이버 채널 디스크의\n" "포트 ID를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6527,8 +6366,8 @@ "WWPN은 파이버 채널 디스크의 World Wide\n" "포트 이름을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6536,8 +6375,8 @@ "파일 경로는 암호화된 루프 장치의\n" "파일 경로를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6545,18 +6384,18 @@ "형식은 일부 플래그를 표시합니다. <tt>F</tt>는\n" "장치가 포맷을 위해 선택되었음을 의미합니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "FS ID는 파일 시스템 ID를 표시합니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "FS 유형은 파일 시스템 유형을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6564,8 +6403,8 @@ "레이블은 파일 시스템의\n" "레이블을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6573,30 +6412,27 @@ "메타 데이터는 볼륨 그룹의 LVM 메타 데이터\n" "유형을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "모델은 장치 모델을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"마운트 방법은 파일 시스템이 마운트되는 방식을 나타냅니다. 즉, 커널 이" -"름(커널), 파일 시스템 레이블(레이블), \n" +"마운트 방법은 파일 시스템이 마운트되는 방식을 나타냅니다. 즉, 커널 이름(커널), 파일 시스템 레이블(레이블), \n" "파일 시스템 UUID(UUID), 장치 ID(ID), 장치 경로(경로) 기준을 나타냅니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "물음표(?)는 파일 시스템이\n" @@ -6604,8 +6440,8 @@ "또는 자동 마운트 시스템에 마운트됩니다. 이 볼륨의 설정을\n" "변경할 때 YaST는 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>를 업데이트하지 않습니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6613,20 +6449,18 @@ "마운트 포인트는 파일 시스템이 마운트된\n" "위치를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "마운트 포인트 뒤에 있는 별표(*)는 현재 마운트되지 않은\n" -"파일 시스템을 나타냅니다(예: <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>에 <tt>noauto</tt> 옵션이 설" -"정되었기 때문)." +"파일 시스템을 나타냅니다(예: <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>에 <tt>noauto</tt> 옵션이 설정되었기 때문)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6634,8 +6468,8 @@ "실린더 수는 하드 디스크에 있는 실린더\n" "수를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6643,8 +6477,8 @@ "패리티 알고리즘은 RAID 유형이 5, 6 또는 10인 RAID 장치에 대한\n" "패리티 알고리즘을 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6652,13 +6486,13 @@ "PE 크기는 LVM 볼륨 그룹에 대한 실제\n" "범위 크기를 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "RAID 버전은 RAID 버전을 나타냅니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6666,13 +6500,13 @@ "RAID 유형은 RAID 장치에 대해 RAID\n" "유형(RAID 레벨이라고도 함)을 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "크기는 장치의 크기를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6680,8 +6514,8 @@ "시작 실린더는 파티션의 시작\n" "실린더를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6689,8 +6523,8 @@ "스트라이프는 LVM 논리 볼륨의 스트라이프 수, 그리고\n" "이 값이 1보다 큰 경우 스트리아프 크기를 괄호로 묶어서 표시합니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6698,8 +6532,8 @@ "유형은 장치 유형에 대한 일반\n" "개요를 제공합니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6707,8 +6541,8 @@ "장치 ID는 영구 장치 ID를 표시합니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6716,17 +6550,15 @@ "장치 경로는 영구 장치 경로를 보여 줍니다.\n" "이 필드는 비워둘 수 없습니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"사용 대상은 장치가 RAID 또는 LVM에서 사용되는 경우 표시됩니다. 그렇지 " -"않으면 이 열은 비어 있습니다.\n" +msgstr "사용 대상은 장치가 RAID 또는 LVM에서 사용되는 경우 표시됩니다. 그렇지 않으면 이 열은 비어 있습니다.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6734,236 +6566,236 @@ "UUID는 파일 시스템의 범용 고유 식별자(Universally Unique\n" "Identifier)를 보여 줍니다." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "제조업체는 장치 제조업체를 보여 줍니다." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "장치: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "크기: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "디스크 %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "유형: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "형식: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "암호화됨: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "파일 시스템: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "마운트 포인트: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "마운트 방법: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "%1에서 사용됨: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "레이블: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "장치 경로: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "장치 ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "디스크 레이블: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "제조업체: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "모델: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "버스: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "메타 데이터: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "분할: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID 버전: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID 형식: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "청크 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "패리티 알고리즘: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "실린더 수: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "실린더 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "시작 시간: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "끝 실린더: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "섹터 크기: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "파일 경로: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "포트 ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "테이블 내용:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "장치:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "파일 시스템:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "하드 디스크:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "파이버 채널:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "개요 내용:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6971,8 +6803,8 @@ "저장소 하위 시스템이 알 수 없는 응용 프로그램에 의해 잠겼습니다.\n" "계속하려면 먼저 해당 응용 프로그램을 종료해야 합니다." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6980,49 +6812,44 @@ "저장소 하위 시스템이 응용 프로그램 \"%1\"(%2)에 의해 잠겼습니다.\n" "계속하려면 먼저 해당 응용 프로그램을 종료해야 합니다." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"일관성이 없는 파일 시스템으로 인해 크기를 변경할 수 없습니다. Windows에서 파" -"일 시스템을 확인해 보십시오." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "일관성이 없는 파일 시스템으로 인해 크기를 변경할 수 없습니다. Windows에서 파일 시스템을 확인해 보십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "루트 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "홈 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "일시 중단을 위해 스왑 확대(&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "제안 설정" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" "LVM을 사용하지 않으려면 파티션 기반 제안을 선택하십시오.\n" -"일반 LVM을 사용하려면 LVM 기반 제안을 선택하고 시스템을 암호화하려면 " -"암호화 LVM 기반\n" +"일반 LVM을 사용하려면 LVM 기반 제안을 선택하고 시스템을 암호화하려면 암호화 LVM 기반\n" "제안을 선택하십시오." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7031,12 +6858,11 @@ msgstr "" "해당 콤보 상자를 사용하여 루트 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템을\n" "선택할 수 있습니다. 파일 시스템 BtrFS를 사용하면 제안에서\n" -"스냅퍼를 통한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 그러면 루트 파티션의 크기" -"도\n" +"스냅퍼를 통한 자동 스냅샷을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 그러면 루트 파티션의 크기도\n" "증가합니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -7044,89 +6870,88 @@ "제안에서 별도의 홈 파티션을 생성할 수 있습니다. 해당 콤보 상자를\n" "사용하여 홈 파티션에 대한 파일 시스템을 선택할 수 있습니다." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"대부분의 경우 시스템을 디스크에 일시 중단하는 데 사용할 수 있을 만큼 크" -"게\n" +"대부분의 경우 시스템을 디스크에 일시 중단하는 데 사용할 수 있을 만큼 크게\n" "스왑 파티션을 만들 수 있습니다." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "제안 암호화에 대한 비밀번호를 입력하십시오." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "비밀번호:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "확인을 위해 암호 다시 입력:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "파티션 기반 제안(&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "LVM 기반 제안 생성(&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "암호화된 LVM 기반 제안 생성(&E)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "기본 마운트 방법:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "기본 파일 시스템:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "저장 장치 표시 방법:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "파티션 정렬:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "저장 장치의 가시 정보:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "첫 번째 루트 파일 시스템"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97429 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:12:34 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97429 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/caasp.es.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) @@ -14,37 +14,36 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Instalar" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Error en la propuesta de software. No es posible continuar con la " -"instalación.\n" +"Error en la propuesta de software. No es posible continuar con la instalación.\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "Servidores NTP" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Introduzca una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -71,33 +70,24 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar con la instalación?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"Problema al proponer %{client}: Gravedad: %{severity} Mensaje: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" +msgstr "Problema al proponer %{client}: Gravedad: %{severity} Mensaje: %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "%s bloquea la instalación. Resuelva el problema antes de continuar." -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "Nodo de administración" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"No hay ninguna ubicación válida para el nodo de administración. Introduzca " -"una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "No hay ninguna ubicación válida para el nodo de administración. Introduzca una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración del teclado." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todas las distribuciones del teclado disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nueva distribución del teclado" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Distribución actual del teclado: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' " -"para ver los valores posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' para ver los valores posibles." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del teclado" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -84,81 +81,76 @@ " Si no está seguro, emplee los valores seleccionados por defecto.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. " -"Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta." -"\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Ajustes avanzados de teclado" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Velocidad de repetición" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Retra&so antes de que empiece la repetición" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Estados de inicio" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Bloq Num activado" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Configuración del BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Sin cambios>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "&Inhabilitar bloqueo de mayúsculas" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Configuración a&vanzada..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -166,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>Configuración del teclado</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Elija la Distribución del teclado que desee usar\n" "para la instalación y en el sistema instalado. \n" " Pruebe la distribución mediante Probar.\n" -" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición " -"o el retraso, haga clic en Ajustes avanzados.\n" +" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, haga clic en Ajustes avanzados.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -196,30 +186,26 @@ "Si no está seguro, use los valores por defecto ya seleccionados.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Seleccione la Distribución del teclado que desee usar en el sistema.\n" -"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o " -"el retraso, seleccione Configuración avanzada.\n" -"Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución " -"de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.\n" +"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, seleccione Configuración avanzada.\n" +"Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de teclado del sistema" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -231,12 +217,12 @@ "en la instalación y en el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -246,188 +232,183 @@ " distinta de la del sistema que se va a actualizar.\n" " Seleccione la distribución que desee utilizar durante la actualización:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Error al definir el teclado de X11 como %s" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Distribución del teclado<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Idioma<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Configuración regional" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todos los idiomas disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nuevo valor para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de idiomas secundarios (separados por comas)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "No instalar los paquetes específicos de idioma" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Almacenamiento de configuración de idioma" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Guardar ajustes de idioma y consola" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Instalar y desinstalar paquetes afectados" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Actualizar traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Guardando ajustes de idioma y consola..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Instalando y desinstalando paquetes afectados..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Actualizando traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Guardando configuración Espere..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Idioma actual: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Idiomas adicionales: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores " -"posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores posibles." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idiomas" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Bienvenido a la reparación del sistema" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Idiomas &secundarios" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "&Idioma principal" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Configuración del idioma principal" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y " -"secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" +"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -439,20 +420,19 @@ "el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Haga clic en Siguiente para acceder al siguiente recuadro de " -"diálogo.\n" +"Haga clic en Siguiente para acceder al siguiente recuadro de diálogo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -464,8 +444,8 @@ "los valores de configuración en el último recuadro de diálogo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -477,9 +457,9 @@ "interrumpir el proceso de instalación.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -489,8 +469,8 @@ "Elija el nuevo Idioma para el sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -500,28 +480,21 @@ "Elija el nuevo Idioma principal para el sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Marque la opción Adaptar la disposición del teclado para adaptar la " -"disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" -"Marque Adaptar la zona horaria para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en " -"función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona " -"horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente " -"estará inhabilitada.\n" +"Marque la opción Adaptar la disposición del teclado para adaptar la disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" +"Marque Adaptar la zona horaria para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente estará inhabilitada.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -530,17 +503,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Idiomas secundarios: \n" -"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera " -"usar en el sistema.\n" +"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera usar en el sistema.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Hay dependencias de paquete sin resolver." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -548,8 +520,8 @@ "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales.\n" "Elimine algún idioma de la selección." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -560,12 +532,11 @@ "\n" "Aquí se pueden realizar ajustes precisos para la gestión de idiomas.\n" "Estos ajustes se copian en el archivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" -"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto " -"seleccionados.\n" +"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto seleccionados.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -573,79 +544,67 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Configuración regional para el usuario root\n" -"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el " -"usuario Root." +"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el usuario Root." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Sólo ctype: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario " -"normal. No se definen\n" +"Sólo ctype: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario normal. No se definen\n" "otros valores. \n" -"Sí: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los " -"usuarios normales. \n" -"No: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin " -"definir.\n" +"Sí: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los usuarios normales. \n" +"No: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin definir.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Utilice la opción Configuración regional detallada para definir " -"una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro " -"de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región " -"seleccionada." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Utilice la opción Configuración regional detallada para definir una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región seleccionada." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detalles del idioma" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Configuración regional para el usuario &Root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Sólo ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Utilizar codificación &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Configur&ación regional detallada" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Adaptar la disposición del teclado a %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Adaptar la &zona horaria a %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -657,14 +616,14 @@ "en la instalación y en el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Descargando extensión de idioma del sistema de instalación..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -676,21 +635,21 @@ "\n" "Se usará el idioma de último recurso %{fallback}." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Idioma principal: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -698,92 +657,87 @@ "La traducción del idioma principal no está completa.\n" "Puede que algunos textos aparezcan en inglés.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"En este medio solo se incluye asistencia mínima para el idioma " -"seleccionado.\n" +"En este medio solo se incluye asistencia mínima para el idioma seleccionado.\n" "Habilite los repositorios en línea más tarde para recibir la asistencia\n" "adecuada para este idioma.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la " -"instalación\n" -"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -"seleccionado." +"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la instalación\n" +"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Mostrar lista de todas las zonas horarias disponibles" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nueva zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC" -"\"." +msgstr "Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC\"." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Hora y fecha actuales:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -791,48 +745,42 @@ "La hora %1 ya ha pasado.\n" "Defina una hora correcta antes de iniciar la instalación." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Zona &horaria" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en " -"Reloj de hardware definido para.\n" -"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado " -"(como Microsoft\n" +"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en Reloj de hardware definido para.\n" +"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado (como Microsoft\n" "Windows) emplean la hora local.\n" "Los equipos que sólo tienen instalado Linux normalmente se\n" "configuran con la hora coordinada universal (UTC).\n" -"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora " -"estándar\n" +"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora estándar\n" "al horario de verano y viceversa automáticamente.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -845,22 +793,18 @@ "Nota: el reloj interno del sistema utilizado por el núcleo de Linux debe\n" "estar siempre establecido en UTC, ya que es la referencia para obtener\n" "la hora local correcta en el espacio del usuario. Si utiliza\n" -"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver " -"posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" +"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -868,78 +812,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es " -"Linux.\n" +"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es Linux.\n" "En este caso, recomendamos utilizar UTC y hacer clic en Cancelar.\n" "\n" -"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al " -"año,\n" -"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si " -"olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" -"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar " -"mensajes, etc.\n" +"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al año,\n" +"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" +"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar mensajes, etc.\n" "\n" "Si utiliza UTC, Linux ajustará la hora automáticamente.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar con la selección (hora local)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para " -"corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP).</" -"p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Haga clic en Aceptar para guardar los cambios." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Fecha actual en formato DD-MM-AAAA" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Hora actual en formato HH:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Fecha actual" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Hora actual" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Cambiar la hora ahora" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Sincronizar con el servidor NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Cambiar fecha y hora" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -947,8 +882,8 @@ "Hora no válida (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Escriba la hora correcta.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -956,49 +891,49 @@ "Fecha no válida (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n" "Escriba la fecha correcta.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Otro&s ajustes..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Fecha y hora (NTP está configurado)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Fecha y hora" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "Reloj de &hardware en UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Región" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Zona horaria" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Fecha y hora:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -1006,25 +941,23 @@ "\n" "<big>Ajustes de zona horaria y reloj</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe " -"seleccionar la Región.\n" +"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe seleccionar la Región.\n" "En Zona horaria seleccione a continuación la zona, el país o\n" "la región oportunos entre las opciones disponibles.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1034,327 +967,327 @@ "Si la hora actual no es correcta, utilice Cambiar para ajustarla.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Reloj y zona horaria" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Seleccione una zona horaria válida." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configurado" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglés (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglés (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Alemán (con teclas muertas)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Alemán (Suiza)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Francés (Suizo)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Francés (Canadá)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canadiense (multilingüe)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Español (Latinoamérica)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Español (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño - acentos americanos)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noruego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Checo (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Eslovaco (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Esloveno" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belga" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Jemer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tayiko" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "EE. UU. (internacional)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Español (asturiano)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2017-09-14 14:12:34 UTC (rev 97429) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,88 +26,85 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos " -"duros.\n" +"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos duros.\n" "\n" -"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna " -"manera\n" +"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna manera\n" "(montado, de intercambio, etc.), a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está\n" "haciendo. De lo contrario, la tabla de particiones no se reenviará al\n" "núcleo, lo que, probablemente, provocará una pérdida de datos.\n" "\n" "Para continuar a pesar de esta advertencia, haga clic en Sí.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Particionamiento en modo experto" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Se están detectando volúmenes." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de almacenamiento" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Mostrar discos y particiones" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Mostrar discos" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Mostrar particiones" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Propuesta de particionamiento" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Particionador avanzado..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Crear configuración de particiones..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "No es posible elaborar una propuesta automática.\n" -"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del " -"'Particionador'." +"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del 'Particionador'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Editar configuración de propuesta" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -117,9 +114,9 @@ "Se han comprobado los discos duros. La configuración de particiones\n" "que se muestra es la que se propone para el disco duro." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +130,8 @@ "de archivos), seleccione %1 y haga los cambios en el cuadro\n" "de diálogo de particionamiento en modo experto.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -152,32 +149,27 @@ "Seleccione también esta opción para elegir\n" "opciones avanzadas como RAID y cifrado.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "No es posible crear la propuesta pedida." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el " -"volumen raíz." +msgstr "No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el volumen raíz." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home " -"independiente." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home independiente." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." +msgstr "No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -185,22 +177,22 @@ "El cálculo de esta propuesta sobrescribirá los cambios manuales\n" " realizados hasta el momento. ¿Desea continuar calculando la propuesta?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparando discos..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -210,9 +202,9 @@ "ocupado\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -222,9 +214,9 @@ "libre\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -232,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows libre(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -260,9 +252,9 @@ "Elija un nuevo tamaño para su partición de Windows.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -278,9 +270,9 @@ "Hasta entonces, la partición de Windows no se modificará.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -294,23 +286,23 @@ "Atrás.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Ahora" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Después de la instalación" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -322,14 +314,13 @@ "\n" "\n" "El gráfico de barras de la parte superior muestra la situación actual.\n" -"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la " -"instalación (cuando se haya\n" +"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la instalación (cuando se haya\n" "producido el cambio de tamaño).\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -343,9 +334,9 @@ "en cualquier campo de entrada para ajustar el valor sugerido.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -359,29 +350,29 @@ "tal y como sea necesario.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows ocupado" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "libre" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -395,9 +386,9 @@ "teniendo en cuenta este valor.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -406,13 +397,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Usado por Windows es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición " -"por Windows.\n" +"Usado por Windows es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición por Windows.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -424,13 +414,13 @@ "Linux) de la partición.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición de Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -456,9 +446,9 @@ "de Windows, incluido el espacio de trabajo de Windows y el\n" "espacio para %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -471,12 +461,11 @@ "de Windows.\n" " \n" " Dependiendo del tamaño de la partición de Windows\n" -" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante " -"tiempo.\n" +" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante tiempo.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -498,14 +487,14 @@ "Si se produce de nuevo el problema, cambie el tamaño de la partición de\n" "Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "El espacio disponible no es suficiente para una instalación." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -525,17 +514,15 @@ "\t de Windows por otros medios.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones " -"personalizadas." +msgstr "El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones personalizadas." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -555,10 +542,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y \n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -574,10 +561,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y\n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -605,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea reducir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Encoger Window&s" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -626,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Suprimir Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -644,41 +631,38 @@ "Para instalar Linux, seleccione más particiones que \n" " eliminar, o bien un disco más grande." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "&Discos disponibles" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "Parti&cionamiento personalizado (para expertos)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco duro" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está " -"disponible, para la instalación." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está disponible, para la instalación." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -687,24 +671,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Todos los discos duros detectados automáticamente en su sistema\n" -"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar " -"&product;.\n" +"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -715,34 +697,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"La opción Particionamiento personalizado para expertos permite tener " -"un control\n" -"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación " -"de \n" +"La opción Particionamiento personalizado para expertos permite tener un control\n" +"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación de \n" "particiones para puntos de montaje cuando se instala &product;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Preparando el disco duro" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Seleccione alguna de las opciones para continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "El disco %1 está siendo utilizado por %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -756,62 +736,62 @@ "Consulte el manual para asegurarse de que su\n" "particionamiento personalizado cumple los requisitos de este producto." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "¿Desea activar multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -819,7 +799,7 @@ "No es posible realizar instantáneas.\n" "Use una partición \"root\" mayor." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -827,35 +807,35 @@ "No se formateará la partición /home. Después de la instalación,\n" "verifique que los permisos de los directorios personales sean los adecuados." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizada" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Estándar" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamiento" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Particionando" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del sistema de archivos..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -863,15 +843,15 @@ "La selección actual no es válida:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, no asignado" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -879,16 +859,16 @@ "Áreas de disco que deben utilizarse \n" "para instalar %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Usar todo &el disco duro" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -896,8 +876,8 @@ "El disco todavía no contiene particiones.\n" "El disco entero se utilizará para %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -905,18 +885,18 @@ "Este disco parece estar utilizado por Windows.\n" "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Suprimir Win&dows por completo" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Reducir la partición de Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -926,8 +906,8 @@ "Escoja en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -939,8 +919,8 @@ "particiones o áreas libres que se muestran.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -954,8 +934,8 @@ "puede afectar incluso a otros sistemas operativos.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -963,21 +943,20 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos " -"contenidos \n" +"Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos contenidos \n" "en las mismas. No habrá forma de recuperar estos datos.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Instalando en:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -987,13 +966,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El disco duro seleccionado es utilizado probablemente por Windows. No hay \n" -"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o suprimir Windows " -"completamente o\n" +"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o suprimir Windows completamente o\n" "bien encoger la partición para obtener espacio libre.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -1003,8 +981,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se " -"perderán \n" +"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se perderán \n" "de forma irreversible durante la instalación. Si desea reducir su\n" "partición Windows, recomendamos encarecidamente que haga una\n" "copia de seguridad de sus datos, ya que los datos sufren una\n" @@ -1012,28 +989,28 @@ "casos excepcionales.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proponer partición Ho&me independiente" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Crear propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Cifrar grupo de volúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Tipo de propuesta" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1042,14 +1019,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No ha asignado ninguna partición raíz para\n" -"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje " -"raíz \"/\" a una\n" +"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje raíz \"/\" a una\n" "partición.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1058,15 +1034,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en uno de los siguientes\n" -"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta " -"configuración\n" -"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, " -"para estos puntos de montaje.\n" +"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta configuración\n" +"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para estos puntos de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1076,13 +1050,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1092,14 +1065,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ha montado una partición Btrfs en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1115,8 +1087,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1136,8 +1108,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1151,8 +1123,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea mantener el tamaño de la partición de arranque?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1161,16 +1133,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: no hay ninguna partición de tipo bios_grub presente.\n" -"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 " -"se\n" +"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 se\n" "instala en el MBR de un disco GPT. Debe estar sin formatear y\n" "tener aproximadamente 1 MB de tamaño.\n" "¿Desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1188,8 +1159,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar la configuración sin una partición /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1209,7 +1180,7 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1217,13 +1188,12 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: algunos subvolúmenes del sistema de archivos raíz están\n" -"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude " -"producir problemas.\n" +"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude producir problemas.\n" "%s\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1234,15 +1204,13 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: con la configuración actual, es posible\n" "que no se pueda arrancar directamente desde la instalación de %1,\n" -"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo " -"RAID de software.\n" -"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta " -"configuración.\n" +"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo RAID de software.\n" +"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta configuración.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1266,8 +1234,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1291,20 +1259,19 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1312,17 +1279,14 @@ "\n" "No ha asignado una partición de intercambio. Se recomienda encarecidamente\n" "crear y asignar una partición de intercambio.\n" -"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana " -"principal con el \n" -"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de " -"montaje en \"swap\".\n" +"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana principal con el \n" +"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de montaje en \"swap\".\n" "Puede asignar más de una partición de intercambio.\n" "\n" -"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de " -"intercambio?\n" +"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de intercambio?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1334,8 +1298,8 @@ "formato. YaST no garantiza que la instalación se realice correctamente, \n" "sobre todo en estos casos:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1347,33 +1311,30 @@ " sobreescrita\n" "- si esta partición todavía no contiene un sistema de archivos\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "En caso de duda, puede retroceder y marcar esta partición\n" -"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de " -"montaje\n" +"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de montaje\n" "estándar, como /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en " -"ella se perderán.\n" +"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en ella se perderán.\n" "\n" "¿Desea mantener la partición sin formatear?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1381,8 +1342,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1390,8 +1351,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a un grupo de volúmenes (%1).\n" "Elimínelo del grupo de volúmenes antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1399,8 +1360,8 @@ "El volumen (%1) utiliza el dispositivo seleccionado.\n" "Elimine el volumen antes de editar el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1408,8 +1369,8 @@ "El dispositivo (%2) pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de suprimirlo.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1417,12 +1378,12 @@ "%1 está utilizando el dispositivo (%2).\n" "Elimine %1 antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "No puede suprimirse mientras está montado." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1430,24 +1391,21 @@ "No es posible eliminar el dispositivo (%1) porque es una partición lógica y\n" "hay otra partición lógica en uso con un número superior.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "La partición ampliada seleccionada contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la partición ampliada.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la partición ampliada.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1457,12 +1415,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición extendida seleccionada contiene al menos una partición LVM\n" -"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su" -"(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición " -"extendida.\n" +"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1475,8 +1431,8 @@ "que forma parte de un sistema RAID. Por favor desvincule las particiones \n" "de sus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1488,8 +1444,8 @@ "que está en uso. Elimine el volumen usado antes\n" "de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1507,31 +1463,31 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea mantener la configuración actual?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "No olvide lo que escriba aquí." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Se permite una contraseña vacía." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado en %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1539,38 +1495,38 @@ "Introduzca la contraseña de cifrado para el \n" "dispositivo %1, montado en %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Introdu&zca una contraseña para el sistema de archivos:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para &verificarla:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignorar" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1580,10 +1536,10 @@ "de la contraseña no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1591,10 +1547,10 @@ "No ha introducido ninguna contraseña.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1602,17 +1558,17 @@ "La contraseña debe tener al menos %1 caracteres.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "No hay ningún numero de coma flotante." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opciones de sistemas de archivo:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1620,82 +1576,75 @@ "Ya no se permite el carácter \"/\" en las etiquetas de volúmenes.\n" "Cambie la etiqueta de forma que no contenga este carácter.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Montar en /etc/fstab por:\n" -"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que " -"se pueda\n" -"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas " -"de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" -"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está " -"desactivada, \n" +"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/fstab\n" +"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que se pueda\n" +"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" +"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está desactivada, \n" "esto resultará imposible.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta de volumen:\n" -"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de " -"volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" +"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" "cuando se activa la opción para montar por etiqueta de volumen.\n" "Las etiquetas de volumen no pueden incluir el carácter / ni espacios.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montar en /etc/fstab por" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del &dispositivo" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Etiqueta del volumen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID del dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Vía del dispositivo" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opciones de fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1703,73 +1652,72 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La longitud máxima de la etiqueta de volumen para el sistema \n" -"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este " -"tamaño.\n" +"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este tamaño.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Introduzca una etiqueta de volumen si quiere montar por etiquetas." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Esta etiqueta de volumen ya se está usando. Seleccione otra distinta." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Opciones..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Cifrar dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID del sistema de archivos:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formato" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&No formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1784,8 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición seleccionada (%1) está montada actualmente en %2.\n" -"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de " -"archivos),\n" +"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de archivos),\n" "podría dañar la instalación de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmonte la partición si es posible. Si no está seguro,\n" @@ -1794,8 +1741,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1805,8 +1752,8 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos de la partición.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1816,22 +1763,22 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Si reduce esta partición puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Si reduce este volumen lógico puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1839,37 +1786,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos de la partición seleccionada.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico seleccionado.\n" +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "¿Desea proceder con el cambio de tamaño?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Ha reducido una partición que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." +msgstr "Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1883,23 +1826,21 @@ "\n" "¿Desea reducir el sistema de archivos?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositivo seleccionado contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la tabla de particiones.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la tabla de particiones.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente qué está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1913,8 +1854,8 @@ "las particiones de los grupos de volúmenes correspondientes\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1928,8 +1869,8 @@ "particiones de los sistemas RAID correspondientes antes\n" "de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1941,70 +1882,66 @@ "utilizada por otro volumen. Suprima el volumen que la utiliza\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.\n" +msgstr "Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con " -"Snapper." +msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con Snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Subvolúmenes existentes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nuevo subvolumen" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Añadir nuevo" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Manejo de subvolúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "No están permitidos los nombres de subvolúmenes vacíos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con " -"\"%1\".\n" +"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con \"%1\".\n" "Se añadirá automáticamente \"%1\" al principio del nombre del subvolumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "El nombre de subvolumen %1 ya existe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Las modificaciones realizadas en el cuadro de dialogo se perderán." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2014,8 +1951,8 @@ "Crear un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2025,8 +1962,8 @@ "Acceder a un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2035,65 +1972,55 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando " -"no\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando no\n" " esté montado. Cuando esté montado, será tan seguro como cualquier otro \n" "sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal " -"como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará " -"una\n" -"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos " -"los \n" +"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará una\n" +"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos los \n" "datos de estos sistemas de archivos cuando el sistema se cierre.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de " -"archivos.\n" -"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una " -"combinación de letras\n" -"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su " -"contraseña, se le volverá\n" +"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de archivos.\n" +"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una combinación de letras\n" +"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su contraseña, se le volverá\n" "a pedir está en un segundo campo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2104,8 +2031,8 @@ "(ej. letras acentuadas o diéresis).\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2119,10 +2046,10 @@ " minúsculas (<tt>A-Z, a-z</tt>) y dígitos del <tt>0</tt> al <tt>9</tt>.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2132,8 +2059,8 @@ "¡No olvide esta contraseña!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2143,25 +2070,22 @@ "Deberá introducir su contraseña de cifrado.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, " -"por lo tanto\n" -"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción Omitir." -"\n" +"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, por lo tanto\n" +"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción Omitir.\n" "En este caso, no se accede al sistema de archivos durante la actualización.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2181,7 +2105,7 @@ "Si necesita utilizar este disco para la instalación, debe destruir \n" "la etiqueta del disco mediante la herramienta de particionamiento avanzado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2191,23 +2115,22 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: el sistema indica que requiere una configuración\n" "de arranque EFI. Dado que el disco seleccionado no \n" -"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el " -"disco.\n" +"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el disco.\n" "\n" "Debe marcar todas las particiones del disco para eliminarlas.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2216,17 +2139,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de " -"archivos\n" -"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione " -"correctamente.\n" +"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de archivos\n" +"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione correctamente.\n" "\n" "Esto podría causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2236,41 +2157,38 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Ha seleccionado la opción para que los usuarios puedan montar un\n" -"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser " -"ejecutables.\n" +"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser ejecutables.\n" "\n" "Esto suele causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "El punto de montaje no debe estar vacío." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "El punto de montaje ya está en uso. Por favor elija otro diferente." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2278,16 +2196,13 @@ "No es posible usar un sistema de archivos tipo FAT como punto de montaje\n" "para sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto " -"de montaje." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto de montaje." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2297,13 +2212,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "El punto de montaje debe comenzar con \"/\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2311,10 +2226,10 @@ "No se permite asignar el intercambio de punto de\n" "montaje a un dispositivo sin un sistema de archivos de intercambio." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2324,8 +2239,8 @@ "El tamaño introducido (tras el redondeo) es de %2.\n" "El tamaño mínimo para este sistema de archivos es de %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2333,8 +2248,8 @@ "No está permitido asignar un punto de montaje\n" "a un dispositivo que no existe o con un sistema de archivos desconocido." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2356,14 +2271,14 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar este sistema de archivos?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "El sistema de archivos está montado actualmente en %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2371,14 +2286,14 @@ "Puede escoger entre desmontarlo ahora, continuar sin desmontar o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Desmontar" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2386,81 +2301,75 @@ "Puede intentar desmontar ahora o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Volver a explorar dispositivos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Proporcionar &contraseñas de cifrado..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configurar &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Configurar &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configurar &multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configurar &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configurar &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configurar &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configurar..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Almacenamiento disponible en %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2468,8 +2377,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "de almacenamiento disponibles." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2479,8 +2388,8 @@ "accederá a una vista con información detallada sobre el\n" "dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2488,8 +2397,8 @@ "Seleccionando una entrada de la tabla,\n" "navegará a una vista con información detallada sobre el dispositivo." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2497,112 +2406,106 @@ "Si vuelve a leer los discos, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a la configuración de FCoE?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a una configuración de varias vías?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Editar Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Seleccione al menos un dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Cambiar los dispositivos que se usan para el volumen BTRFS." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos no usados:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos seleccionados:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionar el volumen Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo BTRFS." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2610,178 +2513,174 @@ "El Btrfs %1 se encuentra actualmente en uso.\n" "No puede editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no lo está utilizando." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Error al eliminar algunos dispositivos físicos." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes BTRFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Editar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Suprimir..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes BTRFS." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2789,8 +2688,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2798,74 +2697,72 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Descripción general" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos &usados" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Seleccione la función del dispositivo." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Partición de arranque EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Sistema operativo" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Datos y aplicaciones ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Intercambio" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Volumen sin procesar (sin formato)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Función" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2873,21 +2770,19 @@ "Primero, elija si la partición debe formatearse\n" " y el tipo de sistema de archivos que desea." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" " Si desea cifrar todos los datos del\n" -"volumen, seleccione Cifrar dispositivo. Si se cambia el cifrado de un " -"volumen existente\n" +"volumen, seleccione Cifrar dispositivo. Si se cambia el cifrado de un volumen existente\n" "se eliminarán todos los datos que contiene.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2895,49 +2790,48 @@ "A continuación, seleccione si la partición debería\n" "montarse e introduzca el punto de montaje (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opciones de formato" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "No dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "No montar la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Montar la partición" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Los archivos crypt deben estar cifrados." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2949,18 +2843,18 @@ "\n" "Debe seleccionar además la opción de formato.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Los archivos crypt necesitan un punto de montaje." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs requiere un punto de montaje." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2974,8 +2868,8 @@ "cualquier otro sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2984,39 +2878,36 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la " -"contraseña\n" -"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para " -"hibernar\n" +"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la contraseña\n" +"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para hibernar\n" "(suspensión a disco).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Se perderán todos los datos almacenados en el volumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "El dispositivo subyacente no admite el cambio de tamaño." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el " -"sistema de archivos\n" +"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el sistema de archivos\n" "de esta partición no admite el cambio de tamaño.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3024,8 +2915,8 @@ "No es posible comprobar si un volumen NTFS\n" "puede cambiarse de tamaño mientras está montado." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3033,81 +2924,79 @@ "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de la partición %1\n" "porque parece que el sistema de archivos no es coherente.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de partición %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño del volumen lógico %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño actual: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Usado actualmente: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño máximo (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño mínimo (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Tamaño personalizado" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Seleccione un nuevo tamaño." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y " -"\"%2\"." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y \"%2\"." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3116,32 +3005,31 @@ msgstr "" "Está extendiendo un sistema de archivos montado en %1 gigabyte. \n" "Esta operación puede ser bastante lenta y llevar horas. Puede ser\n" -"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará " -"considerablemente\n" +"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará considerablemente\n" "la velocidad del proceso." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Salida de %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Releyendo discos..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Editar DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo DM." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3149,25 +3037,24 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Mapeador de dispositivos (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de " -"dispositivos, \n" +"Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de dispositivos, \n" "excepto los que ya están incluidos en alguna otra vista. No se muestran los\n" "discos de varias vías, los RAID del BIOS ni los volúmenes lógicos LVM.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3175,8 +3062,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre \n" "el dispositivo seleccionado en el Mapeador de dispositivos." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3184,185 +3071,185 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por\n" "el Mapeador de dispositivos seleccionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Añadir RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Añadir grupo de volúmenes" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de dispositivo" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de dispositivo..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Esta vista muestra un gráfico de dispositivos." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Error al guardar el archivo del gráfico." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de montaje..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Esta vista muestra un gráfico de puntos de montaje." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Elija el tipo de partición para la nueva partición." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Partición primaria" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Partición &extendida" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Partición &lógica" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Tipo de la nueva partición" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Elija el tamaño para la nueva partición." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Tamaño de la nueva partición" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Región personalizada" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Primer cilindro" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Último cilindro" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "La región introducida no es válida." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Añadir partición en %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Editar partición %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "No queda espacio para la partición movida %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "¿Mover adelante la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "¿Mover atrás la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "¿Mover la partición %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Adelante" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Atrás" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de todas las particiones" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3370,83 +3257,82 @@ "El disco \"%1\" contiene al menos una partición.\n" "Si continúa, se suprimirán las siguientes particiones:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea suprimir todas las particiones de \"%1\"?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco duro." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "No es posible crear la tabla de particiones en DASD con formato LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "El disco está en uso y no se puede modificar." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Seleccione un nuevo tipo de tabla de particiones para %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "¿Desea crear una nueva tabla de particiones en %1? Eliminará todos\n" -"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan " -"particiones en %1." +"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan particiones en %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente suprimir el RAID BIOS %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la partición RAID %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "No hay particiones que suprimir en este disco." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "No es posible crear una partición en %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ninguna partición." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3454,13 +3340,13 @@ "La partición %1 está en uso. No es posible editarla.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "No se puede editar una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3468,13 +3354,13 @@ "La partición %1 ya se ha creado en el disco\n" "y no se puede mover." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "No se puede mover una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3482,13 +3368,13 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible cambiar su tamaño.\n" "Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de una partición extendida." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3504,7 +3390,7 @@ "más particiones, Después del clonado, se borraran estas\n" "particiones.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3512,11 +3398,11 @@ "Se suprimirán las siguientes particiones\n" "y se perderán todos los datos que contengan:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir estas particiones?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3526,7 +3412,7 @@ "clonables deben tener al menos una partición.\n" "Cree alguna partición antes de clonar el disco.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3534,20 +3420,20 @@ "No se puede clonar este disco. No hay discos\n" "disponibles que puedan tener la misma distribución de particionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Clonar disposición de la partición de %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Discos de destino disponibles:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Seleccione un disco de destino para crear el duplicado" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3555,8 +3441,8 @@ "Si ejecuta dasdfmt, se suprimirán todos los datos del disco.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea ejecutar dasdfmt en el disco %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3568,58 +3454,58 @@ " Las particiones actuales del disco vuelven a\n" " mostrarse.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Añadir partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Mover" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Mover…" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Cambiar tamaño..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3627,8 +3513,8 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden mover." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3636,39 +3522,38 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden redimensionar." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Discos duros" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Añadir partición..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todos los discos duros, incluidos\n" -"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.</" -"p>\n" +"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Prueba de actividad (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Propiedades (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3676,84 +3561,82 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el disco duro seleccionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART no está disponible para este disco." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm no está disponible para este disco." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Crear nueva tabla de particiones" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Clonar este disco" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Ejecutar dasd&fmt en el dispositivo DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Añadir..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Experto..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todas las particiones del disco duro\n" -"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en " -"uno de varias vías,\n" +"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en uno de varias vías,\n" "las particiones no se mostrarán aquí.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por el\n" -"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del " -"BIOS, RAID\n" +"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del BIOS, RAID\n" "de software con particiones y discos de varias vías.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Particiones" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Disco duro: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partición: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3761,8 +3644,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra la información detallada de\n" "la partición seleccionada." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3772,8 +3655,8 @@ "Linux con puntos de montaje. En la tabla se muestran\n" "los puntos de montaje antiguos.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3781,71 +3664,69 @@ msgstr "" "Puede elegir si los volúmenes de sistema\n" "existentes, por ejemplo / y /usr, se deben formatear durante la\n" -"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se " -"formatearán." +"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se formatearán." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún sistema previo con puntos de montaje." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Mostrar &anterior" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Mostrar &siguiente" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje desde el sistema existente:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Dar formato a volúmenes de sistema" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importar" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab encontrado en %1 contiene:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición utilizada por LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partición seleccionada se usa en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\".\n" -"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente " -"grupo de volúmenes\n" +"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente grupo de volúmenes\n" "y sus volúmenes lógicos:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición usada por RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3855,24 +3736,24 @@ "Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente,\n" "se eliminará el siguiente dispositivo RAID:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el RAID \"%2\"?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir todas las particiones de %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3880,61 +3761,58 @@ "\n" "¿Debe eliminarse también el archivo loop %1?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "No particionado" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "No asignado" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Sin cambios en el particionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Cambios en el particionado:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Sin cambios en los parámetros de almacenamiento." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Parámetros de almacenamiento:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Paquetes para instalar:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "No es necesario instalar ningún paquete." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle: Debe ser una vía absoluta " -"al archivo\n" -"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe " -"configurar.\n" +"Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle: Debe ser una vía absoluta al archivo\n" +"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe configurar.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3942,26 +3820,23 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crear archivo de bucle: Si esta opción está activada, el " -"archivo se\n" -"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. NOTA: si el " -"archivo \n" +"Crear archivo de bucle: Si esta opción está activada, el archivo se\n" +"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. NOTA: si el archivo \n" "ya existe, todos los datos que contenga se perderán.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tamaño: Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de " -"archivos\n" +"Tamaño: Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de archivos\n" "que se creará en el dispositivo de bucle cifrado tendrá este tamaño.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3970,31 +3845,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"NOTA:durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna " -"comprobación\n" -"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no " -"se puede\n" -"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por " -"lo tanto,\n" +"NOTA:durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna comprobación\n" +"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no se puede\n" +"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por lo tanto,\n" "asigne los tamaños y nombres de vía con cuidado.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Examinar..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Crear archivo de bucle" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -4002,15 +3874,13 @@ "El nombre de archivo %1 no es válido.\n" "Utilice un nombre de vía absoluto.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al " -"menos %1." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al menos %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -4020,47 +3890,47 @@ "para crearlo está desactivado. Utilice un archivo existente o active\n" "el indicador para crearlo." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Editar archivo crypt %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo crypt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4068,30 +3938,30 @@ "El archivo crypt %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" "editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Archivos crypt" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los archivos crypt." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Archivo crypt: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4099,23 +3969,23 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada del\n" " archivo crypt seleccionado." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para el grupo de volúmenes." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "El nombre de un grupo de volúmenes no puede empezar con \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4123,13 +3993,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "El grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" ya existe." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4137,13 +4007,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volumen \"%1\" tiene\n" "un conflicto con otra entrada del directorio /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión del grupo de volúmenes" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4153,35 +4023,32 @@ "Si continúa, se desmontarán los siguientes volúmenes (si están montados)\n" "y se suprimirán:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los " -"volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico " -"extendido mayor que %1\n" +"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico extendido mayor que %1\n" "en potencias de 2, por ejemplo, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Seleccione un nombre para el volumen lógico." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del volumen lógico supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4189,8 +4056,8 @@ "El nombre del volumen lógico contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4198,62 +4065,56 @@ "Un volumen lógico llamado \"%1\" ya existe\n" "en el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de " -"volúmenes." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de volúmenes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." -"" +msgstr "Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo de volúmenes" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Tamaño &físico extendido" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos disponibles:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos seleccionados:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Cambie los dispositivos utilizados para el grupo de volúmenes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduzca el tamaño además del número y el tamaño\n" -"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser " -"mayor\n" +"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser mayor\n" "que el número de volúmenes físicos del grupo de volúmenes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4263,175 +4124,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "También se pueden crear volúmenes flexibles\n" -"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma " -"según se precisa\n" +"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma según se precisa\n" "desde el depósito flexible. Se puede crear un volumen flexible mayor\n" -"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos " -"a un volumen\n" -"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las " -"necesidades de espacio.\n" +"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos a un volumen\n" +"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las necesidades de espacio.\n" "Un volumen flexible no puede tener un contador de segmentos." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Bandas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Número" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño del grupo de volúmenes %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para el nuevo volumen lógico." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Puede declarar el volumen lógico como volumen normal.\n" -"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran " -"antes de que existiera la función de aprovisionamiento flexible.\n" +"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran antes de que existiera la función de aprovisionamiento flexible.\n" "Si tiene dudas, esta es probablemente la elección mas adecuada." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Puede declarar el volumen lógico como depósito flexible.\n" -"De esta forma, los volúmenes flexibles se asignan el espacio según lo " -"necesitan de este tipo de depósito." +"De esta forma, los volúmenes flexibles se asignan el espacio según lo necesitan de este tipo de depósito." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Puede declarar el volumen lógico como volumen flexible.\n" -"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de " -"depósito flexible." +"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de depósito flexible." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Volúmen lógico" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Volumen normal" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Depósito flexible" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Volumen flexible" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Depósito usado" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico en %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Editar volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de " -"volúmenes.\n" +"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de volúmenes.\n" "\n" -"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o " -"0x83) o un\n" -"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de " -"ello." +"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de ello." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún grupo de volúmenes." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún volumen lógico." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "No hay espacio disponible en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4439,8 +4287,8 @@ "El volumen %1 es un depósito flexible.\n" "No puede editarse." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4448,46 +4296,46 @@ "El volumen %1 se encuentra en uso.\n" "No es posible editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Grupo de volúmenes" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gestión de volúmenes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4495,8 +4343,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los grupos de\n" "volúmenes LVM y sus volúmenes lógicos." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4504,8 +4352,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el grupo de volúmenes seleccionado.</p" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4513,8 +4361,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes\n" "lógicos del grupo de volúmenes seleccionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4522,28 +4370,28 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes físicos\n" "usados por el grupo de volúmenes seleccionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Grupo de volúmenes: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes &lógicos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes &físicos" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Volumen lógico: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4551,56 +4399,56 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen lógico seleccionado.</p" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Mapeador de dispositivos" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "BTRFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos no usados" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la instalación" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4610,38 +4458,34 @@ "se perderán si sale del particionador con %1.\n" "¿Seguro que desea salir?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Aquí puede ver el resumen de las particiones." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Resumen" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Vista del sistema" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuración NFS no está disponible. Compruebe la instalación del " -"paquete yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuración NFS no está disponible. Compruebe la instalación del paquete yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Sistema de archivos en red (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4649,88 +4493,72 @@ "La prueba de montaje del recurso compartido NFS %1 ha fallado.\n" "¿Desea guardarlo de todos modos?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Para %1, debe seleccionar al menos %2 dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de RAID para el nuevo RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: este nivel mejora el rendimiento del disco.\n" -"En este modo NO hay redundancia. Si una de las unidades se bloquea, " -"no será posible recuperar los datos.\n" +"En este modo NO hay redundancia. Si una de las unidades se bloquea, no será posible recuperar los datos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Este modo tiene la mejor redundancia. Puede\n" -"ser usado con 2 ó más discos. Este modo mantiene una copia exacta de los " -"datos de un disco\n" -"en los otros disco(s). Mientras funcione al menos un disco, no habrá pérdida " -"de datos.\n" +"ser usado con 2 ó más discos. Este modo mantiene una copia exacta de los datos de un disco\n" +"en los otros disco(s). Mientras funcione al menos un disco, no habrá pérdida de datos.\n" "La particiones usadas deberían ser aproximadamente del mismo tamaño.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Este modo combina la administración de un gran número " -"de discos y mantiene a pesar de todo algo de redundancia. Este modo puede " -"ser usado en tres o más discos.\n" -"Si uno de los discos falla, todos los datos continúan intactos, si 2 discos " -"fallan simultaneamente, todos los datos son perdidos\n" +"RAID 5: Este modo combina la administración de un gran número de discos y mantiene a pesar de todo algo de redundancia. Este modo puede ser usado en tres o más discos.\n" +"Si uno de los discos falla, todos los datos continúan intactos, si 2 discos fallan simultaneamente, todos los datos son perdidos\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Nombre de RAID ofrece la posibilidad de proporcionar un nombre\n" -"descriptivo para el RAID. Esta opción es opcional. Si se proporciona un " -"nombre,\n" +"descriptivo para el RAID. Esta opción es opcional. Si se proporciona un nombre,\n" "el dispositivo estará disponible como <tt>/dev/md/<nombre></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Añada particiones a RAID. En función\n" -"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas " -"particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" -"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña " -"(RAID 5).\n" +"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" +"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4738,86 +4566,80 @@ "Generalmente la particiones deberían estar en diferentes unidades,\n" "para obtener la redundancia y el rendimiento que desea.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Tipo de RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (repartición)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (duplicación)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (repartición redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (repartición doble redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (duplicación y repartición)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nombre de RAID (opcional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos disponibles." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Tamaño de porción: Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se " -"puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID " -"5 es 128 KB,\n" +"Tamaño de porción: Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID 5 es 128 KB,\n" "para RAID 0 32 KB es un buen punto de inicio. Para RAID 1,\n" " este tamaño no afecta mucho a la estructura de datos.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "El algoritmo de paridad que se usa con RAID 5/6.\n" -"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo " -"rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" +"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4825,66 +4647,66 @@ "Para obtener más detalles sobre al algoritmo \n" "de paridad, consulte la página man de mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Tamaño de porción" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algoritmo de paridad" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Opciones RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Cambie los dispositivos utilizados por el RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Añadir RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Editar RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4893,28 +4715,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No es posible modificar la RAID %1 porque está en un estado inactivo.\n" -"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es " -"demasiado pequeño\n" +"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es demasiado pequeño\n" "para que se pueda usar la RAID.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un " -"RAID." +msgstr "No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4922,38 +4741,36 @@ "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 ya está creado en el disco. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a " -"crearlo." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a crearlo." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en " -"uso." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Añadir RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los RAID, excepto los RAID del BIOS." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4961,8 +4778,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre el\n" "RAID seleccionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4970,130 +4787,123 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el RAID seleccionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montar por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Usado por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID del BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Información de cilindros" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Información de Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Cifrado" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de volumen" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Óptima" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Montar por defecto por" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Alineado de las nuevas particiones creadas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5101,32 +4911,25 @@ "Esta vista muestra los valores de configuración\n" "generales de almacenamiento:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por defecto por indica el\n" -"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. Nombre de " -"dispositivo utiliza el nombre\n" -"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. ID de dispositivo y " -"Vía del dispositivo\n" -"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este " -"debería ser\n" -"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último UUID " -"y\n" -"Etiqueta del volumen utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de " -"archivos.\n" +"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. Nombre de dispositivo utiliza el nombre\n" +"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. ID de dispositivo y Vía del dispositivo\n" +"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este debería ser\n" +"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último UUID y\n" +"Etiqueta del volumen utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de archivos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5134,26 +4937,21 @@ "Sistema de archivos por defecto determina\n" "el tipo de sistema de archivos para los nuevos sistemas de archivos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineación de nuevas particiones\n" -"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. cilindros es la " -"alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. óptima</" -"b> alinea las \n" -"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del " -"núcleo de Linux \n" +"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. cilindros es la alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. óptima alinea las \n" +"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del núcleo de Linux \n" "o intenta ser compatible con Windows Vista y Windows 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5161,8 +4959,8 @@ "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por controla\n" "el nombre de los discos duros que se muestra en el árbol de navegación." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5170,23 +4968,23 @@ "Información visible de dispositivos de almacenamiento\n" "permite ocultar información en las tablas y en la descripción general." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Esta vista muestra el resumen de la instalación." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Añadir montaje de tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo tmpfs." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5194,18 +4992,18 @@ "\n" "Confirmar supresión de tmpfs montado en %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5213,18 +5011,18 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen tmpfs seleccionado.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs montado en %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Releer" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5234,8 +5032,8 @@ "puntos de montaje asignados, discos sin particiones\n" "y grupos de volúmenes que no tienen volúmenes lógicos." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5243,30 +5041,30 @@ "Si vuelve a explorar los dispositivos no usados,\n" "se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales. ¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5274,17 +5072,17 @@ "No se puede crear un volumen lógico \n" "con el tamaño indicado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Intente reducir la cantidad de bandas del volumen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Solamente puede eliminar volúmenes lógicos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5292,8 +5090,8 @@ "Hay al menos una instantánea activa para este volumen.\n" "Elimine primero la instantánea." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5301,100 +5099,100 @@ "Hay al menos un volumen flexible que usa este depósito.\n" "Elimine primero el volumen flexible." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el volumen lógico %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño total: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño resultante: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Superior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Abajo" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Inferior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Clasificar" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Añadir todo" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Eliminar todo" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "El archivo %1 no es un archivo normal." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "El archivo %1 es demasiado grande." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5406,55 +5204,43 @@ "El archivo debe contener lineas con una expresión regular y un nombre de\n" "clase por línea. Por ejemplo:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Se han detectado las siguientes líneas de patrones:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos " -"patrones?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos patrones?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" -"Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID " -"incluidos\n" -"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de " -"los\n" +"Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID incluidos\n" +"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de los\n" "casos se necesitarán menos clases (por ejemplo, solo A y B)." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón " -"secundario\n" -"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu " -"contextual. \n" -"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y " -"colocarlos en una misma clase\n" -"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para " -"colocar el dispositivo \n" +"Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón secundario\n" +"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu contextual. \n" +"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y colocarlos en una misma clase\n" +"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar el dispositivo \n" "seleccionado en esa clase." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5462,8 +5248,8 @@ "Después de seleccionar las clases de los dispositivos, puede \n" "ordenarlos utilizando los botones \"%1\" o \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5471,206 +5257,179 @@ "Ordenado coloca todos los dispositivos de clase A antes\n" "de los de clase B, y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Con Intercalado se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el " -"primero\n" -"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A " -"continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" +"Con Intercalado se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el primero\n" +"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" "clase A, el segundo de clase B y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Todos los dispositivos sin una clase se ordenan al final de la lista.\n" -"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los " -"dispositivos del \n" +"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los dispositivos del \n" "RAID que se va a crear." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Al presionar \"%1\" puede seleccionar un archivo que contenga\n" -"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). " -"Todos los dispositivos \n" -"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta " -"línea. La expresión se compara \n" +"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). Todos los dispositivos \n" +"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta línea. La expresión se compara \n" "con el nombre del núcleo (ej. /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) y el\n" -"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1). \n" -"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo " -"coincida con más de\n" +"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) y el\n" +"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" +"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo coincida con más de\n" "una expresión." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Archivo de patrones" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tamaño Tmpf&s" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Tamaño indicado no válido. Utilice un número seguido por K, M, G o %.\n" -"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tamaño de Tmpfs:\n" -"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, " -"Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" -"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un " -"porcentaje de la memoria." +"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" +"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un porcentaje de la memoria." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad de intercambio" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "El valor debe estar entre 0 y 32767. Por favor inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridad de intercambio:\n" -"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor " -"la prioridad.\n" +"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor la prioridad.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Monta&r solo lectura" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Montar solo lectura:\n" -"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es " -"\"false\". Durante la instalación\n" +"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es \"false\". Durante la instalación\n" "el sistema de archivos se monta siempre en modo lectura-escritura." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Sin hora de &acceso" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sin hora de acceso:\n" -"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por " -"defecto es false.\n" +"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por defecto es false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "El usuario puede montarla" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Capaz de ser montado por un usuario:\n" -"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción " -"por defecto es 'false'.\n" +"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción por defecto es 'false'.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "No montar durante el &inicio del sistema" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No montar durante el inicio del sistema:\n" "El sistema de archivos no se monta automáticamente al iniciarse el sistema.\n" "Se crea una entrada en /etc/fstab y el sistema de archivos se monta\n" -"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <" -"punto_montaje></tt>\n" -"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de " -"archivos). La opción por defecto es false.\n" +"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <punto_montaje></tt>\n" +"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de archivos). La opción por defecto es false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Habilitar uso de &cuotas de disco" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5680,44 +5439,37 @@ "El sistema de archivos se monta con cuotas de usuario habilitadas.\n" "Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada (false)\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Modo &transaccional de datos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Modo transaccional de datos:\n" "Especifica el modo transaccional para los datos de archivos.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de " -"transacciones antes de\n" -"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el " -"rendimiento. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del " -"sistema principal de archivos\n" -"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el " -"rendimiento. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto " -"en el rendimiento.\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de transacciones antes de\n" +"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el rendimiento. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del sistema principal de archivos\n" +"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el rendimiento. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto en el rendimiento.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listas de control de &acceso (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5725,13 +5477,13 @@ "Listas de control de acceso (ACL)\n" "Habilita las listas de control de acceso en el sistema de archivos.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Atributos &extendidos de usuario" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5739,184 +5491,153 @@ "Atributos extendidos de usuario:\n" "Permite los atributos extendidos de usuario en el sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valor de opción arbitrario" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice " -"espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor de opción arbitrario:\n" -"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el " -"cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si introduce varias opciones, sepárelas mediante comas.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Conjunto de car&acteres para los nombres de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunto de caracteres para los nombres de archivos:\n" -"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de " -"archivos en las particiones Windows.\n" +"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de archivos en las particiones Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Página de có&digo para nombres FAT cortos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Página de código para nombres FAT cortos:\n" -"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos " -"en sistemas de archivos FAT.\n" +"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos en sistemas de archivos FAT.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Número de &FATS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Número de FATS:\n" -"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de " -"archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2." +"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño de FAT:\n" -"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 " -"bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará " -"automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos." -"\n" +"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Entradas para el &directorio raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" "Entradas para el directorio raíz:\n" -"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz." -"\n" +"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Función Hash" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Función Hash:\n" -"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los " -"nombres de archivos en los directorios.\n" +"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los nombres de archivos en los directorios.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revisión del sistema de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisión del sistema de archivos:\n" -"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El " -"valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las " -"series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con " -"versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.\n" +"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Tamaño del bloque en byte&s" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del bloque:\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, " -"1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el " -"tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5924,49 +5645,45 @@ "Tamaño de inodo:\n" "Esta opción especifica el tamaño de los inodos del sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Porcentaje de espacio de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Porcentaje de espacio de inodos:\n" -"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar " -"para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.\n" +"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "&Alineado de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Alineado de inodos\n" -"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está " -"alineada o no.\n" +"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está alineada o no.\n" "Por defecto, los inodos se alinearán. El acceso alineado a los inodos\n" "es normalmente más eficiente que el acceso desalineado.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Tamaño del registro en megabytes" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5974,30 +5691,28 @@ "El valor de \"tamaño del registro\" no es correcto.\n" "Introduzca un valor mayor que cero.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del registro\n" -"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.\n" +"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Invocar &utilidad que lista bloques erróneos" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Longitud del segmento en bloques" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -6005,8 +5720,8 @@ "El valor de \"Longitud del segmento en bloques\" no es válido.\n" "Seleccione un valor mayor que 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6014,32 +5729,25 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del paso en bloques:\n" -"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. " -"Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" -"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques " -"en un listado RAID.\n" +"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" +"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques en un listado RAID.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del bloque:\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque " -"son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de " -"archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes por &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6047,8 +5755,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes por inodo:\n" @@ -6058,93 +5765,79 @@ "este valor no debería ser menor que el tamaño de bloque del sistema de\n" "archivos, ya que de lo contrario se creará una gran cantidad de inodos.\n" "Tenga en cuenta que no se puede modificar el número de inodos de un sistema\n" -"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor " -"correcto para este parámetro.\n" +"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor correcto para este parámetro.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques &reservados para la raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es " -"correcto.\n" +"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es correcto.\n" "Debe utilizar un numero flotante no mayor que 99 (por ejemplo, 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz: Especifica el " -"porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se " -"reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de " -"5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz: Especifica el porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de 5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Desactivar comprobaciones regulares" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" "Desactivar las comprobaciones regulares:\n" -"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.</" -"p>\n" +"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Función de ín&dice de directorio" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índice de directorio:\n" -"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas " -"en directorios de gran tamaño.\n" +"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas en directorios de gran tamaño.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Sin respaldo de transacciones" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sin respaldo de transacciones:\n" -"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. " -"Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" +"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" "realmente lo que está haciendo.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operación no permitida en el disco %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6161,12 +5854,11 @@ "(el disco tiene formato LDL).\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6183,12 +5875,11 @@ "o las particiones no son compatibles con la herramienta.\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6208,8 +5899,8 @@ "o formatearla y asignar un punto de montaje, pero no es posible\n" "cambiar el tamaño de la partición ni eliminar del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6220,13 +5911,11 @@ "\n" "\n" "Puede iniciar la tabla de particiones del disco a un estado correcto con \n" -"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva " -"tabla de particiones\",\n" -"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este " -"disco.\n" +"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva tabla de particiones\",\n" +"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este disco.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6238,26 +5927,26 @@ "Puede ignorar este mensaje si no va a usar este disco\n" "durante la instalación.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Imposible cambiar de tamaño:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6269,8 +5958,8 @@ "\n" "Puede que la contraseña de cifrado sea incorrecta.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6280,38 +5969,37 @@ "no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "La contraseña solo puede contener los siguientes caracteres:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^" -"\\<>\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña de cifrado:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Los siguientes volúmenes cifrados ya están disponibles." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activación del volumen cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6323,12 +6011,12 @@ "Es preciso conocer las contraseñas si los volúmenes son necesarios\n" "durante una actualización o si contienen un volumen físico LVM cifrado." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "¿Desea suministrar las contraseñas de cifrado?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6338,73 +6026,70 @@ "dispositivo de la lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n" "La contraseña se probará en todos los dispositivos." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Introducir la contraseña de cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "No hay volúmenes cifrados que desbloquear." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para alguno de los dispositivos siguientes:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para el siguiente dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Intentando desbloquear los volúmenes cifrados..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "La contraseña no desbloquea ningún volumen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID DM" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID MD" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar del error?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones " -"del disco." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones del disco." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6414,7 +6099,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene una partición\n" "de intercambio activa que se necesita para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6424,7 +6109,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene información\n" "necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6434,7 +6119,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene una\n" "partición de intercambio activa necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6444,7 +6129,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene\n" "información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6452,25 +6137,22 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" -"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada " -"necesaria \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" +"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada necesaria \n" "para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" "dispositivo %2, que contiene información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6480,114 +6162,114 @@ "No se puede eliminar la partición %1 porque se están usando\n" "otras particiones del disco %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "No hay nada asignado para el sistema de archivos raíz." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Casi con certeza, la instalación sufrirá un error grave." -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Error al añadir los siguientes elementos de resolución: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Error durante la siguiente acción:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "El código de error de sistema es el siguiente: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña para el dispositivo %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Cif." -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Tipo FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Inicio" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadatos" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Tamaño PE" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Versión de RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmos de paridad" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fabricante" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6595,8 +6277,8 @@ "ID del BIOS muestra el ID del BIOS del disco\n" "duro. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6604,8 +6286,8 @@ "Bus muestra cómo se conecta el dispositivo al\n" "sistema. Este campo puede estar vacío, por ejemplo, para discos multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6613,8 +6295,8 @@ "Tamaño de porción muestra el tamaño de porción \n" "de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6622,8 +6304,8 @@ "Tamaño de cilindro muestra el tamaño\n" "de los cilindros del disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6631,8 +6313,8 @@ "Tamaño de sector muestra el tamaño de\n" "los sectores en el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6640,8 +6322,8 @@ "Dispositivo muestra en nombre de núcleo\n" "del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6649,8 +6331,8 @@ "Etiqueta del disco muestra el tipo de tabla de\n" "particiones del disco, por ejemplo, <tt>MSDOS</tt> o <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6658,8 +6340,8 @@ "Cifrado muestra si el dispositivo está\n" "cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6667,8 +6349,8 @@ "Cilindro final muestra el cilindro final de\n" "la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6676,8 +6358,8 @@ "LUN muestra el número de unidad lógica de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6685,8 +6367,8 @@ "ID de puerto muestra el ID de puerto de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6694,8 +6376,8 @@ "WWPN muestra el nombre de puerto mundial de \n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6703,8 +6385,8 @@ "Vía de archivo muestra la vía de archivo\n" "de un dispositivo de bucle cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6712,20 +6394,18 @@ "Formato muestra algunos indicadores: <tt>F</tt>\n" "significa que el dispositivo está seleccionado para formatearlo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." -msgstr "" -"ID del sistema de archivos muestra el identificador del sistema de " -"archivos." +msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos muestra el identificador del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Tipo FS muestra el tipo de sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6733,8 +6413,8 @@ "Etiqueta muestra la etiqueta del\n" "sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6742,43 +6422,37 @@ "Metadatos muestra el tipo de metadatos\n" "LVM de los grupos de volúmenes." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Modelo muestra el modelo del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por indica el modo en que se monta el sistema\n" -"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) " -"por\n" -"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y " -"(Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" +"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) por\n" +"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y (Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un signo de interrogación (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien " -"porque se monta\n" -"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las " -"preferencias\n" +"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien porque se monta\n" +"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las preferencias\n" "de este volumen, YaST no actualizará <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6786,21 +6460,19 @@ "Punto de montaje muestra dónde se monta\n" "el sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) tras el punto de montaje indica un sistema \n" "de archivos que no está montado\n" -"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en " -"<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6808,8 +6480,8 @@ "Número de cilindros muestra cuántos\n" "cilindros tiene el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6817,8 +6489,8 @@ "Algoritmo de paridad muestra el\n" "algoritmo de paridad para los dispositivos RAID tipo 5, 6 o 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6826,13 +6498,13 @@ "Tamaño de PE muestra el tamaño de la extensión física\n" "de los grupos de volúmenes LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "Versión de RAID muestra la versión de RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6840,13 +6512,13 @@ "Tipo RAID muestra el tipo de RAID, también\n" "llamado \"nivel RAID\", de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Tamaño muestra el tamaño del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6854,18 +6526,17 @@ "Cilindro inicial muestra el primer\n" "cilindro de la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Segmentos muestra el número de segmento de los volúmenes lógicos\n" -"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del " -"segmento.\n" +"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del segmento.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6873,8 +6544,8 @@ "Tipo muestra una descripción general sobre el\n" "tipo de dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6882,8 +6553,8 @@ "ID del dispositivo muestra el identificador persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo no puede estar vacío.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6891,18 +6562,17 @@ "Vía del dispositivo muestra la vía persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "Usado por indica si un dispositivo se está\n" -"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta " -"columna estará vacía.\n" +"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta columna estará vacía.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6910,246 +6580,245 @@ "UUID muestra el identificador exclusivo universal\n" "del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Proveedor muestra el proveedor del dispositivo." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISCO %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formato: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Cifrado: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Punto de montaje: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Montado por: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Usado por %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID de dispositivo: %1 %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Proveedor: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modelo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadatos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño PE: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Bandas: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Versión de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de porción: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Número de cilindros: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño del cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Primer cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Último cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de sector: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Vía del archivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID de puerto: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "La tabla contiene:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Dispositivo:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Disco duro:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "La descripción general contiene:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación " -"desconocida.\n" +"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación desconocida.\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7157,49 +6826,44 @@ "El sistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por la aplicación \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es " -"coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición raíz" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición de inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Aumentar tamaño de archivo de intercambio para &suspensión" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Configuración de propuesta" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" "Seleccione Propuesta basada en particiones si no quiere usar LVM.\n" -"Seleccione Propuesta basada en LVM para LVM normal y Propuesta " -"basada en LVM\n" +"Seleccione Propuesta basada en LVM para LVM normal y Propuesta basada en LVM\n" "cifrado si desea que el sistema esté cifrado." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7211,99 +6875,97 @@ "BtrFS, la propuesta puede habilitar instantáneas automáticas con Snapper.\n" "Esto también aumentará el tamaño de la partición raíz." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La propuesta puede crear una partición de inicio separada. El sistema\n" -"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de " -"selección correspondiente." +"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de selección correspondiente." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" "El tamaño de la partición de intercambio se puede aumentar lo suficiente\n" -"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la " -"mayoría de los casos." +"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la mayoría de los casos." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el cifrado propuesto." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Contraseña:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para verificarla:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Propuesta basada en particiones" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en LVM &cifrado" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Montar por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Alineado de particiones:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "primer sistema de archivos raíz"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97428 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:11:31 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97428 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/caasp.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "安装概述" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "安装" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" @@ -33,17 +33,17 @@ "软件建议失败。无法继续安装。\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "NTP 服务器" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "请输入有效的 IP 或主机名" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -70,29 +70,24 @@ "\n" "是否要继续安装？" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" msgstr "建议 %{client} 时发现问题： 严重性：%{severity} 讯息：%{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "%s 阻止了安装。请解决相关问题后再继续。" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "管理节点" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "该位置对管理节点无效，请输入有效的 IP 或主机名" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) @@ -14,61 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "键盘配置。" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "键盘配置摘要。" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "为键盘配置设置新值。" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "列出所有可用的键盘布局。" -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "新键盘布局" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "当前键盘布局：%1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "键盘布局\"%1\"无效。使用\"list\"命令查看可能的值。" -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局(&K)" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -82,80 +81,76 @@ " 如果不确定，则使用已选定的默认值。\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其他工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。" -"\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其他工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "专家键盘设置" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "重复率(&R)" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "重复延迟(&L)" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "启动状态" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock 打开(&N)" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS 设置" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<保留不动>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "禁用 Caps Lock(&I)" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "测试(&T)" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "专家设置(&X)..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -163,15 +158,14 @@ "\n" "<big>键盘配置</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -181,8 +175,8 @@ " 对于高级选项(如重复率和延迟)，选择专家设置。\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -192,28 +186,26 @@ "如果不能确定，请使用已经选定的默认值。\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "选择系统中使用的键盘布局。\n" "如想设置高级选项（如重复率和延迟），请选择专家设置。\n" " 使用桌面环境的键盘布局工具，可找到更多的选项和键盘布局。\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "系统键盘配置" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -225,12 +217,12 @@ "要使用的键盘布局。\n" "\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -240,185 +232,183 @@ "不同的键盘布局进行更新。\n" " 选择在更新期间使用的布局：" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "无法将 X11 键盘设置为“%s”" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>键盘布局<%2>：%3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>语言<%2>：%3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "地区设置" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "语言(&L)" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "语言配置" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "语言配置摘要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "为语言设置新值" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "列出所有可用的语言。" -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "新语言值" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "第二语言列表(用逗号分隔)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "不要安装语言包" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "保存语言配置" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "保存语言和控制台设置" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "安装和卸载受影响的包" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "正在保存语言和控制台设置..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "正在安装和卸载受影响的包..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "正在更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "正在保存配置 请稍候..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "当前语言：%1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "其它语言：%1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 不是有效的语言。请使用 list 命令来查看可能的值。" -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "语言" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "语言" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "欢迎使用系统修复" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D)" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "次要语言(&S)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "主要语言(&L)" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "主要语言设置" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "系统将安装支持所选主要语言和次要语言的其它包。同时删除不再需要的包。\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -430,8 +420,8 @@ "使用的语言。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -441,8 +431,8 @@ "单击下一步继续到下一个对话框。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -454,8 +444,8 @@ "才会对计算机执行操作。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -467,9 +457,9 @@ "安装过程。\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -479,8 +469,8 @@ "为您的系统选择新的语言。\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -490,25 +480,21 @@ "为您的系统选择新的主要语言。\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "选中适应键盘布局可将键盘布局更改为主要语言。\n" -"选中适应时区可根据主要语言更改当前时区。如果键盘布局或时区已适应默认语" -"言设置，则禁用各自选项。\n" +"选中适应时区可根据主要语言更改当前时区。如果键盘布局或时区已适应默认语言设置，则禁用各自选项。\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -520,13 +506,13 @@ "在选择框中，指定要在系统中使用的其它语言。\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "有未解决的包依赖性。" -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -534,8 +520,8 @@ "磁盘空间不足，不能安装所有的附加包。\n" "请从选择内容中删除某些语言。" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -549,8 +535,8 @@ "如果不确定，请使用已选中的默认值。\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -560,71 +546,64 @@ "用户 root 的语言环境设置\n" "确定如何为 root 用户设置语言环境变量 (LC_*)。" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"仅 ctype：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的 LC_CTYPE。其它值未设置。" -" \n" +"仅 ctype：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的 LC_CTYPE。其它值未设置。 \n" "是：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的语言环境设置。 \n" "否：root 用户的所有语言环境变量均未设置。\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"使用详细语言环境设置来设置主对话框的列表中未提供的主要语言的语言环" -"境。对于一些选定的语言环境，翻译可能不可用。" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "使用详细语言环境设置来设置主对话框的列表中未提供的主要语言的语言环境。对于一些选定的语言环境，翻译可能不可用。" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "语言细节" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "用户 root 的语言环境设置(&R)" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "仅 ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "使用 UTF-8 编码(&U)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "详细语言环境设置(&D)" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "将键盘布局更改为 %1(&K)" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "将时区更改为 %1(&T)" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -636,14 +615,14 @@ "要使用的语言。\n" "\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "正在下载安装系统语言扩展..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -655,21 +634,21 @@ "\n" "将使用备用语言 %{fallback}。" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "主要语言：%1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "正在安装包..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -677,8 +656,8 @@ "未完成对主要语言的翻译。\n" "某些文本可能显示为英文。\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -688,8 +667,8 @@ "要获取此语言的适当支持，\n" "请稍后启用联机储存库。\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -697,67 +676,67 @@ "该选定的语言无法在文本模式中使用。使用英文安装，\n" "但是新系统将使用选定的语言。" -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "时区配置" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "时区配置摘要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "为时区配置设置新值" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "列出所有可用时区" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "新时区" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "硬件时钟的新值。可以为“本地”、“utc”或“UTC”。" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "当前时区：\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为：\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "本地时间" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "当前时间和日期：\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -765,30 +744,27 @@ "时间 %1 是过去的时间。\n" "请在开始安装前设置正确的时间。" -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "时区" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "时区(&T)" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -802,8 +778,8 @@ "和夏令时之间来回切换。\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -819,18 +795,15 @@ "最好从用户手册中了解这方面的背景知识以及这么做的副作用。\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -848,62 +821,58 @@ "\n" "要使用现在的选择（本地时间）并继续吗？" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"现在显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要，手动将它们更改为正确的值，或者使" -"用网络时间协议 (NTP)。" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "现在显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要，手动将它们更改为正确的值，或者使用网络时间协议 (NTP)。" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "按接受保存更改。" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "采用 DD-MM-YYYY 格式的当前日期" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "采用 HH:MM:SS 格式的当前时间" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "当前日期" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "当前时间" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "立即更改时间" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "与 NTP 服务器同步" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "更改日期和时间" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -911,8 +880,8 @@ "无效时间 (HH:MM:SS)%1。\n" "请输入正确的时间。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -920,49 +889,49 @@ "无效日期 (DD-MM-YYYY)%1。\n" "请输入正确的日期。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "其他设置(&S)..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "日期和时间（NTP 已配置）" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日期和时间" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为 UTC(&H)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "区域(&R)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "时区(&Z)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日期和时间：" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -970,12 +939,11 @@ "\n" "<big>时区和时钟设置</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -986,8 +954,8 @@ "时区、国家或地区或者区域。\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -997,327 +965,327 @@ "如果当前时间不正确，请使用更改调整。\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "时钟和时区" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "选择有效的时区。" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "本地时间" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 已配置" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "当前时区：%1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "英语(美国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "英语(英国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "德语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "德语(带 deadkey)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "德语（瑞士）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "法语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "法语(瑞士)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "法语（加拿大）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "加拿大语（多语）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "西班牙语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "西班牙语(拉丁美洲)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "西班牙语 (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "意大利语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "葡萄牙语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西 -- 美国口音)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "希腊语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "荷兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "丹麦语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "挪威语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "瑞典语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "芬兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "捷克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "捷克语 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "斯洛伐克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "斯洛伐克语 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "匈牙利语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "波兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "俄语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "塞尔维亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "爱沙尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "立陶宛语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "土耳其语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "克罗地亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "比利时语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "冰岛语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "乌克兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "高棉语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韩语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "阿拉伯语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "塔吉克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体中文" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "简体中文" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "罗马尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "美国国际" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "西班牙语(阿斯图里亚变体)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:11:31 UTC (rev 97428) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -35,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "要忽略此警告继续操作，请单击“是”。\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "专家分区程序" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "正在检测各个卷。" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "储存配置" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "列出磁盘和分区" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "列出磁盘" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "列出分区" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "建议的分区" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "专家分区程序(&E)..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "创建分区设置(&C)..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,15 +96,15 @@ "没有自动建议。\n" "请在\"分区工具\"对话框中手动指定安装点。" -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "编辑建议设置" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ "已检查您的硬盘。显示的分区设置\n" "是针对您的硬盘提议的。" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 并在专家分区程序\n" "对话框中修改设置。\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -149,27 +149,27 @@ "对于 RAID 和加密之类的高级配置，\n" "也需要选择此选项。\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "不能创建请求的建议。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "没有足够用于为根卷建议快照的空间。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "空间不足，无法请求单独的 /home。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "未指派根文件系统。无法继续。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -177,22 +177,22 @@ "计算此建议将重写此前所有手动更改。\n" "是否要继续计算建议？" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "正在准备磁盘..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ "已用\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ "可用\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -224,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows 可用 (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ "为 Windows 分区选择新的大小。\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ "Windows 分区将保持不变。\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -286,23 +286,23 @@ "后退。\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "当前" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "安装后" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ "(在改变分区大小后)。\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ "输入一个数值以调整建议值。\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -350,29 +350,29 @@ "分区。\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows 已用" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "可用" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -386,9 +386,9 @@ "自动创建分区。\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ "Windows 已用是 Windows 分区使用的空间大小。\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -414,13 +414,13 @@ "(安装 Linux 之前)。\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "改变 Windows 分区的大小" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -446,9 +446,9 @@ "包括 Windows 工作空间\n" "和 %2 的空间。\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ " 使用的装入空间，这可能需要一段时间。\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -487,14 +487,14 @@ "如果下次仍出现此问题，请通过其它方式改变\n" "Windows 分区的大小。\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "可用空间不足，无法安装。" -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -514,15 +514,15 @@ "\t Windows 分区。\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "只能使用自定义分区选项配置您的系统。" -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -542,10 +542,10 @@ "请另选磁盘，或中止安装再\n" "用其它方式收缩 Windows 分区。\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -561,10 +561,10 @@ "请另选磁盘，或中止安装再\n" "用其它方式收缩 Windows 分区。\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -592,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "是否确实要收缩 Windows 分区？\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "收缩 Windows(&S)" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -613,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "是否确实要删除 Windows 分区？\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "删除 Windows(&D)" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -631,39 +631,38 @@ "要安装 Linux，请选择删除更多分区，\n" "或选择一个较大的磁盘。" -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "可用磁盘(&D)" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "自定义分区(仅限专家)(&C)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "未找到任何磁盘。尝试使用可用的更新 CD 来安装。" -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -675,8 +674,8 @@ "的所有硬盘。请选择要将 &product; 安装到的硬盘。\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -686,8 +685,8 @@ "您可以稍后再选择要将 &product; 安装到磁盘的哪个部分。\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -703,27 +702,27 @@ "分区安装点的指派方式进行完全控制。\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "正在准备硬盘" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "请选择其中一个选项，然后继续。" -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "磁盘 %1 正由 %2 使用" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -737,62 +736,62 @@ "请参考手册以确保您的自定义分区\n" "满足此产品的要求。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "是否激活多路径？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -800,7 +799,7 @@ "无合适的快照。\n" "请使用较大的根分区。" -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -808,35 +807,35 @@ "/home 分区将不会格式化。安装后，\n" "请确保正确设置用户主目录的所有权。" -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "自定义" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "标准" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "分区" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "分区(&P)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "正在保存文件系统配置..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -844,15 +843,15 @@ "当前选择无效：\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1： %2，未指派" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -860,16 +859,16 @@ "用于安装 %1 的\n" "磁盘区域\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "使用整个硬盘(&E)" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -877,8 +876,8 @@ "此磁盘上尚无分区。\n" "整个磁盘都将用于 %1。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -886,18 +885,18 @@ "此磁盘看起来已由 Windows 使用。\n" "没有足够的空间来安装 Linux。" -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "彻底删除 Windows(&D)" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "收缩 Windows 分区(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -907,8 +906,8 @@ "请选择要将 &product; 安装到的硬盘。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -920,8 +919,8 @@ "或显示的空闲区域。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -935,8 +934,8 @@ "其他操作系统。\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -948,16 +947,16 @@ "丢失。 丢失的数据将无法恢复。\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "安装位置：" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -971,8 +970,8 @@ "收缩它以获得足够的可用空间。\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -988,28 +987,28 @@ "而数据重组在个别情况下可能失败。\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "建议创建独立的主分区(&H)" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "创建基于 LVM 的建议(&L)" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "加密卷组 " -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "建议类型" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1022,8 +1021,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1037,8 +1036,8 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1051,8 +1050,8 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1065,9 +1064,9 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1083,8 +1082,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1104,8 +1103,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1119,8 +1118,8 @@ "\n" "确实要保留此大小的引导分区吗？\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1134,10 +1133,10 @@ "大小约为 1MB。\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1155,8 +1154,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用没有 /boot 分区的设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1176,7 +1175,7 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1188,8 +1187,8 @@ "%s\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1205,8 +1204,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1230,8 +1229,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1255,20 +1254,19 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "确定要使用此设置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1282,8 +1280,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用没有交换分区的设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1295,8 +1293,8 @@ "现有分区上。YaST 不能保证顺利安装，\n" "特别是在以下情况下：\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1308,19 +1306,18 @@ "版本\n" "- 如果这个分区尚不包含文件系统\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "如果不确定，最好返回上一步并将此分区标记为待格式化，尤其是当它指派给\n" "一个像 /、/boot、/opt 或 /var 这样的标准安装点时。\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1330,8 +1327,8 @@ "\n" "确定要将分区保持未格式化？\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1339,8 +1336,8 @@ "选择的设备属于 RAID (%1)。\n" "编辑该设备之前，请将其从该 RAID 中去除。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1348,8 +1345,8 @@ "选择的设备属于卷组 (%1)。\n" "编辑该设备之前，请将其从该卷组中去除。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1357,8 +1354,8 @@ "选择的设备已被卷 (%1) 使用。\n" "编辑之前请去除该卷。\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1366,8 +1363,8 @@ "设备 (%2) 属于 RAID (%1)。\n" "删除该设备之前，请将其从 RAID 中去除。\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1375,12 +1372,12 @@ "设备 (%2) 已被 %1 使用。\n" "编辑之前请去除 %1。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "无法在装入时删除它。" -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1388,14 +1385,12 @@ "无法去除设备 (%1)，因为它是一个逻辑分区，\n" "并且另一个编号更高的逻辑分区正在使用它。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选扩展分区包含当前已装入的分区：\n" @@ -1403,8 +1398,8 @@ "强烈建议先卸载这些分区，然后再删除该扩展分区。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择“取消”。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1418,8 +1413,8 @@ "分区从其对应的卷组中去除，然后\n" "再删除该扩展分区。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1433,8 +1428,8 @@ "分区从其对应的 RAID 系统中去除，然后\n" "再删除该扩展分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1446,8 +1441,8 @@ "正在使用的分区。删除扩展分区之前\n" "请去除已使用的卷。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1465,31 +1460,31 @@ "\n" "确实要保留当前设置吗？\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "输入加密文件系统的口令。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "请不要忘记在此输入的内容！" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "允许口令为空。" -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1 上加密文件系统的口令" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1497,38 +1492,38 @@ "输入已装入到 %2 上的\n" "设备 %1 的加密口令。\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "请输入加密文件系统的口令" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "输入您的文件系统的口令(&E)：" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "再输一遍口令以便确认(&V)：" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "跳过(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1538,10 +1533,10 @@ "不相同！\n" "请重试。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1549,10 +1544,10 @@ "您没有输入口令。\n" "请重试。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1560,17 +1555,17 @@ "口令须至少包含 %1 个字符。\n" "请重试。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "不能有浮点数字。" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "文件系统选项：" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1578,15 +1573,14 @@ "卷标中不再允许使用符号“/”。\n" "请更改您的卷标以使其不包含此字符。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "在 /etc/fstab 中的装入方式：\n" @@ -1596,12 +1590,11 @@ "UUID 或卷标来装入。\n" "如果禁用了某个选项，则无法这样装入。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1610,45 +1603,45 @@ "时才可行。\n" "卷标不能包含 / 字符或空格。\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "装入 /etc/fstab 的方式" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "设备名(&D)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "卷标(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "设备 ID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "设备路径(&P)" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab 选项：" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1658,70 +1651,70 @@ "选定文件系统的最大卷标长度\n" "为 %1。您的卷标已被截断到此长度。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "提供一个卷标以通过卷标装入。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "此卷标已在使用。请另选一个。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "文件系统(&S)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "选项(&P)..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "启用快照" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "加密设备(&E)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "文件系统 ID(&I)：" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "格式" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "不格式化(&N)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "格式化(&F)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fstab 选项(&T)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "安装点(&M)" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1745,8 +1738,8 @@ "\n" "是否继续？\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1756,8 +1749,8 @@ "YaST2 无法收缩分区上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4 和 reiser 才允许收缩文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1767,22 +1760,22 @@ "YaST2 无法收缩逻辑卷上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4 和 reiser 才允许收缩文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "如果收缩此分区，将会有丢失数据的风险。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "如果收缩此逻辑卷，将会有丢失数据的风险。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "是否继续？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1792,8 +1785,8 @@ "YaST2 无法扩展所选分区上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs 和 reiser 才允许扩展文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1803,20 +1796,20 @@ "YaST2 无法扩展所选逻辑卷上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs 和 reiser 才允许扩展文件系统。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "是否继续改变大小？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "您减小了装载有 reiser 文件系统的分区。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "您减小了装载有 reiser 文件系统的逻辑卷。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1830,13 +1823,12 @@ "\n" "立即收缩文件系统吗？" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选设备包含当前已装入的分区：\n" @@ -1844,8 +1836,8 @@ "强烈建议先卸载这些分区再删除分区表。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择“取消”。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1859,8 +1851,8 @@ "相应的卷组中去除所有\n" "分区。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1874,8 +1866,8 @@ "删除此设备前，请先从相应的\n" "RAID 系统中取消指派该分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1887,49 +1879,49 @@ "其他卷使用的分区。删除此设备前，请先删除\n" "使用该分区的卷。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "在 Btrfs 文件系统中创建和去除子卷。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "使用 snapper 为 Btrfs 文件系统启用自动快照。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "现有子卷：" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "新子卷" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "新增" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "去除" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "子卷处理" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "不允许使用空的子卷名称。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1937,16 +1929,16 @@ "目前只允许使用以“%1”开头的子卷名！\n" "正在自动给子卷名加上“%1”前缀。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "子卷名称 %1 已存在。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "本对话框中当前所做的修改将会丢失。" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1956,8 +1948,8 @@ "创建加密的文件系统。\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1967,8 +1959,8 @@ "访问加密的文件系统。\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1982,13 +1974,12 @@ " Linux 文件系统一样。\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2001,14 +1992,13 @@ "将丢失这些文件系统上的所有数据。\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2021,14 +2011,13 @@ "请输入两遍口令。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2039,8 +2028,8 @@ "(例如，加重音或变音的字符)。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2054,10 +2043,10 @@ "字母 (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) 以及数字 <tt>0</tt> 到 <tt>9</tt>。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2067,8 +2056,8 @@ "不要忘记此口令！\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2078,12 +2067,11 @@ "您需要输入加密口令。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2094,7 +2082,7 @@ "更新期间不访问该文件系统。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2114,7 +2102,7 @@ "如果需要使用该磁盘进行安装，您应该在\n" "专家分区程序中删除该磁盘标签。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2128,18 +2116,18 @@ "\n" "您需要选中此磁盘上所有要去除的分区。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "您不能对 LVM 使用安装点\"%1\"。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "您不能对 RAID 使用安装点 %1。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2155,8 +2143,8 @@ "\n" "确定要执行该操作？\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2172,32 +2160,32 @@ "\n" "确定要执行该操作？\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "安装点不得为空。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "交换设备安装点必须为 swap。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "仅交换设备可以使用 swap 作为安装点。" -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "此安装点已在使用。请另选一个。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2205,14 +2193,13 @@ "FAT 文件系统被用作系统安装点(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)。\n" "这是不可能的。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "安装点中的字符无效。不要在安装点中使用“`'!\"%#”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2222,13 +2209,13 @@ "/bin、/dev、/etc、/lib、/lib64、/lost+found、/mnt、/proc、/sbin、/sys、\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "您的安装点必须以\"/\"开头" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2236,10 +2223,10 @@ "不允许向没有交换文件系统\n" "的设备指派安装点交换。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2249,8 +2236,8 @@ "输入的大小（四舍五入后）为 %2。\n" "此文件系统的最小大小为 %3。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2258,8 +2245,8 @@ "不允许向装有不存在或未知文件系统的\n" "设备指派安装点。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2281,14 +2268,14 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此文件系统？\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "文件系统当前装入到 %1 上。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2296,14 +2283,14 @@ "您可以尝试立即卸载、不卸载并继续或取消。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请单击“取消”。" -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "卸载" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2311,75 +2298,75 @@ "您可以尝试立即卸载或取消。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请单击“取消”。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法收缩。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法扩展。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法调整大小。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "重扫描设备" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "导入安装点..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "提供加密口令(&P)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "配置 &iSCSI(&I)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "配置 FCoE(&F)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "配置多路径(&M)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "配置 &DASD(&D)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "配置 zFCP(&Z)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "配置 XPRAM(&X)..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "配置..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "%1 上的可用储存区" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2387,8 +2374,8 @@ "该视图显示所有\n" "可用储存设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2398,8 +2385,8 @@ "导航到一个视图，该视图下可以显示设备的详细\n" "信息。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2407,8 +2394,8 @@ "通过选择一个表项，您可以\n" "导航至带有该设备相关详细信息的视图。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2416,8 +2403,8 @@ "重扫描磁盘将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要重扫描磁盘？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2425,8 +2412,8 @@ "调用 iSCSI 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 iSCSI 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2434,10 +2421,10 @@ "调用 FCoE 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "确实要调用 FCoE 配置吗？" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2445,8 +2432,8 @@ "调用多路径配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "确定要调用多路径配置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2454,8 +2441,8 @@ "调用 DASD 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 DASD 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2463,8 +2450,8 @@ "调用 zFCP 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 zFCP 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2472,50 +2459,50 @@ "调用 XPRAM 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 XPRAM 配置？" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "编辑 Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "选择至少一个设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "更改 Btrfs 卷使用的设备。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "未用设备：" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "所选设备：" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "调整 Btrfs 卷 %1 的大小" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "未选中 Btrfs 设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2523,178 +2510,174 @@ "Btrfs %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "未能去除一些物理设备。" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs 卷" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "编辑..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "删除..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "该视图显示所有 Btrfs 卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2702,8 +2685,8 @@ "该视图显示所选 Btrfs 卷的\n" "详细信息。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2711,74 +2694,72 @@ "该视图显示所选 Btrfs 卷\n" "使用的所有设备。\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Btrfs 设备：%1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概述(&O)" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "已用设备(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "选择设备的角色。" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI 引导分区" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "操作系统" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "数据和 ISV 应用程序" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "交换" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "原始卷（未格式化）" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "角色" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2786,69 +2767,66 @@ "首先，选择是否\n" "格式化分区及所需的文件系统类型。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "如果您想加密卷上的所有数据，\n" "请选择加密设备。修改一个已有卷的加密方式\n" "会删除其中的所有数据。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"然后，选择是否要装入分区并输入安装点（/、/boot、/home、/var 等）。" +msgstr "然后，选择是否要装入分区并输入安装点（/、/boot、/home、/var 等）。" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "格式化选项" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "格式化分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "不格式化分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "不装入分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "装入选项" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "装入分区" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "安装点" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 选项(&T)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "crypt 文件必须进行加密。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2860,18 +2838,18 @@ "\n" "还要检查格式选项。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "crypt 文件需要安装点。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs 需要安装点。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2885,8 +2863,8 @@ "Linux 文件系统一样。\n" " " -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2900,21 +2878,21 @@ "就不能用于休眠（挂起到磁盘）。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "所有存储在此卷上的数据都将丢失！" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "底层设备不支持大小调整。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2924,7 +2902,7 @@ "您不能改变所选分区的大小，\n" "因为此分区上的文件系统不支持改变大小。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2932,8 +2910,8 @@ "不能在 NTFS 已装入时\n" "检查其是否可调整大小。" -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2941,79 +2919,79 @@ "无法调整分区 %1 的大小，\n" "因为文件系统似乎不一致。\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "调整分区 %1 大小" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "调整逻辑卷 %1 大小" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "当前大小：%1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "当前已用：%1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大大小 (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "最小大小 (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "自定义大小" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "选择新的大小。" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "输入的大小无效。请输入介于 %1 到 %2 之间的大小。" -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3024,28 +3002,28 @@ "这可能很慢，需要花费几小时时间。您可以考虑卸载该文件系统，\n" "这会显著提升调整速度。" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 的输出" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "正在重扫描磁盘..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "编辑 DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "没有选择 DM 设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3053,13 +3031,13 @@ "DM %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "设备映射程序 (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3069,8 +3047,8 @@ "但已经包含在其他视图中的不显示。因此多路径磁盘、\n" "BIOS RAID 和 LVM 逻辑卷不在这里显示。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3078,8 +3056,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选设备映射程序设备的详细信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3087,185 +3065,185 @@ "该视图显示由\n" "所选设备映射程序设备使用的所有设备。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM 设备：%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "添加 RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "添加卷组" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "设备图" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "保存设备图..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "该视图显示设备图。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "保存图形文件失败。" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "装入图" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "保存装入图..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "该视图显示安装点图。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "为新分区选择分区类型。" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "主分区(&P)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "扩展分区(&E)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "逻辑分区(&L)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "新分区类型" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "为新分区选择大小。" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "新分区大小" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "自定义区域" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "起始柱面" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "结束柱面" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "输入的区域无效。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "在 %1 上添加分区" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "编辑分区 %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "没有空间可分配给移动的分区 %1。" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "向前移动分区 %1？" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "向后移动分区 %1？" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "移动分区 %1？" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "向前" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "向后" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "确认删除所有分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3273,35 +3251,35 @@ "磁盘“%1”包含至少一个分区。\n" "如果继续，将会删除下列分区：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "确定要删除“%1”上的所有分区？" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "没有选择硬盘。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "无法在 LDL 格式的 DASD 上创建分区表。" -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "该磁盘正在使用中，无法进行修改。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "为 %1 选择新的分区表类型。" -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3309,46 +3287,46 @@ "是否确实要在 %1 上创建新的分区表？这将删除 %1 上\n" "的所有数据和 %1 上使用分区的所有 RAID 和卷组。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "未选择任何磁盘。" -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 BIOS RAID %1 吗？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "是否确实删除已分区的 RAID %1？" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "此磁盘上没有要删除的分区。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "不能在 %1 上创建分区。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "没有选择分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3356,25 +3334,25 @@ "分区 %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "无法编辑扩展分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "分区 %1 已在磁盘上创建，无法移动。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "无法移动扩展分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3382,13 +3360,13 @@ "分区 %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "调整大小。要调整 %1 的大小，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "无法调整扩展分区大小。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3404,7 +3382,7 @@ "这些分区会被删除。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3412,11 +3390,11 @@ "以下分区将删除\n" "且上面的所有数据都将丢失：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "确实要删除这些分区吗？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3426,7 +3404,7 @@ "但可克隆磁盘至少须有一个分区。\n" "克隆磁盘前请先创建分区。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3434,20 +3412,20 @@ "无法克隆该磁盘。没有可具有相同分区布局的\n" "合适磁盘。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "克隆 %1 的分区布局" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "可用目标磁盘：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "选择创建克隆的目标磁盘" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3455,8 +3433,8 @@ "运行 dasdfmt 将删除磁盘上的所有数据。\n" "确实要在磁盘 %1 上执行 dasdfmt 吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3467,83 +3445,83 @@ "\n" " 再次显示了此磁盘上当前存在的分区。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "添加分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "移动" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "调整大小" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "移动..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "调整大小..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." msgstr "无法移动硬盘、BIOS RAID 和多路径设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." msgstr "无法调整硬盘、BIOS RAID 和多路径设备的大小。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "硬盘" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "添加分区..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3551,18 +3529,18 @@ "该视图显示包括 iSCCI 磁盘、BIOS RAID\n" "和多路径磁盘在内的所有硬盘和它们的分区。\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "状态测试 (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "属性 (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3570,45 +3548,45 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选硬盘的详细信息。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART 对此磁盘不可用。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm 对此磁盘不可用。" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "新建分区表" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "克隆此磁盘" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "在 DASD 设备上执行 dasdfmt(&F)" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "添加..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "专家..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3618,8 +3596,8 @@ "如果硬盘被 BIOS RAID 或多路径等使用，\n" "则显示不出分区。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3629,23 +3607,23 @@ "此视图只适用于 BIOS RAID、已分区的软件 RAID\n" "和多路径磁盘。\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "分区(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "硬盘：%1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "分区：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3653,8 +3631,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选分区的详细信息。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3664,8 +3642,8 @@ "一个或多个带安装点的已有 Linux 系统。\n" "旧安装点显示在表格中。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3675,49 +3653,49 @@ "现有系统卷（如 / 和 /usr）进行格式化。\n" "非系统卷（如 /home）不会进行格式化。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "未检测到任何具有安装点的旧有系统。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "显示上一个(&P)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "显示下一个(&N)" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "从已有的系统中导入安装点：" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "格式化系统卷" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "导入" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "%1 上找到的 /etc/fstab 包含：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "提供的口令错误。" -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "确认删除 LVM 使用的分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3727,15 +3705,15 @@ "为了保持系统的一致性，\n" "将删除如下卷组和它的逻辑卷：\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "是否立即删除分区“%1”和卷组“%2”？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "确认删除 RAID 使用的分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3745,24 +3723,24 @@ "为保持系统的一致性，\n" "将删除如下 RAID 设备：\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "是否立即删除分区“%1”和 RAID“%2”？" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 %1 上的所有分区吗？" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 %1？" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3770,59 +3748,58 @@ "\n" "是否应同时去除循环文件 %1？\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "未分区" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "未分配" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "未更改分区。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "<h1>对分区的更改：</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "未更改储存设置。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "储存设置：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "要安装的包：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "不需要安装包。" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "循环文件的路径名： 这必须是要设置的包含加密循环设备\n" "数据的文件的绝对路径。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3834,8 +3811,8 @@ "下一个字段中给定的大小创建。注意：如果\n" "该文件已经存在，则其中的所有数据会丢失。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3845,8 +3822,8 @@ "大小： 这是回环文件的大小。\n" "在加密回环设备中创建的文件系统将会具备该大小。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3860,23 +3837,23 @@ "访问。安装结束时才会创建文件系统。请注意\n" "保持所提供的文件大小和路径名的一致性。\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "循环文件路径名" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "浏览..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "创建循环文件" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3884,13 +3861,13 @@ "文件名“%1”无效。\n" "请使用绝对路径名。\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "输入的大小无效。请输入至少为 %1 的大小。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3900,47 +3877,47 @@ "且未激活创建文件的标志。使用现有文件或激活\n" "创建标志。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "添加加密文件" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "编辑加密文件 %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "没有选择加密文件。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3948,30 +3925,30 @@ "加密文件 %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "加密文件" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "添加加密文件..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "该视图显示所有加密文件。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "加密文件：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -3979,23 +3956,23 @@ "该视图显示\n" "所选加密文件的详细信息。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "输入卷组的名称。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "卷组的名称长于 128 个字符。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "卷组的名称不得以“-”开头。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4003,13 +3980,13 @@ "卷组的名称包含非法字符。允许的字符为\n" "字母数字字符、“.”、“_”、“-”和“+”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "卷组“%1”已存在。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4017,13 +3994,13 @@ "卷组名“%1”与 /dev 目录中\n" "的另一项冲突。\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "确认删除卷组" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4032,13 +4009,13 @@ "卷组“%1”包含至少一个逻辑卷。\n" "如果继续，下列卷将被卸载（如果已安装）并删除：" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" msgstr "确定要删除卷组“%1”以及所有相关的逻辑卷？" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4046,18 +4023,18 @@ "输入的数据无效。插入的物理区域大小\n" "应大于 %1 且为 2 的乘方，例如“%2”或“%3”" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "为逻辑卷输入名称。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "逻辑卷的名称长于 128 个字符。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4065,8 +4042,8 @@ "逻辑卷的名称包含非法字符。允许的字符为\n" "字母数字字符、“.”、“_”、“-”和“+”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4074,57 +4051,56 @@ "名称为“%1”的逻辑卷已存在于\n" "卷组“%2”中。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "输入新卷组的名称和物理区域大小。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." msgstr "选择该卷组应包含的物理卷。" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "卷组名" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "物理区域大小(&P)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "可用物理卷：" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "所选物理卷：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "更改用于卷组的设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "输入新逻辑卷的大小，以及\n" "条带数量和大小。条带数不能\n" "大于卷组的物理卷数量。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4140,119 +4116,115 @@ "指定的瘦池还是必须能够满足该空间需求。\n" "瘦卷不能有分带计数。" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "条带" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "编号" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "在 %2 上添加逻辑卷 %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "调整卷组 %1 的大小" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "输入新逻辑卷的名称。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为普通卷。\n" "这是默认选项，表示像瘦配置特性存在之前的所有卷一样的普通 LVM 卷。\n" "如果不确定，这就是最可能的合适选项" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为瘦池。\n" "这意味着瘦卷将能按需从此池中分配它们所需的空间。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为瘦卷。\n" "这意味着该卷将按需从瘦池中分配所需空间。" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "逻辑卷" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "普通卷" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "瘦池" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "瘦卷" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "已用池" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "在 %1 上添加逻辑卷" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "编辑 %2 上的逻辑卷 %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "没有足够合适的未用设备来创建卷组。\n" @@ -4260,40 +4232,40 @@ "要使用 LVM，至少需要一个 0x8e（或 0x83）类型的未用分区或一个未用\n" "RAID 设备。请相应更改您的分区表。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "没有选择卷组。" -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "是否确实要删除卷组“%1”？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "删除卷组“%1”失败。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "没有选择逻辑卷。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "卷组“%1”中已没有可用空间。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4301,8 +4273,8 @@ "卷 %1 是一个瘦池。\n" "它不可编辑。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4310,46 +4282,46 @@ "卷 %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "添加逻辑卷" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "卷组" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "卷管理" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4357,8 +4329,8 @@ "该视图显示所有 LVM 卷组和\n" "它们的逻辑卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4366,8 +4338,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选卷组的详细信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4375,8 +4347,8 @@ "该视图显示\n" "所选卷组的所有逻辑卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4384,28 +4356,28 @@ "该视图显示由\n" "所选卷组使用的所有物理卷。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "卷组：%1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "逻辑卷(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "物理卷(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "逻辑卷：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4413,56 +4385,56 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选逻辑卷的详细信息。" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "设备映射程序" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未用设备" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "安装摘要" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "设置" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4472,36 +4444,34 @@ "如果用 %1 退出分区程序，这些更改将丢失。\n" "确定要退出？" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "此处您可看到分区摘要。" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr "：摘要" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "系统视图" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "NFS 配置不可用。请检查 yast2-nfs-client 包的安装。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "网络文件系统 (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4509,34 +4479,31 @@ "测试 NFS 共享“%1”的装入已失败。\n" "仍要保存它吗？" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "对于 %1，请至少选择 %2 设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "为新的 RAID 选择类型。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0：此级别可提高磁盘性能。\n" "在此方式中没有冗余。如果一个驱动程序崩溃，将无法恢复数据。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1： 这种方式具有最佳冗余性能。用在\n" @@ -4544,22 +4511,19 @@ "镜像副本。只要有一个磁盘仍在工作，就不会丢失数据。用于\n" "这种类型 RAID 的分区的大小应该基本相同。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5： 这种模式既能管理数量更多的磁盘，\n" "还能保持一定的冗余程度。这种模式适用于三个或更多磁盘的情况。\n" -"如果一个磁盘出故障，所有数据仍能完好无损。如果两个磁盘同时出故障，则所有数据" -"都会丢失。\n" +"如果一个磁盘出故障，所有数据仍能完好无损。如果两个磁盘同时出故障，则所有数据都会丢失。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4569,21 +4533,19 @@ "有意义的名称。这是可选字段。如果提供了名称，设备\n" "便可以 <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt> 的形式使用。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "向 RAID 添加分区。根据\n" "RAID 的类型，可用磁盘大小是这些分区大小之和 (RAID0)、最小分区的\n" "大小 (RAID 1)，或 (N-1)*最小分区 (RAID 5)。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4591,83 +4553,80 @@ "通常，这些分区应处在不同的驱动器上，\n" "以实现您希望的冗余和性能。\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 类型" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID 0(分带)(&0)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID 1(镜像)(&1)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5(冗余分带)(&5)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 6（双冗余分段）(&6)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID 10（镜像和分段）(&1)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "Raid 名称（可选）(&N)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "可用设备：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "大块大小： 这是可以写入设备的\n" "最小“原子”数据块。RAID 5 的合理大块大小为 128KB。对于 RAID 0，\n" "以 32 KB 为起点较为合理。对于 RAID 1，大块大小对阵列没有太大影响。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "奇偶校验算法：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "用于 RAID5/6 的奇偶校验算法。\n" "对于典型的旋转盘片磁盘来说，左对称能够提供最佳性能。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4675,66 +4634,66 @@ "关于奇偶校验算法的细节，\n" "请见 mdadm 帮助页面 (man mdadm)。\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "大块大小" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "奇偶校验算法(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID 选项" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "更改用于 RAID 的设备。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "添加 RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "调整 RAID %1 大小" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "编辑 RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4746,22 +4705,22 @@ "这往往表示 RAID 设备中有部分太小，导致\n" "RAID 无法使用。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "没有足够合适的未用设备来创建 RAID。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "没有选择 RAID。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4769,8 +4728,8 @@ "RAID %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4778,8 +4737,8 @@ "RAID %1 已在磁盘上创建。无法再调整其大小。\n" "要调整 %1 的大小，请去除它再重新创建。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4787,18 +4746,18 @@ "RAID %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "调整大小。要调整 %1 大小，请确保它未被使用。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "添加 RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "该视图显示除 BIOS RAID 以外的所有 RAID。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4806,8 +4765,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选 RAID 的详细信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4815,130 +4774,123 @@ "该视图显示由\n" "所选 RAID 使用的所有设备。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID：%1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "标签" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "装入方式" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "使用对象" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "柱面信息" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "光纤通道信息" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "加密" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "卷标" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "设备 ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "设备路径" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "最佳" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "柱面" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "默认装入方式" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "默认文件系统" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "新创建分区的对齐方式" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "显示储存设备的方式" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "存储设备上的可见信息" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -4946,16 +4898,14 @@ "该视图显示常规储存\n" "设置：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "默认装入方式指定新建文件系统的\n" @@ -4965,8 +4915,8 @@ "但实际上并不总是这样。UUID\n" "和卷标使用文件系统的 UUID 和卷标。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -4974,13 +4924,11 @@ "默认文件系统指定新建文件系统\n" "的文件系统类型。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4989,8 +4937,8 @@ "最佳根据 Linux 内核提供的提示以最佳性能的方式对齐分区，或\n" "以力求与 Windows Vista 和 Win 7 兼容的方式对齐分区。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -4998,8 +4946,8 @@ "显示储存设备的方式控制\n" "导航树中对硬盘显示的名称。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5007,23 +4955,23 @@ "储存设备上的\n" "可见信息允许在表和概述中隐藏信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "该视图显示安装摘要。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "添加 tmpfs 装入" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "没有选择任何 tmpfs 设备。" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5031,18 +4979,18 @@ "\n" "确定要删除已装入到 %1 的 tmpfs" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs 卷" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "该视图显示所有 tmpfs 卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5050,18 +4998,18 @@ "该视图显示所选 tmpfs 卷的详细信息。\n" "\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs 装入到 %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "重扫描" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5071,8 +5019,8 @@ "点的设备、没有进行分区的磁盘和\n" "没有逻辑卷的卷组。" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5080,30 +5028,30 @@ "重扫描未用设备将取消\n" "所有当前更改。确定要重扫描未用设备？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5111,17 +5059,17 @@ "无法创建要求大小的\n" "逻辑卷。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "尝试减少卷中的分带数。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "您只能去除逻辑卷。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5129,8 +5077,8 @@ "该卷至少有一个活动的快照。\n" "请先去除该快照。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5138,100 +5086,100 @@ "至少有一个瘦卷正在使用此池。\n" "请先去除该瘦卷。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "是否去除逻辑卷 %1？" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "总大小：%1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "最终大小：%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "类" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "顶部" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "向上" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "向下" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "底部" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "分类" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "全部添加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "全部去除" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "文件“%1”不是正常的文件！" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "文件 %1 太大！" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5243,37 +5191,33 @@ "该文件需要包含带有正则表达式和类名的行。\n" "例如：" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "检测到如下模式行：" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "确定要使用这些模式来将设备匹配到类？" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "该对话框用来为 RAID 中的 RAID 设备定义类。\n" "可用的类为 A、B、C、D 和 E，但是大多数情况下，\n" "只需要少数几个类（例如，只需要 A 和 B）。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "您可以通过右键单击该设备\n" @@ -5282,8 +5226,8 @@ "也可以使用标为“%1”到“%2”的按钮\n" "来将当前所选设备归入此类。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5291,8 +5235,8 @@ "为设备归类之后，您可以通过\n" "按标为“%1”或“%2”的按钮来对设备排序。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5300,20 +5244,19 @@ "排序将所有 A 类的设备放置到\n" "所有 B 类的设备之前，以此类推。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "交错使用 A 类的第一个设备，然后是 B 类的第一个设备，\n" "直到用光所有类下的指派设备。\n" "然后接着是 A 类的第二个设备，B 类的第二个设备，以此类推。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5323,20 +5266,16 @@ "当您离开弹出窗口时，设备的当前顺序将作为\n" "创建 RAID 的顺序。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "按一下按钮“%1”，可选择一个其中的行中\n" @@ -5348,24 +5287,24 @@ "如果某个设备名匹配了多个正则表达式，\n" "第一个匹配将最终决定类名。" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "模式文件" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpfs 大小(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5373,34 +5312,33 @@ "指定了无效的大小。请使用数字，并以 K、M、G 或 % 结尾。\n" "值必须大于 100k 或介于 1% 和 200% 之间。请重试。" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "值必须介于 1% 和 200% 之间。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs 大小：\n" "大小的输入形式可以为数字后跟 K、M、G（分别对应 KB、MB 或 GB）\n" "，也可以为数字后跟百分比符号（表示内存百分比）。" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "交换优先级(&P)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "值须在 0 和 32767 之间。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5408,30 +5346,29 @@ "交换优先级：\n" "输入交换优先级。较高的值代表较高优先级。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "只读装入(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "只读装入：\n" "禁止对文件系统进行写入。默认值为“否”。\n" "安装期间文件系统总是以读写模式装入的。" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "不更新访问时间(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" @@ -5439,13 +5376,13 @@ "不更新访问时间：\n" "读取文件时不更新访问时间。默认为否。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "可由用户装入" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5453,21 +5390,19 @@ "可由用户装入：\n" "普通用户可装入文件系统。默认为否。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "不在系统启动时装入(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "不在系统启动时装入：\n" "系统启动时不会自动装入文件系统。\n" @@ -5475,13 +5410,13 @@ "系统才会在 /etc/fstab 中创建一个项目，并使用适当的选项\n" "装入文件系统（<安装点> 是文件系统的装入目录）。默认为否。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "启用定额支持(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5491,23 +5426,21 @@ "在用户定额已启用的情况下装载文件系统。\n" "默认值为 false。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "数据日记模式(&J)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "数据日记模式：\n" "指定文件数据的日记模式。\n" @@ -5517,13 +5450,13 @@ "写入主文件系统。对性能影响一般。 \n" "<tt>回写</tt> -- 不保留数据顺序。不影响性能。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "访问控制列表 (ACL)(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5531,13 +5464,13 @@ "访问控制列表 (ACL)：\n" "对文件系统启用访问控制列表。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "扩展用户特性(&E)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5545,36 +5478,33 @@ "扩展用户特性：\n" "允许在文件系统中使用扩展用户特性。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "自由选项值(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "自由选项值中有无效字符。请勿使用空格或 Tab。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "任意选项值：\n" "在此字段中，键入 /etc/fstab 的第四个字段中允许的任何合法装入选项。\n" "多个选项用逗号隔开。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "文件名所用字符集(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5582,65 +5512,60 @@ "文件名所用字符集：\n" "设置在 Windows 分区中显示文件名所用的字符集。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "FAT 短名称的代码页(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT 短名称的代码页：\n" "使用此代码页可以转换为 FAT 文件系统上的短名称字符。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FAT 数目(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT 数目：\n" "指定文件系统中的文件分配表的数目。默认值是 2。" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT 大小(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT 大小：\n" -"指定所用文件分配表使用的类型（12 位、16 位或 32 位）。如果指定自动选项，YaST " -"将为文件系统大小自动选择最适合的值。\n" +"指定所用文件分配表使用的类型（12 位、16 位或 32 位）。如果指定自动选项，YaST 将为文件系统大小自动选择最适合的值。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "根目录项(&D)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "“根目录项”的最小大小为 112。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5648,66 +5573,58 @@ "根目录项：\n" "选择根目录中可用的项数。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "哈希函数(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "哈希函数：\n" "此选项指定对目录中的文件名进行排序所用的哈希函数的名称。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS 版本(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS 版本：\n" -"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。“3.5”用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内" -"核。“3.6”是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 或更高版本的内核。\n" +"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。“3.5”用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内核。“3.6”是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 或更高版本的内核。\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "块大小 (B)(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "块大小：\n" -"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。" -"如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块大小。\n" +"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块大小。\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Inode 大小(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5715,32 +5632,30 @@ "Inode 大小：\n" "此选项指定文件系统的 inode 大小。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Inode 空间百分比(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Inode 空间百分比：\n" "“Inode 空间百分比”选项指定文件系统中可分配给 inode 的最大空间百分比。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode 对齐(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5749,13 +5664,13 @@ "是否对齐。默认设置是对齐。对齐的 inode 访问\n" "通常比未对齐的效率高。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "日志大小 (MB)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5763,29 +5678,28 @@ "“日志大小”值不正确。\n" "请输入大于零的值。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "日志大小\n" "设置日志大小（以 MB 为单位）。如果选择自动选项，默认值为总大小的 40%。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "调用坏块列表实用程序(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "块中的步幅(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5793,8 +5707,8 @@ "“块中的步幅”值无效。\n" "请选择大于 1 的值。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5806,25 +5720,22 @@ "该自变量将 RAID 分带中的块数\n" "作为自己的自变量。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "块大小：\n" -"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果" -"选中自动选项，块大小将由文件系统的大小和预期使用量来决定。\n" +"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，块大小将由文件系统的大小和预期使用量来决定。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "每 inode 的字节数(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5832,13 +5743,11 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "每 inode 的字节数：\n" -"指定字节与 inode 的比率。YaST 为磁盘上每 <每 inode 的字节数> 个字节的空" -"间\n" +"指定字节与 inode 的比率。YaST 为磁盘上每 <每 inode 的字节数> 个字节的空间\n" "创建一个 inode。该比值越大，创建的 inode 越少。\n" "通常这个值不应小于文件系统中的块大小，\n" "因为若比块小的话就会创建太多的 inode。\n" @@ -5846,13 +5755,13 @@ "因此务必为此参数输入一个合理值。\n" "\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "为 root 保留的块的百分比(&R)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5860,25 +5769,19 @@ "“为 root 保留的块的百分比”值不正确。\n" "只允许不大于 99 的浮点数（例如 0.5）。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"为 root 保留的块的百分比：指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认" -"会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 0.1。" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "为 root 保留的块的百分比：指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 0.1。" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "禁用常规检查" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5886,13 +5789,13 @@ "禁用常规检查：\n" "开机时禁用常规文件系统检查。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "目录索引功能(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -5900,30 +5803,29 @@ "目录索引：\n" "允许使用哈希 b-trees 加速在大目录中的查找。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "无日记(&N)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "无日记：\n" "禁止在文件系统上使用日记。只有真正了解\n" "正在执行的操作时才能激活它。\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "不允许在磁盘 %{device} 上执行操作。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5943,8 +5845,8 @@ "对这些分区进行格式化并为其指派安装点，但无法\n" "在此处添加或编辑分区、调整其大小或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5964,8 +5866,8 @@ "对这些分区进行格式化并为其指派安装点，但无法\n" "在此处添加或编辑分区、调整其大小或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5985,8 +5887,8 @@ "对它进行格式化并指派安装点，但无法在此处调整分区大小\n" "或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6000,8 +5902,8 @@ "将磁盘分区表初始化为正常状态，\n" "但这会损坏此磁盘上所有分区内的所有数据。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6013,26 +5915,26 @@ "如果您不打算在安装过程中使用这个磁盘，\n" "则可以放心地忽略此讯息。\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "无法改变大小：" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6044,8 +5946,8 @@ "\n" "提供的加密口令可能有误。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6055,8 +5957,8 @@ "不匹配。\n" "请重试。" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6066,26 +5968,26 @@ " 0 到 9、a 到 z、A 到 Z 和“@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>”中的任意字符。\n" "请重试。" -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "输入加密口令(&E)：" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "提供口令" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下列加密卷已可用。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "加密卷激活" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6097,12 +5999,12 @@ "如果在更新过程中需要这些卷，或者\n" "如果它们包含加密的 LVM 物理卷，则需要知道口令。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "是否要提供加密口令？" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6112,71 +6014,70 @@ "设备的加密口令。\n" "会尝试将口令用于所有设备。" -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "输入加密口令" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "没有需要解除锁定的加密卷。" -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "提供下列任一设备的口令：" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "提供如下设备的口令：" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "正在尝试解除加密卷的锁定..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "口令未解除任何卷的锁定。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE 磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI 磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "安装必需的包失败。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "尽管出错还是继续？" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "无法创建分区，因为磁盘上有其他分区处于使用状态。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6186,7 +6087,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法修改，因为它包含\n" "运行安装所需的激活的交换分区。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6196,7 +6097,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法修改，因为它包含执行安装所需的\n" "安装数据。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6206,7 +6107,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为它包含\n" "运行安装所需的激活的交换分区。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6216,7 +6117,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为它包含执行安装所需的\n" "安装数据。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6228,7 +6129,7 @@ "改变设备 %2，而该设备包含用于\n" "运行安装的已激活 swap。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6238,8 +6139,8 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为这样将间接改变\n" "包含执行安装所需数据的设备 %2 。\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6249,114 +6150,114 @@ "无法去除分区 %1，因为磁盘 %2 上有\n" "其他分区正在使用它。\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "未指派根文件系统！" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "安装一定会致命失败！" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "添加下列可解析项时失败：%1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "执行以下操作时失败：" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "系统错误代码为：%1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "输入设备 %1 的口令(&E)：" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "已加密" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS 类型" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "起始" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "结束 " -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "磁盘标签" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "元数据" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE 大小" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID 版本" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "奇偶校验算法" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "供应商" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "型号" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6364,8 +6265,8 @@ "BIOS ID 显示硬\n" "盘的 BIOS ID。该字段可以为空。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6373,8 +6274,8 @@ "总线显示该设备是如何连接到\n" "系统的。该字段可以为空（例如，对于多路径磁盘）。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6382,8 +6283,8 @@ "大块大小显示 RAID\n" "设备的大块大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6391,15 +6292,15 @@ "柱面大小显示\n" "硬盘的柱面大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." msgstr "扇区大小显示硬盘的扇区大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6407,8 +6308,8 @@ "设备显示\n" "设备的内核名称。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6416,8 +6317,8 @@ "磁盘标签显示磁盘的分区表\n" "类型，例如，<tt>MSDOS</tt> 或 <tt>GPT</tt>。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6425,8 +6326,8 @@ "已加密显示该设备是否\n" "加密。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6434,8 +6335,8 @@ "结束柱面显示\n" "分区的结束柱面。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6443,8 +6344,8 @@ "LUN 显示\n" "光纤通道磁盘的逻辑单元号。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6452,8 +6353,8 @@ "端口 ID 显示光纤\n" "通道磁盘的端口 ID。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6461,8 +6362,8 @@ "WWPN 显示\n" "光纤通道磁盘的全球端口名称。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6470,8 +6371,8 @@ "文件路径显示用于\n" "加密循环设备的文件路径。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6479,18 +6380,18 @@ "格式化显示一些标志：<tt>F</tt>\n" "表示选择此设备进行格式化。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "FS ID 显示文件系统 ID。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "FS 类型显示文件系统类型。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6498,8 +6399,8 @@ "标签显示文件\n" "系统的标签。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6507,30 +6408,28 @@ "元数据显示用于\n" "卷组的 LVM 元数据类型。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "型号显示设备型号。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "装入方式指出文件系统的装入方式：\n" "（内核）通过内核名称，（标签）通过文件系统标签，\n" "(UUID) 通过文件系统 UUID，(ID) 通过设备 ID，（路径）通过设备路径。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "问号 (?) 表示文件系统没有列在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中。\n" @@ -6538,8 +6437,8 @@ "当改变此卷的设置时，\n" "YaST 不会更新 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6547,20 +6446,19 @@ "安装点显示装入文件系统\n" "的位置。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "安装点后面的星号 (*) 表示此文件系统\n" "当前未装入（例如，由于\n" "在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中设置了它的 <tt>noauto</tt> 选项）。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6568,8 +6466,8 @@ "柱面数显示\n" "该硬盘拥有的柱面数。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6577,20 +6475,20 @@ "奇偶校验算法显示 RAID 类型\n" "为 5、6 或 10 的 RAID 设备的奇偶校验算法。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." msgstr "PE 大小显示 LVM 卷组的物理区域大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "RAID 版本显示 RAID 版本。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6598,13 +6496,13 @@ "RAID 类型显示 RAID 类型，对于 RAID 设备也\n" "称为 RAID 级别。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "大小显示该设备的大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6612,8 +6510,8 @@ "起始柱面显示\n" "该分区的起始柱面。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6621,8 +6519,8 @@ "条带显示 LVM 逻辑卷条带数，\n" "如果大于 1 的话，还会显示以括号括起的条带大小。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6630,8 +6528,8 @@ "类型提供了有关\n" "设备类型的一般概述。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6639,8 +6537,8 @@ "设备 ID显示永久的设备 ID。\n" "该字段可为空。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6648,8 +6546,8 @@ "设备路径显示永久设备\n" "路径。该字段可以为空。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6657,8 +6555,8 @@ "使用对象显示设备是由 LVM 还是 RAID 等对象使用。\n" "如果没有使用对象，则此列为空。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6666,236 +6564,236 @@ "UUID 显示文件系统的全球唯一\n" "标识符。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "供应商显示该设备的供应商。" -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "设备：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "大小：%1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "磁盘 %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "类型：%1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "格式：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "已加密：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "文件系统：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "安装点：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "装入方式：%1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "使用对象 %1：%2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "标签：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "设备路径：%1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "设备 ID %1：%2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "磁盘标签：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "供应商：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "型号：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "总线：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "元数据：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE 大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "条带：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID 版本：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID 类型：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "大块大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "奇偶校验算法：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "柱面数：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "柱面大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "起始柱面：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "结束柱面：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "扇区大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS ID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "文件路径：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "端口 ID：%1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "表包含：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "设备：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "文件系统：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "硬盘：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "光纤通道：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID：" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "概述包含：" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6903,8 +6801,8 @@ "储存子系统由未知应用程序锁定。\n" "在继续前，您必须先退出该应用程序。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6912,35 +6810,33 @@ "储存子系统由应用程序“%1”(%2) 锁定。\n" "在继续前，您必须先退出该应用程序。" -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "由于文件系统不一致，无法调整大小。请尝试在 Windows 下检查文件系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "根分区的文件系统" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "主分区的文件系统" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "增大交换区以用于挂起(&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "建议设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -6950,8 +6846,8 @@ "请为普通 LVM 选择基于 LVM 的建议，\n" "如果想加密系统，请选择基于加密 LVM 的建议。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6963,8 +6859,8 @@ "启用自动快照。这也会增加根分区的\n" "大小。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -6972,8 +6868,8 @@ "该建议可以创建独立的主分区。可以使用\n" "相应的组合框选择主分区的文件系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -6981,79 +6877,79 @@ "可将交换分区设置得足够大，以便在大多数情况下\n" "都能将系统暂挂到磁盘。" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "请输入建议加密的口令。" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "密码：" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "再次输入口令以便确认：" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "基于分区的建议(&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "基于 LVM 的建议(&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "基于加密 LVM 的建议(&E)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "默认装入方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "默认文件系统：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "显示储存设备的方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "分区对齐方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "储存设备上的可见信息：" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "首个根文件系统"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97427 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:10:35 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97427 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/caasp.it.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/country.it.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/storage.it.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/caasp.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/caasp.it.po 2017-09-14 14:09:32 UTC (rev 97426) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/caasp.it.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) @@ -14,37 +14,36 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Panoramica dell'installazione" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installa" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Proposta del software non riuscita. Impossibile procedere con " -"l'installazione.\n" +"Proposta del software non riuscita. Impossibile procedere con l'installazione.\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "Server NTP" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Immettere un indirizzo IP o un nome host valido" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -65,41 +64,30 @@ "\n" "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -"Non è stato configurato alcun server NTP. Ciò può comportare il " -"malfunzionamento del \n" +"Non è stato configurato alcun server NTP. Ciò può comportare il malfunzionamento del \n" "cluster o questo potrebbe non funzionare affatto.\n" "Procedere con attenzione e a proprio rischio.\n" "\n" "Continuare con l'installazione?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"È stato riscontrato un problema durante la proposta di %{client}:" -" Gravità: %{severity} Messaggio: %{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" +msgstr "È stato riscontrato un problema durante la proposta di %{client}: Gravità: %{severity} Messaggio: %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." -msgstr "" -"Installazione bloccata da %s. Risolvere il problema prima di continuare." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +msgstr "Installazione bloccata da %s. Risolvere il problema prima di continuare." -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "Nodo amministrazione" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"Ubicazione non valida per il nodo amministrazione, immettere un indirizzo IP " -"o un nome host valido" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "Ubicazione non valida per il nodo amministrazione, immettere un indirizzo IP o un nome host valido" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/country.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/country.it.po 2017-09-14 14:09:32 UTC (rev 97426) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/country.it.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configurazione della tastiera." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Panoramica configurazione della tastiera." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Imposta nuovi valori per la configurazione della tastiera." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Elenco delle mappature di tastiera disponibili." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nuova mappatura della tastiera" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Mappatura della tastiera attuale: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Mappatura della tastiera '%1' non valida. Utilizzate il comando 'list' per " -"avere un elenco dei valori possibili." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Mappatura della tastiera '%1' non valida. Utilizzate il comando 'list' per avere un elenco dei valori possibili." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Mappatura della tastiera" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Mappatura della t&astiera" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -80,86 +77,80 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Qui è possibile rifinire varie impostazioni del modulo tastiera.\n" -" Queste impostazioni vengono scritte nel file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</" -"tt>.\n" +" Queste impostazioni vengono scritte nel file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" " In caso di dubbio, utilizzare i valori predefiniti già selezionati.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Le impostazioni configurate qui si applicano solo alla console tastiera. " -"Configurare la tastiera per l'interfaccia grafica utilizzando un altro " -"strumento.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Le impostazioni configurate qui si applicano solo alla console tastiera. Configurare la tastiera per l'interfaccia grafica utilizzando un altro strumento.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni tastiera avanzate" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "Velocità di &ripetizione" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Tempo di re&azione prima della ripetzione" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Stati di avvio" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Bloc &Num ON" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sì" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Nessuna modifica>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "D&isabilita BLOC MAIUSC" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Verifica" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "&Impostazioni avanzate..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -167,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>Configurazione tastiera</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Selezionare il Layout di tastiera da utilizzare per\n" "l'installazione e per il sistema installato. \n" " Provare il layout in Verifica.\n" -" Per le opzioni avanzate, ad esempio la velocità di ripetizione e il " -"ritardo, selezionare Impostazioni avanzate.\n" +" Per le opzioni avanzate, ad esempio la velocità di ripetizione e il ritardo, selezionare Impostazioni avanzate.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -197,30 +186,26 @@ "Se siete indecisi, utilizzate i valori predefiniti già selezionati.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Selezionare il Layout tastiera da utilizzare nel sistema.\n" -"Per le opzioni avanzate, ad esempio la velocità di ripetizione e il ritardo, " -"selezionare Impostazioni per esperti.\n" -"Si possono trovare ulteriori opzioni e altri layout nello strumento per " -"il layout della tastiera dell'ambiente desktop in uso.\n" +"Per le opzioni avanzate, ad esempio la velocità di ripetizione e il ritardo, selezionare Impostazioni per esperti.\n" +"Si possono trovare ulteriori opzioni e altri layout nello strumento per il layout della tastiera dell'ambiente desktop in uso.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione di sistema della tastiera" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -232,204 +217,197 @@ "l'installazione e sul sistema installato.\n" "\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" "Select the layout to use during update:" msgstr "" "Si sta utilizzando un layout di tastiera\n" -"diverso da quello del sistema da aggiornare. Selezionare il layout che si " -"desidera utilizzare durante l'aggiornamento:" +"diverso da quello del sistema da aggiornare. Selezionare il layout che si desidera utilizzare durante l'aggiornamento:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Impostazione della tastiera X11 a '%s' non riuscita" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Layout di tastiera<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Lingua<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni locali" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Lingua" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Configurazione della lingua" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Riepilogo configurazione lingua" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Impostare i nuovi valori per la lingua" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Elenca le lingue disponibili." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nuovo valore per la lingua" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Elenco delle lingue secondarie (separate da virgole)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Non installare i pacchetti specifici della lingua" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione della lingua in corso" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Salvataggio lingua e impostazioni console" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Installazione e disinstallazione dei pacchetti interessati" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Aggiornamento delle traduzioni nel menu del boot loader" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Salvataggio lingua e impostazioni console in corso..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Installazione e disinstallazione dei pacchetti interessati in corso..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Aggiornamento delle traduzioni nel menu del boot loader in corso..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione Attendere..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Lingua attuale: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Lingue aggiuntive: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 non è una lingua valida. Utilizzare il comando list per visualizzare i " -"valori possibili." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 non è una lingua valida. Utilizzare il comando list per visualizzare i valori possibili." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Lingua" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Lingue" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Benvenuti nella riparazione del sistema" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Dettagli" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Lingue se&condarie" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "&Lingua principale" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni lingua principale" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Verranno installati dei pacchetti aggiuntivi per il supporto della lingua " -"principale e delle lingue secondarie selezionate. I pacchetti non più " -"necessari verranno eliminati.\n" +"Verranno installati dei pacchetti aggiuntivi per il supporto della lingua principale e delle lingue secondarie selezionate. I pacchetti non più necessari verranno eliminati.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -441,8 +419,8 @@ "sistema installato.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -452,8 +430,8 @@ "Fare clic su Avanti per passare alla finestra di dialogo successiva.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -465,8 +443,8 @@ "conferma delle impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di dialogo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -478,9 +456,9 @@ "per annullare il processo di installazione.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -490,8 +468,8 @@ "Scegliere la nuova Lingua per il sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -501,28 +479,21 @@ "Scegliere la nuova Lingua principale per il sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selezionare Adatta layout di tastiera per adattare il layout di " -"tastiera alla lingua principale. \n" -"Selezionare Adatta fuso orario per modificare il fuso orario corrente " -"e adattarlo alla lingua principale. Se il layout di tastiera o il fuso " -"orario sono già adattati alle impostazioni di default della lingua, la " -"rispettiva opzione è disabilitata.\n" +"Selezionare Adatta layout di tastiera per adattare il layout di tastiera alla lingua principale. \n" +"Selezionare Adatta fuso orario per modificare il fuso orario corrente e adattarlo alla lingua principale. Se il layout di tastiera o il fuso orario sono già adattati alle impostazioni di default della lingua, la rispettiva opzione è disabilitata.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -531,17 +502,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Lingue secondarie: \n" -"Nel riquadro di selezione potete specificare ulteriori lingue da utilizzare " -"sul vostro sistema.\n" +"Nel riquadro di selezione potete specificare ulteriori lingue da utilizzare sul vostro sistema.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Dipendenze di pacchetti non risolte." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -549,8 +519,8 @@ "Non vi è spazio a sufficienza per installare dei pacchetti aggiuntivi.\n" "Rimuovete delle lingue dalla selezione." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -560,13 +530,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Qui è possibile ottimizzare le impostazioni per la gestione della lingua.\n" -"Queste impostazioni verranno registrate nel file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"language</tt>.\n" +"Queste impostazioni verranno registrate nel file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Nel dubbio utilizzare i valori predefiniti già selezionati.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -574,78 +543,67 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Impostazioni internazionali per l'utente root\n" -"determina l'impostazione delle variabili internazionali (LC_*) per l'utente " -"root." +"determina l'impostazione delle variabili internazionali (LC_*) per l'utente root." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Solo ctype: l'utente root possiede lo stesso LC_CTYPE dell'utente " -"normale. Gli altri valori sono \n" +"Solo ctype: l'utente root possiede lo stesso LC_CTYPE dell'utente normale. Gli altri valori sono \n" "sono annullati. \n" -"Sì: l'utente root possiede le stesse impostazioni internazionali di " -"un utente normale. \n" +"Sì: l'utente root possiede le stesse impostazioni internazionali di un utente normale. \n" "No: tutte le variabili dell'utente root sono annullate.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Per selezionare un'impostazione internazionale per la lingua principale " -"non offerta nell'elenco della finestra di dialogo principale, utilizzare " -"Impostazioni internazionali dettagliate. La traduzione potrebbe non " -"essere disponibile per le impostazioni internazionali selezionate." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Per selezionare un'impostazione internazionale per la lingua principale non offerta nell'elenco della finestra di dialogo principale, utilizzare Impostazioni internazionali dettagliate. La traduzione potrebbe non essere disponibile per le impostazioni internazionali selezionate." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Dettagli della lingua" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Impostazioni locali per l'utente &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "solo ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Usa codificazione caratteri &UTF-8 " -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Impostazioni internazionali &dettagliate" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Adatta layout di tastiera a %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "&Adatta fuso orario a %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -657,16 +615,14 @@ "l'installazione e sul sistema installato.\n" "\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." -msgstr "" -"Scaricamento delle estensioni linguistiche per il sistema di installazione " -"in corso..." +msgstr "Scaricamento delle estensioni linguistiche per il sistema di installazione in corso..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -678,21 +634,21 @@ "\n" "Verrà utilizzata la lingua di fallback %{fallback}." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Lingua principale: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installazione pacchetti in corso..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -700,91 +656,87 @@ "La traduzione per la lingua principale è incompleta.\n" "Alcuni voci sono disponibili solo in inglese.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Su questo supporto è incluso solo il supporto minimo per la lingua " -"selezionata.\n" +"Su questo supporto è incluso solo il supporto minimo per la lingua selezionata.\n" "Abilitare più tardi gli archivi online per ottenere il supporto appropriato\n" "per questa lingua.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"La lingua selezionata non può essere utilizzata nella modalità testo. Per " -"l'installazione viene utilizzato\n" +"La lingua selezionata non può essere utilizzata nella modalità testo. Per l'installazione viene utilizzato\n" "l'inglese, ma la lingua selezionata verrà utilizzata per il nuovo sistema." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Configurazione fuso orario" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Riepilogo configurazione fuso orario" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Impostare i nuovi valori per la configurazione del fuso orario" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Elenca tutti i fusi orari disponibili" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nuovo fuso orario" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nuovo valore per orologio del sistema. I valori disponibili sono 'Locale', " -"'utc' o 'UTC'." +msgstr "Nuovo valore per orologio del sistema. I valori disponibili sono 'Locale', 'utc' o 'UTC'." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Fuso orario attuale:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Orologio del sistema impostato su:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Ora locale" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Ora e data attuale:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -792,48 +744,42 @@ "L'ora %1 è oramai passata.\n" "Impostate un orario corretto prima di procedere con l'installazione." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuso orario" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Fuso orario" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Specificare se il computer è impostato sull'ora locale o UTC in Imposta " -"orologio hardware su..\n" -"Quasi tutti i computer in cui sono installati anche altri sistemi operativi, " -"ad esempio Microsoft\n" +"Specificare se il computer è impostato sull'ora locale o UTC in Imposta orologio hardware su..\n" +"Quasi tutti i computer in cui sono installati anche altri sistemi operativi, ad esempio Microsoft\n" "Windows, utilizzano l'ora locale.\n" "I computer in cui è installato solo Linux sono in genere impostati su\n" "Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Se l'orologio del computer è impostato su UTC, il computer potrebbe passare " -"automaticamete dall'ora legale a quella solare\n" +"Se l'orologio del computer è impostato su UTC, il computer potrebbe passare automaticamete dall'ora legale a quella solare\n" "e viceversa.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -845,24 +791,19 @@ "\n" "Nota: l'orologio di sistema interno usato dal kernel Linux\n" "deve sempre essere in UTC: è il riferimento per l'ora locale corretta\n" -"nello spazio utente. Se si sta selezionando l'ora locale per l'orologio " -"CMOS,\n" -"consultare il manuale utente per le informazioni di base relative agli " -"effetti collaterali.\n" +"nello spazio utente. Se si sta selezionando l'ora locale per l'orologio CMOS,\n" +"consultare il manuale utente per le informazioni di base relative agli effetti collaterali.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -870,78 +811,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ora locale selezionata, ma sembra che solo Linux sia installato sul " -"sistema.\n" +"Ora locale selezionata, ma sembra che solo Linux sia installato sul sistema.\n" "In tal caso, si consiglia di usare UTC e di premere Annulla.\n" "\n" -"Per mantenere l'ora locale, è necessario regolare l'orologio CMOS due volte " -"l'anno\n" -"a causa dei passaggi all'ora legale/solare. Se si dimentica di regolare " -"l'orologio, le copie\n" -"di backup potrebbero non riuscire, il sistema di posta potrebbe ignorare " -"messaggi attendibili ecc.\n" +"Per mantenere l'ora locale, è necessario regolare l'orologio CMOS due volte l'anno\n" +"a causa dei passaggi all'ora legale/solare. Se si dimentica di regolare l'orologio, le copie\n" +"di backup potrebbero non riuscire, il sistema di posta potrebbe ignorare messaggi attendibili ecc.\n" "\n" "Se si usa UTC, Linux regolerà automaticamente l'ora.\n" "\n" "Continuare con la selezione attuale (ora locale)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Vengono visualizzate ora e data attuali del sistema. Se necessario " -"immettere i valori corretti manualmente oppure usare il Network Time " -"Protocol (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Vengono visualizzate ora e data attuali del sistema. Se necessario immettere i valori corretti manualmente oppure usare il Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Premere Accetta per salvare le modifiche." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Data attuale nel formato GG-MM-AAAA" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "L'ora attuale nel formato HH.MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Data corrente" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Ora corrente" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Modifica ora adesso" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Sincronizza con il server NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Cambia data e ora" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -949,8 +881,8 @@ "Ora non valida (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Immettere l'ora corretta.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -958,49 +890,49 @@ "Data non valida (GG-MM-AAAA) %1.\n" "Immettere la data corretta.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Altre &impostazioni..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Data e ora (NTP è configurato)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Data e ora" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Orologio del sistema impostato su UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Regione" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Fuso orario" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Data e ora:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -1008,356 +940,353 @@ "\n" "<big>Fuso orario e orologio</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per scegliere il fuso orario utilizzato dal sistema, selezionare la " -"Regione. \n" +"Per scegliere il fuso orario utilizzato dal sistema, selezionare la Regione. \n" "Selezionare quindi il fuso orario corretto, la nazione o la \n" "regione fra quelle disponibili in Fuso orario.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se l'ora corrente non è corretta, selezionare Modifica per " -"modificarla.\n" +"Se l'ora corrente non è corretta, selezionare Modifica per modificarla.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Fuso orario e orologio" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Selezionate un fuso orario valido" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Ora locale" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Orologio del sistema impostato su" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configurato" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Fuso orario corrente: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglese (Stati Uniti)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglese (Regno Unito)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Tedesca" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Tedesca (con tasti morti)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Tedesco (Svizzera)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Francese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Francese (Svizzera)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Francese (Canada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canadese (Multilingue)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spagnola" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spagnola (America latina)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spagnola (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiana" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portoghese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portoghese (Brasile)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portoghese (Brasile - accenti americani)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Greca" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Olandese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norvegese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Svedese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Ceca" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Ceca (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovacca" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovacca (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovena" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungherese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polacca" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russa" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estone" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituania" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turca" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Giapponese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belga" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandese" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraina" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tagico" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Cinese tradizionale" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Cinese semplificato" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Romeno" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "Stati Uniti - internazionale" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Spagnolo (lingua asturiana)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/storage.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2017-09-14 14:09:32 UTC (rev 97426) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2017-09-14 14:10:35 UTC (rev 97427) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -28,98 +28,95 @@ msgstr "" "Usare questo programma solo se si è esperti nella partizione di dischi.\n" "\n" -"Non eseguire la partizione di dischi che potrebbero essere in qualche modo " -"in uso\n" +"Non eseguire la partizione di dischi che potrebbero essere in qualche modo in uso\n" "(montati, di scambio, ecc.) se non si è certi dell'operazione.\n" "In caso contrario la tabella delle partizioni non verrà inoltrata al\n" "kernel, cosa che molto probabilmente porterà a perdite di dati.\n" "\n" "Per continuare nonostante questo avviso, fare clic su Sì.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Modalità di partizionamento per esperti" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inizializzazione in corso..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Rilevamento volumi in corso." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione di memorizzazione" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Elenco dei dischi e delle partizioni" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Elenco dei dischi" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Elenco delle partizioni" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Partizionamento suggerito" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "Modalità di partizionamento per &esperti..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Crea configurazione delle partizioni..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "Nessuna proposta automatica.\n" -"Specificate i punti di montaggio manualmente del dialogo del " -"'partizionatore'." +"Specificate i punti di montaggio manualmente del dialogo del 'partizionatore'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Modifica impostazioni proposta" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"I dischi rigidi sono stati controllati. Viene visualizzata la configurazione " -"delle partizioni consigliata\n" +"I dischi rigidi sono stati controllati. Viene visualizzata la configurazione delle partizioni consigliata\n" "per il disco rigido." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 e modificare le impostazioni nella finestra di dialogo\n" "del partizionatore avanzato.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -149,32 +146,30 @@ "la propria impostazione di partizioni partendo da quelle\n" "attualmente presenti sul disco. Selezionare\n" "%1.\n" -"Questa è la procedura da utilizzare anche per scegliere configurazioni " -"avanzate\n" +"Questa è la procedura da utilizzare anche per scegliere configurazioni avanzate\n" "come RAID e cifratura.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Impossibile creare la proposta richiesta." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "Spazio non sufficiente per proporre snapshot del volume root." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Spazio non sufficiente per proporre una home page separata." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"Nessun elemento assegnato come file system radice. Impossibile continuare." +msgstr "Nessun elemento assegnato come file system radice. Impossibile continuare." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -182,22 +177,22 @@ "Confermando verranno sovrascritte le modifiche manuali\n" "effettuati. Continuare?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparazione dei dischi in corso..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -207,9 +202,9 @@ "Windows\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -219,9 +214,9 @@ "in Windows\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -229,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Spazio libero in Windows (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -257,9 +252,9 @@ "Scegliete la nuova dimensione per la Vostra partizione Windows.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -270,16 +265,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Il ridimensionamento vero e proprio non verrà eseguito fino alla conferma " -"di\n" -"tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel " -"momento\n" +"Il ridimensionamento vero e proprio non verrà eseguito fino alla conferma di\n" +"tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel momento\n" "tutte le partizioni Windows rimarranno inalterate.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -293,23 +286,23 @@ "premete il pulsante Indietro.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Ora" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Dopo l'installazione" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -321,14 +314,13 @@ "\n" "\n" "Il grafico a barre superiore visualizza la situazione corrente.\n" -"Il grafico a barre inferiore visualizza la situazione dopo l'installazione " -"(dopo il ridimensionamento della\n" +"Il grafico a barre inferiore visualizza la situazione dopo l'installazione (dopo il ridimensionamento della\n" "partizione).\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -342,9 +334,9 @@ "d'immissione per adattare i valori suggeriti.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -358,29 +350,29 @@ "create automaticamente, se necessario.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Utilizzato da Windows" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "libero" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -395,9 +387,9 @@ "le partizioni necessarie a &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -406,13 +398,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla " -"partizione Windows.\n" +"Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla partizione Windows.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -424,13 +415,13 @@ "installato Linux) sulla partizione.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Ridimensionamento della partizione Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -446,8 +437,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si è verificato un errore.\n" "\n" -"Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per " -"contenere\n" +"Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per contenere\n" "l'installazione minima di Linux.\n" "\n" "Per installare Linux, avviare innanzitutto Windows e disinstallare alcune\n" @@ -457,9 +447,9 @@ "Windows, inclusi l'area di lavoro di Windows e lo spazio\n" "per %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -470,13 +460,12 @@ msgstr "" "Verificare che il file system della partizione Windows corrisponda.\n" "\n" -" Questa operazione può durare alcuni istanti, in base alle dimensioni della " -"partizione Windows in uso\n" +" Questa operazione può durare alcuni istanti, in base alle dimensioni della partizione Windows in uso\n" " e allo spazio utilizzato.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -498,14 +487,14 @@ "Se il problema persiste, ridimensionare la\n" "partizione Windows con un altro metodo.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Lo spazio disponibile non è sufficente per l'installazione" -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -525,17 +514,15 @@ "\t la partizione Windows con un altro metodo.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Il sistema può essere configurato solo con l'opzione Partizionamento " -"personalizzato." +msgstr "Il sistema può essere configurato solo con l'opzione Partizionamento personalizzato." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -555,10 +542,10 @@ "Scegliere un disco diverso o annullare l'installazione e\n" "comprimere la partizione Windows con un altro metodo.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -574,10 +561,10 @@ "Selezionare un disco diverso oppure annullare l'installazione\n" "e comprimere la partizione di Windows con un altro metodo.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -598,22 +585,21 @@ "\n" "È consigliabile effettuare un backup dei dati\n" "perché i dati devono essere riorganizzati. \n" -"In rare circostanze, è possibile che questa operazione non abbia esito " -"positivo.\n" +"In rare circostanze, è possibile che questa operazione non abbia esito positivo.\n" "\n" "Continuare solo dopo aver eseguito correttamente le applicazioni di sistema\n" "scansione del disco e deframmentazione di Windows.\n" "\n" "Comprimere la partizione Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "&Riduci partizione Windows" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -623,18 +609,17 @@ msgstr "" "Si è scelto di eliminare completamente la partizione Windows.\n" "\n" -"Questa operazione provocherà la cancellazione di tutti i dati sulla " -"partizione.\n" +"Questa operazione provocherà la cancellazione di tutti i dati sulla partizione.\n" "\n" "Eliminare la partizione Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Elimina Windows completamente" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -646,41 +631,38 @@ "Per installare Linux, selezionare più partizioni da \n" "rimuovere o selezionare un disco di dimensioni superiori." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "&Dischi disponibili" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "Partizionamento &personalizzato (per esperti)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco rigido" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Non è stato rilevato alcun disco. Provare a usare il CD di aggiornamento, se " -"disponibile, per l'installazione." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Non è stato rilevato alcun disco. Provare a usare il CD di aggiornamento, se disponibile, per l'installazione." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -692,8 +674,8 @@ "mostrati qui. Scegliete il disco su cui installare &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -703,8 +685,8 @@ "Potete scegliere in seguito quale parte del disco usare per &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -715,33 +697,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"L'opzione Partizionamento personalizzato per esperti permette di " -"avere un controllo\n" +"L'opzione Partizionamento personalizzato per esperti permette di avere un controllo\n" "completo sulla partizione del disco rigido e sull'assegnazione\n" "di partizioni ai punti di montaggio durante l'installazione del &prodotto;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Preparazione del disco rigido" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Scegliete una delle opzioni per continuare." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Disco %1 utilizzato da %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -750,68 +731,67 @@ "partitioning meets the requirements of this product." msgstr "" "Modalità di partizionamento riservata agli esperti.\n" -"L'utilizzo di questa modalità invalida la possibilità di usufruire del " -"supporto.\n" +"L'utilizzo di questa modalità invalida la possibilità di usufruire del supporto.\n" "\n" "Fare riferimento al manuale per verificare che la partizione\n" "personalizzata soddisfi i requisiti del prodotto." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Attivare multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -819,7 +799,7 @@ "Impossibile eseguire snapshot.\n" "Utilizzare una partizione radice più ampia." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -827,35 +807,35 @@ "La partizione /home non verrà formattata. Dopo l'installazione assicurarsi\n" "che i proprietari delle home directory siano impostati correttamente." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizzato" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standard" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partizionamento" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Partizionamento" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione del file system in corso..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -863,15 +843,15 @@ "La selezione attuale non è valida:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, non assegnata" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -879,16 +859,16 @@ "Aree del disco da utilizzare\n" "da installare %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Usa intero &disco rigido" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -896,8 +876,8 @@ "Non ci sono ancora partizioni su questo disco.\n" "L'intero disco verrà utilizzato per %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -905,18 +885,18 @@ "Questo disco sembra essere utilizzato da Windows.\n" "Non c'è abbastanza spazio per installare Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "&Cancella Windows completamente" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Riduci partizione Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -926,8 +906,8 @@ "Scegliete dove installare &product; sul Vostro disco rigido.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -939,8 +919,8 @@ "partizioni o aree libere visualizzate.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -950,13 +930,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Nota: Se scegliete una zona che non è contrassegnata come libera\n" -"correte il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul vostro disco. Questo " -"può riguardare \n" +"correte il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul vostro disco. Questo può riguardare \n" "anche i dati di altri sistemi operativi.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -968,16 +947,16 @@ "contengono andranno persi. Non potrete più recuperare questi dati.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Installazione su:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -987,13 +966,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il disco rigido selezionato è probabilmente utilizzato da Windows. Non c'è \n" -"abbastanza spazio per &product;. Potete o eliminare Windows " -"completamente o\n" +"abbastanza spazio per &product;. Potete o eliminare Windows completamente o\n" "ridurlo per liberare spazio.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -1003,37 +981,34 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se eliminate Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno " -"irrimediabilmente\n" -"persi durante l'installazione. Se decidete di ridurre Windows, Vi " -"raccomandiamo\n" -"caldamente di fare un backup dei dati, poiché i dati saranno " -"riorganizzati.\n" +"Se eliminate Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno irrimediabilmente\n" +"persi durante l'installazione. Se decidete di ridurre Windows, Vi raccomandiamo\n" +"caldamente di fare un backup dei dati, poiché i dati saranno riorganizzati.\n" "In rari casi questa operazione può non andare a buon fine.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proponi partizione &home separata" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Crea proposta basata su &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Esegui cifratura del gruppo di volumi" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Tipo di proposta" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1047,8 +1022,8 @@ "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1056,16 +1031,15 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Si è tentato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di " -"montaggio:\n" +"Si è tentato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di montaggio:\n" "/, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. È\n" "probabile che ciò causi problemi.\n" "Usare un file system Linux come ext3 o ext4 per questi punti di montaggio.\n" "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1079,8 +1053,8 @@ "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1094,9 +1068,9 @@ "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1112,8 +1086,8 @@ "\n" "Utilizzare questa configurazione?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1133,8 +1107,8 @@ "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1148,8 +1122,8 @@ "\n" "Mantenere le dimensioni attuali?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1158,17 +1132,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avviso: nessuna partizione di tipo bios_grub presente.\n" -"Si consiglia una partizione di questo tipo (richiesta con Btrfs) quando " -"Grub2 è\n" -"installato nello MBR di un disco GPT. Non deve essere formattato e deve " -"essere\n" +"Si consiglia una partizione di questo tipo (richiesta con Btrfs) quando Grub2 è\n" +"installato nello MBR di un disco GPT. Non deve essere formattato e deve essere\n" "grande circa 1 MB.\n" "Utilizzare questa configurazione?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1179,16 +1151,15 @@ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "Avviso: nessuna partizione montata come /boot.\n" -"Per eseguire l'avvio dal disco rigido, è necessaria una piccola partizione /" -"boot\n" +"Per eseguire l'avvio dal disco rigido, è necessaria una piccola partizione /boot\n" "(pari circa a %1). Considerare l'ipotesi di crearne una\n" "di tipo 0x41 PReP/CHRP su MS-DOS o di tipo 0x00 GPT\n" "PReP Boot su GPT.\n" "\n" "Utilizzare questa configurazione senza partizione /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1208,7 +1179,7 @@ "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1220,8 +1191,8 @@ "%s\n" "Utilizzare questa configurazione?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1237,8 +1208,8 @@ "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1262,8 +1233,8 @@ "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1287,38 +1258,34 @@ "\n" "Usare questa impostazione?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Usare questa impostazione?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Non è stata assegnata una partizione di scambio. In molti casi è altamente " -"consigliato\n" +"Non è stata assegnata una partizione di scambio. In molti casi è altamente consigliato\n" "creare e attivare una partizione di scambio.\n" -"Le partizioni di scambio del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale " -"come\n" -"\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di scambio assegnata ha come punto di " -"montaggio \"swap\".\n" +"Le partizioni di scambio del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale come\n" +"\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di scambio assegnata ha come punto di montaggio \"swap\".\n" "È possibile assegnare più partizioni di scambio, se necessario.\n" "\n" "Usare questa impostazione senza una partizione di scambio?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1330,8 +1297,8 @@ "non verrà formattata. YaST non può garantire una corretta installazione,\n" "in particolare in ognuno dei seguenti casi:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1343,20 +1310,19 @@ " che sarà sovrascritta\n" "- se questa partizione non contiene già un file system\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "In caso di dubbi, tornare indietro e contrassegnare questa partizione\n" "affinché venga formattata, soprattutto se è assegnata a un\n" "punto di montaggio standard come /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1366,8 +1332,8 @@ "\n" "Mantenere la partizione non formattata?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1375,8 +1341,8 @@ "Il dispositivo selezionato appartiene al RAID(%1).\n" "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di modificarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1384,8 +1350,8 @@ "Il dispositivo selezionato appartiene a un gruppo del volume (%1).\n" "Rimuoverlo dal gruppo del volume prima di modificarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1393,8 +1359,8 @@ "Il dispositivo selezionato è usato dal volume (%1).\n" "Rimuovere il volume prima di modificarlo.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1402,8 +1368,8 @@ "Il dispositivo (%2) appartiene al RAID (%1).\n" "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di eliminarlo.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1411,39 +1377,34 @@ "Il dispositivo (%2) è usato da %1.\n" "Rimuovere %1 prima di eliminarlo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Non può essere cancellata mentre è montata." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione logica " -"e\n" +"Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione logica e\n" "un'altra partizione logica con un numero superiore è in uso.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente " -"montate:\n" +"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" "%1\n" -"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di cancellare " -"la partizione estesa.\n" +"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di cancellare la partizione estesa.\n" "Scegliere Annulla se non si è certi dell'operazione.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1456,8 +1417,8 @@ "assegnata ad un gruppo di volumi. Rimuovete le partizioni dai\n" "rispettivi gruppi di volumi prima di eliminare la partizione estesa\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1466,14 +1427,12 @@ "deleting the extended partition.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene almeno una partizione che fa parte " -"di\n" -"un sistema RAID. Togliete le partizioni dai rispettivi sistemi RAID prima " -"di\n" +"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene almeno una partizione che fa parte di\n" +"un sistema RAID. Togliete le partizioni dai rispettivi sistemi RAID prima di\n" "eliminare le partizioni estese.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1485,8 +1444,8 @@ "in uso. Rimuovere il volume usato prima di \n" "eliminare la partizione estesa.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1498,38 +1457,37 @@ msgstr "" "Avviso:\n" "\n" -"le dimensioni della partizione di avvio sono troppo ridotte per contenere " -"snapshot.\n" +"le dimensioni della partizione di avvio sono troppo ridotte per contenere snapshot.\n" "Si consiglia di aumentarne le dimensioni\n" "fino a %1 o più, oppure di disattivare le snapshot.\n" "\n" "Mantenere la configurazione attuale?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Immettere la password per il file system cifrato." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Ricordare i valori immessi in questo campo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Password vuota consentita." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Password per il file system cifrato in %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1537,38 +1495,38 @@ "Immettere la password di cifratura per il\n" "dispositivo %1 montato su %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Immettere la password per il file system cifrato" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Immettere una password per il file system:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Ripetere la password per &verifica:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Salta" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1578,10 +1536,10 @@ "password non corrispondono.\n" "Riprovare.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1589,10 +1547,10 @@ "Non avete immesso alcuna password\n" "Provare di nuovo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1600,178 +1558,166 @@ "La password deve avere almeno %1 caratteri\n" "Riprovate.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Numero non in virgola mobile." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opzioni del file system:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" -"Non è più consentito l'utilizzo del carattere ''/' in un'etichetta di " -"volume.\n" -"Modificare l'etichetta del volume in modo che non contenga questo " -"carattere.\n" +"Non è più consentito l'utilizzo del carattere ''/' in un'etichetta di volume.\n" +"Modificare l'etichetta del volume in modo che non contenga questo carattere.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Monta in /etc/fstab con:\n" "di solito, un file system da montare è identificato in /etc/fstab\n" -"dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di " -"identificazione in\n" -"modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID " -"oppure di un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system \n" -"possono essere montati in base all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se " -"un'opzione è disabilitata, \n" +"dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di identificazione in\n" +"modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID oppure di un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system \n" +"possono essere montati in base all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se un'opzione è disabilitata, \n" "ciò non è possibile.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etichetta del volume:\n" -"il nome immesso in questo campo viene utilizzato come etichetta del volume. " -"Questa funzione è utile solo \n" -"quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del " -"volume.\n" +"il nome immesso in questo campo viene utilizzato come etichetta del volume. Questa funzione è utile solo \n" +"quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del volume.\n" "Un'etichetta di volume non può contenere spazi o il carattere /.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montaggio in /etc/fstab in base a" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nome &dispositivo" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Etichetta volume" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "ID di&spositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Pe&rcorso dispositivo" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opzioni di fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" "is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system " -"selezionato\n" +"La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system selezionato\n" "è %1. L'etichetta di volume è stata troncata a questa dimensione.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "" -"Dovete fornire un'etichetta di volume se volete montare in base " -"all'etichetta." +msgstr "Dovete fornire un'etichetta di volume se volete montare in base all'etichetta." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Questo etichetta di volume è già in uso. Sceglietene un'altra." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "File &system" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&pzioni..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Abilita snapshot" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Cifra dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID del file system:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formato" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Non formattare" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formattare" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opzioni di Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto di &montaggio" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1786,8 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partizione selezionata (%1) è attualmente montata su %2.\n" -"Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di file " -"system),\n" +"Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di file system),\n" "l'installazione di Linux potrebbe venire danneggiata.\n" "\n" "Smontare la partizione se possibile. Se non si è sicuri,\n" @@ -1796,8 +1741,8 @@ "\n" "Continuare?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1805,41 +1750,35 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il file system sulla partizione non può essere ridotto con YaST2.\n" -"Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser consentono la riduzione del file " -"system." +"Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser consentono la riduzione del file system." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto da " -"YaST2.\n" +"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto da YaST2.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3 e reiser consentono di ridurre il file system." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "" -"È possibile che si verifichi una perdita di dati comprimendo questa " -"partizione." +msgstr "È possibile che si verifichi una perdita di dati comprimendo questa partizione." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "" -"È possibile che si verifichi una perdita di dati comprimendo questo volume " -"logico." +msgstr "È possibile che si verifichi una perdita di dati comprimendo questo volume logico." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Continua?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1847,36 +1786,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il file system sulla partizione selezionata non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file " -"system." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file system." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere esteso da " -"YaST2.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono l'estensione del file " -"system." +"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono l'estensione del file system." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Continuare il ridimensionamento della partizione?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "È stata ridotta una partizione con file system reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "È stato ridotto un volume logico con file system reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1890,24 +1826,21 @@ "\n" "Comprimere il file system ora?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente " -"montate:\n" +"I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" "%1\n" -"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di cancellare " -"la tabella delle partizioni.\n" +"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di cancellare la tabella delle partizioni.\n" "Scegliere Annulla se non si è certi dell'operazione.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1921,8 +1854,8 @@ "dai rispettivi gruppi di volumi\n" "prima di cancellare il dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1936,8 +1869,8 @@ "dai rispettivi sistemi RAID\n" "prima di cancellare il dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1949,69 +1882,66 @@ "utilizzata da un altro volume. Cancellare il volume che lo utilizza\n" "prima di cancellare il dispositivo.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Creare e rimuovere i sottovolumi da un file system Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Abilitare snapshot automatici per un file system Btrfs dotato di snapper." -"" +msgstr "Abilitare snapshot automatici per un file system Btrfs dotato di snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Sottovolumi esistenti:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nuovo sottovolume" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Aggiungi nuovo" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Rimuovi" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Gestione sottovolumi" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Non è consentito un nome di sottovolume vuoto." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Sono attualmente consentiti solo i nomi di sottovolume che iniziano con " -"\"%1\"!\n" +"Sono attualmente consentiti solo i nomi di sottovolume che iniziano con \"%1\"!\n" "Aggiunta automatica di \"%1\" al nome del sottovolume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Il nome di sottovolume %1 esiste già." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Le modifiche effettuate finora in questa finestra andranno perse." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2021,8 +1951,8 @@ "Creare un file system cifrato.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2032,8 +1962,8 @@ "Accedere ad un file system cifrato.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2047,70 +1977,62 @@ " file system Linux.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /tmp " -"o /var/tmp.\n" +"Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Se si lascia la password di cifratura vuota, il sistema creerà una password\n" -"casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti i " -"dati\n" +"casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti i dati\n" "in questi file system all'arresto del sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se dimenticate la Vostra password, non potrete più accedere ai dati sul " -"Vostro file system.\n" -"Scegliete attentamente la password. Vi raccomandiamo una combinazione di " -"lettere\n" +"Se dimenticate la Vostra password, non potrete più accedere ai dati sul Vostro file system.\n" +"Scegliete attentamente la password. Vi raccomandiamo una combinazione di lettere\n" "e numeri. Come verifica del corretto inserimento della password, Vi verrà\n" "richiesto di ripetere l'immissione in un secondo campo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Dovete distinguere fra maiuscole e minuscole; una password deve avere\n" -"almeno %1 caratteri e di regola non deve contenere caratteri speciali (p." -"es.\n" +"almeno %1 caratteri e di regola non deve contenere caratteri speciali (p.es.\n" "lettere accentate).\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2124,10 +2046,10 @@ " minuscole (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) e numeri da <tt>0</tt> a <tt>9</tt>.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2137,8 +2059,8 @@ "Non dimenticate questa password!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2148,24 +2070,22 @@ "Si dovrà immettere la propria password di cifratura.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Se il file system cifrato non contiene alcun file di sistema e non è quindi\n" -"necessario per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In " -"questo caso, il\n" +"necessario per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In questo caso, il\n" "file system non viene utilizzato durante l'aggiornamento.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2185,7 +2105,7 @@ "Se è necessario usare questo disco per l'installazione, \n" "eliminare l'etichetta del disco nel partizionatore avanzato.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2199,18 +2119,18 @@ "\n" "È necessario marcare tutte le partizioni su tale disco per la rimozione.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Non potete utilizzare i punti di montaggio \"%1\" per LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Non potete utilizzare il punto di montaggio %1 per RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2220,15 +2140,14 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Si è scelto di non montare automaticamente all'avvio un file system\n" -"che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del " -"sistema.\n" +"che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del sistema.\n" "\n" "Questa operazione può causare dei problemi.\n" "\n" "Continuare?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2244,51 +2163,46 @@ "\n" "Continuare?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Il punto di montaggio non può essere vuoto." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "I dispositivi di swap devono avere un punto di montaggio." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Solo i dispositivi di swap possono avere lo swap come punto di montaggio." +msgstr "Solo i dispositivi di swap possono avere lo swap come punto di montaggio." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Questo punto di montaggio è già occupato. Sceglietene un altro." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Filesystem FAT usato per i punti di montaggio di sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"Filesystem FAT usato per i punti di montaggio di sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Ciò non è possibile." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Carattere non valido nel punto di montaggio. Non usare \"`'!\"%#\" in un " -"punto di montaggio." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Carattere non valido nel punto di montaggio. Non usare \"`'!\"%#\" in un punto di montaggio." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2298,13 +2212,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Il Vostro punto di montaggio deve cominciare con \"/\" " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2312,10 +2226,10 @@ "Non è consentito assegnare lo scambio del punto di montaggio \n" "a un dispositivo senza file system di scambio." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2325,8 +2239,8 @@ "Le dimensioni immesse (dopo l'arrotondamento) corrispondono a %2.\n" "Le dimensioni minime ammesse per il file system sono pari a %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2334,8 +2248,8 @@ "Non è consentito assegnare un punto di montaggio\n" "a un dispositivo con un file system inesistente o sconosciuto." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2357,107 +2271,105 @@ "\n" "Usare questo file system?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Il file system è attualmente montato su %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "È possibile provare a smontarlo ora, continuare senza smontare o annullare.\n" -"Fare clic Annulla a meno che non si conoscano esattamente le conseguenze " -"delle altre operazioni." +"Fare clic Annulla a meno che non si conoscano esattamente le conseguenze delle altre operazioni." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Smontaggio" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "È possibile provare a smontarlo ora o annullare.\n" -"Fare clic Annulla a meno che non si conoscano esattamente le conseguenze " -"dell'operazione." +"Fare clic Annulla a meno che non si conoscano esattamente le conseguenze dell'operazione." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Non è possibile restringere il file system mentre è montato." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Non è possibile estendere il file system mentre è montato." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Non è possibile ridimensionare il file system mentre è montato." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Riesamina i dispositivi" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importa punti di montaggio" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Fornisci &password di cifratura..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configura dischi &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Configura &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configura &Multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configura &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configura &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configura &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configura..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Spazio disponibile in %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2465,8 +2377,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi di memorizzazione\n" "disponibili." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2476,8 +2388,8 @@ "è possibile consultare le informazioni dettagliate sul\n" "dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2485,18 +2397,17 @@ "Selezionando la voce di una tabella\n" "è possibile consultare le informazioni dettagliate del dispositivo." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" -"L'esecuzione di una nuova scansione dei dischi annulla le modifiche " -"attuali.\n" +"L'esecuzione di una nuova scansione dei dischi annulla le modifiche attuali.\n" "Continuare?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2504,8 +2415,8 @@ "Il richiamo della configurazione iSCSI annulla le modifiche attuali.\n" "Continuare?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2513,20 +2424,19 @@ "La chiamata della configurazione FCoE annulla tutte le modifiche correnti.\n" "Richiamare la configurazione FCoE?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Usando la configurazione multipath si cancellano tutte le modifiche " -"attuali.\n" +"Usando la configurazione multipath si cancellano tutte le modifiche attuali.\n" "Usare la configurazione multipath?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2534,8 +2444,8 @@ "Il richiamo della configurazione DASD annulla le modifiche attuali.\n" "Continuare?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2543,8 +2453,8 @@ "Il richiamo della configurazione zFCP annulla le modifiche attuali.\n" "continuare?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2552,50 +2462,50 @@ "Il richiamo della configurazione XPRAM annulla le modifiche attuali.\n" "Continuare?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Modifica btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Selezionare almeno un dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Modifica i dispositivi utilizzati dal volume Btrfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivi non usati:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivi selezionati:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Ridimensionamento volume btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Nessun dispositivo Btrfs selezionato." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2603,178 +2513,174 @@ "Il btrfs %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Impossibile eseguire la rimozione di alcuni dispositivi fisici." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Modifica" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Elimina" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Volumi Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Modifica..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Elimina..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Questa vista mostra tutti i volumi Btrfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2782,8 +2688,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra le informazioni dettagliate relative al\n" "volume Btrfs selezionato.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2791,74 +2697,72 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi usati dal\n" "volume Btrfs selezionato.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Panoramica" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Dispositivi utilizzati" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Scegliere il ruolo del dispositivo." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Partizione di avvio EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Sistema operativo" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Dati e applicazioni ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Scambio" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Volume non elaborato (non formattato)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Ruolo" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2866,21 +2770,19 @@ "Scegliere se la partizione deve essere formattata\n" "e il tipo di file system desiderato." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Se si seleziona di cifrare tutti i dati sul\n" -"volume, selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Modificando la cifratura di un " -"volume\n" +"volume, selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Modificando la cifratura di un volume\n" "esistente, tutti i dati contenuti al suo interno verranno cancellati.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2888,49 +2790,48 @@ "Scegliere quindi se la partizione deve essere montata\n" "e immettere il punto di montaggio (/, /boot, /home, /var e così via)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opzioni di formattazione" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formatta partizione" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Non formattare la partizione" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Non montare la partizione" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opzioni di montaggio" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Monta partizione" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto di montaggio" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opzioni di Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "I file di cifratura devono essere cifrati." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2942,18 +2843,18 @@ "\n" "Selezionare anche l'opzione di formattazione.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "I file di cifratura richiedono un punto di montaggio." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs richiede un punto di montaggio." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2967,8 +2868,8 @@ "file system Linux.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2977,27 +2878,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system usato per questo volume è un file di scambio. È possibile " -"lasciare la password di cifratura\n" +"Il file system usato per questo volume è un file di scambio. È possibile lasciare la password di cifratura\n" "vuota, ma il dispositivo di scambio non potrà essere usato per\n" "l'ibernazione (sospensione sul disco).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Tutti i dati memorizzati nel volume verranno persi." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Password" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Ridimensionamento non supportato dal dispositivo esistente." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3007,7 +2907,7 @@ "Impossibile ridimensionare la partizione selezionata perché il file system\n" "sulla partizione non supporta il ridimensionamento.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3015,8 +2915,8 @@ "Non è possibile controllare se un NTFS\n" "può essere ridimensionato mentre è montato." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3024,81 +2924,79 @@ "Impossibile ridimensionare la partizione %1\n" "poiché il file system sembra essere incoerente.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Ridimensiona partizione %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Ridimensiona volume logico %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Dimensione corrente: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Attualmente usato: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Dimensione" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Dimensioni massime (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Dimensione minima (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Dimensioni personalizzate" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Scegliere la nuova dimensione." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"Le dimensioni immesse non sono valide. Immettere un valore di dimensioni " -"compreso tra %1 e %2." +msgstr "Le dimensioni immesse non sono valide. Immettere un valore di dimensioni compreso tra %1 e %2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3106,33 +3004,32 @@ "resize task a lot." msgstr "" "Si sta estendendo un file system montato di %1 Gigabyte.\n" -"Questa operazione può essere piuttosto lenta e richiedere alcune lento e " -"richiedere ore. Può essere opportuno\n" +"Questa operazione può essere piuttosto lenta e richiedere alcune lento e richiedere ore. Può essere opportuno\n" "considerare di smontare il file system, il che incrementerà notevolmente la\n" "velocità del ridimensionamento." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Output di %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Nuova scansione dei dischi in corso..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Modifica DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Nessun dispositivo DM selezionato." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3140,25 +3037,24 @@ "Il DM %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Mapper del dispositivo (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" -"Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi Device Mapper eccetto quelli " -"già \n" +"Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi Device Mapper eccetto quelli già \n" "compresi in altre viste. Pertanto dischi multipath,\n" "RAID BIOS e volumi logici LVM non sono mostrati qui.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3166,8 +3062,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate sul il\n" "dispositivo mapper del dispositivo selezionato." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3175,185 +3071,185 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi utilizzati dal\n" "dispositivo mapper del dispositivo selezionato." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Aggiungi RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Aggiungi gruppo di volumi" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Grafico dispositivi" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Salvataggio del grafico dei dispositivi in corso..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Questa vista mostra un grafico dei dispositivi." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Salvataggio del file del grafico non riuscito." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Grafico dei montaggi" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Salvataggio del grafico dei montaggi in corso..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Questa vista mostra un grafico dei punti di montaggio." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Scegliere il tipo di partizione per la nuova partizione." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "Partizione &primaria" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Partizione &estesa" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Partizione &logica" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Tipo nuova partizione" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Scegliere le dimensioni della nuova partizione." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Dimensioni nuova partizione" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Regione personalizzata" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro iniziale" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro finale" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "La regione immessa non è valida." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Aggiungi partizione su %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Modifica partizione %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Non c'è spazio per la partizione spostata %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Spostare la partizione %1 in avanti?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Spostare la partizione %1 indietro?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Spostare la partizione %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Avanti" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Indietro" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Conferma eliminazione di tutte le partizioni" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3361,83 +3257,82 @@ "Il disco \"%1\" contiene almeno una partizione.\n" "Continuando le seguenti partizioni verranno eliminate:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Eliminare tutte le partizioni su \"%1\"?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Nessun disco rigido selezionato." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "Impossibile creare la tabella delle partizioni in DASD formattato LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Il disco è in uso e non può essere modificato." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Selezionare un nuovo tipo di tabella delle partizioni per %1" -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Creare una nuova tabella delle partizioni su %1? In questo modo andranno " -"persi tutti i dati\n" +"Creare una nuova tabella delle partizioni su %1? In questo modo andranno persi tutti i dati\n" "su %1 e tutti i RAID e i gruppi di volumi che utilizzano partizioni su %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Nessun disco selezionato." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Cancellare il RAID BIOS %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Eliminare RAID partizionato %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Non ci sono partizioni da eliminare in questo disco." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Impossibile creare una partizione su %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Nessuna partizione selezionata." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3445,13 +3340,13 @@ "La partizione %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "modificata. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Non è possibile modificare una partizione estesa." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3459,13 +3354,13 @@ "La partizione %1 è già creata sul disco\n" "e non può essere spostata." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Una partizione estesa non può essere spostata." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3473,13 +3368,13 @@ "La partizione %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "ridimensionata. Per ridimensionare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Non è possibile ridimensionare una partizione estesa." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3495,7 +3390,7 @@ "più partizioni. Dopo la clonazione, queste\n" "partizioni saranno cancellate.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3503,11 +3398,11 @@ "Le seguenti partizioni saranno eliminate\n" "e tutti i dati in esse contenuti andranno persi:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Eliminare le partizioni?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3517,7 +3412,7 @@ "clonabile deve avere almeno una partizione.\n" "Creare le partizioni prima di clonare il disco.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3525,20 +3420,20 @@ "Questo disco non può essere clonato. Non ci sono dischi\n" "adatti che possano avere la stessa struttura delle partizioni." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Clona layout di partizione di %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Dischi di destinazione disponibili:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Selezionare un disco di destinazione per creare un clone" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3546,8 +3441,8 @@ "L'esecuzione di dasdfmt provoca l'eliminazione di tutti i dati sul disco.\n" "Eseguire dasdfmt sul disco %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3559,58 +3454,58 @@ " Verranno di nuovo visualizzate le partizioni\n" " correntemente disponibili sul disco.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Aggiungi partizione" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Sposta" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Ridimensiona" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Sposta..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Ridimensiona..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3618,8 +3513,8 @@ "Dischi rigidi, RAID BIOS e dispositivi multipath\n" "non possono essere spostati." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3627,19 +3522,19 @@ "Dischi rigidi, RAID BIOS e dispositivi\n" "multipath non possono essere ridimensionati." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Dischi rigidi" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Aggiungi partizione..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3647,18 +3542,18 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dischi rigidi inclusi\n" "dischi iSCSI, RAID BIOS, dischi multipath e le loro partizioni.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Test di salute (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Proprietà (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3666,57 +3561,56 @@ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate sul\n" "disco rigido selezionato." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART non è disponibile per questo disco." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm non è disponibile per questo disco." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Clona questo disco" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Esegui dasd&fmt sul dispositivo DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Aggiungi..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Utenti avanzati..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Questa vista mostra tutte le partizioni del disco rigido\n" -"selezionato. Se il disco rigido è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o " -"da un multipath, nessuna\n" +"selezionato. Se il disco rigido è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o da un multipath, nessuna\n" "partizione verrà mostrata qui.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3726,23 +3620,23 @@ "disco rigido selezionato. La vista è disponibile solo per i RAID BIOS, \n" "RAID software partizionati e dischi multipath.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partizioni" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Disco rigido: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partizione: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3750,8 +3644,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra le informazioni dettagliate sulla\n" "partizione selezionata." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3761,8 +3655,8 @@ "esistenti con dei punti di montaggio. I vecchi punti di montaggio\n" "sono mostrati nella tabella.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3770,52 +3664,51 @@ msgstr "" "È possibile scegliere se i volumi di sistema esistenti,\n" "come / e /usr, verranno formattati durante\n" -"l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno formattati." -"" +"l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno formattati." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Non è stato trovato un sistema precedente con punti di montaggio." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Mostra &precedente" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Mostra &prossimo" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importa punti di montaggio dal sistema esistente:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Formatta volumi di sistema" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importa" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "L'/etc/fstab trovato in %1 contiene:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Password fornita errata." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Conferma eliminazione della partizione usata da LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3825,15 +3718,15 @@ "Per mantenere il sistema in uno stato coerente, il seguente\n" "gruppo di volumi e i suoi volumi logici saranno cancellati:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Eliminare la partizione \"%1\" e il gruppo di volumi \"%2\" ora?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Conferma eliminazione della partizione usata dal RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3843,24 +3736,24 @@ "Per mantenere il sistema in uno stato coerente\n" "il seguente dispositivo RAID verrà cancellato:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Eliminare la partizione \"%1\"e il RAID \"%2\" ora?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Eliminare tutte le partizioni su %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Volete davvero eliminare %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3868,60 +3761,58 @@ "\n" "Rimuovere anche il file di loop %1?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Non partizionato" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Non allocato" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Nessuna modifica al partizionamento." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Modifiche al partizionamento:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Nessuna modifica alle impostazioni di memorizzazione." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Impostazioni di memorizzazione." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Pacchetti da installare:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Non è necessario installare alcun pacchetto." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nome percorso file del ciclo: deve essere un percorso assoluto " -"per il\n" +"Nome percorso file del ciclo: deve essere un percorso assoluto per il\n" "file con i dati per il dispositivo del ciclo cifrato da impostare.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3931,11 +3822,10 @@ "\n" "Crea file del ciclo: se questa opzione è selezionata, \n" "il file verrà creato con le dimensioni specificate nel campo successivo.\n" -"NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti andranno " -"persi.\n" +"NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti andranno persi.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3943,11 +3833,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dimensione: Questa è la dimensione del file del ciclo.\n" -"Il file system creato nel dispositivo del ciclo cifrato avrà questa " -"dimensione.\n" +"Il file system creato nel dispositivo del ciclo cifrato avrà questa dimensione.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3957,29 +3846,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durante l'installazione YaST non può eseguire\n" -"verifiche di coerenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in quanto il " -"file\n" -"system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. " -"Prestare\n" +"verifiche di coerenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in quanto il file\n" +"system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. Prestare\n" "attenzione quando si fornisce la dimensione e il percorso.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Nome percorso file del ciclo" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Sfoglia..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Crea file del ciclo" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3987,66 +3874,63 @@ "Il nome file \"%1\" non è valido.\n" "Utilizzare un nome di path assoluto.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"Le dimensioni immesse non sono valide. Immettere un valore di dimensioni " -"pari almeno a %1." +msgstr "Le dimensioni immesse non sono valide. Immettere un valore di dimensioni pari almeno a %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" "the create flag." msgstr "" "Il nome file \"%1\" non esiste\n" -"e la flag per crearne uno è disabilitata. Utilizzare un file esistente o " -"attivare\n" +"e la flag per crearne uno è disabilitata. Utilizzare un file esistente o attivare\n" "la flag di creazione." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Aggiungi file cifrato" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Modifica file cifrato %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Nessun file cifrato selezionato." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4054,30 +3938,30 @@ "Il file cifrato %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "File cifrati" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Aggiungi file cifrato..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Questa vista mostra tutti i file cifrati." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "File cifrato: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4085,38 +3969,37 @@ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate sul\n" "file cifrato selezionato." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Immettere un nome per il gruppo di volumi." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Il nome del gruppo di volumi non può superare i 128 caratteri." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Il nome del gruppo di volumi non può iniziare con un simbolo \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"Il nome del gruppo di volumi contiene caratteri non consentiti. Sono " -"consentiti\n" +"Il nome del gruppo di volumi contiene caratteri non consentiti. Sono consentiti\n" "i caratteri alfanumerici, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" è già esistente." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4124,13 +4007,13 @@ "Il nome del gruppo di volumi \"%1\" è in conflitto\n" "con un'altra voce nella directory /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Conferma eliminazione del gruppo di volumi" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4140,44 +4023,41 @@ "Se si procede, i seguenti volumi verrano smontati (se montati)\n" "ed eliminati:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Eliminare il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" e tutti gli annessi volumi logici?" +msgstr "Eliminare il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" e tutti gli annessi volumi logici?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"I dati immessi non sono validi. Inserire un valore di dimensioni per " -"l'estensione fisica maggiore di %1\n" +"I dati immessi non sono validi. Inserire un valore di dimensioni per l'estensione fisica maggiore di %1\n" "in potenze di 2, ad esempio \"%2\" o \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Immettere un nome per il volume logico." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Il nome del volume logico non può superare i 128 caratteri." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"Il nome del volume logico contiene caratteri non consentiti. Sono " -"consentiti\n" +"Il nome del volume logico contiene caratteri non consentiti. Sono consentiti\n" "i caratteri alfanumerici, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4185,61 +4065,56 @@ "Un volume con il nome \"%1\" \n" " è già presente nel gruppo di volumi \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Immettere il nome e dimensioni dell'estensione fisica del nuovo gruppo di " -"volumi." +msgstr "Immettere il nome e dimensioni dell'estensione fisica del nuovo gruppo di volumi." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare i volumi fisici che il gruppo di volumi deve contenere." +msgstr "Selezionare i volumi fisici che il gruppo di volumi deve contenere." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Nome gruppo di volumi" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Dimensione &physical extent" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volumi fisici disponibili:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volumi fisici selezionati:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Cambiare i dispositivi utilizzati per il gruppo di volumi." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" -"Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume " -"logico.\n" +"Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume logico.\n" "Il numero di segmenti non può essere più alto\n" "del numero di volumi fisici del gruppo di volumi." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4249,175 +4124,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "I cosiddetti Volumi leggeri possono essere creati\n" -"con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie; lo spazio necessario viene mutuato su " -"richiesta dal\n" -"Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume leggero di " -"dimensione\n" -"maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente, se sul volume leggero sono scritti " -"dei dati\n" -"il pool leggero assegnato deve contenere uno spazio in grado di soddisfare " -"questa richiesta.\n" +"con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie; lo spazio necessario viene mutuato su richiesta dal\n" +"Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume leggero di dimensione\n" +"maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente, se sul volume leggero sono scritti dei dati\n" +"il pool leggero assegnato deve contenere uno spazio in grado di soddisfare questa richiesta.\n" "I volumi leggeri non possono avere un conteggio dei segmenti." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Suddivisioni" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Numero" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Aggiunta volume logico %1 su %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Ridimensiona il gruppo di volumi %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Immettere il nome del nuovo volume logico." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume normale.\n" -"Si tratta dell'impostazione di default e rappresenta i volumi LVM semplici, " -"come prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Thin provisioning.\n" +"Si tratta dell'impostazione di default e rappresenta i volumi LVM semplici, come prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Thin provisioning.\n" "In caso di dubbio, questa è probabilmente la scelta corretta." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Pool leggero.\n" -"Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio necessario " -"su richiesta da tale pool." +"Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio necessario su richiesta da tale pool." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume leggero.\n" -"Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta da " -"un Pool leggero." +"Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta da un Pool leggero." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Volume logico" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Volume normale" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Pool leggero" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Volume leggero" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Pool usato" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Aggiungi volume logico su %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Modifica volume logico %1 su %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non utilizzati adatti per creare un " -"gruppo di volumi.\n" +"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non utilizzati adatti per creare un gruppo di volumi.\n" "\n" -"Per utilizzare LVM, è richiesta almeno una partizione inutilizzata di tipo " -"0x8e (o 0x83) oppure un dispositivo\n" +"Per utilizzare LVM, è richiesta almeno una partizione inutilizzata di tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) oppure un dispositivo\n" "RAID non utilizzato. Modificare la tabella delle partizioni di conseguenza." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Nessun gruppo di volume selezionato." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Cancellare il gruppo di volumi \"%1\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Eliminazione del gruppo di volumi \"%1\" non riuscita." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Nessun volume logico selezionato." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Nessuno spazio disponibile nel gruppo del volume \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4425,8 +4287,8 @@ "Il volume %1 è un pool leggero.\n" "Non può essere modificato." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4434,46 +4296,46 @@ "Il volume %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Aggiungi volume logico" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Gruppo di volumi" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gestione volume" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4481,8 +4343,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i gruppi di volumi LVM e\n" " i relativi volumi logici." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4490,8 +4352,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate sul\n" "gruppo di volumi selezionato." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4499,8 +4361,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i volumi logici del\n" " gruppo di volumi selezionati." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4508,28 +4370,28 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i volumi fisici utilizzati dal\n" "gruppo di volumi selezionati." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Gruppo di volumi: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "Volumi &logici" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Volumi fisici" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Volume logico: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4537,56 +4399,56 @@ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate sul\n" "volume logico selezionato." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Mapper del dispositivo" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Dispositivi non utilizzati" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Riepilogo installazione" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4596,40 +4458,34 @@ "Queste modifiche saranno perse se si esce dal partizionatore scegliendo %1.\n" "Uscire veramente?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." -msgstr "" -"Qui è possibile visualizzare il riepilogo della procedura di partizione.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Qui è possibile visualizzare il riepilogo della procedura di partizione." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Riepilogo" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Vista sistema" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Configurazione NFS non disponibile. Verificare l'installazione del pacchetto " -"yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Configurazione NFS non disponibile. Verificare l'installazione del pacchetto yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Network File System (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4637,91 +4493,73 @@ "Montaggio di prova della condivisione NFS '%1' non riuscito.\n" "Salvarlo?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Per %1, selezionare almeno %2 dispositivi." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Selezionare il tipo RAID per il nuovo RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: questo livello aumenta le prestazioni del disco.\n" -"In questa modalità non è presente ALCUNA ridondanza. Se queste unità " -"si arrestano in maniera anomala, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" +"In questa modalità non è presente ALCUNA ridondanza. Se queste unità si arrestano in maniera anomala, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Questo modo ha la massima ridondanza. Può essere usato " -"con\n" -"due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i dati " -"su tutti i dischi.\n" -"Fino a quando almeno uno dei dischi funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le " -"partizioni\n" -"utilizzate per questo tipo di RAID dovrebbero avere circa la stessa " -"dimensione.\n" +"RAID 1: Questo modo ha la massima ridondanza. Può essere usato con\n" +"due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i dati su tutti i dischi.\n" +"Fino a quando almeno uno dei dischi funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le partizioni\n" +"utilizzate per questo tipo di RAID dovrebbero avere circa la stessa dimensione.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Questa modalità combina un gran numero di dischi e " -"mantiene un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere utilizzata con tre " -"o più dischi\n" -"Se un disco ha dei problemi tutti i dati sono ancora intatti, se due dischi " -"falliscono simultaneamente\n" +"RAID 5: Questa modalità combina un gran numero di dischi e mantiene un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere utilizzata con tre o più dischi\n" +"Se un disco ha dei problemi tutti i dati sono ancora intatti, se due dischi falliscono simultaneamente\n" "tutti i dati vengono persi\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Nome raid consente di specificare un nome\n" -"significativo per il raid. Questo campo è facoltativo. Se si specifica il " -"nome, il dispositivo è\n" +"significativo per il raid. Questo campo è facoltativo. Se si specifica il nome, il dispositivo è\n" "disponibile come <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Aggiungere partizioni al RAID. A seconda\n" "del tipo di RAID, la dimensione\n" -"di disco utilizzabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID 0), la " -"dimensione della più piccola (RAID 1) o (N-1)*dimensione della partizione " -"più piccola (RAID 5).\n" +"di disco utilizzabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID 0), la dimensione della più piccola (RAID 1) o (N-1)*dimensione della partizione più piccola (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4729,86 +4567,80 @@ "Generalmente le partizioni si devono trovare su dischi diversi\n" "per avere le prestazioni e la ridondanza desiderata.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Tipo RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nome raid (facoltativo)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivi disponibili:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione porzione: È la massa \"atomica\" minima\n" -"di dati che può essere scritta sul dispositivo. Una dimensione porzione " -"ragionevole per RAID 5 è 128 KB. Per RAID 0,\n" -"32 KB è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione della porzione " -"non influenza l'array.\n" +"di dati che può essere scritta sul dispositivo. Una dimensione porzione ragionevole per RAID 5 è 128 KB. Per RAID 0,\n" +"32 KB è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione della porzione non influenza l'array.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritmo di parità:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "L'algoritmo di parità da usare con RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni su dischi con " -"piatti rotanti.\n" +"Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni su dischi con piatti rotanti.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4816,66 +4648,66 @@ "Per maggiori dettagli circa l'algoritmo di parità \n" "consultare la pagina di manuale di mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Dimensione porzione" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algoritmo di parità" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Opzioni RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Cambiare i dispositivi utilizzati per RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Aggiungi RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Ridimensiona RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Modifica RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4884,27 +4716,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Impossibile modificare il raid %1 in quanto si trova in stato inattivo.\n" -"Ciò indica in genere che il sottoinsieme dei dispositivi raid è troppo " -"piccolo\n" +"Ciò indica in genere che il sottoinsieme dei dispositivi raid è troppo piccolo\n" "perché il raid sia utilizzabile.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non utilizzati adatti per creare un RAID." +msgstr "Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non utilizzati adatti per creare un RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Nessun RAID selezionato." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4912,18 +4742,17 @@ "Il RAID %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "modificato. Per modificare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID %1 già creato su disco.\n" -"Non può essere ridimensionato. Per ridimensionare %1, rimuoverlo e crearlo " -"nuovamente." +"Non può essere ridimensionato. Per ridimensionare %1, rimuoverlo e crearlo nuovamente." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4931,18 +4760,18 @@ "Il RAID %1 è in uso. Non può essere\n" "ridimensionato. Per ridimensionare %1, assicurarsi che non sia in uso." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Aggiungi RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Questa vista mostra tutti i RAID eccetto i RAID BIOS." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4950,8 +4779,8 @@ "Questa vista mostra informazioni dettagliate sul\n" "RAID selezionato." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4959,130 +4788,123 @@ "Questa vista mostra tutti i dispositivi utilizzati dal\n" "RAID selezionato." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etichetta" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montato con" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Usato da" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID del BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informazioni cilindri" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Informazioni Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Cifratura" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nome del dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Etichetta volume" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Percorso dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Ottimale" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Montaggio di default di" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "File system di default" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Allineamento delle nuove partizioni create" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Mostra dispositivi di memorizzazione per" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Informazioni visibili sui dispositivi di memorizzazione" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5090,29 +4912,25 @@ "Questa vista mostra le impostazioni di\n" "memorizzazione generali:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Montaggio di default di fornisce il metodo di montaggio\n" -"per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome kernel " -"del dispositivo\n" +"per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome kernel del dispositivo\n" "che non è persistente. ID dispositivo e Percorso dispositivo\n" -"usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware (dovrebbero " -"essere\n" +"usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware (dovrebbero essere\n" "persistenti ma ciò non è sempre vero). Infine UUID e\n" "Etichetta volume usano l'UUID e l'etichetta dei file system.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5120,26 +4938,21 @@ "File system di default indica il tipo di file\n" "system per i nuovi file system creati.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Allineamento delle nuove partizioni create\n" -"determina l'allinemento delle partizioni create. Cilindro è " -"l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. Ottimale</" -"b> allinea le\n" -"partizioni per garantire prestazioni migliori, secondo i suggerimenti " -"forniti dal kernel Linux\n" +"determina l'allinemento delle partizioni create. Cilindro è l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. Ottimale allinea le\n" +"partizioni per garantire prestazioni migliori, secondo i suggerimenti forniti dal kernel Linux\n" "oppure prova a fornire compatibilità con Windows Vista e Win 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5147,33 +4960,32 @@ "Mostra dispositivi di memorizzazione controlla\n" "il nome visualizzato dei dischi rigidi nell'albero di navigazione." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "Informazioni visibili sui dispositivi di\n" -"memorizzazione offre una panoramica delle informazioni nella tabella e " -"consente di nasconderle." +"memorizzazione offre una panoramica delle informazioni nella tabella e consente di nasconderle." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Questa vista mostra il riepilogo dell'installazione." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Aggiungi montaggio tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Nessun dispositivo tmpfs selezionato." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5181,18 +4993,18 @@ "\n" "Eliminare il tmpfs montato in %1?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Volumi tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Questa vista mostra tutti i volumi tmpfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5200,62 +5012,60 @@ "Questa vista mostra le informazioni dettagliate sul\n" "volume tmpfs selezionato.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs montato su %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Ripeti scansione" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Questa vista mostra i dispositivi che non hanno un punto di\n" -"montaggio assegnato, dischi che non sono partizionati e gruppi di volume " -"che\n" +"montaggio assegnato, dischi che non sono partizionati e gruppi di volume che\n" "non hanno volumi logici." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "La ripetizione della scansione dei dispositivi inutilizzati\n" -"annulla tutte le modifiche correnti. Ripetere la scansione dei dispositivi " -"non utilizzati?" +"annulla tutte le modifiche correnti. Ripetere la scansione dei dispositivi non utilizzati?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5263,17 +5073,17 @@ "Impossibile creare un volume logico con le dimensioni\n" "richieste.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Provare a ridurre il conteggio degli stripe per volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Potete solo rimuovere i volumi logici." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5281,8 +5091,8 @@ "Esiste almeno uno snapshot attivo per questo volume.\n" "Prima di proseguire rimuovere lo snapshot." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5290,100 +5100,100 @@ "Esiste almeno un volume leggero che sta usando questo pool.\n" "Prima di proseguire rimuovere il volume leggero." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Volete rimuovere il volume logico %1/?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Dimensione totale: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Dimensioni finali: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Classe" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "In alto" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Su" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Giù" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "In basso" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Classifica" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Aggiungi" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Aggiungi tutti" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Rimuovi tutto" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Il file %1 non è regolare." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Il file %1 è troppo grande." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5392,57 +5202,46 @@ msgstr "" "Il file di modello ha un formato non valido.\n" "\n" -"Il file deve contenere righe con un'espressione regolare e un nome di " -"classe\n" +"Il file deve contenere righe con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe\n" "per linea. Ad esempio:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Sono state rilevate le seguenti righe di modello:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "Associare i dispositivi alle classi secondo questi modelli?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" -"Questa finestra di dialogo viene utilizzata per definire le classi per i " -"dispositivi raid\n" -"contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D ed E ma in molti " -"casi\n" +"Questa finestra di dialogo viene utilizzata per definire le classi per i dispositivi raid\n" +"contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D ed E ma in molti casi\n" "sono richieste meno classi (ad esempio solo A e B). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"È possibile inserire un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto " -"destro sul\n" -"dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. " -"Premendo il\n" -"tasto Ctrl o Shift è possibile selezionare più dispositivi e inserirli in " -"una classe\n" -"con una singola operazione. È inoltre possibile usare i pulsanti con " -"etichette \"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" +"È possibile inserire un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto destro sul\n" +"dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. Premendo il\n" +"tasto Ctrl o Shift è possibile selezionare più dispositivi e inserirli in una classe\n" +"con una singola operazione. È inoltre possibile usare i pulsanti con etichette \"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" "per inserire i dispositivi attualmente selezionati nella classe." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5450,8 +5249,8 @@ "Dopo aver scelto le classi per i dispositivi, è possibile ordinare\n" "i dispositivi premendo uno dei pulsanti con etichetta \"%1\" o \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5459,82 +5258,67 @@ "Ordinato elenca tutti i dispositivi di classe A prima di tutti\n" "i dispositivi di classe B e così via." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo di " -"classe B,\n" -"quindi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo " -"dispositivo di classe A,\n" +"Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo di classe B,\n" +"quindi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo dispositivo di classe A,\n" "il secondo di classe B e così via." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco dei " -"dispositivi.\n" -"Quando si chiude il popup l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene applicato " -"anche nel RAID\n" +"Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco dei dispositivi.\n" +"Quando si chiude il popup l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene applicato anche nel RAID\n" "da creare." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" è possibile scegliere un file che " -"contiene le righe\n" -"con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). Tutti i " -"dispositivi che sono compatibili\n" -"con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella riga. " -"L'espressione regolare viene\n" +"Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" è possibile scegliere un file che contiene le righe\n" +"con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). Tutti i dispositivi che sono compatibili\n" +"con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella riga. L'espressione regolare viene\n" "confrontata con il nome kernel (come /dev/sda1), \n" -"il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e\n" -"l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1). \n" -"La prima corrispondenza stabilisce la classe, se il nome del dispositivo è " -"compatibile con\n" +"il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e\n" +"l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" +"La prima corrispondenza stabilisce la classe, se il nome del dispositivo è compatibile con\n" "più di una espressione regolare." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "File di modello" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Dimensione tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5542,36 +5326,33 @@ "Dimensione specificata non valida. Usare un numero seguito da K, M, G o %.\n" "Il valore deve essere maggiore di 100 k o compreso tra 1% e 200%. Riprovare." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Il valore deve essere compreso tra 1% e 200%. Riprovare." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Dimensione tmpfs:\n" -"la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per " -"Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" -"come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la percentuale " -"di memoria." +"la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" +"come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la percentuale di memoria." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Priorità swap" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Il valore deve essere tra 0 e 32767. Riprovate." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5579,85 +5360,77 @@ " Priorità swap:\n" "Immettete la priorità swap. Un maggiore il numero, minore la priorità.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Montaggio sola &lettura" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Monta in sola lettura:\n" -"non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore di default è 'falso'. " -"Durante l'installazione\n" +"non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore di default è 'falso'. Durante l'installazione\n" "il file system è sempre montato in modalità di lettura e scrittura." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Nessun tempo di &accesso" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nessun tempo di accesso:\n" -"i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Di " -"default, questa opzione non è selezionata.\n" +"i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Di default, questa opzione non è selezionata.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Montabile dall'utente" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Montabile dall'utente:\n" -"Il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore " -"predefinito è 'false'.\n" +"Il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore predefinito è 'false'.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Non montare all'&avvio del sistema" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Non montare all'avvio del sistema:\n" "il file system non è montato automaticamente all'avvio del sistema.\n" "Viene creata una voce in /etc/fstab e il file system viene montato con\n" -"le opzioni appropriate quando viene dato il comando <tt>mount <mount " -"point></tt>\n" -"(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Di " -"default, questa opzione non è selezionata.\n" +"le opzioni appropriate quando viene dato il comando <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Di default, questa opzione non è selezionata.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Abilita supporto &quota" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5667,43 +5440,37 @@ "il file system è montato con le quote utente attivate.\n" "Di default, questa opzione non è selezionata.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Modo data &journalling " -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Modalità dati journaling:\n" "specifica la modalità di journaling per i dati del file.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di " -"essere\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di essere\n" "scritti nel file system principale. Massimo impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file system " -"principale\n" -"prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio " -"sulle prestazioni. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- L'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun " -"impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file system principale\n" +"prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio sulle prestazioni. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- L'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Access Control List (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5711,13 +5478,13 @@ "Access Control List(ACL):\n" "Abilita le ACL sul file system.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Attributi &estesi dell'utente" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5725,109 +5492,94 @@ "Attributi estesi dell'utente:\n" "Permetti gli attributi estesi dell'utente sul file system.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valore opzioni arbitrarie" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caratteri non validi nel valore arbitrario dell'opzione. Non usare spazi o " -"segni di tabulazione; riprovare." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caratteri non validi nel valore arbitrario dell'opzione. Non usare spazi o segni di tabulazione; riprovare." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valore opzione arbitrario:\n" -"immettere in questo campo un'opzione di montaggio valida consentita nel " -"quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" +"immettere in questo campo un'opzione di montaggio valida consentita nel quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" "Utilizzare le virgole per separare più opzioni.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "&Set di caratteri per nomi di file" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Set di caratteri per nomi di file:\n" -"Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per elencare i nomi di file nelle " -"partizioni Windows.\n" +"Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per elencare i nomi di file nelle partizioni Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "&Pagina codice per nomi FAT brevi" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pagina codice per nomi FAT brevi:\n" -"Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su " -"file system FAT.\n" +"Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su file system FAT.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Numero di &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Numero di FAT:\n" -"Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel filesystem. Il " -"valore predefinito è 2." +"Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel filesystem. Il valore predefinito è 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Dimensione FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione FAT:\n" -"specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 bit). " -"Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore migliore " -"data la dimensione del file system.\n" +"specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 bit). Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore migliore data la dimensione del file system.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Voci &directory radice" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "Il numero minimo di \"Voci directory radice\" è 112. Riprovare." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5835,71 +5587,58 @@ "Voci directory radice:\n" "selezionare il numero di voci disponibili nella directory radice.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Funzione hash" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funzione hash:\n" -"specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi dei file " -"nelle directory.\n" +"specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi dei file nelle directory.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revisione file system" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisione file system:\n" -"questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. Il " -"formato '3.5' è per la compatibilità con le versioni precedenti dei kernel " -"della serie 2.2.x. Il formato '3.6' è il più recente, ma può essere usato " -"solo con versioni del kernel maggiori o uguali a 2.4.\n" +"questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. Il formato '3.5' è per la compatibilità con le versioni precedenti dei kernel della serie 2.2.x. Il formato '3.6' è il più recente, ma può essere usato solo con versioni del kernel maggiori o uguali a 2.4.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Dimensione blocchi in byte" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -"specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " -"dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si è " -"selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è 4096." -"\n" +"specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si è selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è 4096.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Dimensione dell'&inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5907,49 +5646,45 @@ "Dimensione dell'inode:\n" "Questa opzione specifica la dimensione degli inodi del file system.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Percentuale di spazio inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentuale di spazio inode:\n" -"l'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale massima " -"di spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.\n" +"l'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale massima di spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &allineato" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode allineato:\n" -"l'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se l'allocazione " -"degli inode è \n" +"l'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se l'allocazione degli inode è \n" "allineata o meno. Per default, gli inode sono allineati, cosa che\n" "è di solito più efficiente rispetto all'accesso non allineato.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Dimensione &log in Megabyte" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5957,30 +5692,28 @@ "Il valore \"Dimensione log\" non è corretto.\n" "Immettere un numero maggiore di zero.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione log\n" -"imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il valore " -"predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" +"imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il valore predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Invoca il programma di elencazione dei blocc&hi danneggiati" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Lunghezza stride in blocchi" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5988,8 +5721,8 @@ "Il valore di \"Lunghezza stride in blocchi\" non è valido.\n" "Specificare un numero maggiore di 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5998,31 +5731,25 @@ msgstr "" "Lunghezza Stride in blocchi:\n" "Imposta le opzioni RAID per il file system. Attualmente la sola opzione \n" -"supportata è 'stride' che prende come argomento il numero di blocchi in " -"una \n" +"supportata è 'stride' che prende come argomento il numero di blocchi in una \n" "stripe RAID.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -"specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " -"dimensione dei blocchi sono 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è " -"selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla dimensione " -"del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" +"specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla dimensione del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Byte per &inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6030,29 +5757,25 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Byte per inode:\n" "specifica il rapporto byte/inode. YaST crea un inode per ogni\n" "<byte-per-inode> byte di spazio sul disco. Maggiore è il\n" "rapporto byte per inode, minore è il numero di inode creati.\n" -"Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei " -"blocchi del file system\n" -"poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile " -"aumentare il numero\n" -"di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di immettere " -"un valore\n" +"Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei blocchi del file system\n" +"poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile aumentare il numero\n" +"di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di immettere un valore\n" "ragionevole per questo parametro.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Percentuale di blocchi &riservati a radice" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -6060,28 +5783,19 @@ "Il valore di \"Percentuale di blocchi riservati a radice\" non è corretto.\n" "Sono ammessi numeri decimali non superiori a 99 (ad esempio, 0.5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Percentuale di blocchi riservati a radice: specifica la " -"percentuale di blocchi riservati al super utente. Il valore di default è " -"calcolato in modo tale che venga di solito riservato un giga. Il limite " -"superiore per lo spazio riservato predefinito è 5.0, quello inferiore 0.1.</" -"p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Percentuale di blocchi riservati a radice: specifica la percentuale di blocchi riservati al super utente. Il valore di default è calcolato in modo tale che venga di solito riservato un giga. Il limite superiore per lo spazio riservato predefinito è 5.0, quello inferiore 0.1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Disabilita controlli regolari" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -6089,46 +5803,43 @@ "Disabilita controlli regolari:\n" "disabilita i controlli regolari al file system all'avvio.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Funzione ind&ice di directory" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Indice di directory:\n" -"abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in " -"directory di grandi dimensioni.\n" +"abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in directory di grandi dimensioni.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Nessun journal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Nessun journal:\n" -"sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione " -"solamente quando\n" +"sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione solamente quando\n" "si sa esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operazione non consentita sul disco %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6140,19 +5851,16 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Non è supportato dallo strumento di partizionamento utilizzato per " -"modificare\n" +"Non è supportato dallo strumento di partizionamento utilizzato per modificare\n" "la tabella delle partizioni sul disco %{device}\n" "(il disco è formattato LDL).\n" "\n" -"È possibile utilizzare le partizioni sul disco %{device} così come sono " -"oppure\n" -"formattarle e assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile " -"aggiungere,\n" +"È possibile utilizzare le partizioni sul disco %{device} così come sono oppure\n" +"formattarle e assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere,\n" "ridimensionare o rimuovere partizioni da tale disco.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6168,14 +5876,12 @@ "supportato dallo strumento di partizionamento utilizzato per modificare la\n" "tabella delle partizioni.\n" "\n" -"È possibile utilizzare le partizioni sul disco %{device} così come sono " -"oppure\n" -"formattarle e assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile " -"aggiungere, modificare, \n" +"È possibile utilizzare le partizioni sul disco %{device} così come sono oppure\n" +"formattarle e assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, modificare, \n" "ridimensionare o rimuovere partizioni da tale disco.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6187,18 +5893,16 @@ "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il disco %{device} non contiene una tabella delle partizioni, ma ai fini " -"della\n" +"Il disco %{device} non contiene una tabella delle partizioni, ma ai fini della\n" "compatibilità il kernel ha generato automaticamente una\n" "partizione che fraziona quasi tutto il disco.\n" "\n" "È possibile utilizzare la partizione sul disco %{device} così com'è oppure\n" -"formattarla e assegnarle a un punto di montaggio, ma non è possibile " -"ridimensionare\n" +"formattarla e assegnarle a un punto di montaggio, ma non è possibile ridimensionare\n" "o rimuovere la partizione da tale disco.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6208,15 +5912,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro " -"nel partizionatore\n" -"avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni" -"\",\n" -"ma così verranno eliminati tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo " -"disco.\n" +"Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro nel partizionatore\n" +"avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni\",\n" +"ma così verranno eliminati tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo disco.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6228,26 +5929,26 @@ "Potete ignorare tranquillamente questo messaggio se non\n" "intendete utilizzare questo disco durante l'installazione.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Impossibile ridimensionamento:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6259,8 +5960,8 @@ "\n" "È possibile che la password di cifratura fornita sia errata.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6270,38 +5971,37 @@ "della password non corrispondono.\n" "Riprovare." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "La password può contenere solo i seguenti caratteri:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>" -"\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Riprovare." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Immettere password di cifratura:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Specificare la password" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "I seguenti volumi cifrati sono già disponibili." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Attivazione volumi cifrati" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6313,12 +6013,12 @@ "Le password devono essere note se i volumi sono necessari durante\n" "un aggiornamento o se contengono un volume fisico LVM cifrato." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Fornire le password di cifratura?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6328,73 +6028,70 @@ "dispositivi nell'elenco dei dispositivi bloccati.\n" "La password verrà provata per tutti i dispositivi." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Immettere la password di cifratura" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Non ci sono volumi cifrati da sbloccare." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Fornire la password per ognuno dei seguenti dispositivi:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Fornire la password per il seguente dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Tentativo di sbloccare i volumi cifrati in corso..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "La password non ha sbloccato nessun volume." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID DM" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID MD" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installazione pacchetti richiesti non riuscita." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Continuare nonostante l'errore?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Impossibile creare partizioni in quanto vengono utilizzate altre partizioni " -"sul disco." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Impossibile creare partizioni in quanto vengono utilizzate altre partizioni sul disco." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6404,7 +6101,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato perché contiene\n" "uno scambio attivo richiesto per l'esecuzione dell'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6414,7 +6111,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato perché contiene i dati di\n" "installazione necessari per l'esecuzione dell'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6424,7 +6121,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso perché contiene\n" "uno scambio attivo richiesto per l'esecuzione dell'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6434,7 +6131,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso perché contiene i dati di\n" "installazione necessari per effettuare l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6442,26 +6139,22 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " -"indirettamente\n" -"il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di scambio attiva che è " -"necessaria\n" +"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" +"il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di scambio attiva che è necessaria\n" "per eseguire l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " -"indirettamente\n" -"il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire " -"l'installazione.\n" +"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" +"il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire l'installazione.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6471,114 +6164,114 @@ "La partizione %1 non può essere rimossa in quanto le altre partizioni\n" "sul disco %2 sono in uso.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nessun elemento assegnato come file system radice!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "È probabile che l'installazione abbia esito negativo!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Aggiunta risolvibili seguenti non riuscita: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Errore durante operazione seguente:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Il codice di errore di sistema era: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Immettere la password per il dispositivo %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sì" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Cif" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Tipo FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Inizio" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Fine " -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ID FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Etichetta disco" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadati" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Dimensioni PE" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Versione RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmo di parità" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fornitore" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modello" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6586,18 +6279,17 @@ "ID del BIOS mostra l'ID del BIOS del disco\n" "rigido. Questo campo può essere lasciato vuoto." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "Bus mostra come il dispositivo è connesso al sistema.\n" -"Questo campo può essere lasciato vuoto, ad esempio nel caso di dischi " -"multipath." +"Questo campo può essere lasciato vuoto, ad esempio nel caso di dischi multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6605,8 +6297,8 @@ "Dimensioni della porzione mostra le dimensioni della porzione per i\n" "dispositivi RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6614,8 +6306,8 @@ "Dimensioni dei cilindri mostra le dimensioni dei\n" "cilindri del disco rigido." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6623,8 +6315,8 @@ "Dimensione settore mostra la dimensione dei\n" "settori del disco rigido." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6632,8 +6324,8 @@ "Dispositivo mostra il nome kernel del\n" "dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6641,8 +6333,8 @@ "Etichetta del disco mostra il tipo della tabella delle\n" "partizioni del disco, ad esempio <tt>MSDOS</tt> o <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6650,8 +6342,8 @@ "Cifrato indica se il dispositivo è\n" "cifrato." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6659,8 +6351,8 @@ "Cilindro di fine mostra il cilindro\n" "finale della partizione." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6668,8 +6360,8 @@ "LUN mostra il Logical Unit Number (numero unità logica)\n" "per i dischi Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6677,8 +6369,8 @@ "ID porta mostra l'ID della porta per i dischi\n" "Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6686,8 +6378,8 @@ "WWPN mostra il nome della porta World Wide per\n" "i dischi Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6695,8 +6387,8 @@ "Percorso del file mostra il percorso del file per\n" "un dispositivo del ciclo cifrato." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6704,18 +6396,18 @@ "Formato mostra alcuni flag: <tt>F</tt>\n" "significa che il dispositivo è selezionato per essere formattato." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "ID FS mostra l'identificativo del file system." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Tipo FS mostra il tipo di file system." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6723,8 +6415,8 @@ "Etichetta mostra l'etichetta del file\n" "system." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6732,32 +6424,28 @@ "Metadati mostra il tipo di metadati LVM per\n" "i gruppi di volumi." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Modello mostra il modello di dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Monta in base a indica la modalità di montaggio del file system:\n" -"(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del file " -"system, (UUID) in base\n" -"all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e (Percorso) " -"in base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" +"(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del file system, (UUID) in base\n" +"all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e (Percorso) in base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un punto interrogativo (?) indica che il file system non è elencato\n" @@ -6765,8 +6453,8 @@ "sistema di montaggio automatico. Quando si cambiano le impostazioni\n" "per questo volume YaST non aggiornerà <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6774,20 +6462,19 @@ "Punto di montaggio mostra dove il file system\n" "è montato." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) dopo il punto di montaggio indica un file system\n" "correntemente non montato, (ad esempio\n" "perché è stata impostata l'opzione <tt>noauto</tt> in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6795,8 +6482,8 @@ "Numero di cilindri mostra da quanti cilindri\n" "è composto il disco rigido." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6804,8 +6491,8 @@ "Algoritmo di parità mostra l'algoritmo\n" "di parità per dispositivi RAID con RAID di tipo 5, 6 o 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6813,13 +6500,13 @@ "Dimensione PE mostra la dimensione fisica\n" "dell'extent per i gruppi di volumi LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "Versione RAID mostra la versione del RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6827,13 +6514,13 @@ "Tipo RAID mostra il tipo di RAID, chiamato\n" "anche livello RAID, per dispositivi RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Dimensioni mostra le dimensioni del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6841,8 +6528,8 @@ "Cilindro di inizio mostra il cilindro\n" "iniziale della partizione." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6850,8 +6537,8 @@ "Segmenti mostra il numero di segmenti per i volumi logici LVM e,\n" "se è maggiore di uno, mostra tra parentesi la dimensione dei segmenti.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6859,18 +6546,17 @@ "Tipo offre una panoramica generale sul\n" "tipo di dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" -"ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del " -"dispositivo.\n" +"ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del dispositivo.\n" "Il campo può essere vuoto.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6878,8 +6564,8 @@ "Percorso dispositivo mostra il percorso statico del dispositivo.\n" "Il campo può essere lasciato vuoto." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6887,8 +6573,8 @@ "Usato da indica se un dispositivo è usato da\n" "RAID o LVM, ad esempio. In caso contrario questa colonna è vuota.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6896,246 +6582,245 @@ "UUID mostra l'Universally Unique Identifier\n" "(Identificatore Universalmente Unico) del file system." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Produttore mostra il produttore del dispositivo." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Dimensioni: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISCO %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formato: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Cifrato: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "File system: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Punto di montaggio: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Monta in base a: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Usato da %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etichetta: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Percorso dispositivo: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID dispositivo %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "ID BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Etichetta disco: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Fornitore: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modello: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadati: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Dimensione PE: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Suddivisioni: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Versione RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Dimensione porzione: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algoritmo di parità: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Numero di cilindri: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Dimensione cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Cilindro di inizio: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Cilindro di fine: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Dimensione settore: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ID FS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Percorso file: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID porta: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "Contenuto della tabella:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Dispositivo:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "File system:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Disco rigido:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "Contenuto della panoramica:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato da un'applicazione " -"sconosciuta.\n" +"Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato da un'applicazione sconosciuta.\n" "È necessario chiudere l'applicazione prima di continuare." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7143,50 +6828,44 @@ "Il sottosistema di memorizzazione è bloccato dall'applicazione \"%1\" (%2).\n" "È necessario chiudere l'applicazione prima di continuare." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Impossibile ridimensionare a causa di un file system incoerente. Controllare " -"il file system in Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Impossibile ridimensionare a causa di un file system incoerente. Controllare il file system in Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "File system per partizione radice" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "File system per partizione home" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Allarga s&wap per la sospensione" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni proposta" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Scegliere Proposta basata su partizioni se non si desidera " -"utilizzare LVM.\n" -"Scegliere Proposta basata su LVM per LVM semplice e Proposta " -"basata su LVM\n" +"Scegliere Proposta basata su partizioni se non si desidera utilizzare LVM.\n" +"Scegliere Proposta basata su LVM per LVM semplice e Proposta basata su LVM\n" "cifrata se si desidera che il sistema venga cifrato." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7195,103 +6874,100 @@ msgstr "" "È possibile selezionare il file system della partizione radice con la\n" "casella combinata corrispondente. Con il file system BtrFS la proposta può\n" -"abilitare snapshot automatici con lo snapper. In tal modo si aumenteranno " -"anche le\n" +"abilitare snapshot automatici con lo snapper. In tal modo si aumenteranno anche le\n" "dimensioni della partizione radice." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"La proposta può creare una partizione home separata. È possibile " -"selezionare il file system per\n" +"La proposta può creare una partizione home separata. È possibile selezionare il file system per\n" "la partizione home con la casella combinata corrispondente." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"È possibile rendere sufficientemente grande la partizione di scambio in " -"modo che nella maggior parte dei casi\n" +"È possibile rendere sufficientemente grande la partizione di scambio in modo che nella maggior parte dei casi\n" "sospenda il sistema nel disco." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Immettere la password per la cifratura della proposta." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Password:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Immetti di nuovo la password per la verifica:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposta basata su &partizioni" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposta basata su &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposta basata su &LVM cifrata" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Montaggio di deafault in base a:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "File system di default:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mostra i dispositivi di memorizzazione in base a:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Allineamento partizioni:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Informazioni visibili sui dispositivi di memorizzazione:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "primo file system radice"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97426 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:09:32 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97426 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/caasp.ru.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/country.ru.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/caasp.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/caasp.ru.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/caasp.ru.po 2017-09-14 14:09:32 UTC (rev 97426) @@ -14,34 +14,34 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Обзор установки" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Установить" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -59,29 +59,24 @@ "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" msgstr "" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/country.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/country.ru.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/country.ru.po 2017-09-14 14:09:32 UTC (rev 97426) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Конфигурация клавиатуры." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Итоговые настройки клавиатуры." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Устанавливает новые значения параметров клавиатуры." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Список всех доступных раскладок клавиатуры." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Новая раскладка клавиатуры" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Текущая раскладка клавиатуры: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Раскладка клавиатуры '%1' неверна. Используйте команду 'list' чтобы " -"просмотреть возможные значения." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры '%1' неверна. Используйте команду 'list' чтобы просмотреть возможные значения." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Раскладка клавиатуры" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -84,81 +81,76 @@ "Однако параметры по умолчанию уже установлены.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Заданные на этой странице настройки применяются только к клавиатуре " -"консоли. Настройте клавиатуру для графического интерфейса с помощью другого " -"средства.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Заданные на этой странице настройки применяются только к клавиатуре консоли. Настройте клавиатуру для графического интерфейса с помощью другого средства.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Экспертные настройки клавиатуры" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "Частота &повторения" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "За&держка перед тем, как начнется повторение" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Состояние при загрузке" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Num Lock включен" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Установки BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Да" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Нет" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Нет изменений>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "&Отключить Caps Lock" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Тест" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Настройки э&ксперта..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -166,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>Конфигурация клавиатуры</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Выберите раскладку клавиатуры, которую вы хотите использовать\n" "во время установки и в установленной системе.\n" "Проверите раскладку нажав Тест.\n" -"Для дополнительных настроек, таких как частота повторения и задержка, " -"выберите Дополнительные настройки.\n" +"Для дополнительных настроек, таких как частота повторения и задержка, выберите Дополнительные настройки.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -196,30 +186,26 @@ "Если не уверены, используйте значения, установленные по умолчанию.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Выберите раскладку клавиатуры для системного использования.\n" -"Чтобы изменить другие параметры, такие как частота повторения и задержка, " -"выберите Дополнительные настройки.\n" -"Больше параметров, равно как и больше раскладок, можно найти в настройках " -"клавиатуры в вашем рабочем окружении.\n" +"Чтобы изменить другие параметры, такие как частота повторения и задержка, выберите Дополнительные настройки.\n" +"Больше параметров, равно как и больше раскладок, можно найти в настройках клавиатуры в вашем рабочем окружении.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Настройка клавиатуры" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -227,12 +213,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -242,188 +228,183 @@ "отличную от используемой в системе для обновления.\n" "Выберите раскладку используемую во время обновления:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Не удалось выбрать для клавиатуры X11 режим \"%s\"" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Раскладка клавиатуры<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Язык<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Региональные и языковые параметры" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Язык:" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Настройка языка" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Отчет о настройках языка" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Установить новые значения для языка" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Список доступных языков." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Новое значение языка" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Список дополнительных языков (разделенных запятыми)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Не устанавливать специфичные для языков пакеты" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Сохранение конфигурации языка" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Сохранение настроек языка и консоли" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Установление или удаление ненужных пакетов" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Обновление перевода в меню загрузчика" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Сохранение настроек языка и консоли..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Установление или удаление ненужных пакетов..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Обновление перевода в меню загрузчика..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Сохранение настроек Пожалуйста подождите..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Текущий язык: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Дополнительные языки: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 не верный язык. Используйте команду 'list' чтобы просмотреть доступные " -"значения." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 не верный язык. Используйте команду 'list' чтобы просмотреть доступные значения." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Язык" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Языки" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Добро пожаловать в систему восстановления" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Описание" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "До&полнительные языки" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Основной &язык:" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Параметры настройки основного языка" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Дополнительные пакеты с поддержкой выбранных основного и дополнительного " -"языков будут установлены. Пакеты которые уже не требуются, будут удалены.\n" +"Дополнительные пакеты с поддержкой выбранных основного и дополнительного языков будут установлены. Пакеты которые уже не требуются, будут удалены.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -435,8 +416,8 @@ "установки и позже в установленной системе.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -446,8 +427,8 @@ "Нажмите на кнопку Далее для перехода к следующему диалоговому окну.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -456,12 +437,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "С вашим компьютером ничего не произойдет до тех пор,\n" -"пока вы не подтвердите выбор всех ваших настроек в последнем окне " -"установки.\n" +"пока вы не подтвердите выбор всех ваших настроек в последнем окне установки.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -473,9 +453,9 @@ "для выхода из процесса установки.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -485,8 +465,8 @@ "Выберите новый Язык для вашей системы.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -496,26 +476,21 @@ "Выберите новый Основной язык для вашей системы.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Установите флажок Адаптировать раскладку клавиатуры, чтобы " -"адаптировать раскладку клавиатуры к новому языку.\n" -"Установите флажок Адаптировать часовой пояс, чтобы изменить текущий " -"часовой пояс в соответствии с основным языком.\n" +"Установите флажок Адаптировать раскладку клавиатуры, чтобы адаптировать раскладку клавиатуры к новому языку.\n" +"Установите флажок Адаптировать часовой пояс, чтобы изменить текущий часовой пояс в соответствии с основным языком.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -527,13 +502,13 @@ "Определите дополнительны языки которые будут использоваться в системе.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Есть неразрешённые зависимости." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -541,8 +516,8 @@ "Нет достаточно места чтобы установить все дополнительные пакеты.\n" "Удалите из выбора некоторые языки." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -556,8 +531,8 @@ "Если не уверены, используйте уже выбранные значения по умолчанию.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -565,77 +540,66 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Локальные настройки для пользователя root\n" -"определяют как переменные локальных настроек (LC_*) установлены для " -"пользователя root." +"определяют как переменные локальных настроек (LC_*) установлены для пользователя root." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Только ctype: суперпользователь имеет LC_CTYPE такой же, как у " -"обычного пользователя. Другие значения не установлены.\n" -"Да: суперпользователь имеет такие же локальные настройки как и " -"обычные пользователи. \n" -"Нет: у суперпользователя все переменные локальных настроек не " -"установлены.\n" +"Только ctype: суперпользователь имеет LC_CTYPE такой же, как у обычного пользователя. Другие значения не установлены.\n" +"Да: суперпользователь имеет такие же локальные настройки как и обычные пользователи. \n" +"Нет: у суперпользователя все переменные локальных настроек не установлены.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Используйте Уточненная настройка локали чтобы установить локальные " -"настройки для основного языка который не представлен в основном дилоге. " -"Перевод может быть недоступен для выбранно локалии." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Используйте Уточненная настройка локали чтобы установить локальные настройки для основного языка который не представлен в основном дилоге. Перевод может быть недоступен для выбранно локалии." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Подробные настройки языка" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Настройки локали для пользователя &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "только ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Использовать кодировку &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "&Уточненная настройка локали" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "Адаптировать &раскладку клавиатуры к %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Адаптировать &часовой пояс к %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -643,14 +607,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Загружается языковое расширение системы установки..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -662,21 +626,21 @@ "\n" "Будет использован резервный язык: %{fallback}." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Основной язык: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Установка пакетов..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -684,87 +648,84 @@ "перевод основного языка не полон.\n" "Некоторый текст будет показан на Английском.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"Выбранные языки не могут использоваться в текстовом режиме. Английский " -"использован\n" +"Выбранные языки не могут использоваться в текстовом режиме. Английский использован\n" "для установки, но выбранный язык будет использован для новой системы." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Показать итоговые настройки часового пояса" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Установите новые значения для настройки часового пояса" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Список всех доступных часовых поясов" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Новый часовой пояс" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Новое значение для аппаратных часов. Допустимые варианты: local (локальное), " -"utc и UTC." +msgstr "Новое значение для аппаратных часов. Допустимые варианты: local (локальное), utc и UTC." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Текущий часовой пояс:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Установить системные часы в:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Локальное время" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Текущее время и дата:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -772,36 +733,32 @@ "Время %1 неверно.\n" "Установите правильное время перед началом установки." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Часовой пояс" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Часовой пояс" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"В поле Установить системные часы выберите локальное время или время в " -"формате UTC.\n" +"В поле Установить системные часы выберите локальное время или время в формате UTC.\n" " Большинство ПК, на которых также установлены другие операционные системы\n" " (такие как Microsoft Windows), используют локальное время.\n" " Компьютеры, на которых установлена\n" @@ -810,8 +767,8 @@ " выполнять переход на летнее время и обратно.\n" " \n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -821,26 +778,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Примечание: Внутренние системные часы, используемые ядром Linux, всегда " -"должны\n" +"Примечание: Внутренние системные часы, используемые ядром Linux, всегда должны\n" "быть в UTC, поскольку являются опорным значением для корректировки местного\n" "времени пространства пользователя. Если же вы выберете локальное время для\n" -"часов CMOS, изучите руководство пользователя на тему побочных эффектов этого " -"выбора.\n" +"часов CMOS, изучите руководство пользователя на тему побочных эффектов этого выбора.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -848,77 +800,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вы выбрали местное время, однако, похоже, что у вас установлен только " -"Linux.\n" +"Вы выбрали местное время, однако, похоже, что у вас установлен только Linux.\n" "В этом случае настоятельно рекомендуем использовать UTC (и нажать Отмена).\n" "\n" -"Если вы хотите оставить местное время, вам придётся подстраивать часы CMOS " -"дважды в год\n" -"в связи с переходами на зимнее/летнее время. Если вы не будете этого делать, " -"могут появиться\n" +"Если вы хотите оставить местное время, вам придётся подстраивать часы CMOS дважды в год\n" +"в связи с переходами на зимнее/летнее время. Если вы не будете этого делать, могут появиться\n" "сбои при резервном копировании, почтовик может удалять сообщения и т.д.\n" "\n" "Если вы используете UTC, Linux подстроит время автоматически.\n" "\n" "Хотите продолжить с этим выбором (местное время)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Системное время и дата показаны в соответствующих полях. Если нужно, " -"измените их значения на правильные или используйте Network Time Protocol " -"(NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Системное время и дата показаны в соответствующих полях. Если нужно, измените их значения на правильные или используйте Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Нажмите Принять для сохранения изменений." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Текущая Дата в Формате ДД-MM-ГГГГ" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Текущее время в формате ЧЧ:MM:СС" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Текущая дата" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Текущее время" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Вручную" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Изменить время сейчас" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Синхронизировать с сервером NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Изменить дату и время" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -926,8 +870,8 @@ "Неверное время (ЧЧ:MM:СС) %1\n" "Введите правильное время.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -935,49 +879,49 @@ "Неверная Дата (ДД-MM-ГГГГ) %1\n" "Введите правильную дату.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Другие н&астройки..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Дата и время (NTP настроен)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Дата и время" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Аппаратные часы установлены в формате UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Регион:" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Часовой &пояс" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Дата и время:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -985,357 +929,353 @@ "\n" "<big>Настройки часового пояса и часов</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Выберите часовой пояс который будет использован в вашей системе, Сначало " -"выберите Регион.\n" -"Затем в Часовом поясе выберите соответствующий часовой пояс, страну, " -"или\n" +"Выберите часовой пояс который будет использован в вашей системе, Сначало выберите Регион.\n" +"Затем в Часовом поясе выберите соответствующий часовой пояс, страну, или\n" "регион из числа доступных.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Если текущее время неверно, нажмите кнопку Изменить и задайте " -"правильные значения.\n" +"Если текущее время неверно, нажмите кнопку Изменить и задайте правильные значения.\n" " " -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Часы и часовой пояс" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Выберите ваш часовой пояс" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Локальное время" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Установить системные часы" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP настроен" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Текущий часовой пояс: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Английский (США)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Английский (Великобритания)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Немецкий" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Немецкий (с \"мертвыми\" кнопками)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Немецкий (Швейцария)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Французский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Французский (Швейцария)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Французский (Канада)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Канадский (Многоязычный)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Испанский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Испанский (Латинская Америка)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Испанский (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Итальянский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Португальский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Португальский (Бразилия)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Португальский (Бразилия- США акцент)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Греческий" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Голландский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Датский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Норвежский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Шведский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Финский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Чешский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Чешский (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Словацкий" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Словакский (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Словакский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Венгерский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Польский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Русский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Сербский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Эстонский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Литовский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Турецкий" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Хорватский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Японский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Бельгия" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Исландский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Украинский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Хмерский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Корейский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Арабский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Таджикский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Китайский (традиционный)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Китайский (упрощенный)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Румынский" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "US международная" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Испанский (астурийский диалект)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ru/po/storage.ru.po 2017-09-14 14:09:32 UTC (rev 97426) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -29,67 +29,66 @@ "Используйте эту программу, только если знакомы с разметкой жестких дисков.\n" "\n" "Никогда не размечайте диски, которые могут как-либо использоваться\n" -"(смонтированные, разделы подкачки и т. д.), если вы точно не знаете, что " -"делаете.\n" +"(смонтированные, разделы подкачки и т. д.), если вы точно не знаете, что делаете.\n" "В противном случае таблица разделов в ядре не будет обновлена,\n" "что, скорее всего, приведет к потере данных.\n" "\n" "Чтобы все равно продолжить, щелкните \"Да\".\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Экспертное разбиение" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Инициализация..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Идет определение томов." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Настройка накопителей" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Список дисков и разделов" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Список дисков" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Список разделов" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Предложенная разметка" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Экспертный разделитель..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "Создать разметку(&C)" -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -97,15 +96,15 @@ "Нет автоматического предложения.\n" "Определите вручную точки монтирования в диалоге разбиения." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Редактировать параметры предложения" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -115,9 +114,9 @@ "Диски проверены. На экране отображен предложенный\n" "вариант разметки диска." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -131,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 и измените настройки в диалоговом окне\n" "модуля экспертной разметки.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -150,28 +149,27 @@ "Этот вариант можно использовать и для расширенных\n" "конфигураций, например включающих RAID и шифрование.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Невозможно создать запрошенное предложение." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Недостаточно свободного места, чтобы предложить снимки для корневого тома." +msgstr "Недостаточно свободного места, чтобы предложить снимки для корневого тома." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Недостаточно места, чтобы предложить отдельный /home." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Не назначена корневая файловая система. Невозможно продолжить работу." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -179,22 +177,22 @@ "Использование этого предложения перезапишет изменения,\n" "сделанные вручную. Продолжить использование предложения?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Подготовка дисков..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "МБ" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -204,9 +202,9 @@ "использовано\n" "%1" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -216,9 +214,9 @@ "Свободно\n" " %1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -226,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows: свободно (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -254,9 +252,9 @@ "Выберите новый размер раздела Windows.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -272,9 +270,9 @@ "До этого момента раздел Windows будет оставаться нетронутым.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -288,23 +286,23 @@ "Назад.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Сейчас" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "После установки" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -320,9 +318,9 @@ "изменения размера раздела.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -336,9 +334,9 @@ "поле ввода, чтобы изменить предложенные значения.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -352,29 +350,29 @@ "будут автоматически созданы разделы.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows: использовано" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "свободно" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -388,9 +386,9 @@ "как требуется для &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -399,13 +397,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows: использовано — это размер места, используемого разделом " -"Windows.\n" +"Windows: использовано — это размер места, используемого разделом Windows.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -417,13 +414,13 @@ "(до установки Linux) в разделе.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Изменение размера раздела Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -449,9 +446,9 @@ "устройстве Windows, включая рабочее пространство Windows и\n" "пространство для %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -467,8 +464,8 @@ " и объема использованного пространства, это может занять некоторое время.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -490,14 +487,14 @@ " Если проблема повторится, измените размер\n" " раздела Windows другими способами.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Доступного места не достаточно для установки." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -517,15 +514,15 @@ "\tWindows любым другим способом.\n" "\t" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "Система может быть настроена только с пользовательской разметкой." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -545,10 +542,10 @@ " Выберите другой диск или прервите установку и\n" " уменьшите раздел Windows другими способами.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -564,10 +561,10 @@ "Выберите другой диск или прервите установку и\n" "уменьшите размер раздела Windows любым другим способом.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -595,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "Вы действительно хотите уменьшить размер раздела Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Уменьшить Windows" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -616,13 +613,13 @@ " \n" " Действительно удалить раздел Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Удалить Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -634,41 +631,38 @@ "Чтобы установить Linux, пометьте больше разделов \n" "для удаления или выберите диск большего размера." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Доступные диски" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "Пользовательское разбиение (для экспертов)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Жесткий диск" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Диски не найдены. Попробуйте использовать для установки компакт-диск " -"обновления, если он доступен." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Диски не найдены. Попробуйте использовать для установки компакт-диск обновления, если он доступен." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -680,8 +674,8 @@ "Выберите тот, на который будет установлен &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -691,8 +685,8 @@ "Позже вы можете выбрать какая часть диска будет использована для &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +702,27 @@ "точек монтирования при установке &product;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Подготовка жесткого диска" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Выберите один из вариантов для продолжения." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Диск %1 используется %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -742,62 +736,62 @@ "Чтобы убедиться, что выбранная разметка\n" "соответствует требованиям продукта, обратитесь к руководству пользователя." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Включить multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -805,7 +799,7 @@ "Невозможно создать снимки.\n" "Используйте корневой раздел большего размера." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -813,35 +807,35 @@ "Раздел \"/home\" не будет отформатирован. После установки убедитесь,\n" "что домашним каталогам назначены правильные владельцы." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Пользовательский" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Стандартный" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Разметка" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "Разбиение" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Сохранение конфигурации..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -849,15 +843,15 @@ "Неверный текущий выбор:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, не назначенный" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -865,16 +859,16 @@ "Использовать\n" "для установки %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Использовать в&есь диск" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -882,8 +876,8 @@ "На этом диске пока еще нет разделов.\n" "Весь диск будет использован для %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -891,18 +885,18 @@ "Диск, похоже, используется Windows.\n" "Недостаточно места для установки Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "&Полностью удалить Windows" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Уменьшить раздел Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -912,8 +906,8 @@ "Выберите место на жестком диске для установки &product;.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -925,8 +919,8 @@ "или более разделов либо свободных областей.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -940,8 +934,8 @@ "может повлиять на работу других операционных систем.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -953,16 +947,16 @@ "утеряны. Восстановить эти данные будет невозможно.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Устанавливаю на:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -976,8 +970,8 @@ "или уменьшить раздел для получения свободного места.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -993,28 +987,28 @@ "будут реорганизованы. В редких случаях это может привести к краху.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Предложить &отдельный домашний раздел" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Создать предложение на базе &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Шифровать группу томов" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Тип предложения" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1028,8 +1022,8 @@ "\n" "Использовать эту настройку?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1037,16 +1031,14 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Вы попытались смонтировать FAT-раздел в одну из следующих точек " -"монтирования:\n" +"Вы попытались смонтировать FAT-раздел в одну из следующих точек монтирования:\n" "/, /usr, /home, /opt или /var. Скорее всего, это приведёт к проблемам.\n" -"Используйте файловую систему Linux, такую как ext3 или ext4, для этих точек " -"монтирования.\n" +"Используйте файловую систему Linux, такую как ext3 или ext4, для этих точек монтирования.\n" "\n" "Действительно использовать эти настройки?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1060,8 +1052,8 @@ "\n" "Действительно использовать эти настройки?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1075,9 +1067,9 @@ "\n" "Действительно использовать эти настройки?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1093,8 +1085,8 @@ "\n" "Продолжить установку с текущими параметрами?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1114,8 +1106,8 @@ "\n" "Использовать эту настройку?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1129,8 +1121,8 @@ "\n" "Сохранить данный размер загрузочного раздела?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1139,16 +1131,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Внимание! Отсутствует раздел типа bios_grub.\n" -"Этот раздел рекомендуется (требуется для Btrfs) использовать, когда в MBR " -"диска BPT\n" +"Этот раздел рекомендуется (требуется для Btrfs) использовать, когда в MBR диска BPT\n" "установлен Grub2. Он должен быть не отформатирован и иметь размер\n" "приблизительно 1 МБ.\n" "Действительно использовать эти настройки?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1166,8 +1157,8 @@ "\n" "Продолжить установку с текущими параметрами без раздела /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1188,23 +1179,21 @@ "\n" "Использовать эту настройку?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" "%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Внимание! Некоторые подчиненные тома корневой файловой системы стали " -"теневыми\n" -"из-за точек монтирования другой файловой системы. Это может привести к " -"возникновению проблем.\n" +"Внимание! Некоторые подчиненные тома корневой файловой системы стали теневыми\n" +"из-за точек монтирования другой файловой системы. Это может привести к возникновению проблем.\n" "%s\n" "Использовать эту конфигурацию?\n" "\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1220,8 +1209,8 @@ "\n" "Использовать эту настройку?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1245,8 +1234,8 @@ "\n" "Действительно использовать эти настройки?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1270,20 +1259,19 @@ "\n" "Действительно использовать эти настройки?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Использовать эту настройку?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1291,15 +1279,14 @@ "\n" "Раздел подкачки не назначен. В большинстве случаев мы настоятельно\n" "рекомендуем создать и назначить раздел подкачки.\n" -"Созданные разделы подкачки в системе отображаются в главном окне с типом " -"\"Linux Swap\".\n" +"Созданные разделы подкачки в системе отображаются в главном окне с типом \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Назначенный раздел подкачки имеет точку монтирования \"swap\".\n" "При желании можно определить несколько разделов подкачки.\n" "\n" "Действительно использовать эти настройки без раздела подкачки?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1308,12 +1295,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Выбрана установка в существующий раздел, который не будет\n" -"отформатирован. Средство установки YaST не может гарантировать правильную " -"установку\n" +"отформатирован. Средство установки YaST не может гарантировать правильную установку\n" "в любом из следующих случаев:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1325,21 +1311,19 @@ "который будет перезаписан\n" "- если этот раздел еще не содержит файловую систему.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Если сомневаетесь, лучше вернуться назад и пометить этот раздел\n" -"для форматирования — особенно если ему присвоены стандартные точки " -"монтирования,\n" +"для форматирования — особенно если ему присвоены стандартные точки монтирования,\n" "такие как /boot, /opt или /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1349,8 +1333,8 @@ "\n" "Оставить раздел неформатированным?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1358,8 +1342,8 @@ "Выбранное устройство принадлежит дисковому массиву RAID (%1).\n" "Перед редактированием его следует удалить из RAID.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1367,8 +1351,8 @@ "Выбранное устройство принадлежит группе томов (%1).\n" "Перед редактированием его следует удалить из группы томов.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1376,8 +1360,8 @@ "Выделенный раздел используется томом (%1).\n" "Удалите том перед правкой.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1385,8 +1369,8 @@ "Устройство (%2) принадлежит RAID (%1).\n" "Исключите его из RAID перед удалением.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1394,38 +1378,34 @@ "Устройство (%2) используется %1.\n" "Удалите %1 до удаления устройства.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Невозможно удалить, пока примонтировано." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" "Устройство (%1) нельзя удалить, так как это логический раздел и\n" -"его номер меньше номера другого логического раздела, который в данный момент " -"используется.\n" +"его номер меньше номера другого логического раздела, который в данный момент используется.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Выбранный дополнительный раздел содержит смонтированные разделы:\n" "%1\n" -"*Настоятельно* рекомендуется отмонтировать эти разделы до удаления " -"дополнительного раздела.\n" +"*Настоятельно* рекомендуется отмонтировать эти разделы до удаления дополнительного раздела.\n" "Выберите \"Отмена\", если вы не знаете точно, что делаете.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1438,8 +1418,8 @@ "входящий в группу томов. Удалите все разделы из соответствующих\n" "групп томов перед удалением дополнительного раздела.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1448,13 +1428,12 @@ "deleting the extended partition.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Выбранный дополнительный раздел содержит по крайне мере один раздел, " -"являющийся\n" +"Выбранный дополнительный раздел содержит по крайне мере один раздел, являющийся\n" "частью RAID. Удалите все разделы из соответствующих систем\n" "RAID перед удалением дополнительного раздела.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1466,8 +1445,8 @@ " используемый раздел. Перед удалением дополнительного раздела\n" " необходимо удалить используемый том.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1485,31 +1464,31 @@ "\n" "Сохранить текущие настройки?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Введите пароль для шифрованной файловой системы." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Не забудьте то, что вы здесь ввели!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Пустой пароль разрешён." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Пароль для зашифрованной файловой системы на %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1517,38 +1496,38 @@ "Введите пароль шифрования для\n" "устройства %1, смонтированного в %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Введите пароль зашифрованной файловой системы" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Вв&едите пароль файловой системы:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Введите пароль еще раз для проверки:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Пропустить" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1558,10 +1537,10 @@ "не совпадают.\n" "Попробуйте снова.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1569,10 +1548,10 @@ "Вы не ввели пароль\n" "Попробуйте снова.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1580,17 +1559,17 @@ "Длина пароля должна быть не менее %1 символов.\n" "Попробуйте снова.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Не является числом с плавающей точкой." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Опции файловой системы:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1598,15 +1577,14 @@ "Символ '/' больше нельзя использовать как метку тома\n" "Измените метку тома, чтобы она не содержала этот символ.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Смонтировано в /etc/fstab по\n" @@ -1616,60 +1594,58 @@ "могут монтироваться по UUID или метке тома. Если данный параметр отключен, \n" "то это невозможно.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Метка тома:\n" -"Имя, введенное в это поле, используется как метка тома. Обычно это имеет " -"смысл \n" +"Имя, введенное в это поле, используется как метка тома. Обычно это имеет смысл \n" "при активации параметра монтирования по метке тома.\n" "Метка тома не может содержать знак / или пробелы.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Смонтировано в /etc/fstab по" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Имя устройства" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Метка тома" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "ID устройства" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Путь к устройству" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Параметры fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1679,70 +1655,70 @@ "Максимальная длина метки тома для выбранной файловой системы\n" "составляет %1. Указанная метка тома усечена до этой длины.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Укажите метку тома для монтирования по метке." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Эта метка тома уже используется, выберите другую." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Файловая &система" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "Параметры(&p)... " -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Включить мгновенные состояния" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Зашифровать устройство" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "ID файловой системы:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Форматировать" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "Не форматировать" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Форматировать" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Опции Fstab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Точка монтирования" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1761,14 +1737,13 @@ "тип файловой системы), установка Linux может быть повреждена.\n" "\n" "Если вы можете отмонтировать раздел, сделайте это сейчас. Если\n" -"вы не знаете, как это сделать, прервите установку. Не продолжайте, если вы " -"не знаете\n" +"вы не знаете, как это сделать, прервите установку. Не продолжайте, если вы не знаете\n" "точно, что делаете.\n" "\n" "Продолжить?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1776,11 +1751,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файловая система в разделе не может быть уменьшена YaST2.\n" -"Уменьшение возможно только для файловых систем fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 и " -"reiser." +"Уменьшение возможно только для файловых систем fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 и reiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1788,25 +1762,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файловая система на логическом томе не может быть уменьшена YaST2.\n" -"Уменьшение возможно только для файловых систем fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 и " -"reiser." +"Уменьшение возможно только для файловых систем fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 и reiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Вы рискуете потерять данные, если уменьшите этот раздел." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Вы рискуете потерять данные, если уменьшите этот логический том." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Продолжить?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1816,32 +1789,31 @@ "Файловая система на выбранном разделе не может быть расширена YaST2.\n" "Можно расширять только файловые системы fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs и reiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Файловая система на выбранном логическом томе не может быть расширена " -"YaST2.\n" +"Файловая система на выбранном логическом томе не может быть расширена YaST2.\n" "Можно расширять только файловые системы fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs и reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Продолжить изменение размера?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Вы уменьшили раздел с файловой системой reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Вы уменьшили логический том с файловой системой reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1855,23 +1827,21 @@ "\n" "Уменьшить файловую систему?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Выбранное устройство содержит смонтированные разделы:\n" "%1\n" -"*Настоятельно* рекомендуется отмонтировать эти разделы до удаления таблицы " -"разделов.\n" +"*Настоятельно* рекомендуется отмонтировать эти разделы до удаления таблицы разделов.\n" "Выберите \"Отмена\", если вы не знаете точно, что делаете.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1885,8 +1855,8 @@ "из соответствующих групп томов,\n" "перед удалением устройства.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1900,8 +1870,8 @@ "соответствующих RAID-систем перед удалением\n" "устройства.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1913,51 +1883,49 @@ "используемый другим томом. Удалите использующий его том\n" "перед удалением устройства.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Создать и удалить служебные тома из файловой системы Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Включить автоматические мгновенные состояния для файловой системы Btrfs " -"со средством Snapper." +msgstr "Включить автоматические мгновенные состояния для файловой системы Btrfs со средством Snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Существующие подтома:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Новый подтом" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Добавить новый" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Удалить" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Обработка подтома" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Пустое имя подтома не допускается." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1965,16 +1933,16 @@ "Разрешены только имена подтомов, начинающиеся с \"%1\"!\n" "Приставка \"%1\" добавлена к имени подтома автоматически." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Имя подтома %1 уже существует." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Изменения, произведенные в этом диалоговом окне, будут утеряны." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1984,8 +1952,8 @@ "Создать шифрованную файловую систему.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1995,8 +1963,8 @@ "Доступ к шифрованной файловой системы.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2010,34 +1978,31 @@ "безопасна, как и любая другая файловая система linux.\n" "\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Эта точка монтирования соответствует временной файловой системе, такой как /" -"tmp или /var/tmp.\n" +"Эта точка монтирования соответствует временной файловой системе, такой как /tmp или /var/tmp.\n" "Если оставить пароль шифрования пустым, при запуске система\n" "автоматически создаст случайный пароль. Это означает, что после завершения\n" "работы системы все данные в этих файловых системах будут утеряны.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2050,27 +2015,24 @@ "попросят ввести его дважды.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Необходимо учитывать различия между прописными и строчными буквами. Пароль " -"должен состоять как\n" -" минимум из %1 символов и, как правило, не должен содержать специальные " -"символы (например, буквы с ударениями или умляутами).\n" +"Необходимо учитывать различия между прописными и строчными буквами. Пароль должен состоять как\n" +" минимум из %1 символов и, как правило, не должен содержать специальные символы (например, буквы с ударениями или умляутами).\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2084,10 +2046,10 @@ "(<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) и цифры от <tt>0</tt> до <tt>9</tt>.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2097,8 +2059,8 @@ "Не забудьте этот пароль!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2108,12 +2070,11 @@ "Понадобится ввести свой пароль шифрования.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2124,7 +2085,7 @@ "файловая система не доступна в течение обновления.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2144,7 +2105,7 @@ "Если этот диск необходимо использовать для установки, удалите\n" "метку диска в модуле экспертной разметки.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2153,24 +2114,23 @@ "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" msgstr "" "Предупреждение! Ваша система сообщает о необходимости \n" -"установки системного раздела EFI. Поскольку выбранный диск не содержит метку " -"диска \n" +"установки системного раздела EFI. Поскольку выбранный диск не содержит метку диска \n" "GPT, то YaST создаст метку GPT на этом диске.\n" "\n" "Отметьте все разделы на этом диске, которые нужно удалить.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Вы не можете использовать точку монтирования \"%1\" для LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Вы не можете использовать точку монтирования %1 для RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2179,16 +2139,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Файловая система, которая может содержать файлы, необходимые для правильной " -"работы\n" +"Файловая система, которая может содержать файлы, необходимые для правильной работы\n" "системы, не будет монтироваться при запуске автоматически.\n" "\n" "Это может привести к проблемам.\n" "\n" "Продолжить?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2204,50 +2163,46 @@ "\n" "Продолжить?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Точка монтирования не должна быть пустой." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Устройства подкачки должны иметь точку монтирования swap." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Только устройства подкачки могут иметь точку монтирования swap." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Эта точка монтирования уже используется, выберите другую." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Файловая система FAT использованна для системной точки монтирования (/, /" -"usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Файловая система FAT использованна для системной точки монтирования (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Это невозможно." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Неверный символ в точке монтирования. Не используйте \"`'!\"%#\" в точке " -"монтирования." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Неверный символ в точке монтирования. Не используйте \"`'!\"%#\" в точке монтирования." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2257,13 +2212,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Точка монтирования должна начинаться с \"/\" " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2271,10 +2226,10 @@ "Запрещено осуществлять подкачку точки подключения\n" "к устройствам без файла подкачки." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2284,8 +2239,8 @@ "Введенный размер после округления: %2.\n" "Минимальный размер для этой файловой системы: %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2293,8 +2248,8 @@ "Не разрешается создавать точку монтирования для устройства\n" "с несуществующей или неизвестной файловой системой." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2316,30 +2271,29 @@ "\n" "Действительно использовать эту файловую систему?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Файловая система смонтирована в %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "Можете попробовать отмонтировать её сейчас, продолжить без отмонтирования\n" -"или отменить операцию. Нажмите «Отмена», если вы не уверены в своих " -"действиях." +"или отменить операцию. Нажмите «Отмена», если вы не уверены в своих действиях." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Отключить" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2347,75 +2301,75 @@ "Можете попробовать отмонтировать её сейчас или отменить операцию.\n" "Нажмите «Отмена», если вы не уверены в своих действиях." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Невозможно уменьшить файловую систему, пока она смонтирована." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Невозможно увеличить файловую систему, пока она смонтирована." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Невозможно изменить размер файловой системы, пока она смонтирована." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Пересканировать устройства" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Импортировать точки монтирования" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Введите &пароль шифрования" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Настроить &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Настроить &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Настроить &Multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Настроить &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Настроить &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Настроить &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Настройка..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Доступное хранилище на %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2423,8 +2377,8 @@ "Здесь показаны все доступные\n" "устройства хранения." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2434,8 +2388,8 @@ "можно перейти к представлению с детальной информацией\n" "об устройстве.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2443,8 +2397,8 @@ "Выделив запись таблицы, вы переключитесь\n" "на вид с детальной информацией об устройстве." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2452,8 +2406,8 @@ "Пересканирование дисков отменит все текущие изменения.\n" "Действительно пересканировать диски?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2461,8 +2415,8 @@ "Вызов настройки iSCSI отменит все текущие изменения.\n" "Действительно вызвать настройку iSCSI?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2470,10 +2424,10 @@ "Вызов конфигурации FCoE отменяет все текущие изменения.\n" "Действительно вызвать конфигурацию FCoE?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2481,8 +2435,8 @@ "При вызове настройки multipath будут отменены все текущие изменения.\n" "Действительно вызвать настройку multipath?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2490,8 +2444,8 @@ "Вызов настройки DASD отменит все текущие изменения.\n" "Действительно вызвать настройку DASD?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2499,8 +2453,8 @@ "Вызов настройки zFCP отменит все текущие изменения.\n" "Действительно вызвать настройку zFCP?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2508,50 +2462,50 @@ "Вызов настройки XPRAM отменит все текущие изменения.\n" "Действительно вызвать настройку XPRAM?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Редактировать btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Выберите хотя бы одно устройство." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Измените устройства, используемые томом Btrfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Неиспользуемые устройства:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Выбранные устройства:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Изменить размер тома btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Не выбрано Btrfs-устройство." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2559,178 +2513,174 @@ "Том btrfs %1 используется и не может редактироваться.\n" "Для редактирования тома %1 убедитесь, что он не используется." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Не удалось удалить некоторые физические устройства." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Редактировать" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Удалить" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Тома Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Редактировать..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Удалить..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Здесь показаны все тома Btrfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2738,8 +2688,8 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация о\n" "выбранном томе Btrfs.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2747,74 +2697,72 @@ "Здесь показаны все устройства, используемые\n" "выбранным томом Btrfs.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Устройство btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Обзор" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Используемые устройства(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Выберите роль устройства." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Загрузочный раздел EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Операционная система" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Данные и приложения ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Подкачка" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Неразмеченный том (неформатированный)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Роль" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2822,71 +2770,68 @@ "Прежде всего выберите, должен ли раздел быть\n" "отформатирован и тип файловой системы." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Чтобы зашифровать все данные на томе, выберите\n" "Зашифровать устройство. При изменении шифрования на существующем\n" "томе будут удалены все данные на нем.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Затем выберите, должен ли раздел быть\n" -"примонтирован, и введите точку монтирования ( /, /boot, /home, /var и т.д.)</" -"p>" +"примонтирован, и введите точку монтирования ( /, /boot, /home, /var и т.д.)" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Опции форматирования" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Форматировать раздел" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Не форматировать раздел" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Не монтировать раздел" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Опции монтирования" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Монтировать раздел" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Точка монтирования" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Опции Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Файлы шифра должны быть зашифрованы." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2898,18 +2843,18 @@ "\n" "Проверьте также опцию формата.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Файлам шифра нужна точка монтирования." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Для Tmpfs требуется точка монтирования." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2923,8 +2868,8 @@ "безопасна, как и любая другая файловая система Linux.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2934,26 +2879,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "На этом томе используется файловая система swap. Можно оставить пароль\n" -"шифрования пустым, но тогда устройство подкачки нельзя будет использовать " -"для\n" +"шифрования пустым, но тогда устройство подкачки нельзя будет использовать для\n" "гибернации (приостановки работы с записью состояния на диск).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Все данные, хранящиеся на этом томе, будут потеряны." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "ПАРОЛЬ" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Изменение размера не поддерживается устройством нижнего уровня." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2963,7 +2907,7 @@ "Размер выбранного раздела изменить нельзя, поскольку файловая система\n" " этого раздела не поддерживает изменение размера.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2971,8 +2915,8 @@ "Невозможно проверить изменяемость размера NTFS,\n" "пока она примонтирована." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2980,79 +2924,79 @@ "Не удается изменить размер раздела %1,\n" "так как нарушена целостность файловой системы.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Изменить размер раздела %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Изменить размер логического тома %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Текущий размер: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Сейчас используется: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Размер" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Максимальный размер (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Минимальный размер (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Другой размер" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Выберите новый размер." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "Введённый размер неверен.Введите размер между %1 и %2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3064,28 +3008,28 @@ "возможность отмонтировать эту файловую систему, это существенно увеличит\n" "скорость изменения размера." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Вывод %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Пересканирование дисков..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Редактировать DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Не выбрано DM-устройство." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3093,13 +3037,13 @@ "DM %1 используется и не может быть отредактировано.\n" "Для редактирования %1 убедитесь, что оно не используется." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Device Mapper (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3109,8 +3053,8 @@ "в какое-нибудь другое представление. Поэтому диски multipath,\n" "BIOS RAID и логические тома LVM здесь не показаны.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3118,8 +3062,8 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация о\n" "выбранном устройстве Device Mapper." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3127,185 +3071,185 @@ "Здесь показаны все устройства, используемые\n" "выбранным устройством Device Mapper." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Устройство DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Добавить RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Добавить группу томов" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Граф устройств" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Сохранить карту устройств…" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Здесь показан граф устройств." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Ошибка при сохранении файла графа." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Граф точек монтирования" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Сохранить карту точек монтирования…" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Здесь показан граф точек монтирования." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Выберите тип раздела для нового раздела." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "Основной раздел" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Дополнительный раздел" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Логический раздел" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Новый тип раздела" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Выберите размер для нового раздела." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Новый размер раздела" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Пользовательская область" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Начальный цилиндр" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Конечный цилиндр" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "Область указана неверно..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Добавить раздел на %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Редактировать раздел %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Нет места для перемещенного раздела %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Переместить раздел %1 вперед?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Переместить раздел %1 назад?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Переместить раздел %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Вперед" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Назад" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Подтвердите удаление всех разделов" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3313,35 +3257,35 @@ "Диск \"%1\" содержит по крайней мере один раздел.\n" "Если продолжить, следующие разделы будут удалены:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Удалить все разделы на \"%1\"?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Не выбран диск." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "Не удается создать таблицу разделов в DASD в формате LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Этот диск используется и не может быть отредактирован." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Выберите новый тип таблицы разделов для %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3349,46 +3293,46 @@ "Действительно создать новую таблицу разделов на %1? Это удалит все данные\n" "на %1 и всех RAIDах и группах томов, использующих разделы на %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Не выбран диск." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Действительно удалить BIOS RAID %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Удалить все разделы RAID %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "На этом диске нет разделов для удаления." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Невозможно создать раздел на %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Не выбран раздел." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3396,13 +3340,13 @@ "Раздел %1 используется. Он не может быть отредактирован.\n" "Для редактирования %1 убедитесь, что он не используется." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Расширенный раздел можно изменить." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3410,13 +3354,13 @@ "Раздел %1 уже создан на диске\n" "и не может быть перемещен." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Расширенный раздел не может быть перемещен." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3424,13 +3368,13 @@ "Раздел %1 используется. Его размер не может быть изменён.\n" "Для изменения размера%1 убедитесь, что он не используется." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Можно изменить размер расширенного раздела." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3446,7 +3390,7 @@ "несколько разделов. После клонирования эти разделы\n" "будут удалены.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3454,11 +3398,11 @@ "Следующие разделы будут удалены,\n" "и все данные на них будут потеряны:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Удалить эти разделы?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3468,7 +3412,7 @@ "диске должен быть хотя бы один раздел.\n" "Создайте разделы, прежде чем клонировать диск.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3476,20 +3420,20 @@ "Невозможно клонировать диск. Нет дисков,\n" "которые могут иметь такую же разметку разделов." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Клонировать схему разделов %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Доступные целевые диски:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Выберите целевой диск для клонирования" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3497,8 +3441,8 @@ "Запуск dasdfmt удаляет все данные на диске.\n" "Действительно запустить dasdfmt на диске %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3510,58 +3454,58 @@ " Существующие на нем разделы опять\n" " отображаются.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Добавить раздел" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Переместить" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Изменить размер" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Переместить..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Изменить размер..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3569,8 +3513,8 @@ "Жесткие диски, BIOS RAID и устройства\n" "Multipath невозможно переместить." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3578,19 +3522,19 @@ "Размеры жестких дисков, дисков BIOS RAID и устройств\n" "Multipath изменять невозможно." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Жесткие диски" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Добавить раздел..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3598,18 +3542,18 @@ "Здесь показаны все жесткие диски, включая\n" "диски iSCSI, BIOS RAID, диски multipath, и их разделы.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Проверка работоспособности (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Свойства (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3617,57 +3561,56 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация\n" "о выбранном жёстком диске." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "Проверка SMART недоступна для этого диска." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "Использовать hdparm для этого диска нельзя." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Создать новую таблицу разделов" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Клонировать этот диск" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Запустите dasdfmt на устройстве DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Добавить..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Эксперт..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Здесь показаны все разделы выбранного\n" -"жесткого диска. Если жесткий диск используется, например в BIOS RAID или " -"multipath,\n" +"жесткого диска. Если жесткий диск используется, например в BIOS RAID или multipath,\n" "то разделы здесь не показываются.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3677,23 +3620,23 @@ "выбранным жестким диском. Это представление доступно только для BIOS RAID,\n" "размеченных программных RAID и дисков multipath.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "Разделы(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Жесткий диск: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Раздел: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3701,20 +3644,19 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация о\n" "выбранном разделе." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"Средство установки YaST просканировало ваши жесткие диски и нашло одну " -"или несколько\n" +"Средство установки YaST просканировало ваши жесткие диски и нашло одну или несколько\n" "существующих систем Linux с точками монтирования. Старые точки\n" "монтирования показаны в таблице.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3724,49 +3666,49 @@ "системные тома, например \"/\" и \"/usr\", во время установки.\n" "Несистемные тома, например \"/home\", отформатированы не будут." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Старой системы с точками монтирования обнаружено не было." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Показать предыдущее" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Показать следующие " -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Импорт точек монтирования из существующей системы:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Форматировать системные тома" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Импорт" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "Запись /etc/fstab, найденная на %1, содержит:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Введен неверный пароль." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Подтвердите удаление раздела, используемого LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3776,15 +3718,15 @@ "Чтобы сохранить целостность системы, эта группа томов и\n" "все ее логические тома будут удалены.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Удалить раздел \"%1\" и группу томов \"%2\" сейчас?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Подтвердите удаление раздела, используемого RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3794,24 +3736,24 @@ "Чтобы сохранить целостность системы,\n" "это RAID-устройство будет удалено:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Удалить раздел \"%1\" и RAID \"%2\"?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Действительно удалить все разделы на %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Удалить %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3819,61 +3761,58 @@ "\n" "Следует ли также удалить петлевой файл %1 ?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Неразбито" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Нераспределено" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Нет изменений в разбиении на разделы." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Изменения в разбиении на разделы:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Нет изменений в настройках хранилищ." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Настройки хранилища:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Пакеты, которые нужно установить:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Отсутствуют пакеты для установки." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Путь к петлевому файлу: Это должен быть абсолютный путь к " -"файлу,\n" -"содержащему данные для устанавливаемого шифрованного петлевого устройства.</" -"p>\n" +"Путь к петлевому файлу: Это должен быть абсолютный путь к файлу,\n" +"содержащему данные для устанавливаемого шифрованного петлевого устройства.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3885,8 +3824,8 @@ "файл с размером, указанным в следующем поле. ЗАМЕТЬТЕ: Если \n" "файл уже сущетвует, все данные в нем будут потеряны.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3894,11 +3833,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Размер. Это размер петлевого файла. Файловая система,\n" -"созданная на зашифрованном петлевом устройстве, будет иметь этот размер.</" -"p>\n" +"созданная на зашифрованном петлевом устройстве, будет иметь этот размер.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3907,29 +3845,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ.Средство установки YaST не может проверить " -"непротиворечивость размера файла и путей\n" +"ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ.Средство установки YaST не может проверить непротиворечивость размера файла и путей\n" "во время установки, так как файловая система недоступна.\n" "Она будет создана в конце установки.\n" "Вводите размер и путь аккуратно.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Путь к петлевому файлу" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Обзор..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Создать петлевой файл" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3937,13 +3874,13 @@ "Имя файла \"%1\" неверно.\n" "Используйте в качестве имени файла абсолютное имя пути.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "Введённый размер неверен. Введите размер как минимум %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3953,47 +3890,47 @@ "и флаг для создания выключен. Используйте существующий файл либо \n" "активируйте флаг для создания." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Добавить шифрованный файл" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Редактировать шифрованный файл %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Не выбран шифрованный файл. " -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4001,30 +3938,30 @@ "Шифрованный файл %1 используется. Он не может быть отредактирован.\n" "Для редактирования %1 убедитесь, что он не используется." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Шифрованные файлы" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Добавить шифрованный файл..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Здесь показаны все шифрованные файлы." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Шифрованный файл: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4032,23 +3969,23 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация о\n" "выбранном шифрованном файле." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Введите имя группы томов. " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Имя группы томов длиннее 128 символов." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Имя группы томов не должно начинаться с \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4056,13 +3993,13 @@ "Имя группы томов содержит недопустимые символы. Разрешены\n" "буквы, цифры, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" и \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Группа томов \"%1\" уже существует." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4070,13 +4007,13 @@ "Имя группы томов \"%1\" конфликтует\n" "с другой записью в каталоге /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Подтвердите удаление группы томов" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4086,13 +4023,13 @@ "Если продолжить, следующие тома будут демонтированы (если они смонтированы)\n" "и удалены:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" msgstr "Удалить группу томов \"%1\" и все соответствующие логические тома?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4100,18 +4037,18 @@ "Введённые данные неверны. Укажите размер физического участка больше %1\n" "кратно 2, например, \"%2\" или \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Выберите имя для логического тома." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Имя логического тома длиннее 128 символов." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4119,8 +4056,8 @@ "Имя логического тома содержит недопустимые символы.\n" "Разрешены буквы, цифры, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" и \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4128,58 +4065,56 @@ "Логический том с именем \"%1\" уже существует\n" "в группе томов \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "Введите имя и физический размер новой группы томов." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Выберите физические тома, которые должна содержать группа томов." +msgstr "Выберите физические тома, которые должна содержать группа томов." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Имя группы томов" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Размер физического участка" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Доступные физические тома:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Выбранные физические тома:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Измените устройства, используемые для группы томов." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Укажите размер, а также количество и размер полос\n" "для нового логического тома. Количество полос не может превышать\n" "количество физических томов в группе томов." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4189,173 +4124,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Так называемые тонкие тома могут иметь произвольный размер.\n" -"Необходимое место берется при необходимости из назначенного тонкого пула</" -"b>.\n" +"Необходимое место берется при необходимости из назначенного тонкого пула.\n" "Поэтому можно создать тонкий том размером больше, чем пул.\n" "Разумеется, при реальной записи данных на тонкий том в назначенном\n" "пуле должно быть достаточно места. Такие тома\n" "не имеют счетчика слоев." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Полосы" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Номер" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Добавить логический том %1 к %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Изменить размер группы томов %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Введите имя нового логического тома." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Можно объявить, что логический том является нормальным томом.\n" -"Это значение используется по умолчанию и означает простые LVM-тома, какими " -"они были до существования тонкой подготовки к работе.\n" -"Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, то это, вероятнее всего, правильный вариант." -"" +"Это значение используется по умолчанию и означает простые LVM-тома, какими они были до существования тонкой подготовки к работе.\n" +"Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, то это, вероятнее всего, правильный вариант." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Можно объявить, что логический том является тонким пулом.\n" -"Это означает, что тонким томам при необходимости будет выделяться в " -"нем место." +"Это означает, что тонким томам при необходимости будет выделяться в нем место." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Можно объявить, что логический том является тонким томом.\n" -"Это означает, что при необходимости ему будет выделяться место в тонком " -"пуле." +"Это означает, что при необходимости ему будет выделяться место в тонком пуле." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Имя" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Логический том" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Нормальный том" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Тонкий пул" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Тонкий том" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Используемый пул" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Добавить логический том к %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Редактировать логический том %1 в %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Недостаточно подходящих неиспользуемых устройств для создания группы томов.\n" "\n" -"Для использования LVM необходим хотя бы один раздел типа 0x8e (or 0x83) или " -"одно\n" -"неиспользуемое устройство RAID. Измените вашу таблицу разделов " -"соответственно." +"Для использования LVM необходим хотя бы один раздел типа 0x8e (or 0x83) или одно\n" +"неиспользуемое устройство RAID. Измените вашу таблицу разделов соответственно." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Группа томов не выбрана." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Действительно удалить группу томов \"%1\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Ошибка при удалении группы томов \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Логический том не выбран." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Нет свободного места в группе томов \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4363,8 +4287,8 @@ "Том %1 является тонким пулом.\n" "Его нельзя редактировать." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4372,46 +4296,46 @@ "Том %1 используется и не может быть изменен.\n" "Для редактирования %1 убедитесь, что он не используется." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Добавить логический том" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Группа томов" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Управление томами" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4419,8 +4343,8 @@ "Здесь показаны все группы томов LVM и\n" "их логические тома." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4428,8 +4352,8 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация о\n" "выбранной группе томов." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4437,8 +4361,8 @@ "Здесь показаны все логические тома\n" "выбранной группы томов." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4446,28 +4370,28 @@ "Здесь показаны все физические тома,\n" "используемые выбранной группой томов." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Группа томов: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "Логические тома(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "Физические тома(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Логического том: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4475,56 +4399,56 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация о\n" "выбранном логическом томе." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Device Mapper" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Неиспользуемые устройства" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Сводка по установке" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Настройки" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4534,37 +4458,34 @@ "Эти изменения будут потеряны, если выйти из менеджера разделов с %1.\n" "Выполнить выход?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Здесь можно посмотреть краткие сведения о разделах." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Краткие сведения" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Вид системы" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Настройка NFS недоступна. Проверьте, установлен ли пакет yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Настройка NFS недоступна. Проверьте, установлен ли пакет yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Network File System (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4572,35 +4493,31 @@ "Не удалось выполнить пробное монтирование общего ресурса NFS \"%1\".\n" "Все равно сохранить?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Для %1 выберите хотя бы %2 устройство." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Выберите тип RAID для нового RAIDа." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: этот уровень повышает быстродействие дисков.\n" -"В этом режиме избыточности НЕТ. Если один из дисководов выходит из " -"строя, восстановление данных будет невозможно.\n" +"В этом режиме избыточности НЕТ. Если один из дисководов выходит из строя, восстановление данных будет невозможно.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Этот режим имеет лучшую отказоустойчивость. Он\n" @@ -4610,48 +4527,42 @@ "используемые для этого типа RAID должны быть примерно\n" "одинакового размера.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Этот режим комбинирует управление большим кол-вом\n" -"дисков при этом сохраняя отказоустойчивость. Этот режим может использоваться " -"на\n" +"дисков при этом сохраняя отказоустойчивость. Этот режим может использоваться на\n" "трех и более дисках. Если один диск выйдет из строя, данные не пропадут,\n" "но если из строя выйдет одновременно два диска, то данные будут утеряны\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Имя RAID дает возможность указать имя для RAID,\n" -"которое будет иметь значение. Этот параметр необязательный. Если имя " -"указано, устройство\n" +"которое будет иметь значение. Этот параметр необязательный. Если имя указано, устройство\n" "доступно как <tt>/dev/md/<имя></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Добавить разделы в RAID. В зависимости от\n" "типа RAID, размер диска - это сумма этих разделов (RAID0), размер\n" "наименьшего раздела (RAID 1) или (N-1)*наименьший раздел (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4659,85 +4570,77 @@ "Обычно, разделы должны быть на разных дисках,\n" "чтобы получить необходимую устойчивость и производительность..\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Тип RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID 0 (Стрип)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID 1 (Зеркало)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5 (Избыточное объединение)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5 (двойное избыточное чередование)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (зеркалирование и чередование)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Имя RAID (необязательно)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Доступные устройства: " -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" -msgstr "" -"Размер блока: Это наименьший \"атомарный\" объём данных, " -"который может быть записан на устройства. Подходящий размер для RAID 5 - " -"128Кб, для RAID 0 32Кб - хорошее начальное значение. Для RAID 1 размер блока " -"не играет большой роли.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +msgstr "Размер блока: Это наименьший \"атомарный\" объём данных, который может быть записан на устройства. Подходящий размер для RAID 5 - 128Кб, для RAID 0 32Кб - хорошее начальное значение. Для RAID 1 размер блока не играет большой роли.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Алгоритм четности:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Алгоритм четности для использования в RAID5/6.\n" -"Лево-симметричный обеспечивает наибольшую производительность для обычных " -"дисков с вращающимися пластинами.\n" +"Лево-симметричный обеспечивает наибольшую производительность для обычных дисков с вращающимися пластинами.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4745,66 +4648,66 @@ "Более подробные сведения об алгоритмах четности \n" "приведены на странице руководства mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Размер блока" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "Алгоритм чётности(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Опции RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Измените устройства, используемые для RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Добавить RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Изменить размер RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Редактировать RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4812,27 +4715,26 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Массив RAID %1 не может быть изменен, поскольку он находится в неактивном " -"состоянии.\n" +"Массив RAID %1 не может быть изменен, поскольку он находится в неактивном состоянии.\n" "Это обычно означает, что подмассив RAID-устройств слишком мал\n" "для того, чтобы RAID можно было использовать.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "Недостаточно подходящих неиспользуемых устройств для создания RAIDа." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Не выбран RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4840,8 +4742,8 @@ "RAID %1 используется. Он не может быть отредактирован.\n" "Для редактирования %1 убедитесь, что он не используется." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4849,8 +4751,8 @@ "RAID %1 уже создан на диске. Он не может быть изменён.\n" "Чтобы изменить %1, удалите и создайте его заново." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4858,18 +4760,18 @@ "RAID %1 используется. Он не может быть изменён.\n" "Чтобы изменить %1, убедитесь, что он не используется." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Добавить RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Здесь показаны все RAID, кроме BIOS RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4877,8 +4779,8 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация\n" "о выбранном RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4886,130 +4788,123 @@ "Здесь показаны все устройства, используемые\n" "выбранным RAID." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Метка" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Монтировать по" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Используется" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Информация о цилиндрах" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Информация Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Шифрование" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Имя устройства" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Метка тома" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID устройства" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Путь к устройству" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Оптимальный вариант" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Цилиндр" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Монтировать по умолчанию по" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Файловая система по умолчанию" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Выравнивание создаваемых разделов" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Показывать устройства хранения по" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Видимая информация об устройствах хранения данных" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5017,32 +4912,25 @@ "Здесь показаны основные настройки\n" "хранения:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Монтировать по умолчанию по задает метод монтирования для " -"создаваемых\n" -"файловых систем. Если выбрать Имя устройства, используется имя " -"устройства ядра,\n" -"которое не является постоянным. При выборе ID устройства и Путь к " -"устройству\n" -"используются имена, сгенерированные udev из сведений об оборудовании. Они " -"должны\n" -"оставаться постоянными, но, к сожалению, это не всегда так. Наконец, " -"UUID и\n" +"Монтировать по умолчанию по задает метод монтирования для создаваемых\n" +"файловых систем. Если выбрать Имя устройства, используется имя устройства ядра,\n" +"которое не является постоянным. При выборе ID устройства и Путь к устройству\n" +"используются имена, сгенерированные udev из сведений об оборудовании. Они должны\n" +"оставаться постоянными, но, к сожалению, это не всегда так. Наконец, UUID и\n" "Метка тома позволяют использовать UUID и метку файловых систем.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5050,26 +4938,21 @@ "Файловая система по умолчанию задает тип\n" "файловой системы для новых файловых систем.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Выравнивание создаваемых разделов\n" -"определяет, как выравниваются создаваемые разделы. По цилиндрам — это " -"традиционный способ выравнивания по границам цилиндров диска. Оптимально</" -"b>\n" -"позволяет выравнивать разделы для наилучшей производительности согласно " -"подсказкам ядра \n" +"определяет, как выравниваются создаваемые разделы. По цилиндрам — это традиционный способ выравнивания по границам цилиндров диска. Оптимально\n" +"позволяет выравнивать разделы для наилучшей производительности согласно подсказкам ядра \n" "Linux или обеспечить совместимость с Windows Vista и Win 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5077,8 +4960,8 @@ "Показывать устройства хранения по управляет\n" "именами жёстких дисков, отображаемые в дереве навигации." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5086,23 +4969,23 @@ "Видимая информация об устройствах хранения\n" "позволяет скрывать информацию в таблицах и обзоре." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Здесь показана сводка установки." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Монтирование tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Не выбрано tmpfs-устройство." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5110,18 +4993,18 @@ "\n" "Удалить tmpfs, смонтированный в %1?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Тома tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Здесь показаны все тома tmpfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5129,18 +5012,18 @@ "Здесь показана детальная информация о\n" "выбранном томе tmpfs.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "Файловая система tmpfs смонтирована в %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Пересканировать" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5150,8 +5033,8 @@ "точки монтирования, диски без разбиения на разделы и группы томов\n" "без логических томов." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5159,30 +5042,30 @@ "Пересканирование неиспользуемых устройств отменит\n" "все текущие изменения. Пересканировать неиспользуемые устройства?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5190,17 +5073,17 @@ "Невозможно создать логический том\n" "требуемого размера.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Попробуйте уменьшить число полос на томе." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Вы можете только удалить логические тома." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5208,8 +5091,8 @@ "Для этого тома доступны активные снимки.\n" "Сначала удалите их." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5217,100 +5100,100 @@ "Этот пул уже используется другим тонким томом.\n" "Сначала удалите этот тонкий том." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Удалить логический том %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Полный размер: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Результат: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Класс" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "В начало" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Вверх" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Вниз" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "В конец" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Назначить классы" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Добавить" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Добавить все" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Удалить все" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Файл %1 не является обычным файлом." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Файл %1 слишком большой." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5322,48 +5205,43 @@ "Файл должен содержать строки с регулярным выражением и именем класса в\n" "каждой строке. Пример:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Обнаружены следующие строки шаблонов:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "Назначить классы устройствам по этим шаблонам?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Это диалоговое окно для назначения классов устройствам RAID.\n" "Доступны классы A, B, C, D и E, но во многих случаях\n" "нужно меньшее их количество (например, только A и B)." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Чтобы назначить класс устройству, щелкните его правой кнопкой мыши\n" -"и выберите нужный класс из контекстного меню. Нажимая клавишу Ctrl или " -"Shift,\n" +"и выберите нужный класс из контекстного меню. Нажимая клавишу Ctrl или Shift,\n" "можно выбрать несколько устройств и назначить класс сразу всем.\n" "Также можно использовать кнопки \"%1\"—\"%2\", чтобы назначить класс всем\n" "выбранным устройствам." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5371,8 +5249,8 @@ "После выбора классов для устройств можно изменить \n" "порядок устройств с помощью кнопок \"%1\" и \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5380,23 +5258,19 @@ "Сортировать позволяет расположить все устройства класса A\n" "перед устройствами класса B и так далее." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Если щелкнуть кнопку Чередовать, используется первое устройство " -"класса A, затем первое\n" -"устройство класса B и так далее для всех классов с назначенными " -"устройствами.\n" -"Потом используется второе устройство класса A, второе устройство класса B и " -"так далее." +"Если щелкнуть кнопку Чередовать, используется первое устройство класса A, затем первое\n" +"устройство класса B и так далее для всех классов с назначенными устройствами.\n" +"Потом используется второе устройство класса A, второе устройство класса B и так далее." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5406,53 +5280,45 @@ "После закрытия всплывающего окна текущий порядок устройств используется для\n" "создания RAID." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Нажав кнопку \"%1\", можно выбрать файл, содержащий строки\n" "с регулярными выражениями и именами классов (например, \"sda.* A\"). Всем\n" -"устройствам, соответствующим регулярному выражению, будет назначен " -"указанный\n" -"в строке класс. Соответствие регулярному выражению проверяется для имени " -"ядра\n" -"(например, /dev/sda1), пути udev (например, /dev/disk/by-path/" -"pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1)\n" +"устройствам, соответствующим регулярному выражению, будет назначен указанный\n" +"в строке класс. Соответствие регулярному выражению проверяется для имени ядра\n" +"(например, /dev/sda1), пути udev (например, /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1)\n" "и ИД udev (например, /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" -"При совпадении с несколькими регулярными выражениями класс определяется по " -"первому\n" +"При совпадении с несколькими регулярными выражениями класс определяется по первому\n" "из них." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Устройство" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Файл шаблона" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Размер tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5460,35 +5326,32 @@ "Указан недопустимый размер. Введите число и размерность: K, M, G или %.\n" "Значение должно быть больше 100 КБ или между 1 % и 200 %. Попробуйте еще раз." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Значение должно быть между 1 % и 200 %. Попробуйте еще раз." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Размер tmpfs.\n" -"Размер указывается числом, после которого ставится одна из букв K, M, G " -"(кило-, мега- или гигабайты соответственно) либо знак процента для указания " -"размера в процентах от общего объема памяти." +"Размер указывается числом, после которого ставится одна из букв K, M, G (кило-, мега- или гигабайты соответственно) либо знак процента для указания размера в процентах от общего объема памяти." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Приоритет подкачки" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Значение должно быть между 0 и 32767. Попробуйте заново." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5496,31 +5359,29 @@ "Приоритет подкачки:\n" "Введите приоритет подкачки. Чем больше значение тем больше приоритет.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Монтировать только для &чтения" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Монтировать только для чтения:\n" -"Запись на файловую систему невозможна. По умолчанию отключено. Во время " -"установки\n" +"Запись на файловую систему невозможна. По умолчанию отключено. Во время установки\n" "файловая система всегда монтируется на чтение и запись" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Без времени последнего доступ&а" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" @@ -5528,52 +5389,47 @@ "Без времени последнего доступа\n" "Время доступа при чтении файла не обновляется. По умолчанию отключено.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Подключается пользователем" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Монтируемый пользователем:\n" -"Файловая система может быть смонтирована обычным пользователем. По умолчанию " -"отключено.\n" +"Файловая система может быть смонтирована обычным пользователем. По умолчанию отключено.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Не монтировать при загрузке системы" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Не монтировать при загрузке системы\n" "Файловая система не будет автоматически монтироваться при запуске системы.\n" "Создается запись в /etc/fstab, и файловая система монтируется\n" -"с соответствующими параметрами при выполнении команды <tt>mount <точка " -"монтирования></tt>\n" -"(<точка монтирования> — это каталог, куда монтируется файловая " -"система). По умолчанию отключено.\n" +"с соответствующими параметрами при выполнении команды <tt>mount <точка монтирования></tt>\n" +"(<точка монтирования> — это каталог, куда монтируется файловая система). По умолчанию отключено.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Включить поддержку квот(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5583,42 +5439,37 @@ "Файловая система монтируется с включёнными квотами для пользователей.\n" "По умолчанию отключено.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Режим протоколирования данных" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Режим протоколирования данных\n" "Определяет режим ведения журнала для файловых данных.\n" "<tt>Журнал</tt> — все данные сохраняются в журнале перед тем, как они будут\n" "записаны в основную файловую систему. Требуется высокое быстродействие. \n" -"<tt>Последовательно</tt> — все данные направляются непосредственно в " -"основную файловую систему\n" -"перед тем, как метаданные будут записаны в журнал. Требуется умеренное " -"быстродействие. \n" -"<tt>Отложенная запись</tt> — порядок данных не сохраняется. Не влияет на " -"производительность.\n" +"<tt>Последовательно</tt> — все данные направляются непосредственно в основную файловую систему\n" +"перед тем, как метаданные будут записаны в журнал. Требуется умеренное быстродействие. \n" +"<tt>Отложенная запись</tt> — порядок данных не сохраняется. Не влияет на производительность.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Списки контроля доступа (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5626,13 +5477,13 @@ "Список контроля доступа (ACL):\n" "Включает список контроля доступа к файловой системе.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Дополнительные аттрибуты пользователя" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5640,112 +5491,94 @@ "Дополнительные аттрибуты пользователя:\n" "Разрешаются дополнительные аттрибуты пользователя на файловой системе.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Произ&вольное значение параметра" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Неверные символы в значении параметра. Не используйте пробелы и табуляцию. " -"Попробуйте еще раз." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Неверные символы в значении параметра. Не используйте пробелы и табуляцию. Попробуйте еще раз." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Произвольное значение параметра:\n" -"введите в это поле любой допустимый параметр монтирования, разрешенный в " -"четвертом поле каталога / etc/fstab.\n" +"введите в это поле любой допустимый параметр монтирования, разрешенный в четвертом поле каталога / etc/fstab.\n" " Если параметров несколько, разделите их запятыми.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Кодировка имен файлов" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Кодировка имен файлов:\n" -"Установите кодировку используемую для отображения имен файлов в разделе " -"Windows.\n" +"Установите кодировку используемую для отображения имен файлов в разделе Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Кодовая страница для коротких имен FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Кодовая страница для коротких имен FAT:\n" -"Эта кодовая страница используется для преобразования в символы коротких имен " -"файловой системы FAT.\n" +"Эта кодовая страница используется для преобразования в символы коротких имен файловой системы FAT.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Кол-во FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Кол-во FAT:\n" -"Укажите количество таблиц размещения файлов в файловой системе. По-умолчанию " -"2." +"Укажите количество таблиц размещения файлов в файловой системе. По-умолчанию 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Ра&змер FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Размер FAT\n" -"Указывает тип используемых таблиц размещения файлов (12-, 16- или 32-" -"битные). Если указано значение \"автоматически\", средство установки YaST " -"автоматически выберет значение, наиболее подходящее для размера файловой " -"системы.\n" +"Указывает тип используемых таблиц размещения файлов (12-, 16- или 32-битные). Если указано значение \"автоматически\", средство установки YaST автоматически выберет значение, наиболее подходящее для размера файловой системы.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Записи корневого ка&талога" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Минимальный размер записей корневого каталога составляет 112. Попробуйте еще " -"раз." +msgstr "Минимальный размер записей корневого каталога составляет 112. Попробуйте еще раз." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5753,70 +5586,58 @@ "Записи корневого каталога\n" "Укажите количество записей, доступных в корневом каталоге.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Хэш-функция" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Хэш-функция\n" -"Укажите имя хэш-функции, которая будет сортировать имена файлов в каталогах." -"\n" +"Укажите имя хэш-функции, которая будет сортировать имена файлов в каталогах.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Версия ФС" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Версия ФС\n" -"Этот параметр определяет версию формата reiserfs. \"3.5\" используется для " -"обратной совместимости с ядром серии 2.2.x. \"3.6\" используется более " -"часто, но эту версию можно использовать только с ядром версии 2.4 или более " -"поздней.\n" +"Этот параметр определяет версию формата reiserfs. \"3.5\" используется для обратной совместимости с ядром серии 2.2.x. \"3.6\" используется более часто, но эту версию можно использовать только с ядром версии 2.4 или более поздней.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Ра&змер блока в байтах" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Размер блока\n" -"Укажите размер блока в байтах. Правильные значения — 512, 1024, 2048 и " -"4096 байт. Если выбрано значение \"автоматически\", то используется " -"стандартный размер блока — 4096.\n" +"Укажите размер блока в байтах. Правильные значения — 512, 1024, 2048 и 4096 байт. Если выбрано значение \"автоматически\", то используется стандартный размер блока — 4096.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Размер инода" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5824,49 +5645,45 @@ "Размер инода:\n" "Эта опция определяет размер инода файловой системы.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Процент места под inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Процент места под inode\n" -"Параметр \"Процент места под inode\" определяет максимальный процент места в " -"файловой системе, которое может быть выделено структурам данных inode.\n" +"Параметр \"Процент места под inode\" определяет максимальный процент места в файловой системе, которое может быть выделено структурам данных inode.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Выр&авнивание inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Выравнивание inode\n" "Параметр \"Выравнивание inode\" используется, чтобы определить, нужно ли\n" -"выравнивать структуры данных inode. По умолчанию они выравниваются, так как " -"доступ к\n" +"выравнивать структуры данных inode. По умолчанию они выравниваются, так как доступ к\n" "выравненным inode обычно более эффективен, чем к невыравненным.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Размер журна&ла в мегабайтах" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5874,30 +5691,28 @@ "Значение размера журнала неверно.\n" "Введите значение больше нуля.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Размер журнала\n" -"Укажите размер журнала (в мегабайтах). Если выбрано значение \"автоматически" -"\", по умолчанию он равняется 40 % от совокупного размера.\n" +"Укажите размер журнала (в мегабайтах). Если выбрано значение \"автоматически\", по умолчанию он равняется 40 % от совокупного размера.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Запустить утилиту просмотра плохих секторов" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Д&лина шага в блоках" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5905,8 +5720,8 @@ "Недопустимое значение длины шага в блоках.\n" "Введите значение больше 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5914,32 +5729,26 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Длина шага в блоках:\n" -"Установите параметр для файловой системы, имеющий отношение к RAID. В " -"настоящее время\n" -"поддерживаемым аргументом является только 'stride', который берет число " -"блоков в\n" +"Установите параметр для файловой системы, имеющий отношение к RAID. В настоящее время\n" +"поддерживаемым аргументом является только 'stride', который берет число блоков в\n" "связке RAID как аргументt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Размер блока\n" -"Укажите размер блока в байтах. Правильные значения — 1024, 2048 и 4096 байт. " -"Если выбрано значение \"автоматически\", то размер блока определяется " -"размером файловой системы и ожидаемым способом ее использования.\n" +"Укажите размер блока в байтах. Правильные значения — 1024, 2048 и 4096 байт. Если выбрано значение \"автоматически\", то размер блока определяется размером файловой системы и ожидаемым способом ее использования.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "&Байт на inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5947,28 +5756,25 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Байт на inode\n" -"Определите отношение байт/inode. Средство установки YaST создаст структуру " -"inode для каждых\n" -"<байт-на-inode> байт места на диске. Чем больше соотношение байт/" -"inode,\n" +"Определите отношение байт/inode. Средство установки YaST создаст структуру inode для каждых\n" +"<байт-на-inode> байт места на диске. Чем больше соотношение байт/inode,\n" "тем меньше inode будет создано. Это значение не должно быть меньше размера\n" "блока файловой системы, иначе будет создано слишком много inode.\n" "После создания файловой системы увеличить число inode\n" "в ней невозможно. Так что тщательно выбирайте\n" "значение этого параметра.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "&Процент блоков, зарезервированных для суперпользователя" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5976,27 +5782,19 @@ "Значение процента блоков, зарезервированных для суперпользователя, неверно.\n" "Разрешены числа с плавающей точкой не больше 99 (например, 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Процент блоков, зарезервированных для суперпользователя Укажите " -"процент блоков, зарезервированных для привилегированного пользователя. " -"Значение по умолчанию вычисляется таким образом, что резервируется 1 ГБ. " -"Верхний предел вычисляемого значения по умолчанию — 5,0, нижний — 0,1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Процент блоков, зарезервированных для суперпользователя Укажите процент блоков, зарезервированных для привилегированного пользователя. Значение по умолчанию вычисляется таким образом, что резервируется 1 ГБ. Верхний предел вычисляемого значения по умолчанию — 5,0, нижний — 0,1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Отключить регулярные проверки" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -6004,46 +5802,43 @@ "Отключить регулярные проверки\n" "Отключить регулярные проверки файловой системы при загрузке системы.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Возможность индекса каталога(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Индекс каталога:\n" -"Включает использование кешированных b-деревьев для увеличение скорости " -"поиска в больших каталогах.\n" +"Включает использование кешированных b-деревьев для увеличение скорости поиска в больших каталогах.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Без журнала" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Без журнала.\n" -"Отказ от использования ведения журналов в файловой системе. Включайте этот " -"параметр, \n" +"Отказ от использования ведения журналов в файловой системе. Включайте этот параметр, \n" "только если вы уверены в своих действиях.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Операции с диском %{device} не разрешены.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6063,8 +5858,8 @@ "отформатировать их и назначить точки монтирования, однако добавлять,\n" "удалять разделы на этом диске и менять их размер здесь нельзя.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6084,8 +5879,8 @@ "отформатировать их и назначить точки монтирования, однако добавлять,\n" "удалять разделы на этом диске и менять их размер здесь нельзя.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6105,8 +5900,8 @@ "отформатировать его и назначить точки монтирования, однако добавлять,\n" "удалять разделы на этом диске и менять их размер здесь нельзя.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6117,12 +5912,11 @@ "\n" "\n" "Можно инициализировать таблицу разделов диска в обычное состояние в\n" -"модуле экспертной разметки, выбрав \"Эксперт\"->\"Создать новую таблицу " -"разделов\",\n" +"модуле экспертной разметки, выбрав \"Эксперт\"->\"Создать новую таблицу разделов\",\n" "но при этом будут удалены все данные на всех разделах этого диска.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6131,30 +5925,29 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Вы можете проигнорировать это сообщение, если вы не собираетесь " -"использовать\n" +"Вы можете проигнорировать это сообщение, если вы не собираетесь использовать\n" "этот диск при установке.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Изменение размера невозможно:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6166,8 +5959,8 @@ "\n" "Возможно, указан неправильный пароль шифрования.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6177,8 +5970,8 @@ "не совпадают!\n" "Повторите попытку." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6188,26 +5981,26 @@ "0…9, a…z, A…Z и любые из \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Попробуйте ещё раз." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Введите пароль шифрования:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Введите пароль" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Доступны следующие шифрованные тома." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Включение шифрованного тома" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6218,12 +6011,12 @@ "Эти пароли необходимо знать, если тома нужны при обновлении\n" "либо содержат шифрованный физический том LVM." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Ввести пароли шифрования?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6233,83 +6026,80 @@ "из списка заблокированных.\n" "Пароль будет опробован на всех устройствах." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Ввести пароль шифрования" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Нет шифрованных томов для разблокирования." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Введите пароль для любого из этих устройств:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Введите пароль для этого устройства:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Разблокирование шифрованных томов..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Пароль не разблокировал ни один том." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Диск IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Диск SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Диск" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Не удалось установить требуемые пакеты." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Продолжить несмотря на ошибку?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Невозможно создавать разделы, пока используются другие разделы на диске." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Невозможно создавать разделы, пока используются другие разделы на диске." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Устройство %1 не может быть изменено, так как содержит активный раздел " -"подкачки,\n" +"Устройство %1 не может быть изменено, так как содержит активный раздел подкачки,\n" "который необходим для запуска установки.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6319,18 +6109,17 @@ "Устройство %1 не может быть изменено, так как содержит данные установки,\n" "необходимые для осуществления установки.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Устройство %1 не может быть удалено, так как содержит активный раздел " -"подкачки,\n" +"Устройство %1 не может быть удалено, так как содержит активный раздел подкачки,\n" "который необходим для запуска установки.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6340,7 +6129,7 @@ "Устройство %1 не может быть удалено, так как содержит данные установки,\n" "необходимые для осуществления установки.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6352,7 +6141,7 @@ "устройство %2, которое содержит активный раздел подкачки, необходимый \n" "для запуска установки.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6362,8 +6151,8 @@ "Устройство %1 нельзя удалить, так как это может косвенно изменить\n" "устройство %2, которое содержит данные, необходимые для установки.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6373,114 +6162,114 @@ "Раздел %1 нельзя удалить, так как используются другие разделы\n" "диска %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Не назначена корневая файловая система." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Скорее всего, во время установки возникнет неустранимая ошибка!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Сбой добавления пакетов разрешения зависимостей: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Сбой во время следующего действия:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Системный код ошибки: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Введите пароль для устройства %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Да" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Нет" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "Ф" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Зашифр" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Тип ФС" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Запуск" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Конец" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ИД ФС" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Метка диска" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Метаданные" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Размер ФУ" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Версия RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Алгоритм чётности" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Поставщик" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Модель" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6488,8 +6277,8 @@ "BIOS ID показывает BIOS ID жёсткого\n" "диска. Это поле может быть пустым." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6497,8 +6286,8 @@ "Шина показывает, как устройство присоединено к\n" "системе. Это поле может быть пустым, например, для дисков multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6506,8 +6295,8 @@ "Размер блока показывает размер блока для\n" "RAID-устройств." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6515,8 +6304,8 @@ "Размер цилиндра показывает размер\n" "цилиндров жёсткого диска." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6524,8 +6313,8 @@ "Размер сектора показывает размер\n" " секторов на жестком диске." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6533,8 +6322,8 @@ "Устройство показывает имя ядра\n" "устройства." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6542,8 +6331,8 @@ "Метка диска показывает тип таблицы\n" "разделов диска, например, <tt>MSDOS</tt> или <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6551,8 +6340,8 @@ "Зашифровано показывает, зашифровано ли\n" "устройство." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6560,8 +6349,8 @@ "Конечный цилиндр показывает конечный\n" "цилиндр раздела." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6569,8 +6358,8 @@ "LUN показывает номер логического устройства для\n" "дисков Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6578,8 +6367,8 @@ "ID порта показывает id порта для\n" "дисков Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6587,8 +6376,8 @@ "WWPN показывает World Wide Port Name для\n" "дисков Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6596,8 +6385,8 @@ "Путь к файлу показывает путь к файлу для\n" "зашифрованного петлевого устройства." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6605,18 +6394,18 @@ "Формат показывает некоторые флаги: <tt>Ф</tt>\n" "означает, что устройство выбрано для форматирования." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "ИД ФС показывает ИД файловой системы." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Тип ФС показывает тип файловой системы." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6624,8 +6413,8 @@ "Метка показывает метку файловой\n" "системы." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6633,30 +6422,28 @@ "Метаданные показывают тип метаданных LVM для\n" "групп томов." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Модель показывает модель устройства." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Значение Монтировать по указывает, как монтируется файловая система:\n" "(Ядро) по имени ядра, (Метка) по метке файловой системы, (UUID) по\n" "UUID файловой системы, (ID) по ИД устройства или (Путь) по пути устройства.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Вопросительный знак (?) означает, что\n" @@ -6664,8 +6451,8 @@ "либо вручную, либо системой автомонтирования. При изменении параметров\n" "этого тома средство установки YaST не будет обновлять <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6673,20 +6460,19 @@ "Точка монтирования показывает, куда монтировать\n" "файловую систему." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Звездочка (*) после точки монтирования\n" "указывает на файловую систему, которая ещё не смонтирована (например, из-за\n" "установленной опции <tt>noauto</tt> в файле <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6694,8 +6480,8 @@ "Количество цилиндров показывает, сколько\n" "цилиндров имеет жёсткий диск." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6703,8 +6489,8 @@ "Алгоритм четности показывает алгоритм\n" "четности для RAID-устройств с RAID типа 5, 6 или 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6712,13 +6498,13 @@ "Размер ФУ показывает размер физического участка\n" "для групп томов LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "Версия RAID показывает версию RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6726,13 +6512,13 @@ "Тип RAID показывает тип RAID, также\n" "называемый уровнем RAID, для устройств RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Размер показывает размер устройства." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6740,8 +6526,8 @@ "Начальный цилиндр показывает начальный\n" "цилиндр раздела." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6749,8 +6535,8 @@ "Значение Полосы показывает число слоев логических\n" "томов LVM и, если их больше 1, размер слоя в скобках.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6758,8 +6544,8 @@ "Тип даёт основной обзор\n" "типа устройства." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6767,8 +6553,8 @@ "ID устройства показывает постоянные ИД\n" "устройства. Это поле может быть пустым.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6776,8 +6562,8 @@ "Путь к устройству показывает постоянный путь\n" "к устройству. Это поле может быть пустым." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6785,8 +6571,8 @@ "Значение Используется на показывает, используется ли устройство\n" "на RAID или LVM. Если оно не используется, этот столбец будет пустым.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6794,236 +6580,236 @@ "UUID показывает абсолютно уникальный\n" "идентификатор файловой системы." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Производитель показывает производителя устройства." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Устройство: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Размер: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "ДИСК %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Тип: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Формат: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Зашифровано: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Файловая система: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Точка монтирования: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Монтировать по: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Используется на %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Метка: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Путь к устройству: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID устройства %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Метка диска: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Производитель: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Модель: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Шина: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Метаданные: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Размер ФУ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Полосы: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Версия RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Тип RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Размер блока: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Алгоритм чётности: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Число цилиндров: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Размер цилиндра: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Начальный цилиндр: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Конечный цилиндр: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Размер сектора: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ИД ФС: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Путь к файлу: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID порта: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "Таблица содержит:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Устройство:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Файловая система:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Жесткий диск: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "Обзор содержит:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7031,8 +6817,8 @@ "Подсистема хранения заблокирована неизвестным приложением.\n" "Выйдите из этого приложения перед продолжением." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7040,50 +6826,44 @@ "Подсистема хранения заблокирована приложением \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Выйдите из этого приложения перед продолжением." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Изменение размера невозможно, потому что нарушена целостность файловой " -"системы. Попробуйте проверить файловую систему в Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Изменение размера невозможно, потому что нарушена целостность файловой системы. Попробуйте проверить файловую систему в Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Файловая система для корневого раздела" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Файловая система для домашнего раздела" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Увеличить &swap для спящего режима" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Параметры предложения" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Выберите Предложение на основе разделов, если не хотите " -"использовать LVM.\n" -"Выберите Предложение на основе LVM, чтобы использовать простое " -"предложение LVM, или Зашифрованное предложение\n" +"Выберите Предложение на основе разделов, если не хотите использовать LVM.\n" +"Выберите Предложение на основе LVM, чтобы использовать простое предложение LVM, или Зашифрованное предложение\n" "на основе LVM, если хотите зашифровать систему." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7091,106 +6871,101 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Файловую систему для корневого раздела можно выбрать с помощью\n" -"соответствующего поля со списком. С файловой системой BtrFS предложение " -"может\n" -"включить автоматические мгновенные состояния с помощью средства Snapper. Это " -"также увеличит\n" +"соответствующего поля со списком. С файловой системой BtrFS предложение может\n" +"включить автоматические мгновенные состояния с помощью средства Snapper. Это также увеличит\n" "размер корневого раздела." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Предложение может создать отдельные домашние разделы. Файловую систему " -"для\n" -"домашнего раздела можно выбрать с помощью соответствующего поля со списком.</" -"p>" +"Предложение может создать отдельные домашние разделы. Файловую систему для\n" +"домашнего раздела можно выбрать с помощью соответствующего поля со списком." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"Раздел подкачки можно сделать достаточно большим, чтобы использовать его " -"для приостановки\n" +"Раздел подкачки можно сделать достаточно большим, чтобы использовать его для приостановки\n" "системы на диске в большинстве случаев." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Введите пароль для предлагаемого шифрования." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Пароль:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Введите пароль еще раз для проверки:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "Предложение на основе ра&зделов" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Предложение на &основе LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&Зашифрованное предложение на основе LVM" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Метод монтирования по умолчанию:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Файловая система по умолчанию:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Показывать устройства хранения по:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Выравнивание разделов:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Видимая информация об устройствах хранения:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "первая корневая файловая система"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97425 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:08:26 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97425 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/caasp.de.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) @@ -14,37 +14,36 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsübersicht" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installieren" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Softwarevorschlag fehlgeschlagen. Installation kann nicht fortgesetzt " -"werden.\n" +"Softwarevorschlag fehlgeschlagen. Installation kann nicht fortgesetzt werden.\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "NTP-Server" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Geben Sie eine gültige IP-Adresse oder einen gültigen Hostnamen ein" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -65,41 +64,29 @@ "\n" "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -"Sie haben keinen NTP-Server konfiguriert. Das kann möglicherweise dazu " -"führen, dass\n" +"Sie haben keinen NTP-Server konfiguriert. Das kann möglicherweise dazu führen, dass\n" "Ihr Cluster nicht ordnungsgemäß oder gar nicht funktioniert.\n" "Gehen Sie vorsichtig und auf eigene Gefahr vor.\n" "Möchten Sie mit der Installation fortfahren?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"Problem beim Vorschlagen von %{client} erkannt: Schweregrad: %{severity}" -" Nachricht: %{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" +msgstr "Problem beim Vorschlagen von %{client} erkannt: Schweregrad: %{severity} Nachricht: %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." -msgstr "" -"%s blockiert die Installation. Lösen Sie dieses Problem, bevor Sie " -"fortfahren." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +msgstr "%s blockiert die Installation. Lösen Sie dieses Problem, bevor Sie fortfahren." -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "Administrationsknoten" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"Kein gültiger Ort für Administrationsknoten. Geben Sie eine gültige IP-" -"Adresse oder einen gültigen Hostnamen ein." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "Kein gültiger Ort für Administrationsknoten. Geben Sie eine gültige IP-Adresse oder einen gültigen Hostnamen ein." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Konfiguration der Tastatur" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Tastatur" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Neue Werte für Konfiguration der Tastatur festlegen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Tastaturbelegungen auflisten" -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Neue Tastaturbelegung" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Aktuelle Tastaturbelegung: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Tastaturbelegung '%1' ist ungültig. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie " -"mögliche Werte." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Tastaturbelegung '%1' ist ungültig. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie mögliche Werte." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -79,89 +76,81 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier können Sie verschiedene Feineinstellungen für das Tastaturmodul " -"vornehmen.\n" -" Die Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> " -"geschrieben.\n" -" Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten " -"Werte.\n" +"Hier können Sie verschiedene Feineinstellungen für das Tastaturmodul vornehmen.\n" +" Die Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> geschrieben.\n" +" Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten Werte.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Die hier vorgenommenen Einstellungen gelten nur für die Konsolentastatur. " -"Die Tastatur für die grafische Benutzeroberfläche wird mit einem anderen " -"Tool konfiguriert.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Die hier vorgenommenen Einstellungen gelten nur für die Konsolentastatur. Die Tastatur für die grafische Benutzeroberfläche wird mit einem anderen Tool konfiguriert.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Tastatureinstellungen für Experten" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "Wiederholungs&rate" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Ver&zögerung vor Beginn der Wiederholung" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Zustände bei Start" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&NUM-Feststelltaste ein" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS-Einstellungen" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Unverändert>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Umschalt-Feststelltaste deakt&ivieren" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen für Experten..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -169,61 +158,54 @@ "\n" "<big>Konfiguration der Tastatur</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wählen Sie die Tastaturbelegung aus, die für die\n" "Installation und das installierte System verwendet werden soll. \n" " Testen Sie die Belegung unter Test.\n" -" Für erweiterte Optionen, beispielsweise Wiederholrate und Verzögerung, " -"wählen Sie Einstellungen für Experten aus.\n" +" Für erweiterte Optionen, beispielsweise Wiederholrate und Verzögerung, wählen Sie Einstellungen für Experten aus.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten " -"Werte.\n" +"Wenn Sie sich nicht ganz sicher sind, übernehmen Sie die voreingestellten Werte.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wählen Sie die Tastaturbelegung aus, die das System verwenden soll.\n" -"Für erweiterte Optionen wie Wiederholrate und Verzögerung wählen Sie " -"Einstellungen für Experten aus.\n" -"Weitere Optionen sowie weitere Tastaturbelegungen finden Sie im " -"Tastaturbelegungswerkzeug Ihrer Desktopumgebung.\n" +"Für erweiterte Optionen wie Wiederholrate und Verzögerung wählen Sie Einstellungen für Experten aus.\n" +"Weitere Optionen sowie weitere Tastaturbelegungen finden Sie im Tastaturbelegungswerkzeug Ihrer Desktopumgebung.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Systemtastatur" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -235,12 +217,12 @@ "Installation und auf dem installierten System verwendet werden soll.\n" "\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -250,189 +232,184 @@ "als die im zu aktualisierenden System verwendete.\n" " Wählen Sie die während des Updates zu verwendende Tastaturbelegung aus:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Fehler beim Festlegen der X11-Tastastur auf '%s'" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Tastaturbelegung<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Sprache<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Länderspezifische Einstellungen" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Sprache" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Sprache" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Sprache" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Neue Werte für Sprache festlegen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Sprachen auflisten" -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Neuer Wert für Sprache" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Liste der sekundären Sprachen (durch Kommas getrennt)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Keine sprachspezifischen Pakete installieren" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Sprachkonfiguration wird gespeichert" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Sprach- und Konsoleneinstellungen speichern" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Betroffene Pakete installieren und deinstallieren" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Übersetzungen im Bootloader-Menü aktualisieren" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Sprach- und Konsoleneinstellungen werden gespeichert..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Betroffene Pakete werden installiert bzw. deinstalliert..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Übersetzungen im Bootloader-Menü werden aktualisiert..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Konfiguration wird gespeichert Bitte warten..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Aktuelle Sprache: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Zusätzliche Sprachen: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 ist keine gültige Sprache. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie mögliche " -"Werte." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 ist keine gültige Sprache. Mit dem Kommando 'list' erhalten Sie mögliche Werte." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Sprache" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Sprachen" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Willkommen bei der Systemreparatur" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Se&kundäre Sprachen" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Primäre &Sprache" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für die primäre Sprache" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Es werden zusätzliche Pakete mit Unterstützung für die gewählten primären " -"und sekundären Sprachen installiert.\n" +"Es werden zusätzliche Pakete mit Unterstützung für die gewählten primären und sekundären Sprachen installiert.\n" "Nicht länger benötigte Pakete werden entfernt.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -444,8 +421,8 @@ "das installierte System verwendet werden soll.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -455,8 +432,8 @@ "Klicken Sie auf Weiter, um mit dem nächsten Dialogfeld fortzufahren.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -465,12 +442,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "An Ihrem Computer werden keine Änderungen vorgenommen, bis Sie\n" -"alle von Ihnen vorgenommenen Einstellungen im letzten " -"Installationsdialogfeld bestätigen.\n" +"alle von Ihnen vorgenommenen Einstellungen im letzten Installationsdialogfeld bestätigen.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -482,9 +458,9 @@ "abzubrechen.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -494,8 +470,8 @@ "Wählen Sie die neue Sprache für Ihr System aus.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -505,28 +481,21 @@ "Wählen Sie die neue Primäre Sprache für Ihr System aus.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Überprüfen Sie Tastaturbelegung anpassen, um die Tastaturbelegung an " -"die primäre Sprache anzupassen.\n" -"Überprüfen Sie Zeitzone anpassen, um die aktuelle Zeitzone an die " -"primäre Sprache anzupassen. Wenn die Tastaturbelegung oder die Zeitzone " -"bereits an die Standardspracheinstellung angepasst wurde, ist die " -"entsprechende Option deaktiviert.\n" +"Überprüfen Sie Tastaturbelegung anpassen, um die Tastaturbelegung an die primäre Sprache anzupassen.\n" +"Überprüfen Sie Zeitzone anpassen, um die aktuelle Zeitzone an die primäre Sprache anzupassen. Wenn die Tastaturbelegung oder die Zeitzone bereits an die Standardspracheinstellung angepasst wurde, ist die entsprechende Option deaktiviert.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -535,27 +504,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Sekundäre Sprachen \n" -"Geben Sie in der Auswahlbox zusätzliche Sprachen an, die Sie in Ihrem System " -"verwenden möchten.\n" +"Geben Sie in der Auswahlbox zusätzliche Sprachen an, die Sie in Ihrem System verwenden möchten.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Es sind unaufgelöste Paketabhängigkeiten vorhanden." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Es ist nicht genügend Platz für die Installation aller zusätzlicher Pakete " -"vorhanden.\n" +"Es ist nicht genügend Platz für die Installation aller zusätzlicher Pakete vorhanden.\n" "Entfernen Sie einige Sprachen aus der Auswahl." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -564,16 +531,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier können Sie die Einstellungen für die Sprachbehandlung genauer " -"festlegen.\n" -"Diese Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> " -"geschrieben.\n" -"Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, verwenden Sie die bereits ausgewählten " -"Standardwerte.\n" +"Hier können Sie die Einstellungen für die Sprachbehandlung genauer festlegen.\n" +"Diese Einstellungen werden in die Datei <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> geschrieben.\n" +"Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, verwenden Sie die bereits ausgewählten Standardwerte.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -581,78 +545,67 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Durch Locale-Einstellungen für den Benutzer root\n" -"wird bestimmt, wie die Locale-Variablen (LC_*) für den Benutzer 'root' " -"festgelegt werden." +"wird bestimmt, wie die Locale-Variablen (LC_*) für den Benutzer 'root' festgelegt werden." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Nur ctype: 'root' weist denselben LC_CTYPE wie ein normaler " -"Benutzer auf. Andere Werte\n" +"Nur ctype: 'root' weist denselben LC_CTYPE wie ein normaler Benutzer auf. Andere Werte\n" "werden deaktiviert. \n" -"Ja: 'root' weist dieselben Locale-Einstellungen wie ein normaler " -"Benutzer auf. \n" +"Ja: 'root' weist dieselben Locale-Einstellungen wie ein normaler Benutzer auf. \n" "Nein: Für 'root' werden alle Locale-Variablen deaktiviert.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie Detaillierte Locale-Einstellung, um eine Locale für " -"die primäre Sprache festzulegen, die in der Liste im Hauptdialogfeld nicht " -"enthalten ist. Für die ausgewählte Locale ist möglicherweise keine " -"Übersetzung verfügbar." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Verwenden Sie Detaillierte Locale-Einstellung, um eine Locale für die primäre Sprache festzulegen, die in der Liste im Hauptdialogfeld nicht enthalten ist. Für die ausgewählte Locale ist möglicherweise keine Übersetzung verfügbar." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detaileinstellungen für die Sprache" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Locale-Einstellungen für den Benutzer &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Nur ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "&UTF-8 als Kodierung verwenden" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "&Detaillierte Locale-Einstellung" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung an %1 anpassen" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "&Zeitzone an %1 anpassen" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -664,14 +617,14 @@ "Installation und auf dem installierten System verwendet werden soll.\n" "\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Spracherweiterung für das Installationssystem wird heruntergeladen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -683,21 +636,21 @@ "\n" "Fallback-Sprache %{fallback} wird verwendet." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primäre Sprache: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installieren der Pakete..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -705,8 +658,8 @@ "Die Übersetzung der primären Sprache ist nicht vollständig.\n" "Einige Texte könnten in Englisch angezeigt werden.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -717,77 +670,76 @@ "für diese Sprache zu erhalten.\n" "\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" "Die ausgewählte Sprache kann nicht im Textmodus verwendet werden. Für die\n" -"Installation wird Englisch verwendet, für das neue System wird jedoch die " -"ausgewählte Sprache verwendet." +"Installation wird Englisch verwendet, für das neue System wird jedoch die ausgewählte Sprache verwendet." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Neue Werte für Zeitzonenkonfiguration festlegen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Zeitzonen auflisten" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Neue Zeitzone" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "Neuer Wert für Systemzeit: 'local', 'utc' oder 'UTC'." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeitzone:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Rechneruhr eingestellt auf:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC (GMT)" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Lokale Zeit" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuelle/s Zeit und Datum:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -795,48 +747,42 @@ "Die Zeit %1 liegt in der Vergangenheit.\n" "Legen Sie eine korrekte Zeit fest, bevor Sie mit der Installation beginnen." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zeitzone" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Zeitzone" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geben Sie unter Rechneruhr eingestellt auf an, ob auf dem Computer " -"die lokale Uhrzeit oder UTC eingestellt ist.\n" -"Auf den meisten PCs, auf denen auch andere Betriebssysteme (wie " -"beispielsweise Microsoft\n" +"Geben Sie unter Rechneruhr eingestellt auf an, ob auf dem Computer die lokale Uhrzeit oder UTC eingestellt ist.\n" +"Auf den meisten PCs, auf denen auch andere Betriebssysteme (wie beispielsweise Microsoft\n" "Windows) installiert sind, wird die lokale Zeit verwendet.\n" "Computer, auf denen nur Linux installiert ist, sind in der Regel auf\n" "Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) gesetzt.\n" -"Wenn die Rechneruhr auf UTC eingestellt ist, kann das System automatisch von " -"der Standardzeit zur\n" +"Wenn die Rechneruhr auf UTC eingestellt ist, kann das System automatisch von der Standardzeit zur\n" " Sommer- und Winterzeit umschalten.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -847,25 +793,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hinweis: Die interne Systemuhr, die vom Linux-Kernel benutzt wird,\n" -"muss immer auf UTC gestellt sein, weil das die Referenz für eine korrekte " -"lokale Zeit\n" +"muss immer auf UTC gestellt sein, weil das die Referenz für eine korrekte lokale Zeit\n" "im User-Space ist. Wenn Sie die lokale Zeit für die CMOS-Uhr wählen,\n" -"schauen Sie in der Benutzeranleitung nach Hintergrundinformationen, welche " -"Nebeneffekte dies hervorrufen kann.\n" +"schauen Sie in der Benutzeranleitung nach Hintergrundinformationen, welche Nebeneffekte dies hervorrufen kann.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -873,78 +814,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sie haben lokale Zeit gewählt, aber es scheint nur Linux auf Ihrem System " -"installiert zu sein.\n" -"In diesem Fall empfehlen wir dringend, UTC zu benutzen und auf Abbrechen zu " -"klicken.\n" +"Sie haben lokale Zeit gewählt, aber es scheint nur Linux auf Ihrem System installiert zu sein.\n" +"In diesem Fall empfehlen wir dringend, UTC zu benutzen und auf Abbrechen zu klicken.\n" "\n" -"Falls Sie lokale Zeit beibehalten wollen, müssen Sie zwei Mal im Jahr wegen " -"der Sommerzeitumstellungen\n" -"die CMOS-Uhr stellen. Wenn Sie es verpassen, die Uhr zu stellen, können " -"Datensicherungen fehlschlagen,\n" +"Falls Sie lokale Zeit beibehalten wollen, müssen Sie zwei Mal im Jahr wegen der Sommerzeitumstellungen\n" +"die CMOS-Uhr stellen. Wenn Sie es verpassen, die Uhr zu stellen, können Datensicherungen fehlschlagen,\n" "Ihr E-Mailsystem könnte E-Mails verlieren, usw.\n" "\n" "Wenn Sie UTC verwenden, stellt Linux die Zeit automatisch um.\n" "\n" "Möchten Sie mit Ihrer gewählten Einstellung (lokale Zeit) fortfahren?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Die aktuelle Systemzeit und das aktuelle Systemdatum werden angezeigt. " -"Ändern Sie sie bei Bedarf manuell auf die korrekten Werte, oder verwenden " -"Sie das Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Die aktuelle Systemzeit und das aktuelle Systemdatum werden angezeigt. Ändern Sie sie bei Bedarf manuell auf die korrekten Werte, oder verwenden Sie das Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Wählen Sie Akzeptieren, um die Änderungen zu speichern." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Aktuelles Datum im Format TT-MM-JJJJ" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeit im Format SS:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Aktuelles Datum" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeit" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Zeit jetzt ändern" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Mit NTP Server synchronisieren" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Datum und Zeit ändern" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -952,8 +884,8 @@ "Ungültige Zeit (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Geben Sie die richtige Zeit ein.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -961,49 +893,49 @@ "Ungültiges Datum (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Geben Sie das richtige Datum ein.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andere &Einstellungen..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit (NTP ist konfiguriert)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Rechneruhr auf UTC gestellt" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Region" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Z&eitzone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -1011,357 +943,353 @@ "\n" "<big>Zeitzonen- und Uhreinstellungen</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wenn Sie die für Ihr System zu verwendende Zeitzone auswählen möchten, " -"müssen Sie zunächst die Region auswählen.\n" -"Wählen Sie dann unter Zeitzone die entsprechende Zeitzone, das " -"entsprechende Land bzw. die entsprechende\n" +"Wenn Sie die für Ihr System zu verwendende Zeitzone auswählen möchten, müssen Sie zunächst die Region auswählen.\n" +"Wählen Sie dann unter Zeitzone die entsprechende Zeitzone, das entsprechende Land bzw. die entsprechende\n" "Region aus den verfügbaren Optionen aus.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Falls die aktuelle Uhrzeit nicht richtig ist, passen Sie sie mit Ändern</" -"b> an.\n" +"Falls die aktuelle Uhrzeit nicht richtig ist, passen Sie sie mit Ändern an.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Uhr und Zeitzone" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Wählen Sie eine gültige Zeitzone" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokale Zeit" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Rechneruhr eingestellt auf" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP konfiguriert" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Aktuelle Zeitzone: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Englisch (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Englisch (GB)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Deutsch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Deutsch (mit \"toten\" Tasten)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Deutsch (Schweiz)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Französisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Französisch (Schweiz)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Französisch (Kanada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Kanadisch (mehrsprachig)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spanisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spanisch (Lateinamerika)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spanisch (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italienisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugiesisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien, mit US-Sonderzeichen)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griechisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holländisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dänisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norwegisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Schwedisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finnisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tschechisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tschechisch (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowakisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slowakisch (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slowenisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungarisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polnisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbokroatisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estnisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litauisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Türkisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japanisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Isländisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreanisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadschikisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditionelles Chinesisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereinfachtes Chinesisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumänisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "US International" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Spanisch (Asturianisch)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-09-14 14:08:26 UTC (rev 97425) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -37,60 +37,60 @@ "\n" "Wenn Sie trotz dieser Warnung fortfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf 'Ja'.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Festplatte vorbereiten: Expertenmodus" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Volumes werden gesucht." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Speichergeräte-Konfiguration" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Anzeige der Festplatten und Partitionen" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Anzeige der Festplatten" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Anzeige der Partition" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Vorschlag für Partitionierung" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Experten-Partitionierer..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "Partitions-Setup &erstellen..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -99,15 +99,15 @@ "Geben Sie die Einhängepunkte von Hand im\n" "Dialog des \"Partitionierers\" an." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag bearbeiten" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ "Die Festplatten wurden überprüft. Für Ihre Festplatte wird das angezeigte\n" "Partitions-Setup vorgeschlagen." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ "wählen Sie %1 und ändern sie die Einstellungen im\n" "Expertenmodus.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -152,31 +152,27 @@ "Dies ist auch die richtige Wahl, falls Sie erweiterte Optionen\n" "wie RAID oder Verschlüsselung nutzen möchten.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Der angeforderte Vorschlag kann nicht erstellt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Nicht genug Speicherplatz verfügbar, um Snapshots für das root-Volume " -"vorzuschlagen." +msgstr "Nicht genug Speicherplatz verfügbar, um Snapshots für das root-Volume vorzuschlagen." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"Da nicht ausreichend Speicherplatz zur Verfügung steht, wird von einem " -"separaten /home-Verzeichnis abgeraten." +msgstr "Da nicht ausreichend Speicherplatz zur Verfügung steht, wird von einem separaten /home-Verzeichnis abgeraten." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen. Fortfahren nicht möglich." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -184,22 +180,22 @@ "Das Verarbeiten dieses Vorschlags überschreibt bisherige manuelle \n" "Änderungen. Die Verarbeitung des Vorschlags fortsetzen?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Platten werden vorbereitet..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -209,9 +205,9 @@ "belegt\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -221,9 +217,9 @@ "frei\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -231,25 +227,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows frei (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -259,9 +255,9 @@ "Wählen Sie die neue Größe für Ihre Windows-Partition.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -272,16 +268,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann " -"vorgenommen,\n" -"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation " -"bestätigt\n" +"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann vorgenommen,\n" +"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation bestätigt\n" "haben. Bis dahin wird Ihre Windows-Partition nicht angerührt werden.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -295,23 +289,23 @@ "Zurück.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Aktuell" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Nach der Installation" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -327,9 +321,9 @@ "Änderung der Partitionsgröße) an.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -343,9 +337,9 @@ "in das Eingabefeld ein, um die empfohlenen Werte anzupassen.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -359,29 +353,29 @@ "automatisch nach Bedarf angelegt.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows belegt" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "frei" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -390,15 +384,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer Linux-" -"Installation ein.\n" +"Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer Linux-Installation ein.\n" "Innerhalb dieses Speicherplatzes werden benötigte Partitionen\n" "für &product; automatisch angelegt.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -407,13 +400,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows belegt ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes, den Ihre Windows-" -"Partition verwendet.\n" +"Windows belegt ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes, den Ihre Windows-Partition verwendet.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -425,13 +417,13 @@ "Installation) auf der Partition an.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Größe der Windows-Partition wird geändert" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -450,17 +442,16 @@ "Auf der Windows-Partition stand nicht genügend Speicherplatz für die\n" "Minimalinstallation von Linux zur Verfügung.\n" " \n" -"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und " -"deinstallieren Sie einige\n" +"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und deinstallieren Sie einige\n" "Anwendungen oder löschen Sie Daten um Speicherplatz freizugeben.\n" " \n" "Auf dem Windows-Gerät ist mindestens %1 MB freier Speicher, einschließlich\n" "des Windows-Bereichs und des Bereichs für\n" " %2, erforderlich.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -476,8 +467,8 @@ "und der Größe des belegten Speicherplatzes einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -496,18 +487,17 @@ "Booten Sie Windows und beheben Sie die Fehler durch Ausführen von\n" "scandisk und defrag.\n" "\n" -"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die " -"Größe der\n" +"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die Größe der\n" "Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Es ist nicht genügend Speicherplatz für eine Installation vorhanden." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -527,17 +517,15 @@ "\t Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption " -"konfiguriert werden." +msgstr "Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption konfiguriert werden." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -554,14 +542,13 @@ "nicht mit dem Werkzeug zur Größenänderung kompatibel.\n" "Eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition ist nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " -"und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -574,14 +561,13 @@ "\n" "Daher ist eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " -"und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -609,14 +595,14 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie die Windows-Partition wirklich verkleinern?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Window&s verkleinern" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -630,13 +616,13 @@ "\n" "Soll die Windows-Partition wirklich gelöscht werden?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Windows &löschen" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -648,41 +634,38 @@ "Wählen Sie zur Installation von Linux mehr zu\n" " entfernende Partitionen oder eine größere Platte aus." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Verfügbare &Platten" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung (für Experten)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die " -"Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -690,13 +673,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier " -"angezeigt.\n" +"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier angezeigt.\n" "Wählen Sie die Festplatte, auf der &product; installiert werden soll.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -707,8 +689,8 @@ "werden soll. \n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -719,34 +701,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Mit der Option Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung für Experten kann " -"die\n" +"Mit der Option Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung für Experten kann die\n" "Partitionierung der Festplatten und das Zuweisen von\n" -"Partitionen zu Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; " -"vollständig gesteuert werden.\n" +"Partitionen zu Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; vollständig gesteuert werden.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Vorbereiten der Festplatte" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Treffen Sie eine Auswahl, um fortzufahren." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Platte %1 wird von %2 verwendet" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -758,65 +738,64 @@ "Hierdurch geht Ihr Support eventuell verloren!\n" "\n" "Ermitteln Sie anhand des Handbuchs, ob die\n" -"benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung den Anforderungen dieses Produkts " -"entspricht." +"benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung den Anforderungen dieses Produkts entspricht." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Multipath aktivieren?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -824,44 +803,43 @@ "Keine Snapshots möglich.\n" "Vergrößern Sie die Root-Partition." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" -"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der " -"Installation,\n" +"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der Installation,\n" "ob die Eigentümer der Stammverzeichnisse richtig gesetzt sind." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standard" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionierung" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Partitionierung" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystems wird gespeichert..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -869,30 +847,30 @@ "Die aktuelle Auswahl ist ungültig:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, nicht zugewiesen" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" msgstr "Für Installation von %1 zu verwendende Datenträgerbereiche\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "G&esamte Festplatte verwenden" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -900,8 +878,8 @@ "Keine bestehende Aufteilung gefunden.\n" "Die Festplatte wird vollständig für %1 verwendet." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -910,18 +888,18 @@ "Es gibt nicht genügend Platz, um SuSE Linux zu\n" "installieren." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Win&dows komplett löschen" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Window&s-Partition verkleinern" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -932,8 +910,8 @@ "soll. \n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -945,8 +923,8 @@ "der angezeigten Partitionen oder freien Bereiche.\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -955,14 +933,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als frei " -"gekennzeichnet\n" -"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme " -"betreffen.\n" +"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als frei gekennzeichnet\n" +"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme betreffen.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -970,22 +946,21 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen " -"Daten\n" +"Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen Daten\n" "gehen somit verloren. Einmal gelöscht, gibt es keine Möglichkeit,\n" "die Daten wiederherzustellen.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Installieren auf:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -1000,8 +975,8 @@ "verkleinern, um genügend freien Platz zu bekommen.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -1018,28 +993,28 @@ "organisiert werden müssen. In seltenen Fällen kann dies fehlschlagen.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Separate &Home-Partition vorschlagen" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-basierten Vorschlag erstellen" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe verschlüsseln" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Vorschlagstyp" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1053,8 +1028,8 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie dieses Setup wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1063,15 +1038,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition unter einem der folgenden\n" -"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr " -"wahrscheinlich\n" -"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-" -"Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" +"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich\n" +"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1080,14 +1053,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition am Einhängepunkt /boot einzuhängen.\n" -"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen " -"Einhängepunkt ein\n" +"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen Einhängepunkt ein\n" "Linux-Dateisystem wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1101,9 +1073,9 @@ "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1119,8 +1091,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1140,8 +1112,8 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1155,8 +1127,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1166,15 +1138,14 @@ msgstr "" "Warnung: Keine Partition mit dem Typ 'bios_grub' vorhanden.\n" "Diese Partition wird empfohlen, wenn Grub2 im MBR einer GPT-Festplatte\n" -"installiert ist. (Bei Btrfs ist diese Partition erforderlich.) Die Partition " -"muss unformatiert und\n" +"installiert ist. (Bei Btrfs ist diese Partition erforderlich.) Die Partition muss unformatiert und\n" "etwa 1 MB Speicherplatz groß sein.\n" "Diese Konfiguration wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1192,8 +1163,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Einrichtung ohne /boot-Partition wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1213,7 +1184,7 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1226,8 +1197,8 @@ "Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n" "\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1239,13 +1210,12 @@ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration lässt sich Ihre\n" "Installation von %1 vermutlich nicht direkt booten, da\n" "sich die Dateien unter \"/boot\" auf einem Software-RAID-Gerät befinden.\n" -"Bei einer solchen Konfiguration schlägt die Bootloader-Konfiguration " -"gelegentlich fehl.\n" +"Bei einer solchen Konfiguration schlägt die Bootloader-Konfiguration gelegentlich fehl.\n" "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1269,8 +1239,8 @@ "\n" "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1283,52 +1253,45 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation " -"voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" -"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition " -"hat.\n" +"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" +"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition hat.\n" "\n" "Dies führt mit der üblichen Boot-Konfiguration zu erheblichen Problemen.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die " -"Dateien\n" +"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die Dateien\n" "in %1 eine normale Partition verwenden.\n" "\n" "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber " -"sehr\n" +"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber sehr\n" "empfehlenswert, eine Auslagerungspartition anzulegen und zu aktivieren.\n" "Auslagerungspartitionen werden im Hauptfenster mit dem Typ \"Linux Swap\"\n" -"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als " -"Einhängepunkt.\n" +"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als Einhängepunkt.\n" "Wenn gewünscht, können Sie auch mehr als eine Auslagerungspartition\n" "aktivieren.\n" "\n" -"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition " -"verwenden?\n" +"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1340,8 +1303,8 @@ "sie zu formatieren. YaST kann den Erfolg dieser Installation nicht\n" "garantieren, vor allem in den folgenden Fällen:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1353,20 +1316,19 @@ " werden würde.\n" "- die Partition noch kein Dateisystem enthält.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Im Zweifel sollten Sie zurückgehen und die Partition zur Formatierung\n" "auswählen, vor allem wenn es sich um einen Standard-Einhängepunkt wie\n" "/, /boot, /opt oder /var handelt.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1376,8 +1338,8 @@ "\n" "Soll die Partition wirklich unformatiert bleiben?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1385,8 +1347,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus dem RAID.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1394,8 +1356,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört einer Volume-Gruppe (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus der Volume-Gruppe.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1403,8 +1365,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät wird von Volume (%1) verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie das Volume vor dem Bearbeiten.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1412,8 +1374,8 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Löschen aus dem RAID.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1421,12 +1383,12 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) wird von %1 verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie %1 vor dem Löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Sie kann nicht gelöscht werden während sie eingehängt ist." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1435,25 +1397,22 @@ "Es handelt sich um eine logische Partition, und eine andere logische \n" "Partition mit einer höheren Nummer wird zurzeit verwendet.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit " -"eingehängt sind:\n" +"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" "%1\n" "Es wird *dringend* empfohlen, vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition\n" "diese Partitionen auszuhängen.\n" "Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie 'Abbrechen'.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1467,8 +1426,8 @@ "Partitionen von der(n) jeweiligen Volume-Gruppe(n), bevor Sie die\n" "erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1482,8 +1441,8 @@ "der Partitionen zu den entsprechenden RAID-Systemen auf,\n" "bevor Sie die erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1495,8 +1454,8 @@ "die gerade verwendet wird. Entfernen Sie das verwendete Volume\n" "vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1514,31 +1473,31 @@ "\n" "Aktuelle Konfiguration wirklich beibehalten?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für das verschlüsselte Dateisystem ein." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Leeres Passwort erlaubt." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Passwort für verschlüsseltes Dateisystem auf %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1546,38 +1505,38 @@ "Geben Sie Ihr Verschlüsselungspasswort für\n" "Gerät %1 ein, das unter %2 eingehängt ist.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für das verschlüsselte Dateisystem ein" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "G&eben Sie ein Passwort für Ihr Dateisystem ein:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Bestätigen Sie das Passwort:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Ü&berspringen" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1587,10 +1546,10 @@ "das Passwort sind nicht identisch!\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1598,10 +1557,10 @@ "Sie haben kein Passwort eingegeben.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1609,34 +1568,32 @@ "Das Passwort muss mindestens %1 Zeichen enthalten.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Keine Gleitkommazahl." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Optionen für das Dateisystem:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" "Das Zeichen '/' ist in Volume-Bezeichnungen nicht mehr zulässig.\n" -"Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Bezeichnung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr " -"vorkommt.\n" +"Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Bezeichnung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr vorkommt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Einhängen in /etc/fstab:\n" @@ -1647,61 +1604,58 @@ "UUID oder ein Volume-Label eingehängt werden. Dies ist nicht möglich, \n" "wenn eine Option deaktiviert ist.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volume-Bezeichnung:\n" -"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung verwendet. " -"Dies ist normalerweise\n" -" nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-" -"Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" +"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung verwendet. Dies ist normalerweise\n" +" nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" "Volume-Bezeichnungen dürfen keine Leerzeichen oder das Zeichen / enthalten.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Einhängen in /etc/fstab durch" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Gerätename" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Label des Volumes" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Geräte-&ID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Geräte&pfad" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-Optionen" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1711,73 +1665,70 @@ "Die maximale Länge der Volume-Kennung beim gewählten Dateisystem\n" "beträgt %1. Die Kennung wurde entsprechend gekürzt.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "" -"Sie müssen ein Volume-Label angeben, wenn Sie durch ein Label einhängen " -"wollen." +msgstr "Sie müssen ein Volume-Label angeben, wenn Sie durch ein Label einhängen wollen." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"Das Volume-Label ist schon in Gebrauch. Bitte geben Sie ein anderes an." +msgstr "Das Volume-Label ist schon in Gebrauch. Bitte geben Sie ein anderes an." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Datei&system" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&ptionen..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Gerät &verschlüsseln" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Dateisystem-&ID:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Format" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Nicht formatieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Einhängepunkt" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1803,8 +1754,8 @@ "\n" "Fortfahren?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1814,77 +1765,67 @@ "Das Dateisystem auf der Partition kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert " -"werden.\n" +"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie diese Partition verkleinern." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "" -"Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses logische Volume verkleinern." +msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses logische Volume verkleinern." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Fortfahren?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 " -"vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -"Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 " -"vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines " -"Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Mit Größenänderung fortfahren?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem " -"verkleinert." +msgstr "Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben ein logisches Volume mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-" -"Dateisystem verkleinert." +msgstr "Sie haben ein logisches Volume mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1894,18 +1835,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Es ist möglich, Ein Reiser-Dateisysteme zu verkleinern, aber diese Funktion\n" -"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige " -"Datensicherung.\n" +"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige Datensicherung.\n" "\n" "Wollen Sie das Dateisystem jetzt verkleinern?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Das gewählte Gerät enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" @@ -1914,8 +1853,8 @@ "diese Partitionen auszuhängen.\n" "Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, wählen Sie besser 'Abbrechen'.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1929,8 +1868,8 @@ "Partitionen von ihren jeweiligen Volume-Gruppen,\n" "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1944,8 +1883,8 @@ "Partitionen von ihren jeweiligen RAID-Systemen auf, bevor\n" "Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1954,57 +1893,52 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Das ausgewählte Gerät weist mindestens eine Partition\n" -"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, " -"das die Partition verwendet,\n" +"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, das die Partition verwendet,\n" "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Erstellt Subvolumes in einem Btrfs-Dateisystem und entfernt diese daraus." -"\n" +msgstr "Erstellt Subvolumes in einem Btrfs-Dateisystem und entfernt diese daraus.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Aktiviert automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit Snapper.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Aktiviert automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit Snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Vorhandene Subvolumes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Neues Subvolume" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Neu hinzufügen" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Entfernen" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandlung des Subvolume" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Leere Subvolume-Namen sind nicht erlaubt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -2012,16 +1946,16 @@ "Momentan sind nur Subvolumen zulässig deren Name mit \"%1\" beginnt!\n" "\"%1\" wird dem Namen des Subvolumens automatisch vorangestellt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Der Subvolume-Name %1 ist bereits vorhanden." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Die bisher in diesem Dialog vorgenommen Änderungen gehen verloren." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2031,8 +1965,8 @@ "Erstellen Sie ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2042,8 +1976,8 @@ "Greifen Sie auf ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem zu.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2053,41 +1987,35 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, wenn es nicht\n" -" eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie " -"ein beliebiges anderes\n" +" eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie ein beliebiges anderes\n" "Linux-Dateisystem.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /" -"var/tmp.\n" -"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei " -"jedem Systemstart \n" -"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim " -"Herunterfahren \n" +"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /var/tmp.\n" +"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei jedem Systemstart \n" +"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim Herunterfahren \n" "sämtliche Daten auf diesen Dateisystemen verlieren.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2097,19 +2025,17 @@ "Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort vergessen, werden Sie keinen Zugriff auf die Dateien\n" "Ihres Dateisystems haben. Wählen Sie Ihr Passwort mit Sorgfalt. Eine\n" "Mischung aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen,\n" -"dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, werden Sie aufgefordert, das " -"Passwort\n" +"dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, werden Sie aufgefordert, das Passwort\n" "in einem zweiten Feld zu wiederholen.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2120,8 +2046,8 @@ "speziellen Zeichen (z. B. Umlaute oder akzentuierte Buchstaben) beinhalten.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2135,10 +2061,10 @@ "Kleinbuchstaben (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) und Ziffern <tt>0</tt> bis <tt>9</tt>.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2148,8 +2074,8 @@ "Vergessen Sie dieses Passwort nicht!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2159,24 +2085,22 @@ "Sie müssen das Verschlüsselungs-Passwort eingeben.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wenn das verschlüsselte Dateisystem keine Systemdatei enthält und daher\n" -"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie Überspringen</" -"b> auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung\n" +"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie Überspringen auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung\n" "kein Zugriff auf die Datei.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2187,18 +2111,16 @@ "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" "the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Bei der aktuellen Konfiguration treten beim Booten Probleme mit der " -"Installation auf,\n" +"Warnung: Bei der aktuellen Konfiguration treten beim Booten Probleme mit der Installation auf,\n" "da der Datenträger, auf dem sich die \n" " /boot-Partition befindet, keine GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält.\n" " \n" " Eine solche Konfiguration lässt sich höchstwahrscheinlich nicht booten.\n" " \n" -" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten " -"Sie die \n" +" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten Sie die \n" " Datenträgerkennung im Expertenmodus löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2208,23 +2130,22 @@ msgstr "" "Warnung: Laut Angabe des Systems ist eine EFI-\n" "Boot-Konfiguration erforderlich. Da der ausgewählte Datenträger keine \n" -"GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält, erstellt YaST eine GPT-Festplattenkennung " -"auf diesem Datenträger.\n" +"GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält, erstellt YaST eine GPT-Festplattenkennung auf diesem Datenträger.\n" "\n" "Sie müssen alle Partitionen auf diesem Datenträger zum Entfernen markieren.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt \"%1\" kann nicht für LVM verwendet werden.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt %1 kann nicht für RAID verwendet werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2233,8 +2154,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht " -"automatisch\n" +"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht automatisch\n" "eingehängt wird, das möglicherweise Dateien enthält, die das System zum\n" "einwandfreien Funktionieren benötigt.\n" "\n" @@ -2242,8 +2162,8 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie das wirklich?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2260,50 +2180,46 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie das wirklich?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Einhängepunkt muss angegeben werden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Swap-Geräte müssen Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Nur Swap-Geräte können Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt wird bereits verwendet. Geben Sie einen anderen an." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT-Dateisystem für System-Einhängepunkt verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /" -"home).\n" +"FAT-Dateisystem für System-Einhängepunkt verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Dies ist nicht möglich." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem " -"Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2313,13 +2229,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Ihr Einhängepunkt muss mit einem \"/\" beginnen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2327,10 +2243,10 @@ "Der Einhängepunkt-Swap darf keinem Gerät\n" "zugewiesen werden, das kein Swap-Dateisystem enthält." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2340,8 +2256,8 @@ "Die eingegebene Größe beträgt (aufgerundet) %2.\n" "Die Mindestgröße für dieses Dateisystem beträgt %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2349,8 +2265,8 @@ "Einem Gerät ohne bekanntes Dateisystem\n" "kann kein Einhängepunkt zugewiesen werden." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2372,30 +2288,29 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie dieses Dateisystem wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Das Dateisystem ist gerade unter %1 eingehängt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es " -"auszuhängen\n" +"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es auszuhängen\n" "oder abbrechen. Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Aushängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2403,79 +2318,75 @@ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen, oder abbrechen.\n" "Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt " -"ist." +msgstr "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Geräte erneut absuchen" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Einhängepunkte importieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Verschlüsselungs&passwörter bereitstellen..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&iSCSI konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "&FCoE wird konfiguriert..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Multipath konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&DASD konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&zFCP konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&XPRAM konfigurieren..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Konfigurieren..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Verfügbarer Speicher auf %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2483,8 +2394,8 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle verfügbaren\n" "Speichergeräte angezeigt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2493,18 +2404,17 @@ "Mit einem Doppelklick auf einen Tabelleneintrag wechseln\n" "Sie zu einer Ansicht mit detaillierten Informationen über das Gerät.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Durch Auswahl eines Tabelleneintrags\n" -"öffnen Sie eine Ansicht mit ausführlichen Informationen zum betreffenden " -"Gerät." +"öffnen Sie eine Ansicht mit ausführlichen Informationen zum betreffenden Gerät." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2512,8 +2422,8 @@ "Ein erneutes Abtasten der Festplatten hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Sollen die Festplatten wirklich erneut abgetastet werden?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2521,30 +2431,28 @@ "Ein Aufruf der iSCSI-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die iSCSI-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Beim Aufrufen der FCoE-Konfiguration werden alle aktuelle Änderungen " -"verworfen.\n" +"Beim Aufrufen der FCoE-Konfiguration werden alle aktuelle Änderungen verworfen.\n" "Soll die FCoE-Konfiguration wirklich aufgerufen werden?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen " -"Änderungen.\n" +"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen Änderungen.\n" "Möchten Sie die Multipath-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2552,8 +2460,8 @@ "Ein Aufruf der DASD-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die DASD-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2561,8 +2469,8 @@ "Ein Aufruf der zFCP-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die zFCP-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2570,230 +2478,225 @@ "Ein Aufruf der XPRAM-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die XPRAM-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "BTRFS %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Wählen Sie mindestens ein Gerät aus." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Geräte ändern, die vom Btrfs-Volume verwendet werden." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Ungenutzte Geräte:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Ausgewählte Geräte:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Größe des BTRFS-Volume %1 ändern" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Kein Btrfs-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "BTRFS %1 ist in Gebrauch. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es " -"nicht verwendet wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es nicht verwendet wird." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Einige physische Geräte konnten nicht entfernt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs-Volumes" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Bearbeiten..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Löschen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Btrfs-Volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2801,8 +2704,8 @@ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" "ausgewählte Btrfs-Volume.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2810,74 +2713,72 @@ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle vom ausgewählten\n" "Btrfs-Volume verwendeten Geräte an.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "BTRFS-Gerät: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Üb&erblick" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Verwendete Geräte" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Wählen Sie die Rolle des Geräts aus." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI-Boot-Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Betriebssystem" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Daten- und ISV-Anwendungen" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Swap" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Roh-Volume (unformatiert)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rolle" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2885,72 +2786,68 @@ "Geben Sie zunächst an, ob die Partition formatiert\n" "werden soll, und wählen Sie den gewünschten Dateisystemtyp aus." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie alle Daten auf dem Gerät verschlüsseln wollen, \n" -"wählen Sie Gerät verschlüsseln. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines " -"bestehenden\n" +"wählen Sie Gerät verschlüsseln. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines bestehenden\n" "Gerätes löscht sämtliche darauf enthaltenen Daten.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Geben Sie danach an, ob die Partition eingehängt\n" -"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var " -"usw.)." +"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var usw.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formatierungsoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Partition formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Partition nicht formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Partition nicht einhängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Einhängeoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Partition einhängen" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Einhängepunkt" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt-Dateien müssen verschlüsselt sein." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2958,23 +2855,22 @@ "Also check the format option.\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben sich entschieden, die Crypt-Datei anzulegen, haben\n" -"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt " -"keinen Sinn.\n" +"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt keinen Sinn.\n" "\n" "Aktivieren Sie auch die Formatierungsoption.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Für Crypt-Dateien ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Für TMPFS ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2983,15 +2879,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es " -"nicht\n" -"eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie " -"jedes andere\n" +"Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es nicht\n" +"eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie jedes andere\n" "Linux-Dateisystem.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3006,32 +2900,31 @@ "(Suspend to Disk) verwendet werden.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle auf dem Volume vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Skalierung wird vom zugrunde liegenden Gerät nicht unterstützt." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das " -"Dateisystem auf der\n" +"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das Dateisystem auf der\n" "Partition keine Größenänderungen unterstützt.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3039,8 +2932,8 @@ "Es ist nicht möglich, zu prüfen, ob die Größe eines NTFS-Dateisystems\n" "geändert werden kann, während es eingehängt ist." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3048,81 +2941,79 @@ "Die Größe von Partition %1 kann nicht geändert werden,\n" "da das Dateisystem inkonsistent zu sein scheint.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Größe der Partition %1 ändern" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Größe des logischen Volume %1 ändern" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Aktuelle Größe: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Aktuell genutzt: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Größe" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximale Größe (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimale Größe (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Größe" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Wählen Sie die neue Größe." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 " -"ein." +msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 ein." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3134,43 +3025,42 @@ "das Dateisystem auszuhängen, was die Geschwindigkeit des Vorgangs\n" "enorm erhöhen würde." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Ausgabe von %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Platten erneut absuchen..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "DM %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Kein DM-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "DM %1 ist in Gebrauch. Er kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht benutzt wird." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Device-Mapper (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3180,8 +3070,8 @@ "in einer anderen Ansicht angezeigt werden. Deshalb werden Multipath-\n" "Festplatten, BIOS RAIDs und LVM Logical-Volumes hier nicht angezeigt.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3189,8 +3079,8 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zum\n" "ausgewählten Device Mapper-Gerät angezeigt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3198,185 +3088,185 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle Geräte angezeigt, die vom\n" "ausgewählten Device Mapper-Gerät verwendet werden." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM-Gerät: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe hinzufügen" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gerätegraph" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Gerätegraph speichern ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Diese Ansicht zeigt einen Graphen der Geräte." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Speicherung des Graphen ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Einhängegraph" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Einhängegraph speichern ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Diese Ansicht zeigt einen Graphen der Einhängepunkte." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Wählen Sie den Partitionstyp der neuen Partition aus." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Primäre Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "&Erweiterte Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "&Logische Partition" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Neuer Partitionstyp" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Wählen Sie die Größe der neuen Partition aus." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Neue Partitionsgröße" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierter Bereich" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Startzylinder" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Endzylinder" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "Der eingegebene Bereich ist falsch." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partition auf %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Partition %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Kein Platz für die verschobene Partition %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Partition %1 vorverschieben?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Partition %1 zurückverschieben?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Partition %1 verschieben?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vorwärts" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Rückwärts" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Löschen aller Partitionen bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3384,99 +3274,96 @@ "Die Platte \"%1\"' enthält mindestens eine Partition.\n" "Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Partitionen gelöscht:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf \"%1\" gelöscht werden?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Keine Festplatte ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." -msgstr "" -"Partitionstabelle auf LDL-formatierter DASD kann nicht erstellt werden." +msgstr "Partitionstabelle auf LDL-formatierter DASD kann nicht erstellt werden." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Die Festplatte wird verwendet und kann nicht geändert werden." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Neuen Partitionstabellentyp für %1 auswählen." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen " -"wollen? Dies löscht alle Daten\n" +"Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen wollen? Dies löscht alle Daten\n" "auf %1 und alle RAIDs und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 benutzen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Keine Platte ausgewählt." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS-RAID %1 wirklich löschen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Soll der partitionierte RAID %1 wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Auf dieser Festplatte finden sich keine zu löschenden Partitionen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Sie können auf %1 keine Partition anlegen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Keine Partition ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Partition %1 ist in Gebrauch. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " -"in Benutzung ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht bearbeitet werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3484,28 +3371,27 @@ "Die Partition %1 ist bereits auf der Platte angelegt\n" "und kann nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Partition %1 ist in Gebrauch. Ihre Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie " -"nicht in Benutzung ist." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Die Größe einer erweiterten Partition kann nicht geändert werden." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3520,7 +3406,7 @@ "Mit '*' markierte Platten enthalten bereits Partitionen.\n" "Diese werden durch das Klonen gelöscht.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3528,11 +3414,11 @@ "Die folgenden Partitionen werden gelöscht\n" "und alle Daten darauf gehen verloren:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Diese Partitionen wirklich löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3542,7 +3428,7 @@ "muss eine Platte wenigstens eine Partition haben.\n" "Legen Sie Partitionen an, bevor Sie die Platte klonen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3550,30 +3436,29 @@ "Diese Platte kann nicht geklont werden. Es gibt keine passenden\n" "Platten, die dieselbe Partitionierung aufnehmen können." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Partitions-Layout von %1 klonen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Verfügbare Zieldatenträger:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Eine Zielplatte zum Klonen auswählen" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" -"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte " -"gelöscht.\n" +"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte gelöscht.\n" "Möchten Sie dasdfmt wirklich auf Festplatte %1 ausführen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3585,58 +3470,58 @@ " Die auf dieser Festplatte vorhandenen Partitionen werden erneut\n" "angezeigt.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Partition hinzufügen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Verschieben" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Größe ändern" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Verschieben..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Größe ändern..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3644,8 +3529,8 @@ "Festplatten, BIOS-RAIDs und Multipath-\n" "Geräte können nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3653,19 +3538,19 @@ "Die Größe von Festplatten, BIOS-RAIDs und\n" "Multipath-Geräten kann nicht geändert werden." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Festplatten" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Partition hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3673,18 +3558,18 @@ "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Festplatten einschließlich iSCSI-Festplatten\n" "BIOS RAIDs und Multipath-Festplatten sowie deren Partitionen.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Statustest (SMART) ..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Eigenschaften (hdparm) ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3692,45 +3577,45 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Festplatte angezeigt." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART ist für diese Festplatte nicht verfügbar." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm ist für diese Festplatte nicht verfügbar." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Neue Partitionstabelle erstellen" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Diese Platte klonen" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "dasd&fmt auf dem DASD-Gerät ausführen" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Hinzufügen..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Experte..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3740,8 +3625,8 @@ "Wenn die Festplatte z.B. von einem BIOS-RAID oder einer Multipath-\n" "Festplatte verwendet wird, werden hier keine Partitionen angezeigt.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3751,23 +3636,23 @@ "Festplatte verwendet werden. Diese Ansicht ist nur für BIOS-RAIDs,\n" "partitionierte Software-RAIDs und Multipath-Festplatten verfügbar.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partitionen" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Festplatte: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partition: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3775,8 +3660,8 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Partition angezeigt." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3786,8 +3671,8 @@ "vorhandene Linux-Systeme mit Einhängepunkten gefunden. Diese \n" "Einhängepunkte werden in der Tabelle angezeigt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3797,68 +3682,67 @@ "z. B. / und /usr, während der Installation formatiert werden\n" "sollen. Nicht-System-Volumes, z. B. /home, werden nicht formatiert." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Kein Vorgängersystem mit Einhängepunkten erkannt." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "&Vorheriges anzeigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "&Nächstes anzeigen" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Einhängepunkte aus vorhandenem System importieren:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "System-Volumes formatieren" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importieren" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "Auf %1 gefundene /etc/fstab enthält:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Falsches Passwort eingegeben." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Löschen der von LVM verwendeten Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "Die ausgewählte Partition wird von der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" verwendet.\n" -"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden " -"Volume-Gruppe\n" +"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden Volume-Gruppe\n" "und deren logische Einheiten gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und Volume-Gruppe \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Löschen der von RAID verwendeten Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3868,24 +3752,24 @@ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten,\n" "wird das folgende RAID-Gerät gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und RAID \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf %1 gelöscht werden?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 wirklich löschen?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3893,61 +3777,58 @@ "\n" "Soll die Loop-Datei %1 auch entfernt werden?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Nicht partitioniert" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Nicht zugewiesen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Keine Änderungen an der Partitionierung." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Änderungen an der Partitionierung:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Keine Änderungen an den Speichereinstellungen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Speichereinstellungen:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Zu installierende Pakete:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Es müssen keine Pakete installiert werden." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pfadname der Loop-Datei: Hierbei muss es sich um einen " -"absoluten Pfad zu der Datei handeln,\n" -"die die Daten für das verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält, das eingerichtet " -"werden soll.\n" +"Pfadname der Loop-Datei: Hierbei muss es sich um einen absoluten Pfad zu der Datei handeln,\n" +"die die Daten für das verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält, das eingerichtet werden soll.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3955,15 +3836,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-Datei erstellen: Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, wird die " -"Datei\n" -"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erstellt. HINWEIS: Wenn " -"die\n" -"Datei bereits vorhanden ist, gehen alle darin enthaltenen Daten verloren.</" -"p>\n" +"Loop-Datei erstellen: Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, wird die Datei\n" +"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erstellt. HINWEIS: Wenn die\n" +"Datei bereits vorhanden ist, gehen alle darin enthaltenen Daten verloren.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3971,11 +3849,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Größe: Dies ist die Größe der Loop-Datei. Das Dateisystem,\n" -"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.</" -"p>\n" +"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3984,30 +3861,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"HINWEIS: Während der Installation kann YaST keine " -"Konsistenzprüfung\n" +"HINWEIS: Während der Installation kann YaST keine Konsistenzprüfung\n" "der Dateigröße und Pfadnamen vornehmen, da auf das Dateisystem nicht\n" -"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs " -"angelegt.\n" +"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs angelegt.\n" "Gehen Sie bei der Angabe der Größe und des Pfadnamens sorgfältig vor.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Pfadname der Loop-Datei" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Durchsuchen ..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Loop-Datei anlegen" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -4015,98 +3890,94 @@ "Der Dateiname \"%1\" ist ungültig.\n" "Verwenden Sie einen absoluten Pfadnamen.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 " -"ein." +msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 ein." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" "the create flag." msgstr "" "Der Dateiname \"%1\" existiert nicht,\n" -"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine " -"vorhandene Datei\n" +"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine vorhandene Datei\n" "oder aktivieren Sie das Erstellungs-Flag." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei %1 bearbeiten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Keine verschlüsselte Datei ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Die verschlüsselte Datei %1 ist in Benutzung. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten , stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " -"in Gebrauch ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten , stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Gebrauch ist." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Dateien" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "In dieser Ansicht werden alle Crypt-Dateien angezeigt." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4114,23 +3985,23 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Crypt-Datei angezeigt." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für die Volume-Gruppe ein." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe ist länger als 128 Zeichen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe darf nicht mit einem \"-\" beginnen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4138,13 +4009,13 @@ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe enthält unerlaubte Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" und \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" existiert bereits." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4152,52 +4023,48 @@ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" steht im Konflikt\n" "mit einem anderen Eintrag im Verzeichnis /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Löschen der Volume-Gruppe bestätigen" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" enthält mindestens ein logisches Volume.\n" -"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls " -"eingehängt)\n" +"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls eingehängt)\n" "und gelöscht:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle zugehörigen logischen Volumes " -"wirklich löschen?" +msgstr "Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle zugehörigen logischen Volumes wirklich löschen?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent " -"Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" +"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" "potenziert mit 2 ist, zum Beispiel \"%2\" oder \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für das logische Volume ein." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Der Name für das logische Volume ist länger als 128 Zeichen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4205,8 +4072,8 @@ "Der Name für das logische Volume enthält ungültige Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" und \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4214,62 +4081,56 @@ "Ein logisches Volume mit dem Namen \"%1\" existiert bereits\n" "in Volume-Gruppe \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe " -"ein." +msgstr "Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe ein." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten " -"soll." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten soll." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Name der Volume-Gruppe" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Größe (&Physical Extent Size)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Verfügbare physische Volumes:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Ausgewählte physische Volumes:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Geräte ändern, die für die Volume-Gruppe verwendet werden." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Geben Sie sowohl die Größe als auch die Anzahl und Größe\n" -"der Stripes für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes darf " -"nicht höher sein\n" +"der Stripes für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes darf nicht höher sein\n" "als die Anzahl physischer Volumes der Volume-Gruppe." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4279,176 +4140,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Sogenannte Thin Volumes können mit einer\n" -"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz " -"wird bei Bedarf dem \n" -"zugeordneten Thin Pool entnommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume " -"anlegen, das größer ist\n" -"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume " -"geschrieben werden,\n" -"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz " -"bereitzustellen.\n" +"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz wird bei Bedarf dem \n" +"zugeordneten Thin Pool entnommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume anlegen, das größer ist\n" +"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume geschrieben werden,\n" +"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz bereitzustellen.\n" "Thin Volumes können keine Stripes-Anzahl haben." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Stripes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Nummer" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisches Volume %1 auf %2 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Größe der Volume-Gruppe %1 ändern" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für das neue logische Volume ein." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein Normal Volume deklarieren.\n" -"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung " -"von Thin Provisioning.\n" +"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung von Thin Provisioning.\n" "Im Zweifel ist das wahrscheinlich die richtige Wahl" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als einen Thin Pool deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, Thin Volumes beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten " -"Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool." +"Das bedeutet, Thin Volumes beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein Thin Volume deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem Thin " -"Pool." +"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem Thin Pool." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisches Volume" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Normal-Volume" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Thin Pool" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "&Thin Volume" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Verwendeter Pool" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Logisches Volume auf %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisches Volume %1 auf %2 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu " -"erstellen.\n" +"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu erstellen.\n" "\n" -"Um LVM zu benutzen, ist mindestens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e " -"(oder 0x83) oder\n" -"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät erforderlich. Ändern Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle " -"entsprechend." +"Um LVM zu benutzen, ist mindestens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e (oder 0x83) oder\n" +"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät erforderlich. Ändern Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle entsprechend." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Keine Volume-Gruppe ausgewählt." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wollen Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" wirklich entfernen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Löschen der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Kein logisches Volume ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Kein freier Speicher in der Volume Gruppe \"%1\" übrig." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4456,56 +4303,55 @@ "Das Volume '%1' ist ein Thin Pool.\n" "Es kann nicht bearbeitet werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Volume %1 ist in Gebrauch. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es " -"nicht verwendet wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es nicht verwendet wird." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisches Volume hinzufügen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volume-Verwaltung" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4513,8 +4359,8 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle LVM-Volume-Gruppen und\n" "deren logischen Volumes angezeigt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4522,8 +4368,8 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe angezeigt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4531,8 +4377,8 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle logischen Volumes der\n" "ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe angezeigt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4540,28 +4386,28 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle physischen Volumes angezeigt,\n" "die von der ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe verwendet werden." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "&Logische Volumes" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Physische Volumes" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Logisches Volume: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4569,56 +4415,56 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zum\n" "ausgewählten logischen Volume angezeigt." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Device-Mapper" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Unbenutzte Geräte" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationszusammenfassung" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4628,38 +4474,34 @@ "Diese Änderungen gehen verloren, wenn Sie den Dialog mit %1 verlassen.\n" "Sind Sie sich sicher?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Hier können Sie die Partitionierungszusammenfassung sehen." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Zusammenfassung" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Systemansicht" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation " -"des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Network File System (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4667,55 +4509,47 @@ "Fehler beim Probeeinhängen der NFS-Freigabe '%1'.\n" "Trotzdem speichern?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Wählen Sie für %1 mindestens %2 Gerät." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Wählen Sie den RAID-Typ der neuen RAID-Festplatte aus." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Mit dieser Ebene wird die Plattenleistung erhöht.\n" -"In diesem Modus gibt es KEINE Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke " -"ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.</" -"p>\n" +"In diesem Modus gibt es KEINE Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Dieser Modus weist die beste Redundanz auf. \n" "Er kann bei zwei oder mehr Festplatten zum Einsatz kommen. \n" "Dieser Modus sorgt dafür, dass sich eine exakte Kopie aller Daten \n" "auf jeder Platte befindet.\n" -"Solange mindestens eine Platte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten " -"verloren.\n" +"Solange mindestens eine Platte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten verloren.\n" "Die für diesen RAID-Typ verwendeten Partitionen sollten in etwa die gleiche\n" "Größe aufweisen.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Bei diesem Modus wird die Verwaltung einer größeren \n" "Anzahl an Platten mit einer gewissen Redundanz kombiniert. \n" @@ -4725,125 +4559,112 @@ "gehen alle Daten verloren.\n" "\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Unter RAID-Name können Sie einen aussagekräftigen\n" -"Namen für das RAID angeben. Dies ist optional. Wenn Sie einen Namen angeben, " -"ist das Gerät\n" +"Namen für das RAID angeben. Dies ist optional. Wenn Sie einen Namen angeben, ist das Gerät\n" "als <tt>/dev/md/<Name></tt> verfügbar.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Fügen Sie Ihrer RAID-Festplatte Partitionen hinzu. Je nach\n" -"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen " -"(RAID 0), die Größe\n" -"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, " -"multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel " -"ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.\n" +"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen (RAID 0), die Größe\n" +"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" msgstr "" -"Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen " -"Festplatten\n" +"Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen Festplatten\n" "befinden, um wirklich die gewünschte Redundanz bzw. den angestrebten\n" "Durchsatz zu erreichen.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID-Typ" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (Redundantes Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (Mirroring und Striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "RAID-&Name (optional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Verfügbare Geräte:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Chunk-Größe: Dies ist die kleinste \"atomare\" Datenmenge,\n" -"die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann. Eine sinnvolle Chunk-Größe für " -"RAID 5 ist 128 KB. Für RAID 0 ist\n" -"32 KB ein guter Anfangswert. Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Chunk-Größe das " -"gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.\n" +"die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann. Eine sinnvolle Chunk-Größe für RAID 5 ist 128 KB. Für RAID 0 ist\n" +"32 KB ein guter Anfangswert. Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Chunk-Größe das gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Paritätsalgorithmus:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Der Paritätsalgorithmus, der für RAID5/6 verwendet werden soll.\n" -"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden " -"Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" +"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4851,66 +4672,66 @@ "Weitere Details zum Paritätsalgorithmus \n" "entnehmen Sie bitte der manpage für mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Chunk-Größe" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "Parity-&Algorithmus" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID-Optionen" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Geräte ändern, die für RAID verwendet werden." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Größe von RAID %1 ändern" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 bearbeiten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4922,63 +4743,59 @@ "Dies bedeutet in der Regel, dass die Teilmenge der RAID-Geräte\n" "zu klein ist, als dass das RAID nutzbar wäre.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt nicht genügend geeignete unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." +msgstr "Es gibt nicht genügend geeignete unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Kein RAID ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeit werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " -"benutzt wird." +"bearbeit werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID %1 wurde bereits auf der Festplatte erstellt. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es " -"erneut an." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es erneut an." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es " -"nicht benutzt wird." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle RAIDs außer BIOS-RAIDs an." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4986,8 +4803,8 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten RAID-Festplatte angezeigt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4995,130 +4812,123 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden alle Geräte angezeigt,\n" "die von der ausgewählten RAID-Festplatte verwendet werden." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Einhängen durch" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Belegt von" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Zylinderinformation" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Fibre Channel-Informationen" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Verschlüsselung" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Volume-Kennung" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Geräte-ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Gerätepfad" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Zylinder" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Einhängen durch (Standard)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Standarddateisystem" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Ausrichtung neu angelegter Partitionen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Speichergeräte anzeigen nach" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5126,29 +4936,25 @@ "In dieser Ansicht werden allgemeine\n" "Speichereinstellungen angezeigt:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standard-Einhängen ist die Einhängemethode \n" "für neu erstellte Dateisysteme. Gerätename verwendet den Kernel-\n" -"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. Geräte-ID und " -"Gerätepfad\n" -"verwenden durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese " -"sollten\n" +"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. Geräte-ID und Gerätepfad\n" +"verwenden durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese sollten\n" "beständig sein, leider ist dies nicht immer so. UUID und\n" "Volume-Kennung verwenden UUID und Bezeichnung des Dateisystems.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5156,25 +4962,21 @@ "Standard-Dateisystem gibt das\n" "Dateisystem für neu erstellte Dateisysteme an.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Ausrichtung neu erstellter Partitionen\n" -"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. Zylinder " -"ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. " -"Optimal richtet die\n" +"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. Zylinder ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. Optimal richtet die\n" "Partitionen entsprechend Hinweisen des Linux-Kernels für beste Leistung aus\n" "oder versucht kompatibel zu Windows Vista und Win 7 zu sein.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5182,33 +4984,32 @@ "Speichergeräte anzeigen nach steuert\n" "den Namen, der im Navigationsbaum für Festplatten angezeigt wird." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte\n" -"ermöglicht das Ausblenden von Informationen in den Tabellen und der " -"Übersicht." +"ermöglicht das Ausblenden von Informationen in den Tabellen und der Übersicht." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Diese Ansicht zeigt die Zusammenfassung der Installation." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "tmpfs-Einhängepunkt hinzufügen" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Kein tmpfs-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5216,18 +5017,18 @@ "\n" "Soll das in %1 eingehängte TMPFS wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs-Volumes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Diese Ansicht zeigt alle tmpfs-Volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5235,18 +5036,18 @@ "Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" "ausgewählte tmpfs-Volume.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs eingehängt unter %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Erneut abtasten" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5256,40 +5057,39 @@ "nicht partitionierte Festplatten und Volume-Gruppen\n" "ohne logische Volumes angezeigt." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Eine erneute Absuche nicht verwendeter Geräte hebt\n" -"alle aktuellen Änderungen auf. Sollen nicht verwendete Geräte wirklich " -"erneut abgesucht werden?" +"alle aktuellen Änderungen auf. Sollen nicht verwendete Geräte wirklich erneut abgesucht werden?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5297,17 +5097,17 @@ "Es konnte kein logisches Volume in der gewünschten Größe\n" "erstellt werden.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Verringern Sie die Stripe-Anzahl des Volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Sie können nur logische Volumes entfernen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5315,8 +5115,8 @@ "Es gibt mindestens einen aktiven Snapshot für dieses Volume.\n" "Entfernen Sie zuerst den Snapshot." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5324,102 +5124,102 @@ "Es gibt mindestens ein Thin Volume, das diesen Pool verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie zuerst das Thin Volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "" "Wollen Sie das logische Volume\n" "%1 entfernen?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Gesamtgröße: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Resultierende Größe: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Oben" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Nach oben" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Nach unten" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Unten" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Einstufen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Alle hinzufügen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Alle entfernen" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Die Datei '%1' ist keine reguläre Datei!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Datei '%1' ist ist zu groß!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5431,61 +5231,52 @@ "Die Datei muss aus Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken und einem Klassennamen\n" "pro Zeile bestehen. Beispiel:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Die folgenden Schemazeilen wurden erkannt:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "Ist es in Ordnung, Geräten Klassen mit diesen Schemen zuzuordnen?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" -"Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID " -"enthalten sind.\n" +"Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID enthalten sind.\n" "Verfügbare Klassen sind A, B, C, D und E, aber in vielen Fällen\n" "sind weniger Klassen nötig (z.B. nur A und B). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie mit der rechten " -"Maustaste auf das Gerät klicken\n" +"Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Gerät klicken\n" "und die passende Klasse aus dem Kontextmenü auswählen. Durch Drücken von \n" -"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in " -"einem Schritt\n" -"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Schaltflächen \"%1\" bis \"%2\" " -"verwenden, um die gerade\n" +"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in einem Schritt\n" +"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Schaltflächen \"%1\" bis \"%2\" verwenden, um die gerade\n" "ausgewählten Geräte der jeweiligen Klasse zuzuordnen." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." msgstr "" "Nach dem Festlegen der Klassen für die Geräte können Sie \n" -"die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Schaltflächen \"%1\" oder \"%2\" " -"drücken." +"die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Schaltflächen \"%1\" oder \"%2\" drücken." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5493,207 +5284,180 @@ "Sortiert ordnet alle Geräte von Klasse A vor denen\n" "von Klasse B an und so weiter." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät " -"der Klasse B,\n" -"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt " -"das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" +"Interleaved nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät der Klasse B,\n" +"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" "das zweite Gerät der Klasse B und so weiter." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Alle Geräte ohne Klasse werden am Ende der Geräteliste einsortiert.\n" -"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge " -"als\n" +"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge als\n" "Reihenfolge im anzulegenden RAID verwendet." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Durch Drücken der Schaltfläche \"%1\" können Sie eine Datei " -"auswählen,\n" -"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassennamen (z.B. " -"\"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in " -"dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" +"Durch Drücken der Schaltfläche \"%1\" können Sie eine Datei auswählen,\n" +"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassennamen (z.B. \"sda.* A\").\n" +"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" "Der reguläre Ausdruck wird mit dem Kernel-Namen (z.B. /dev/sda1), \n" -"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) und\n" -"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) " -"verglichen.\n" -"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu " -"mehreren\n" +"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) und\n" +"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) verglichen.\n" +"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu mehreren\n" "regulären Ausdrücken passt." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Gerät" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Schemadatei" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "TMPFS-&Größe" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % an.\n" -"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen " -"Sie es erneut." +"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "TMPFS-Größe:\n" -"Die Größe kann als Zahl gefolgt von K, M oder G (Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) " -"oder\n" -"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (Prozentsatz des Speichers) " -"angegeben werden." +"Die Größe kann als Zahl gefolgt von K, M oder G (Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) oder\n" +"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (Prozentsatz des Speichers) angegeben werden." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap-&Priorität" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 0 und 32767 liegen. Bitte erneut versuchen." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Swap-Priorität:\n" -"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die " -"Priorität.\n" +"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die Priorität.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Sch&reibgeschützt einhängen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Schreibgeschützt einhängen:\n" -"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der " -"Installation\n" +"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der Installation\n" "wird das Dateisystem immer schreibfähig eingehängt." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Keine &Zugriffszeit" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Keine Zugriffszeit:\n" -"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Der " -"Standardwert ist \"Falsch\".\n" +"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Der Standardwert ist \"Falsch\".\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Durch Benutzer einhängbar" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Durch Benutzer einhängbar:\n" -"Das Dateisystem kann durch einen normalen Benutzer eingehängt werden. " -"Standard ist 'false' (unwahr).\n" +"Das Dateisystem kann durch einen normalen Benutzer eingehängt werden. Standard ist 'false' (unwahr).\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Nicht beim System&start einhängen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nicht beim Systemstart einhängen:\n" "Das Dateisystem wird beim Systemstart nicht automatisch eingehängt.\n" -"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den " -"passenden\n" +"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den passenden\n" "Optionen eingehängt, wenn das Kommando <tt>mount <mountpoint></tt>\n" -"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das " -"Dateisystem\n" +"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das Dateisystem\n" "eingehängt wird). Der Standard ist \"Falsch\".\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "&Quotenunterstützung aktivieren" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5703,42 +5467,37 @@ "Das Dateisystem wird mit aktivierten Benutzerquoten eingehängt.\n" "Standard ist 'aus'.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Daten-&Journaling-Modus" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Daten-Journaling-Modus:\n" "Gibt den Journaling-Modus für Dateidaten an.\n" -" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das " -"Hauptdateisystem\n" +" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das Hauptdateisystem\n" " im Journal gespeichert. Stärkste Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" -" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das " -"Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal " -"gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" +" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung. \n" " <tt>writeback</tt> -- Die Datenreihenfolge\n" "wird nicht beibehalten. Keine Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listen für &Zugriffskontrolle (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5746,13 +5505,13 @@ "Listen für Zugriffskontrolle:\n" "Aktivieren von Listen für die Zugriffskontrolle auf dem Dateisystem.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Erweiterte Benutzerattribute" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5760,114 +5519,98 @@ "Erweiterte Benutzerattribute:\n" "Erweiterte Benutzerattribute auf dem Dateisystem erlauben.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Beliebiger Options&wert" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und " -"Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Beliebiger Optionswert:\n" -"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten " -"Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" +"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" "Mehrere Optionen werden durch Kommata getrennt.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Zeichen&satz für Dateinamen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Zeichensatz für Dateinamen:\n" -"Bestimmen Sie den Zeichensatz, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-" -"Partitionen verwendet wird.\n" +"Bestimmen Sie den Zeichensatz, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-Partitionen verwendet wird.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&seite für FAT-Kurzbezeichnungen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codeseite für FAT-Kurzbezeichnungen:\n" -"Diese Codeseite wird zum Konvertieren nach Kurzbezeichnungen auf FAT-" -"Dateisystemen verwendet.\n" +"Diese Codeseite wird zum Konvertieren nach Kurzbezeichnungen auf FAT-Dateisystemen verwendet.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Anzahl der &FATs" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Anzahl der FATs:\n" "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Dateizuordnungstabellen (file allocation tables)\n" "im Dateisystem an. Standard ist 2.\n" "" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&Größe" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT-Größe:\n" -"Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen fest (12, 16 oder " -"32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" angegeben wurde,\n" -"wählt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems " -"aus.\n" +"Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen fest (12, 16 oder 32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" angegeben wurde,\n" +"wählt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems aus.\n" "\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Einträge im Root-&Verzeichnis (/)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112. Versuchen " -"sie es erneut." +msgstr "Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112. Versuchen sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5875,69 +5618,58 @@ "Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis:\n" "Wählen Sie die Anzahl der verfügbaren Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis aus.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash-&Funktion" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-Funktion:\n" -"Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um " -"Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.\n" +"Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Version des Dateisystems" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Version des Dateisystems:\n" -"Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest. '3.5' " -"ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x. '3.6' ist neuer, kann " -"jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.\n" +"Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest. '3.5' ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x. '3.6' ist neuer, kann jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Block&größe in Byte" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blockgröße:\n" -"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen " -"sind 512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird " -"die Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.\n" +"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind 512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird die Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode-Größe" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5945,50 +5677,46 @@ "Inode-Größe\n" "Mit dieser Option wird die Inode-Größe des Dateisystems festgelegt.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Prozent Inode-Bereich" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Prozent Inode-Bereich:\n" -"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent " -"des Platzes im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.\n" +"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent des Platzes im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inodes &gereiht" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inodes gereiht:\n" "Die Option \"Inodes gereiht\" wird verwendet, um anzugeben, ob die\n" "Inode-Verteilung regelmäßig oder nicht regelmäßig eingerichtet werden soll.\n" -"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes " -"erlauben\n" +"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes erlauben\n" "normalerweise einen effizienteren Zugriff als ungereihte.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Protokollgröße in Megabyte" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5996,31 +5724,29 @@ "Der Wert der \"Protokollgröße\" ist nicht korrekt.\n" "Geben Sie einen Wert größer Null ein.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Protokollgröße\n" -"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie " -"\"auto\" angeben,\n" +"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie \"auto\" angeben,\n" "dann beträgt der Standardwert 40% der Gesamtgröße.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "&Dienstprogramm zum Auflisten der \"Bad Blocks\" aufrufen" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Schritt&weite in Blöcken" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -6028,8 +5754,8 @@ "Der Wert für \"Schrittweite in Blöcken\" ist ungültig.\n" "Wählen Sie einen Wert größer als 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6038,32 +5764,27 @@ msgstr "" "Schrittweite (Stride Length) in Blöcken:\n" "Hiermit legen Sie die RAID-relevanten Optionen für das Dateisystem fest.\n" -"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als " -"Parameter\n" +"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als Parameter\n" "die Anzahl der Blöcke in einem RAID-Stripe.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blockgröße:\n" "Geben Sie Blockgrößen in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind\n" -"1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die " -"Blockgröße\n" -"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems " -"bestimmt.\n" +"1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die Blockgröße\n" +"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems bestimmt.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Byte pro &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6071,8 +5792,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Byte pro Inode:\n" @@ -6087,13 +5807,13 @@ "da es nach dem Anlegen des Dateisystems nicht mehr möglich ist,\n" "die Anzahl der Inodes nachträglich zu erhöhen.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Anteil der für &root reservierten Blöcke" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -6101,27 +5821,19 @@ "Ungültige Angabe für \"Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke\".\n" "Zulässig sind Gleitpunktzahlen, die nicht größer als 99 sind (z.B. 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke: Geben Sie die für den " -"Superuser reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so " -"berechnet, dass normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den " -"Standardwert ist 5,0, das untere Limit ist 0,1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke: Geben Sie die für den Superuser reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so berechnet, dass normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den Standardwert ist 5,0, das untere Limit ist 0,1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -6129,46 +5841,43 @@ "Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren:\n" "Deaktiviert die regelmäßige Überprüfung des Dateisystems beim Booten.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Verzeichnisindex-Funktion" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Verzeichnisindex:\n" -"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen " -"Verzeichnissen.\n" +"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen Verzeichnissen.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Kein Journal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Kein Journal:\n" -"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, " -"wenn\n" +"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, wenn\n" "Sie einen wirklichen Grund hierfür haben.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Vorgang auf Festplatte %{device} nicht zulässig.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6180,20 +5889,17 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eine Änderung der Partitionstabelle auf der Festplatte %{device} mit dem " -"Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +"Eine Änderung der Partitionstabelle auf der Festplatte %{device} mit dem Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" "wird nicht unterstützt (die Festplatte ist LDL-formatiert).\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand " -"verwenden oder\n" +"Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" "sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch\n" -"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen " -"oder\n" +"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" "ihre Größe ändern.\n" "\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6205,21 +5911,16 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %{device} ist entweder nicht lesbar, oder " -"sie wird nicht \n" -"vom Partitionierungswerkzeug parted unterstützt, mit dem die " -"Partitionstabelle\n" +"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %{device} ist entweder nicht lesbar, oder sie wird nicht \n" +"vom Partitionierungswerkzeug parted unterstützt, mit dem die Partitionstabelle\n" "geändert wird.\n" "\n" -" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand " -"verwenden oder\n" -" sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch " -"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen " -"oder\n" +" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" +" sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" " ihre Größe ändern.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6235,14 +5936,12 @@ "aus Kompatibilitätsgründen hat der Kernel jedoch automatisch\n" "eine Partition erzeugt, die fast die gesamte Festplatte umfasst.\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partition auf Platte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden " -"oder sie\n" -"formatieren und ihr einen Einhängepunkt zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch " -"nicht ihre\n" +"Sie können die Partition auf Platte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder sie\n" +"formatieren und ihr einen Einhängepunkt zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch nicht ihre\n" "Größe ändern oder die Partition von dieser Festplatte entfernen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6252,15 +5951,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten " -"Zustand bringen,\n" -"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue " -"Partitionstabelle\n" -"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser " -"Festplatte gelöscht.\n" +"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten Zustand bringen,\n" +"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue Partitionstabelle\n" +"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6272,26 +5968,26 @@ "Ignorieren Sie diese Meldung, wenn Sie die Platte während\n" "der Installation nicht verwenden wollen.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Die Größe kann nicht verändert werden:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6301,11 +5997,10 @@ "Verschlüsselung konnte nicht festgelegt werden.\n" "Fehlercode des Systems: %1.\n" "\n" -"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung " -"angegeben.\n" +"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung angegeben.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6315,8 +6010,8 @@ "des Passworts stimmen nicht überein.\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6326,26 +6021,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z, und jedes aus \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "V&erschlüsselungspasswort eingeben:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Passwort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Folgende verschlüsselte Volumes sind bereits verfügbar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivierung verschlüsselter Volumes" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6355,15 +6050,14 @@ "Folgende Volumes haben eine Verschlüsselungssignatur, aber die \n" "Passwörter sind noch nicht bekannt.\n" "Die Passwörter müssen bekannt sein, wenn die Volumes während eines\n" -"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM-Volume " -"enthalten." +"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM-Volume enthalten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wollen Sie Verschlüsselungspasswörter angeben?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6373,73 +6067,70 @@ "der Geräte in der Liste gesperrter Geräte ein.\n" "Das Passwort wird bei allen Geräten probiert." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Verschlüsselungspasswort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Es gibt kein verschlüsseltes Volume zum Freigeben." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für eines der folgenden Geräte an:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für folgendes Gerät an:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Es wird versucht, verschlüsselte Volumes freizugeben..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Mit dem Passwort konnte keines der Volumes freigegeben werden." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Datenträger" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installieren der benötigten Pakete fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Trotz des Fehlers fortfahren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf dem " -"Datenträger verwendet werden." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf dem Datenträger verwendet werden." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6449,7 +6140,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6459,7 +6150,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6469,7 +6160,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6479,7 +6170,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6491,7 +6182,7 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das einen aktiven Auslagerungsbereich enthält,\n" "der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6502,8 +6193,8 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das Installationsdaten enthält, die zur\n" "Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6513,114 +6204,114 @@ "Partition %1 kann nicht entfernt werden, da andere Partitionen\n" "auf Platte %2 verwendet werden.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Die Installation wird höchstwahrscheinlich fehlschlagen!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der folgenden auflösbaren Objekte: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Bei der folgenden Aktion ist ein Fehler aufgetreten:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Der Systemfehlercode lautet: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Geben Sie das Passwort für Gerät %1 ein:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Verschl" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Dateisystemtyp" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Anfang" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Ende" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS-ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Festplattenkennung" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadaten" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE-Größe" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID-Version" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Parity-Algorithmus" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Händler" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6628,18 +6319,17 @@ "BIOS-ID zeigt die BIOS-ID der Festplatte an.\n" "Das Feld kann auch leer sein." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "Bus zeigt an, wie das Gerät am System\n" -"angeschlossen ist. Das Feld kann auch leer sein (z. B. bei Multipath-" -"Festplatten)." +"angeschlossen ist. Das Feld kann auch leer sein (z. B. bei Multipath-Festplatten)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6647,8 +6337,8 @@ "Chunk-Größe zeigt die Chunk-Größe von\n" "RAID-Geräten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6656,8 +6346,8 @@ "Zylindergröße zeigt die Größe der\n" "Festplattenzylinder an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6665,8 +6355,8 @@ "Sektorgröße zeigt die Größe der\n" "Sektoren der Festplatte." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6674,8 +6364,8 @@ "Gerät zeigt den Kernel-Namen des\n" "Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6683,8 +6373,8 @@ "Festplattenkennung zeigt den Partitionstabellentyp\n" "der Festplatte an, zum Beispiel <tt>MSDOS</tt> oder <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6692,8 +6382,8 @@ "Verschlüsselt gibt an, ob das Gerät\n" "verschlüsselt ist." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6701,8 +6391,8 @@ "Endzylinder zeigt den Endzylinder der\n" "Partition an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6710,8 +6400,8 @@ "LUN zeigt die logische Einheitennummer von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6719,8 +6409,8 @@ "Port-ID zeigt die Port-ID von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6728,8 +6418,8 @@ "WWPN zeigt den World Wide-Portnamen von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6737,8 +6427,8 @@ "Dateipfad zeigt den Pfad der Datei\n" "eines verschlüsselten Loop-Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6746,18 +6436,18 @@ "Format enthält einige Flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" " bedeutet, dass das Gerät zur Formatierung ausgewählt wurde." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "FS-ID zeigt die Dateisystem-ID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Dateisystemtyp zeigt den Dateisystemtyp an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6765,8 +6455,8 @@ "Kennung zeigt die Kennung des\n" "Dateisystems an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6774,42 +6464,37 @@ "Metadaten zeigt den LVM-Metadatentyp von\n" "Volume-Gruppen an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Modell zeigt das Modell des Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"Einhängen durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: " -"(Kernel) anhand\n" +"Einhängen durch gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: (Kernel) anhand\n" "des Kernel-Namens, (Label) anhand der Kennung, (UUID) anhand der UUID des\n" "Dateisystems, (ID) anhand der Geräte-ID und (Path) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Ein Fragezeichen (?) zeigt an, dass das\n" -"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder " -"manuell\n" -"oder über ein Automount-System eingehängt. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes " -"geändert werden,\n" +"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder manuell\n" +"oder über ein Automount-System eingehängt. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes geändert werden,\n" "wird die <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> von YaST nicht geändert.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6817,21 +6502,19 @@ "Einhängepunkt zeigt an, wo das Dateisystem\n" "eingehängt ist." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Einhängepunkt\n" -"weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., " -"weil\n" +"weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., weil\n" "die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6839,8 +6522,8 @@ "Anzahl der Zylinder zeigt die Anzahl der\n" "Festplattenzylinder an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6848,8 +6531,8 @@ "Paritätsalgorithmus zeigt den Paritätsalgorithmus\n" "für RAID-Geräte mit RAID-Typ 5, 6 oder 10 an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6857,13 +6540,13 @@ "PE-Größe zeigt die Physical-Extent-Größe\n" "für LVM-Volume-Gruppen an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "RAID-Version zeigt die RAID-Version an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6871,13 +6554,13 @@ "RAID-Typ zeigt den RAID-Typ (auch\n" "als RAID-Level bezeichnet) von RAID-Geräten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Größe zeigt die Größe des Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6885,8 +6568,8 @@ "Startzylinder zeigt den Startzylinder\n" "der Partition an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6894,8 +6577,8 @@ "Streifen zeigt die Streifennummer für LVM\n" "Logical-Volumes und ggf. in Klammern die Streifengröße.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6903,8 +6586,8 @@ "Typ zeigt eine allgemeine Übersicht über den\n" "Gerätetyp an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6912,8 +6595,8 @@ "Geräte-ID zeigt die dauerhaften Geräte-IDs.\n" "Dieses Feld kann leer sein.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6921,8 +6604,8 @@ "Gerätepfad zeigt den persistenten Gerätepfad an.\n" "Das Feld kann auch leer sein." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6930,8 +6613,8 @@ "Belegt von gibt an, ob ein Gerät von z. B. LVM oder RAID\n" "verwendet wird. Wenn nicht, ist diese Spalte leer.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6939,236 +6622,236 @@ "UUID zeigt die UUID (Universally Unique\n" "Identifier) des Dateisystems an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Hersteller zeigt den Hersteller des Geräts an." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Gerät: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Größe: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISK %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Typ: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Format: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Dateisystem: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Einhängepunkt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Einhängen durch: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Verwendet von %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Kennung: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Gerätepfad: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "Geräte-ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Festplattenkennung: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Anbieter: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modell: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadaten: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE-Größe: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Stripes: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID-Version: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID-Typ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Chunk-Größe: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Parity-Algorithmus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Anzahl der Zylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Zylindergröße: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Startzylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Endzylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Sektorgröße: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Dateipfad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "Port-ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "Die Tabelle enthält:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Gerät:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Dateisystem:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Festplatte: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "Die Übersicht enthält:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7176,8 +6859,8 @@ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch eine unbekannte Anwendung gesperrt.\n" "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7185,50 +6868,44 @@ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch die Anwendung \"%1\" (%2) gesperrt.\n" "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. " -"Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für Root-Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für Home-Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "&Swap für Suspend erweitern" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag, wenn LVM nicht verwendet " -"werden soll.\n" -"Mit LVM-basierter Vorschlag wird normales LVM verwendet, und mit " -"Verschlüsselter LVM-basierter\n" +"Wählen Sie Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag, wenn LVM nicht verwendet werden soll.\n" +"Mit LVM-basierter Vorschlag wird normales LVM verwendet, und mit Verschlüsselter LVM-basierter\n" "Vorschlag wird das System verschlüsselt." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7236,105 +6913,101 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Das Dateisystem für die Root-Partition lässt sich über die\n" -"entsprechende Combobox auswählen. Beim Dateisystem BtrFS ist es mit dem " -"Vorschlag\n" -"möglich, automatische Snapshots mit Snapper anzufertigen. Hierdurch erhöht " -"sich außerdem der\n" +"entsprechende Combobox auswählen. Beim Dateisystem BtrFS ist es mit dem Vorschlag\n" +"möglich, automatische Snapshots mit Snapper anzufertigen. Hierdurch erhöht sich außerdem der\n" "Platzbedarf der Root-Partition." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Mit dem Vorschlag kann eine separate Home-Partition erstellt werden. Das " -"Dateisystem für\n" +"Mit dem Vorschlag kann eine separate Home-Partition erstellt werden. Das Dateisystem für\n" "die Home-Partition lässt sich über die entsprechende Combobox auswählen." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" "Die Auslagerungspartition kann so groß angelegt werden, dass\n" -"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand " -"versetzt werden." +"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand versetzt werden." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für den Verschlüsselungsvorschlag ein." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Passwort:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Passwort zur Überprüfung erneut eingeben:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-basierter Vorschlag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "V&erschlüsselter LVM-basierter Vorschlag" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Einhängen durch (Standard):" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Standarddateisystem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Speichergeräte anzeigen nach:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partitionsausrichtung:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "Erstes Root-Dateisystem"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97424 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:07:24 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97424 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/caasp.fr.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/caasp.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/caasp.fr.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/caasp.fr.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) @@ -14,37 +14,36 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Résumé de l'installation" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installer" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"La proposition logicielle a échoué. Impossible de poursuivre " -"l'installation.\n" +"La proposition logicielle a échoué. Impossible de poursuivre l'installation.\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "Serveurs NTP" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Entrez une adresse IP ou un nom d'hôte valide." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -66,39 +65,29 @@ "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" "Vous n'avez pas configuré de serveur NTP. Votre grappe\n" -"risque de ne pas fonctionner correctement, voire de ne pas fonctionner du " -"tout.\n" +"risque de ne pas fonctionner correctement, voire de ne pas fonctionner du tout.\n" "Si vous continuez, vous en assumez les risques.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous poursuivre l'installation ?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"Un problème a été détecté lors de la proposition de %{client} : Gravité : " -"%{severity} Message : %{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" +msgstr "Un problème a été détecté lors de la proposition de %{client} : Gravité : %{severity} Message : %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "%s bloque l'installation. Résolvez le problème avant de poursuivre." -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "Noeud d'administration" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"L'emplacement spécifié pour le noeud d'administration n'est pas valide. " -"Entrez une adresse IP ou un nom d'hôte valide." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "L'emplacement spécifié pour le noeud d'administration n'est pas valide. Entrez une adresse IP ou un nom d'hôte valide." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configuration du clavier." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du clavier." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Spécifie de nouvelles valeurs pour la configuration du clavier." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Affiche toutes les dispositions de clavier disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nouvelle disposition du clavier" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Disposition du clavier actuelle : %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"La disposition du clavier '%1' est incorrecte. Utilisez une commande 'list' " -"pour voir toutes les valeurs possibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "La disposition du clavier '%1' est incorrecte. Utilisez une commande 'list' pour voir toutes les valeurs possibles." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Disposition du clavier" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Disposition du clavier" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -80,86 +77,80 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Affinez ici les différents paramètres du module du clavier.\n" -" Ces paramètres sont inscrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</" -"tt>.\n" +" Ces paramètres sont inscrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" " En cas de doute, utilisez les valeurs par défaut déjà sélectionnées.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres réglés ici ne s'appliquent qu'au clavier de la console. " -"Pour configurer le clavier utilisé dans l'interface graphique, faites appel " -"à un autre utilitaire.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Les paramètres réglés ici ne s'appliquent qu'au clavier de la console. Pour configurer le clavier utilisé dans l'interface graphique, faites appel à un autre utilitaire.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Paramètres expert du clavier" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Vitesse de répétition" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Dé&lai avant de démarrer la répétition" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "États démarrage" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Verr&num" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Paramètres BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Oui" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Non" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Non touché>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Désact&iver Verr Num" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Tester" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Paramètres e&xpert..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -167,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>Configuration du clavier</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Choisissez la disposition du clavier à utiliser pour \n" "l'installation et dans le système installé. \n" " Testez la disposition à l'aide de l'option de test.\n" -" Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse de frappe et le délai de " -"réponse, sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" +" Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse de frappe et le délai de réponse, sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -197,30 +186,26 @@ "En cas de doute, utilisez les valeurs par défaut déjà sélectionnées.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Choisissez la disposition du clavier à utiliser pour le système.\n" -"Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse et le délai de répétition, " -"sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" -"Vous trouverez plus d'options et plus de dispositions dans l'outil de " -"disposition du clavier de votre environnement de bureau.\n" +"Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse et le délai de répétition, sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" +"Vous trouverez plus d'options et plus de dispositions dans l'outil de disposition du clavier de votre environnement de bureau.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du clavier système" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -232,12 +217,12 @@ "l'installation et sur le système installé.\n" "\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -247,190 +232,183 @@ "différente de celle du système à mettre à jour.\n" " Sélectionnez la disposition à utiliser au cours de la mise à jour :" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "La définition du clavier X11 sur '%s' a échoué." -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Disposition du clavier<%2> : %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Langue<%2> : %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Paramètres régionaux" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "Lang&ue" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la langue" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Résumé de la configuration de la langue" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Spécifier de nouvelles valeurs pour la langue" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Affiche toutes les langues disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nouvelle valeur de langue" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Liste des langues secondaires (séparées par des virgules)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Ne pas installer les paquets spécifiques aux langues" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de la langue" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Enregistrer les paramètres de langue et de console" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Installer et désinstaller les paquetages affectés" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Mettre à jour les traductions dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Enregistrement des paramètres de langue et de console..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Installation et désinstallation des paquetages affectés..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Mise à jour des traductions dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." -msgstr "" -"Enregistrement de la configuration Veuillez patienter..." +msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration Veuillez patienter..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Langue actuelle : %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Langues supplémentaires : %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 n'est pas une langue valide. Utilisez la commande de liste pour connaître " -"les valeurs possibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 n'est pas une langue valide. Utilisez la commande de liste pour connaître les valeurs possibles." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Langue" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Sélection de la langue" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Bienvenue dans le système de réparation" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Détails" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Langues &secondaires" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "&Langue principale" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de la langue principale" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Des paquetages supplémentaires avec prise en charge pour les langues " -"principale et secondaires seront installés. Les paquetages qui ne sont plus " -"nécessaires seront supprimés.\n" +"Des paquetages supplémentaires avec prise en charge pour les langues principale et secondaires seront installés. Les paquetages qui ne sont plus nécessaires seront supprimés.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -442,8 +420,8 @@ " système installé.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -453,8 +431,8 @@ "Cliquez sur Suivant pour accéder à la boîte de dialogue suivante.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -466,8 +444,8 @@ "toutes vos sélections dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -479,9 +457,9 @@ "d'arrêter le processus d'installation.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -491,8 +469,8 @@ "Choisissez la nouvelle Langue pour votre système.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -502,28 +480,21 @@ "Choisissez la nouvelle Langue principale pour votre système.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Cochez la case Adapter la disposition du clavier pour adapter la " -"disposition du clavier à la langue principale.\n" -"Cochez la case Adapter le fuseau horaire pour changer le fuseau " -"horaire actuel en fonction de la langue principale. Si la disposition du " -"clavier et/ou le fuseau horaire sont déjà réglés aux valeurs de la langue " -"par défaut, les options respectives sont désactivées.\n" +"Cochez la case Adapter la disposition du clavier pour adapter la disposition du clavier à la langue principale.\n" +"Cochez la case Adapter le fuseau horaire pour changer le fuseau horaire actuel en fonction de la langue principale. Si la disposition du clavier et/ou le fuseau horaire sont déjà réglés aux valeurs de la langue par défaut, les options respectives sont désactivées.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -532,17 +503,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Langues secondaires \n" -"Dans la boîte de sélection, spécifiez les langues supplémentaires que vous " -"souhaitez utiliser sur votre système.\n" +"Dans la boîte de sélection, spécifiez les langues supplémentaires que vous souhaitez utiliser sur votre système.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Il y a des dépendances de paquets non résolues." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -550,8 +520,8 @@ "Il n'y a pas assez d'espace pour installer des paquetages supplémentaires.\n" "Supprimez certaines langues de la sélecion." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -561,13 +531,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Procédez ici au réglage fin du traitement des langues.\n" -"Ces paramètres sont écrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</" -"tt>.\n" +"Ces paramètres sont écrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Si vous n'êtes pas sûr, utilisez les valeurs par défaut déjà sélectionnées.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -575,78 +544,67 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "L'option Paramètres locaux pour l'utilisateur root\n" -"indique la manière dont les variables locales (LC_*) sont définies pour " -"l'utilisateur root." +"indique la manière dont les variables locales (LC_*) sont définies pour l'utilisateur root." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype uniquement : l'utilisateur root possède le même LC_CTYPE " -"qu'un utilisateur normal. Les autres valeurs\n" +"ctype uniquement : l'utilisateur root possède le même LC_CTYPE qu'un utilisateur normal. Les autres valeurs\n" "ne sont pas définies. \n" -"Oui : l'utilisateur root possède les mêmes paramètres locaux qu'un " -"utilisateur normal. \n" +"Oui : l'utilisateur root possède les mêmes paramètres locaux qu'un utilisateur normal. \n" "Non : pour l'utilisateur root, aucune variable locale n'est définie.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Paramètre local détaillé pour définir un paramètre local " -"pour la langue principale qui ne figure pas dans la liste de la boîte de " -"dialogue principale. Il se peut que la traduction ne soit pas disponible " -"pour le paramètre local sélectionné." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Utilisez Paramètre local détaillé pour définir un paramètre local pour la langue principale qui ne figure pas dans la liste de la boîte de dialogue principale. Il se peut que la traduction ne soit pas disponible pour le paramètre local sélectionné." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Détails relatifs à la langue" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Paramètres locaux pour l'utilisateur &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctype uniquement" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Utiliser le codage &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Paramètre local &détaillé" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "Adapter la disposition du &clavier à %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Adapter le fuseau &horaire à %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -658,15 +616,14 @@ "l'installation et sur le système installé.\n" "\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." -msgstr "" -"Téléchargement de l'extension linguistique du système d'installation..." +msgstr "Téléchargement de l'extension linguistique du système d'installation..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -678,21 +635,21 @@ "\n" "Dès lors, la langue de base %{fallback} sera utilisée." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Langue principale : %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installation des paquetages..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -700,90 +657,87 @@ "La traduction de la langue principale n'est pas complète.\n" "Certains textes pourront être affichés en anglais.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur " -"ce média.\n" +"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur ce média.\n" "Activez des dépôts en ligne ultérieurement afin de bénéficier du support\n" "approprié pour cette langue.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"Vous avez sélectionné une langue qui ne peut pas être utilisée en mode " -"texte. C'est l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n" +"Vous avez sélectionné une langue qui ne peut pas être utilisée en mode texte. C'est l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n" "l'installation, mais la langue sélectionnée sera celle du nouveau système." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Configuration du fuseau horaire" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Résumé de la configuration du fuseau horaire" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Spécifier de nouvelles valeurs pour la configuration du fuseau horaire" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Afficher tous les fuseaux horaires disponibles" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nouveau fuseau horaire" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nouvelle valeur de l'horloge interne. Peut être 'local', 'utc' ou 'UTC'." +msgstr "Nouvelle valeur de l'horloge interne. Peut être 'local', 'utc' ou 'UTC'." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Fuseau horaire actuell:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Horloge interne réglée à :\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Heure locale" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Heure et date actuels :\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -791,49 +745,42 @@ "Temps %1 est passé.\n" "Définissez un temps correct avant de démarrer l'installation." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuseau horaire" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Fuseau &horaire" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Indiquez si votre machine est réglée sur l'heure locale ou sur l'heure UTC " -"dans Horloge matérielle définie sur.\n" -"La plupart des PC sur lesquels un autre système d'exploitation est installé " -"(par exemple Microsoft\n" +"Indiquez si votre machine est réglée sur l'heure locale ou sur l'heure UTC dans Horloge matérielle définie sur.\n" +"La plupart des PC sur lesquels un autre système d'exploitation est installé (par exemple Microsoft\n" "Windows) utilisent l'heure locale.\n" "Les machines sur lesquelles seul Linux est installé sont généralement\n" -"définies sur l'heure UTC (Universal Time Coordinated - Temps universel " -"coordonné).\n" -"Si l'horloge matérielle est définie sur l'heure UTC, votre système peut " -"basculer de l'heure standard\n" +"définies sur l'heure UTC (Universal Time Coordinated - Temps universel coordonné).\n" +"Si l'horloge matérielle est définie sur l'heure UTC, votre système peut basculer de l'heure standard\n" "à l'heure d'été et inversement de façon automatique.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -843,28 +790,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Remarque : l'horloge système interne telle qu'utilisée par le noyau Linux " -"doit \n" -"toujours être en UTC, parce qu'il s'agit de la référence pour l'heure locale " -"correcte\n" -"en espace utilisateur. Si vous choisissez l'heure locale pour l'horloge " -"CMOS,\n" -"vérifiez le manuel utilisateur pour plus d'informations sur les effets " -"secondaires.\n" +"Remarque : l'horloge système interne telle qu'utilisée par le noyau Linux doit \n" +"toujours être en UTC, parce qu'il s'agit de la référence pour l'heure locale correcte\n" +"en espace utilisateur. Si vous choisissez l'heure locale pour l'horloge CMOS,\n" +"vérifiez le manuel utilisateur pour plus d'informations sur les effets secondaires.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -872,78 +812,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous avez sélectionné l'heure locale mais seul Linux semble installé sur " -"votre système.\n" -"Dans un tel cas, il est fortement recommandé d'utiliser l'heure UTC et de " -"cliquer sur Annuler.\n" +"Vous avez sélectionné l'heure locale mais seul Linux semble installé sur votre système.\n" +"Dans un tel cas, il est fortement recommandé d'utiliser l'heure UTC et de cliquer sur Annuler.\n" "\n" -"Si vous souhaitez garder l'heure locale, vous devez ajuster l'horloge CMOS " -"deux fois par an,\n" -"à cause du changement d'heure. Si vous manquez le changement d'heure, les " -"sauvegardes\n" +"Si vous souhaitez garder l'heure locale, vous devez ajuster l'horloge CMOS deux fois par an,\n" +"à cause du changement d'heure. Si vous manquez le changement d'heure, les sauvegardes\n" "peuvent échouer, votre système e-mail peut perdre des e-mails, etc.\n" "\n" "Si vous utilisez l'heure UTC, Linux ajustera l'heure automatiquement.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous continuer avec votre sélection (heure locale) ?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"L'heure et la date actuelles du système sont affichées. Si nécessaire, " -"modifiez-les avec les valeurs correctes manuellement ou utilisez le " -"protocole de temps réseau NTP (Network Time Protocol). " +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "L'heure et la date actuelles du système sont affichées. Si nécessaire, modifiez-les avec les valeurs correctes manuellement ou utilisez le protocole de temps réseau NTP (Network Time Protocol). " -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Cliquez sur Accepter pour enregistrer vos changements." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Date actuelle au format JJ-MM-AAAA" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Temps actuel au format HH:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Date actuelle" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Heure actuelle" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuellement" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Changer l'heure maintenant" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Synchroniser avec le serveur NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Changer la date et l'heure" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -951,8 +882,8 @@ "Heure incorrecte (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Saisissez l'heure correcte.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -960,49 +891,49 @@ "Datte incorrecte (JJ-MM-AAAA) %1.\n" "Saisissez la date correcte.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Autre&s param..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Date et heure (NTP est configuré)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Date et heure" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Horloge matérielle réglée sur UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Région" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Fuseau horaire" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Date et heure :" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -1010,26 +941,23 @@ "\n" "<big>Paramètres du fuseau horaire et de l'horloge</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour sélectionner le fuseau horaire à utiliser sur votre système, " -"sélectionnez d'abord la Région.\n" -"Dans Fuseau horaire, sélectionnez le fuseau horaire approprié, le " -"pays ou la \n" +"Pour sélectionner le fuseau horaire à utiliser sur votre système, sélectionnez d'abord la Région.\n" +"Dans Fuseau horaire, sélectionnez le fuseau horaire approprié, le pays ou la \n" "région dans la liste disponible.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1039,327 +967,327 @@ "Si l'heure n'est pas correcte, utilisez Modifier pour la régler.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Horloge et fuseau horaire" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Sélectionnez un fuseau horaire correct." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Heure locale" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Horloge matérielle définie sur" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configuré" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Fuseau horaire actuel : %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Anglais (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Anglais (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Allemand" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Allemand (avec touches mortes)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Allemand (Suisse)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Français" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Français (Suisse)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Français (Canada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canadien (Multilingue)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Espagnol" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Espagnol (Amérique latine)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Espagnol (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italien" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugais" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugais (du Brésil - accents US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grec" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Hollandais" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danois" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norvégien" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Suédois" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandais" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tchèque" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tchèque (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovaque" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovaque (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovène" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongrois" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polonais" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonien" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituanien" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turc" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croate" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonais" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belge" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandais" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainien" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coréen" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadjik" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chinois traditionnel" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chinois simplifié" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roumain" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "US International" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Espagnol (variante asturienne)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2017-09-14 14:07:24 UTC (rev 97424) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,89 +26,85 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"N'utilisez ce programme que si vous êtes habitué à partitionner des disques " -"durs.\n" +"N'utilisez ce programme que si vous êtes habitué à partitionner des disques durs.\n" "\n" -"Ne partitionnez jamais des disques qui peuvent être, de quelque façon que ce " -"soit, \n" -"en cours d'utilisation (monté, swap, etc.), sauf si vous savez exactement ce " -"que vous faites.\n" +"Ne partitionnez jamais des disques qui peuvent être, de quelque façon que ce soit, \n" +"en cours d'utilisation (monté, swap, etc.), sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" "Sinon, la table de partition ne sera pas transmise au noyau,\n" "ce qui risque fortement d'entraîner une perte de données.\n" "\n" "Pour continuer malgré cet avertissement, cliquez sur Oui.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Partitionnement en mode expert" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisation..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Détection des volumes." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du stockage" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Lister les disques et les partitions" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Lister les disques" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Lister les partitions" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionnement proposé" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Partitionnement en mode expert..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Créer la configuration de la partition..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "Aucune proposition automatique possible.\n" -"Veuillez spécifier manuellement les points de montage dans le dialogue du " -"'partitionneur'." +"Veuillez spécifier manuellement les points de montage dans le dialogue du 'partitionneur'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Modifier les paramètres de la proposition" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -118,9 +114,9 @@ "Vous disques durs ont été vérifiés. La configuration de partition \n" "affichée est proposée pour votre disque dur." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -134,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 et effectuez ces modifications dans la boîte de \n" "dialogue du partitionneur en mode expert.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -153,31 +149,27 @@ "C'est également l'option à choisir pour des\n" "configurations avancées telles que le RAID et le chiffrement.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Impossible de créer la proposition demandée." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"L'espace disponible est insuffisant pour proposer des instantanés du volume " -"racine." +msgstr "L'espace disponible est insuffisant pour proposer des instantanés du volume racine." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "L'espace est insuffisant pour proposer un répertoire /home distinct." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine ! Impossible de " -"continuer." +msgstr "Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine ! Impossible de continuer." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -185,22 +177,22 @@ "L'exécution de cette proposition va écraser les modifications manuelles.\n" "Continuer avec la configuration proposée ?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Préparation des disques..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "Mo" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -210,9 +202,9 @@ "Windows\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -222,9 +214,9 @@ "Windows\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -232,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Sans Windows (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -260,9 +252,9 @@ "Déterminez la nouvelle taille de votre partition Windows.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -274,14 +266,13 @@ "\n" "\n" "Le redimensionnement actuel ne sera effectué qu'après validation de tous\n" -"vos paramètres dans la dernière boite de dialogue d'installation. Jusque là " -"votre\n" +"vos paramètres dans la dernière boite de dialogue d'installation. Jusque là votre\n" "partition Windows restera inchangée.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -295,23 +286,23 @@ "cliquez sur Retour.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Maintenant" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Après l'installation" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -327,9 +318,9 @@ "le redimensionnement de la partition).\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -343,9 +334,9 @@ "le champ de saisie pour ajuster la valeur proposée.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -359,29 +350,29 @@ "en cas de besoin.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Utilisée par Windows" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "libre" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -395,9 +386,9 @@ "automatiquement selon les besoins.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -406,13 +397,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Utilisée par Windows représente la taille de la partition que Windows " -"utilise.\n" +"Utilisée par Windows représente la taille de la partition que Windows utilise.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -424,13 +414,13 @@ "l'installation de Linux).\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Redimensionnement de la partition Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -456,9 +446,9 @@ "sur le périphérique Windows, l'espace de travail Windows et \n" "l'espace pour %2 compris.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -474,8 +464,8 @@ " et de la quantité d'espace utilisé, cette opération peut prendre du temps.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -489,8 +479,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une erreur s'est produite.\n" "\n" -"Des erreurs sont présentes dans le système de fichiers de votre partition " -"Windows.\n" +"Des erreurs sont présentes dans le système de fichiers de votre partition Windows.\n" "\n" "Démarrez Windows et corrigez ces erreurs en exécutant\n" "Scandisk et Défrag.\n" @@ -498,14 +487,14 @@ "Si ce problème se produit à nouveau, redimensionnez votre\n" "partition Windows d'une autre façon.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "L'espace disponible est insuffisant pour une installation." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -525,17 +514,15 @@ "\t partition Windows d'une autre façon.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Votre système ne peut être configuré qu'avec l'option de partition " -"personnalisée." +msgstr "Votre système ne peut être configuré qu'avec l'option de partition personnalisée." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -555,10 +542,10 @@ "Choisissez un autre disque ou annulez l'installation puis\n" "comprimez votre partition Windows d'une autre façon.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -574,10 +561,10 @@ "Choisissez un autre disque ou annulez l'installation puis\n" "comprimez votre partition Windows d'une autre façon.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -605,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment comprimer votre partition Windows ?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "&Réduire Windows" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -626,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer votre partition Windows ?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Effacer Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -644,41 +631,38 @@ "Pour installer Linux, sélectionnez plus de partitions à\n" " supprimer ou choisissez un disque de capacité supérieure." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "&Disques disponibles" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Partitionnement personnalisé (pour experts)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disque dur" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Aucun disque n'a été trouvé. Utilisez le CD de mise à jour, s'il est " -"disponible, pour l'installation." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Aucun disque n'a été trouvé. Utilisez le CD de mise à jour, s'il est disponible, pour l'installation." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -687,12 +671,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tous les disques durs détectés automatiquement dans votre système\n" -"sont montrés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer " -"&product;.\n" +"sont montrés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -703,8 +686,8 @@ "&product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -720,27 +703,27 @@ "des partitions aux points de montage lors de l'installation de &product;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Préparation du disque dur" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Sélectionnez l'une des options pour continuer." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Le disque %1 est utilisé par %2." -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -749,68 +732,67 @@ "partitioning meets the requirements of this product." msgstr "" "Uniquement pour experts.\n" -"Vous risquez de perdre le service de support si vous utilisez cette " -"fonction !\n" +"Vous risquez de perdre le service de support si vous utilisez cette fonction !\n" "\n" "Reportez-vous au manuel pour vous assurer que votre partitionnement\n" "personnalisé respecte les conditions de ce produit." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Activer la transmission multipath ?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -818,7 +800,7 @@ "Aucun instantané disponible.\n" "Utilisez une partition root plus grande." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -826,35 +808,35 @@ "La partition /home ne sera pas formatée. Après l'installation, assurez-vous\n" "que les propriétés des répertoires privés sont correctement configurées." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personnaliser" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standard" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionnement" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Partitionnement" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du système de fichiers..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -862,15 +844,15 @@ "La sélection actuelle est incorrecte :\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, non assignée" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -878,16 +860,16 @@ "Zones de disque à utiliser\n" "pour installer %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Utiliser la &totalité du disque dur" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -895,8 +877,8 @@ "Il n'y a pas encore de partitions sur ce disque.\n" "La totalité du disque sera utilisée pour %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -904,30 +886,29 @@ "Il semble que ce disque soit utilisé par Windows.\n" "L'espace n'est pas suffisant pour installer Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "&Effacer complètement Windows" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Réduire la partition Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Précisez à quel emplacement de votre disque dur &product; doit être " -"installé.\n" +"Précisez à quel emplacement de votre disque dur &product; doit être installé.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -939,8 +920,8 @@ "partitions ou zones disponibles indiquées.\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -954,8 +935,8 @@ "affecter d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -968,16 +949,16 @@ "ne pourront plus être récupérées.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Installation en cours sur :" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -992,8 +973,8 @@ "de la partition pour avoir suffisamment d'espace disponible.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -1010,28 +991,28 @@ "Dans quelques rares cas, cette opération peut échouer.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proposer une partition d'&accueil séparée" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Créer une proposition basée sur &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Chiffrer le groupe de volumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Type de proposition" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1040,14 +1021,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Vous n'avez pas assigné de partition racine pour\n" -"l'installation. Cela ne fonctionne pas. Assignez le point de montage racine " -"\"/\"\n" +"l'installation. Cela ne fonctionne pas. Assignez le point de montage racine \"/\"\n" "à une partition.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1056,15 +1036,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Vous avez tenté de monter une partition FAT sur l'un des points de montage \n" -"suivants : /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Cela risque de poser des " -"problèmes.\n" -"Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel que ext3 ou ext4, pour ces points " -"de montage.\n" +"suivants : /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Cela risque de poser des problèmes.\n" +"Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel que ext3 ou ext4, pour ces points de montage.\n" "\n" "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1078,8 +1056,8 @@ "\n" "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1093,9 +1071,9 @@ "\n" "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1111,8 +1089,8 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1132,8 +1110,8 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1147,8 +1125,8 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la taille de cette partition ?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1158,15 +1136,14 @@ msgstr "" "Avertissement : il n'existe aucune partition de type bios_grub.\n" "Une telle partition est recommandée (requise avec Btrfs) lorsque Grub2 est\n" -"installé dans le MBR d'un disque GPT. Il doit être non formaté et avoir une " -"taille approximative de\n" +"installé dans le MBR d'un disque GPT. Il doit être non formaté et avoir une taille approximative de\n" "1 Mo.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1177,16 +1154,15 @@ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "Avertissement : aucune partition n'est montée en tant que /boot.\n" -"Pour pouvoir démarrer à partir de votre disque dur, vous avez besoin d'une " -"petite partition /boot \n" +"Pour pouvoir démarrer à partir de votre disque dur, vous avez besoin d'une petite partition /boot \n" "(env. %1). Pensez à en créer une\n" "du type 0x41 PReP/CHRP sous MS-DOS ou du type 0x00 GPT\n" "PReP Boot sous GPT.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration sans la partition /boot ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1197,33 +1173,29 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Avertissement : selon votre configuration, vous avez l'intention de " -"démarrer\n" +"Avertissement : selon votre configuration, vous avez l'intention de démarrer\n" "votre machine depuis la partition racine (/) qui dépasse malheureusement\n" -"le cylindre %1. Votre BIOS ne semble pas capable de démarrer des partitions " -"au-delà\n" +"le cylindre %1. Votre BIOS ne semble pas capable de démarrer des partitions au-delà\n" "du cylindre %1.\n" "Cela signifie que votre installation de %2 ne pourra pas être\n" "démarrée directement.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" "%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Avertissement : certains sous-volumes du système de fichiers racine sont " -"occultés par des\n" -"points de montage d'un autre système de fichiers. Cela peut entraîner des " -"problèmes.\n" +"Avertissement : certains sous-volumes du système de fichiers racine sont occultés par des\n" +"points de montage d'un autre système de fichiers. Cela peut entraîner des problèmes.\n" "%s\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1239,8 +1211,8 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1264,8 +1236,8 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1282,48 +1254,41 @@ "%2 rencontrera des problèmes lors de l'amorçage, car vous\n" "n'avez pas de partition %1 séparée sur votre disque RAID.\n" "\n" -"Cela provoquera de sérieux problèmes avec la configuration normale de " -"l'amorçage.\n" +"Cela provoquera de sérieux problèmes avec la configuration normale de l'amorçage.\n" "\n" "En cas de doutes, \n" "utilisez une partition normale pour vos fichiers sous %1.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous n'avez pas attribué de partition d'échange (swap). Nous recommandons " -"généralement \n" +"Vous n'avez pas attribué de partition d'échange (swap). Nous recommandons généralement \n" "de créer et d'attribuer une partition d'échange. \n" -"Les partitions d'échange sur votre système sont répertoriées dans la fenêtre " -"principale\n" -"avec le type \"Linux Swap\". Une partition d'échange attribuée correspond au " -"point\n" -"de montage \"swap\". Vous pouvez attribuer plusieurs partitions d'échange, " -"si nécessaire.\n" +"Les partitions d'échange sur votre système sont répertoriées dans la fenêtre principale\n" +"avec le type \"Linux Swap\". Une partition d'échange attribuée correspond au point\n" +"de montage \"swap\". Vous pouvez attribuer plusieurs partitions d'échange, si nécessaire.\n" "\n" -"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration, sans partition " -"d'échange ?\n" +"Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration, sans partition d'échange ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1335,8 +1300,8 @@ "formatée. YaST ne peut pas garantir la réussite de votre installation,\n" "notamment dans les cas suivants :\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1348,33 +1313,30 @@ " remplacée\n" "- si cette partition ne contient pas encore de système de fichiers\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "En cas de doute, vous devriez revenir en arrière et marquer cette\n" -"partition comme devant être formatée, surtout si elle est assignée à un " -"point de\n" +"partition comme devant être formatée, surtout si elle est assignée à un point de\n" "montage standard tel que /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez de formater la partition, toutes les données qu'elle " -"contient seront perdues.\n" +"Si vous décidez de formater la partition, toutes les données qu'elle contient seront perdues.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la partition non formatée ?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1382,8 +1344,8 @@ "Le périphérique sélectionné appartient au RAID (%1).\n" "Supprimez-le du RAID avant de le modifier.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1391,8 +1353,8 @@ "Le périphérique sélectionné appartient à un groupe de volumes (%1).\n" "Supprimez-le du groupe de volumes avant de le modifier.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1400,8 +1362,8 @@ "Le périphérique sélectionné est utilisé par le volume (%1).\n" "Supprimez le volume avant de le modifier.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1409,8 +1371,8 @@ "Le périphérique sélectionné (%2) appartient au RAID (%1).\n" "Supprimez-le du RAID avant de l'effacer.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1418,40 +1380,34 @@ "Le périphérique (%2) est utilisé par %1.\n" "Supprimez %1 avant de l'effacer.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Il ne peut être effacé lorsqu'il est monté." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Impossible de supprimer le périphérique (%1) car il s'agit d'une partition " -"logique et\n" -"une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement " -"utilisée.\n" +"Impossible de supprimer le périphérique (%1) car il s'agit d'une partition logique et\n" +"une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement utilisée.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partition étendue sélectionnée contient des partitions actuellement " -"montées :\n" +"La partition étendue sélectionnée contient des partitions actuellement montées :\n" "%1\n" -"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la " -"partition étendue.\n" +"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n" "Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1465,8 +1421,8 @@ "partitions de leur groupe de volumes respectif,\n" "avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1480,8 +1436,8 @@ "partitions à leur système RAID respectif avant\n" "d'effacer la partition étendue.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1493,8 +1449,8 @@ "en cours d'utilisation. Supprimez le volume utilisé\n" "avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1512,31 +1468,31 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment conserver la configuration actuelle ?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Entrez votre mot de passe pour le système de fichiers codé." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "N'oubliez pas ce que vous saisissez ici !" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Mot de passe vide autorisé !" -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Mot de passe du système de fichiers crypté sur %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1544,38 +1500,38 @@ "Entrez votre mot de passe de chiffrement pour\n" "le périphérique %1 monté sur %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Entrez votre mot de passe pour le système de fichiers chiffré" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Entrez un mot de passe pour votre système de fichiers :" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Entrez à nouveau votre mot de passe pour &vérification :" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignorer" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1585,10 +1541,10 @@ "est différent du second entré pour vérification !\n" "Essayez à nouveau.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1596,10 +1552,10 @@ "Vous n'avez pas entré de mot de passe.\n" "Essayez à nouveau.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1607,174 +1563,166 @@ "Le mot de passe doit comporter au moins %1 caractères.\n" "Essayez à nouveau.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Pas de nombre à virgule flottante." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Options du système de fichiers :" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" "Le caractère '/' n'est plus autorisé dans une étiquette de volume.\n" -"Modifiez votre étiquette de volume pour qu'elle ne contienne pas ce " -"caractère.\n" +"Modifiez votre étiquette de volume pour qu'elle ne contienne pas ce caractère.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Montage dans /etc/fstab par :\n" "Normalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/fstab\n" -"par le nom du périphérique. Ceci peut être changé pour localiser le système " -"de fichiers\n" -"à monter en recherchant un UUID ou un label de volume. Les systèmes de " -"fichiers ne peuvent pas tous être\n" +"par le nom du périphérique. Ceci peut être changé pour localiser le système de fichiers\n" +"à monter en recherchant un UUID ou un label de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas tous être\n" "montés par UUID ou label de volume. Ce n'est pas possible si une option\n" "est désactivée.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Étiquette de volume :\n" -"le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme étiquette de volume. Cela n'a " -"normalement de sens que \n" +"le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme étiquette de volume. Cela n'a normalement de sens que \n" "lorsque vous activez l'option pour monter par étiquette du volume.\n" "Une étiquette de volume ne peut pas contenir de caractère / ni d'espace.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montage dans /etc/fstab par" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nom du &périphérique" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Label de volume" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID du périphérique" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Chemin d'accès au périphérique" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Options Fstab :" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" "is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La longueur maximale du label de volume pour le système de fichiers " -"sélectionné\n" +"La longueur maximale du label de volume pour le système de fichiers sélectionné\n" "est %1. Le label de volume a été tronqué pour être conforme à cette taille.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez spécifier un label de volume si vous voulez monter par label." +msgstr "Vous devez spécifier un label de volume si vous voulez monter par label." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Ce label de volume est déjà utilisé. Faites une autre sélection." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Système de fichiers" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&ptions..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Activer les instantanés" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Chiffrer le périphérique" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID du système de fichiers :" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formater" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Ne pas formater" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formater" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Options Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Point de &montage" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1789,8 +1737,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partition sélectionnée (%1) est actuellement montée sur %2.\n" -"Si vous modifiez des paramètres (tels que le point de montage ou le type de " -"système\n" +"Si vous modifiez des paramètres (tels que le point de montage ou le type de système\n" "de fichiers), vous risquez d'endommager votre installation Linux.\n" "\n" "Démontez, si possible, la partition. Si vous n'êtes pas sûr, nous\n" @@ -1799,8 +1746,8 @@ "\n" "Continuer ?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1808,80 +1755,69 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Le système de fichiers sur la partition ne peut pas être réduit par YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système " -"de fichiers." +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique ne peut pas être réduit par " -"YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système " -"de fichiers." +"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique ne peut pas être réduit par YaST2.\n" +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Vous risquez de perdre des données si vous réduisez cette partition." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Vous risquez de perdre des données si vous réduisez ce volume logique." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Continuer ?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers sur la partition sélectionnée ne peut pas être étendu " -"par YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de " -"fichiers." +"Le système de fichiers sur la partition sélectionnée ne peut pas être étendu par YaST2.\n" +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique sélectionné ne peut pas être " -"étendu par YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de " -"fichiers." +"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique sélectionné ne peut pas être étendu par YaST2.\n" +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Continuer le redimensionnement ?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez réduit la taille d'une partition avec un système de fichiers " -"reiserfs." +msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'une partition avec un système de fichiers reiserfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez réduit la taille d'un volume logique avec un système de fichiers " -"reiserfs." +msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'un volume logique avec un système de fichiers reiserfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1890,29 +1826,26 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il est possible de réduire un système de fichiers reiser, mais cette " -"fonction\n" +"Il est possible de réduire un système de fichiers reiser, mais cette fonction\n" "n'a pas été testée à fond. Une sauvegarde des données est recommandée.\n" "\n" "Réduire maintenant le système de fichiers ?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Le périphérique sélectionné contient des partitions actuellement montées :\n" "%1\n" -"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la " -"table de partitions.\n" +"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la table de partitions.\n" "Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1926,8 +1859,8 @@ "partitions de leurs groupes de volumes respectifs\n" "avant de supprimer le périphérique.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1941,8 +1874,8 @@ "partitions de leurs systèmes RAID respectifs avant\n" "de supprimer le périphérique.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1954,73 +1887,66 @@ "utilisée par un autre volume. Supprimez le volume qui l'utilise\n" "avant de supprimer le périphérique.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Créer et supprimer des sous-volumes dans un système de fichiers Btrfs.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Créer et supprimer des sous-volumes dans un système de fichiers Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Activer les instantanés automatiques sur un système de fichiers Btrfs " -"avec snapper." +msgstr "Activer les instantanés automatiques sur un système de fichiers Btrfs avec snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Sous-volumes existants :" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nouveau sous-volume" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel élément" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Retirer" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Traitement du sous-volume" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Le nom du sous-volume doit être indiqué." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Uniquement les noms de sous-volumes commençant par \"%1\" sont actuellement " -"autorisés !\n" +"Uniquement les noms de sous-volumes commençant par \"%1\" sont actuellement autorisés !\n" "Ajout automatique de \"%1\" devant le nom du sous-volume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Le nom du sous-volume %1 existe déjà." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." -msgstr "" -"Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue " -"seront perdues." +msgstr "Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue seront perdues." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2030,8 +1956,8 @@ "Créez un système de fichiers codé.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2041,8 +1967,8 @@ "Accédez à un système de fichiers codé.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2056,36 +1982,31 @@ " systèmes de fichiers Linux.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /" -"tmp ou /var/ tmp. \n" +"Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /tmp ou /var/ tmp. \n" "Si vous laissez vide le mot de passe de chiffrement, le système créera \n" -"pour vous un mot de passe aléatoire au démarrage du système. Cela signifie " -"que vous\n" -"perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du " -"système.\n" +"pour vous un mot de passe aléatoire au démarrage du système. Cela signifie que vous\n" +"perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du système.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2099,27 +2020,25 @@ "a été saisi correctement, vous devez l'entrer deux fois.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Vous devez différencier majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait\n" -"avoir au moins %1 caractères et, en règle générale, ne contenir aucun " -"caractère spécial\n" +"avoir au moins %1 caractères et, en règle générale, ne contenir aucun caractère spécial\n" "(par exemple lettres accentuées).\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2133,10 +2052,10 @@ " (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) et les chiffres de <tt>0</tt> à <tt>9</tt>.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2146,8 +2065,8 @@ "N'oubliez pas ce mot de passe !\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2157,25 +2076,22 @@ "Vous devrez entrer votre mot de passe de chiffrement.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si le système de fichiers codé ne contient pas de fichiers systèmes et si " -"par conséquent il n'est\n" -"pas nécessaire pour la mise à jour, vous pouvez sélectionner l'option " -"Ignorer. Dans ce cas, le\n" +"Si le système de fichiers codé ne contient pas de fichiers systèmes et si par conséquent il n'est\n" +"pas nécessaire pour la mise à jour, vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Ignorer. Dans ce cas, le\n" "système de fichiers n'est pas accessible pendant la mise à jour.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2188,15 +2104,14 @@ msgstr "" "Avertissement : Avec votre configuration actuelle, votre installation\n" "rencontrera des problèmes au démarrage, car le disque sur lequel\n" -"votre partition /boot est présente ne contient pas d'étiquette de disque " -"GPT.\n" +"votre partition /boot est présente ne contient pas d'étiquette de disque GPT.\n" "\n" "Il sera probablement impossible de démarrer une telle configuration.\n" "\n" "Si vous avez besoin de ce disque pour l'installation, vous devez détruire\n" "son étiquette dans le partitionneur, en mode expert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2205,24 +2120,23 @@ "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" msgstr "" "Avertissement : votre système indique qu'il requiert un paramétrage \n" -"d'amorçage EFI. Puisque le disque sélectionné ne contient pas d'étiquette de " -"disque\n" +"d'amorçage EFI. Puisque le disque sélectionné ne contient pas d'étiquette de disque\n" "GPT, YaST créera une étiquette GPT sur ce disque.\n" "\n" "Vous devez marquer toutes les partitions de ce disque pour suppression.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser le point de montage \"%1\" pour LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser le point de montage %1 pour RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2231,17 +2145,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Vous avez choisi de ne pas procéder à un montage automatique au démarrage " -"d'un système de fichiers\n" -"qui peut contenir les fichiers nécessaires au bon fonctionnement du " -"système.\n" +"Vous avez choisi de ne pas procéder à un montage automatique au démarrage d'un système de fichiers\n" +"qui peut contenir les fichiers nécessaires au bon fonctionnement du système.\n" "\n" "Cela risque d'engendrer des problèmes.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment faire cela ?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2250,44 +2162,39 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Vous avez défini le système de fichiers de façon à ce qu'il soit montable " -"par les utilisateurs.\n" -"Ce système de fichiers est susceptible de contenir des fichiers devant être " -"exécutables.\n" +"Vous avez défini le système de fichiers de façon à ce qu'il soit montable par les utilisateurs.\n" +"Ce système de fichiers est susceptible de contenir des fichiers devant être exécutables.\n" "\n" "Cela provoque généralement des problèmes.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment faire cela ?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Le point de montage ne doit pas être vide." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Les périphériques d'échange doivent avoir un point de montage d'échange." +msgstr "Les périphériques d'échange doivent avoir un point de montage d'échange." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Seuls les périphériques d'échange peuvent avoir comme point de montage " -"d'échange." +msgstr "Seuls les périphériques d'échange peuvent avoir comme point de montage d'échange." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Ce point de montage est déjà utilisé. Faites une autre sélection." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2296,16 +2203,13 @@ "(/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Ceci n'est pas possible." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Caractère non valide dans le point de montage. N'utilisez pas \"`'!\"%#\" " -"dans un point de montage." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Caractère non valide dans le point de montage. N'utilisez pas \"`'!\"%#\" dans un point de montage." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2315,13 +2219,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Votre point de montage doit commencer par \"/\" " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2329,10 +2233,10 @@ "Il n'est pas permis d'assigner l'échange de point de montage\n" "à un périphérique sans système de fichiers swap." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2342,8 +2246,8 @@ "La taille que vous avez spécifiée est de %2 (après arrondissement).\n" "La taille minimale pour ce système de fichiers est de %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2351,8 +2255,8 @@ "Il n'est pas permis d'assigner un point de montage\n" "à un périphérique avec un système de fichiers inexistant ou inconnu." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2374,112 +2278,105 @@ "\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser ce système de fichiers ?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Le système de fichiers est actuellement monté sur %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant, continuer sans démontage ou " -"annuler.\n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous " -"faites." +"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant, continuer sans démontage ou annuler.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Démonter" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant ou annuler.\n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous " -"faites." +"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il " -"est monté." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Réanalyser les périphériques" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importer les points de montage..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Fournir un codage et des &mots de passe..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configurer les disques &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Configurer &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Configurer Multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Configurer DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configurer &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configurer &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configurer..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Stockage disponible sur %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2487,8 +2384,8 @@ "Cette vue montre tous les périphériques de \n" "stockage disponibles." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2498,8 +2395,8 @@ "vous pouvez naviguer dans les informations détaillées à propos\n" "du périphérique.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2507,8 +2404,8 @@ "Sélectionnez une des entrées de la table \n" "pour naviguer dans les informations détaillées à propos du périphérique." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2516,8 +2413,8 @@ "L'analyse des disques annule toutes les modifications en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous poursuivre l'analyse ?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2525,8 +2422,8 @@ "L'appel de la configuration iSCSI annule toutes les modifications en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous poursuivre la configuration iSCI ?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2534,20 +2431,19 @@ "L'appel de la configuration FCoE annule toutes les modifications en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment appeler la configuration FCoE ?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Le démarrage de la configuration Multipath annulera tous les changements en " -"cours.\n" +"Le démarrage de la configuration Multipath annulera tous les changements en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration Multipath ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2555,8 +2451,8 @@ "L'appel de la configuration DASD annule toutes les modifications en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous poursuivre la configuration DASD ?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2564,8 +2460,8 @@ "L'appel de la configuration zFCP annule toutes les modifications en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous poursuivre la configuration zFCP ?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2573,230 +2469,225 @@ "L'appel de la configuration XPRAM annule toutes les modifications en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous poursuivre la configuration XPRAM ?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Modifier Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Sélectionnez au moins un périphérique." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Modifier les périphériques utilisés par le volume Btrfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Périphériques inutilisés :" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Périphériques sélectionnés :" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionner le volume %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Aucun périphérique Btrfs sélectionné." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Le Btrfs %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas être\n" -"modifié. Pour modifier %1, assurez-vous qu'il n'est pas en cours " -"d'utilisation." +"modifié. Pour modifier %1, assurez-vous qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Échec lors du retrait de certains périphériques physiques." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Modifier" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Supprimer" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Volumes Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Modifier..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Supprimer" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Cette vue montre tous les volumes Btrfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2804,8 +2695,8 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées sur\n" "le volume Btrfs sélectionné.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2813,74 +2704,72 @@ "Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques \n" "utilisés par le volume Btrfs sélectionné.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Périphérique Btrfs : %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Aperçu" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Périphériques &utilisés" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Choisissez le rôle du périphérique." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Partition de démarrage EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Système d'exploitation" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Applications de données et ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Échange (swap)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Volume brut (non formaté)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rôle" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2888,72 +2777,68 @@ "Sélectionnez d'abord si la partition doit être \n" "formatée puis le format du système de fichiers." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si vous voulez chiffrer toutes les données sur le\n" -"volume, sélectionnez Chiffrer le périphérique. Modifier le " -"chiffrement sur un\n" +"volume, sélectionnez Chiffrer le périphérique. Modifier le chiffrement sur un\n" "volume existant supprimera toutes ses données.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Choisissez ensuite si la partition doit être montée.\n" -"Le cas échéant, spécifiez le point de montage ( /, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)" -"" +"Le cas échéant, spécifiez le point de montage ( /, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Options de formatage" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formater la partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Ne pas formater la partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Ne pas monter la partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Options de montage" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Monter la partition" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Point de montage" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Options Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Les fichiers cryptés doivent être codés." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2965,18 +2850,18 @@ "\n" "Vérifiez également l'option de format.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Les fichiers cryptés exigent un point de montage." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs nécessite un point de montage." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2986,13 +2871,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "N'oubliez pas que ce système de fichiers n'est protégé que s'il n'est\n" -" pas monté. Une fois monté, il offre le même niveau de sécurité que les " -"autres\n" +" pas monté. Une fois monté, il offre le même niveau de sécurité que les autres\n" " systèmes de fichiers Linux.\n" " </p" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3001,41 +2885,36 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers utilisé pour ce volume est un système d'échange. Vous " -"pouvez laisser \n" -"le mot de passe de chiffrement vide, mais alors le périphérique d'échange ne " -"pourra plus être\n" +"Le système de fichiers utilisé pour ce volume est un système d'échange. Vous pouvez laisser \n" +"le mot de passe de chiffrement vide, mais alors le périphérique d'échange ne pourra plus être\n" "utilisé pour l'hibernation (mise en veille sur disque).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Toutes les données enregistrées sur le volume seront perdues !" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Mot de passe" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "" -"Le redimensionnement n'est pas pris en charge par le périphérique sous-" -"jacent." +msgstr "Le redimensionnement n'est pas pris en charge par le périphérique sous-jacent." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner la partition sélectionnée car le système " -"de fichiers\n" +"Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner la partition sélectionnée car le système de fichiers\n" "de cette partition ne prend pas le redimensionnement en charge.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3043,8 +2922,8 @@ "Il n'est pas possible de vérifier si une partition NTFS\n" "peut être redimensionnée lorsqu'elle est montée." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3052,81 +2931,79 @@ "La partition %1 ne peut pas être redimensionnée\n" "car le système de fichiers semble incohérent.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Redimensionner la partition %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionner le volume logique %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Taille actuelle : %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Actuellement utilisé : %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Taille" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Taille maximum (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Taille minimale (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Taille personnalisée" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Sélectionnez la nouvelle taille." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"La taille que vous avez spécifiée n'est pas valide. Saisissez une taille " -"comprise entre %1 et %2." +msgstr "La taille que vous avez spécifiée n'est pas valide. Saisissez une taille comprise entre %1 et %2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3138,44 +3015,42 @@ "de démonter le système de fichiers, ce qui augmentera largement la vitesse \n" "de redimensionnement." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Sortie de %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Analyse des disques..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Modifier %1 DM" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Aucun assigneur de périphérique sélectionné." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" -"L'assigneur de périphériques %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas " -"être\n" -"modifié. Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'il n'est pas en cours " -"d'utilisation." +"L'assigneur de périphériques %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas être\n" +"modifié. Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Assigneur de périphériques (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3185,8 +3060,8 @@ "inclus dans d'autres vues. Par conséquent, les disques Multipath,\n" "RAID BIOS et les volumes logiques LVM ne sont pas affichés ici.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3194,8 +3069,8 @@ "Cette vue affiche les détails du périphérique de \n" "l'assigneur sélectionné." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3203,185 +3078,185 @@ "Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques utilisés par le\n" "périphérique de l'assigneur sélectionné." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Périphérique du DM : %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Ajouter un RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Ajouter un groupe de volumes" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Graphique des périphériques" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Enregistrer le graphique des périphériques..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Cette vue affiche un graphique des périphériques." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement du fichier de graphique." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Graphique de montage" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Enregistrer le graphique de montage..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Cette vue affiche un graphique des points de montage." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Choisissez le type de la nouvelle partition." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Partition primaire" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Partition étendu&e" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Partition &logique" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Type de la nouvelle partition" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Choisissez la taille de la nouvelle partition." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Taille de la nouvelle partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Région personnalisée" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Cylindre de démarrage" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Cylindre de fin" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "La région saisie n'est pas valide." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Ajouter la partition sur %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Modifier la partition %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Pas d'espace pour la partition déplacée %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Voulez-vous déplacer la partition %1 en avant ?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Voulez-vous déplacer la partition %1 en arrière ?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Voulez-vous déplacer la partition %1 ?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "En avant" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "En arrière" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Confirmer la suppression de toutes les partitions" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3389,85 +3264,82 @@ "Le disque \"%1\" contient au moins une partition.\n" "Si vous continuez, les partitions suivantes seront supprimées :" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer toutes les partitions sur \"%1\" ?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Aucun disque dur n'est sélectionné." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de créer la table de partitions sur un disque DASD au format LDL." +msgstr "Impossible de créer la table de partitions sur un disque DASD au format LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Le disque est en cours d'utilisation et ne peut pas être modifié." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Sélectionnez le nouveau type de la table de partitions pour %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment créer une table de partition sur %1 ? Cela effacera " -"toutes les données \n" -"sur %1, ainsi que tous les volumes RAID et les groupes de volumes qui " -"utilisent des partitions sur %1." +"Voulez-vous vraiment créer une table de partition sur %1 ? Cela effacera toutes les données \n" +"sur %1, ainsi que tous les volumes RAID et les groupes de volumes qui utilisent des partitions sur %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Aucun disque sélectionné." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer BIOS RAID %1 ?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le RAID partitionné %1 ?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Il n'y a aucune partition à supprimer sur ce disque." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Impossible de créer une partition sur %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Aucune partition n'est sélectionnée." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3475,13 +3347,13 @@ "La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut pas être modifiée.\n" "Pour modifier %1, vérifiez qu'elle n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Il est impossible de modifier une partition étendue." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3489,13 +3361,13 @@ "La partition %1 est déjà créée sur le disque\n" "et ne peut pas être déplacée." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Une partition étendue ne peut pas être déplacée." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3503,13 +3375,13 @@ "La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut pas être modifiée.\n" "Pour redimensionner %1, vérifiez qu'elle n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Il est impossible de redimensionner une partition étendue." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3525,7 +3397,7 @@ "une ou plusieurs partitions. Après clonage, ces\n" "partitions seront supprimées.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3533,11 +3405,11 @@ "Les partitions suivantes seront supprimées\n" "et toutes les données qu'elles contiennent seront perdues :" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer ces partitions ?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3547,7 +3419,7 @@ "clonable doit avoir au moins une partition.\n" "Créez des partitions avant de cloner ce disque.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3555,20 +3427,20 @@ "Ce disque ne peut pas être cloné. Aucun disque\n" "ne peut avoir le même partitionnement." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Cloner la disposition de la partition de %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Disques cibles disponibles :" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Sélectionner un disque cible pour créer un clone" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3576,8 +3448,8 @@ "L'exécution de dasdfmt supprime toutes les données du disque.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment exécuter dasdfmt sur le disque %1 ?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3589,58 +3461,58 @@ " Les partitions actuellement sur ce disque sont de nouveau\n" " affichées.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Ajouter une partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Déplacer" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Redimensionner" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Déplacer..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Redimensionner..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3648,8 +3520,8 @@ "Les disques durs, les RAID BIOS et les périphériques Multipath\n" "ne peuvent pas être déplacés." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3657,19 +3529,19 @@ "Les disques durs, les RAID BIOS et les périphériques Multipath\n" "ne peuvent pas être redimensionnés." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Disques durs" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Ajouter une partition..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3677,18 +3549,18 @@ "Cette vue affiche tous les disques durs, y compris \n" "les disques iSCSI, RAIDs BIOS et Multipath, ainsi que leurs partitions.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Test de santé (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Propriétés (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3696,45 +3568,45 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées \n" "sur le disque dur sélectionné." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART n'est pas disponible pour ce disque." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdpram n'est pas disponible pour ce disque." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Créer une nouvelle table de partition" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Cloner ce disque" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Exécuter dasd&fmt sur le périphérique DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Ajouter..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Expert..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3744,8 +3616,8 @@ "Si le disque est utilisé par exemple en RAID BIOS ou Multipath, les\n" "partitions ne seront pas affichées ici.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3755,23 +3627,23 @@ "le disque dur sélectionné. Cette vue n'est disponible que pour les disques\n" "en RAID BIOS, en RAID logiciel partitionné et Multipath.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partitions" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Disque dur : %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partition : %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3779,20 +3651,19 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées \n" "sur la partition sélectionnée." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST a scanné votre disque dur et trouvé un ou plusieurs système(s)\n" -"Linux existant(s) avec des points de montage. Ces anciens points de montage " -"sont\n" +"Linux existant(s) avec des points de montage. Ces anciens points de montage sont\n" "affichés dans le tableau.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3800,73 +3671,69 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez choisir si les volumes du système existant,\n" "par ex. / et /usr, seront formatés lors de\n" -"l'installation. Les volumes non-système comme /home ne seront pas formatés.</" -"p>" +"l'installation. Les volumes non-système comme /home ne seront pas formatés." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Aucun système avec points de montage n'a été détecté." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Afficher &précédent" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Afficher &suivant" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importer des points de montage depuis le système existant :" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Formater les volumes système" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importer" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab trouvé sur %1 contient :" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Mot de passe incorrect." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Confirmer la suppression de la partition utilisée par LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partition sélectionnée est utilisée par le groupe de volumes \"%1\".\n" -"Pour conserver le système dans un état cohérent, le groupe de volumes " -"suivant\n" +"Pour conserver le système dans un état cohérent, le groupe de volumes suivant\n" "et ses volumes logiques seront supprimés :\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le groupe de volumes \"%2\" " -"maintenant ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le groupe de volumes \"%2\" maintenant ?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Confirmer la suppression de la partition utilisée par le RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3876,25 +3743,24 @@ "Pour conserver le système dans un état cohérent, le\n" "périphérique RAID suivant sera supprimé :\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le RAID \"%2\" maintenant ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le RAID \"%2\" maintenant ?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer toutes les partitions de %1 ?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Vraiment effacer %1 ?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3902,60 +3768,58 @@ "\n" "Le fichier loop %1 doit-il également être supprimé ?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Non partitionné" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Non alloué" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Aucun changement dans le partitionnement." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Changements dans le partitionnement :" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Aucun changement dans les paramètres de stockage." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Paramètres de stockage :" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Paquetages à installer :" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Aucun paquetage ne doit être installé." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Chemin d'accès du fichier de boucle : Il doit s'agir d'un " -"chemin absolu vers le fichier\n" +"Chemin d'accès du fichier de boucle : Il doit s'agir d'un chemin absolu vers le fichier\n" "contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle codé à configurer.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3963,26 +3827,23 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Créer le fichier de boucle : Si cette option est cochée, le " -"fichier sera\n" -"créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. REMARQUE : si le " -"fichier existe\n" +"Créer le fichier de boucle : Si cette option est cochée, le fichier sera\n" +"créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. REMARQUE : si le fichier existe\n" "déjà, toutes les données contenues sont perdues.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Taille : c'est la taille du fichier de boucle (loop). Le " -"système de fichiers\n" +"Taille : c'est la taille du fichier de boucle (loop). Le système de fichiers\n" "créé dans le périphérique de boucle chiffré aura cette taille.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3991,30 +3852,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"REMARQUE : Lors de l'installation, YaST ne peut effectuer aucune " -"vérification de\n" -"taille de fichier et de chemins d'accès car le système de fichiers n'est " -"pas \n" +"REMARQUE : Lors de l'installation, YaST ne peut effectuer aucune vérification de\n" +"taille de fichier et de chemins d'accès car le système de fichiers n'est pas \n" "accessible. Il sera créé à la fin de l'installation. Soyez prudent \n" "en attribuant la taille et le chemin d'accès du fichier.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Chemin d'accès du fichier de boucle" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Parcourir..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Créer le fichier de boucle" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -4022,98 +3881,94 @@ "Le nom de fichier \"%1\" est incorrect.\n" "Utilisez un chemin d'accès absolu.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"La taille que vous avez spécifiée n'est pas valide. Saisissez une taille " -"d'au moins %1." +msgstr "La taille que vous avez spécifiée n'est pas valide. Saisissez une taille d'au moins %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" "the create flag." msgstr "" "Le nom de fichier \"%1\" n'existe pas\n" -"et l'indicateur pour le créer est désactivé. Soit vous utilisez un fichier " -"existant, soit vous activez\n" +"et l'indicateur pour le créer est désactivé. Soit vous utilisez un fichier existant, soit vous activez\n" "l'indicateur de création." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Ajouter un fichier de codage" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Modifier le fichier de codage %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Aucun fichier de codage n'est sélectionné." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Le fichier de codage %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas \n" -"être modifié. Pour modifier %1, vérifiez qu'il n'est pas en cours " -"d'utilisation." +"être modifié. Pour modifier %1, vérifiez qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Fichiers de codage" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Ajouter un fichier de codage..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Cette vue montre tous les fichiers de codage." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Fichier de codage : %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4121,39 +3976,37 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées sur le fichier de \n" "codage sélectionné." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Saisissez un nom pour le groupe de volumes." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." -msgstr "" -"Le nom du groupe de volumes ne peut pas comporter plus de 128 caractères." +msgstr "Le nom du groupe de volumes ne peut pas comporter plus de 128 caractères." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Le nom du groupe de volumes ne peut commencer par \"-\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" "Le nom du groupe de volumes contient des caractères interdits. \n" -"Les caractères autorisés sont les caractères alphanumériques, \".\", \"_\", " -"\"-\" et \"+\"." +"Les caractères autorisés sont les caractères alphanumériques, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" et \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Le groupe de volumes \"%1\" existe déjà." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4161,52 +4014,48 @@ "Le nom du groupe de volume \"%1\" est en conflit\n" "avec une autre entrée dans le répertoire /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Confirmer la suppression du groupe de volumes" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "Le groupe de volumes \"%1\" contient au moins un volume logique.\n" -"Si vous continuez, les volumes suivants seront démontés (s'ils sont déjà " -"montés),\n" +"Si vous continuez, les volumes suivants seront démontés (s'ils sont déjà montés),\n" "puis supprimés :" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le groupe de volumes \"%1\" et tous les " -"volumes logiques associés ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le groupe de volumes \"%1\" et tous les volumes logiques associés ?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les données que vous avez saisies ne sont pas valides. Spécifiez une taille " -"d'extension physique supérieure à %1\n" +"Les données que vous avez saisies ne sont pas valides. Spécifiez une taille d'extension physique supérieure à %1\n" "dans la suite des puissances de 2, par exemple. \"%2\" ou \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Saisissez un nom pour le volume logique." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Le nom du volume logique ne peut pas comporter plus de 128 caractères" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4214,8 +4063,8 @@ "Le nom du volume logique contient des caractères interdits. Les caractères \n" "autorisés sont les caractères alphanumériques, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" et \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4223,61 +4072,56 @@ "Un volume logique du nom de \"%1\" existe déjà\n" "dans le groupe de volumes \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez le nom et la taille d'étendue physique du nouvau groupe de " -"volumes." +msgstr "Saisissez le nom et la taille d'étendue physique du nouvau groupe de volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les volumes physiques qui devront faire partie du groupe de " -"volumes." +msgstr "Sélectionnez les volumes physiques qui devront faire partie du groupe de volumes." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Nom du groupe de volumes" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Taille des extensions &physiques :" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volumes physiques disponibles :" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volumes physiques sélectionnés :" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Modifiez les périphériques utilisés pour le groupe de volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Entrez la taille et le nombre de\n" "blocs du nouveau volume logique. Le nombre de blocs ne peut pas être\n" "supérieur au nombre de volumes physiques du groupe de volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4287,178 +4131,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Un volume à allocation dynamique peut avoir\n" -"une taille arbitraire lorsqu'il est créé. Le volume affecte l'espace requis, " -"sur demande, depuis le \n" -"pool à allocation dynamique attribué. Ainsi, il est possible de créer " -"un volume à allocation dynamique, de plus grande taille\n" -"que le pool. Bien évidemment, lorsque des données sont écrites dans un " -"volume\n" +"une taille arbitraire lorsqu'il est créé. Le volume affecte l'espace requis, sur demande, depuis le \n" +"pool à allocation dynamique attribué. Ainsi, il est possible de créer un volume à allocation dynamique, de plus grande taille\n" +"que le pool. Bien évidemment, lorsque des données sont écrites dans un volume\n" "de ce type, le pool attribué doit répondre aux besoins en espace.\n" "Les volumes à allocation ne peuvent pas avoir de blocs." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Bandes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Nombre" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Ajouter le volume logique %1 sur %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Redimensionner le groupe de volumes %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Saisissez le nom du nouveau volume logique." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique comme un volume normal " -"(paramètre par défaut).\n" -"Cela signifie que les volumes LVM simples sont traités comme tous les " -"volumes l'étaient avant l'allocation fine et dynamique.\n" +"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique comme un volume normal (paramètre par défaut).\n" +"Cela signifie que les volumes LVM simples sont traités comme tous les volumes l'étaient avant l'allocation fine et dynamique.\n" "En cas de doute, cette option semble la mieux adaptée." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique comme un pool à allocation " -"dynamique.\n" -"Cela signifie que les volumes à allocation dynamique affectent " -"l'espace requis, sur demande, depuis un pool de ce type." +"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique comme un pool à allocation dynamique.\n" +"Cela signifie que les volumes à allocation dynamique affectent l'espace requis, sur demande, depuis un pool de ce type." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique comme un volume à allocation " -"dynamique.\n" -"Autrement dit, le volume affecte l'espace requis, sur demande, depuis un " -"pool à allocation dynamique." +"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique comme un volume à allocation dynamique.\n" +"Autrement dit, le volume affecte l'espace requis, sur demande, depuis un pool à allocation dynamique." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Volume logique" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Volume normal" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Pool à allocation dynamique" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Volume à allocation dynamique" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Pool utilisé" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Ajouter un volume logique sur %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Modifier le volume logique %1 sur %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques inutilisés adéquats pour créer un " -"groupe de volumes.\n" +"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques inutilisés adéquats pour créer un groupe de volumes.\n" "\n" -"Pour utiliser le gestionnaire de volumes logiques, au moins une partition " -"inutilisée de type 0x8e (ou 0x83) \n" -"ou un périphérique RAID inutilisé est requis. Modifiez la table des " -"partitions en conséquence." +"Pour utiliser le gestionnaire de volumes logiques, au moins une partition inutilisée de type 0x8e (ou 0x83) \n" +"ou un périphérique RAID inutilisé est requis. Modifiez la table des partitions en conséquence." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Aucune groupe de volume n'est sélectionné." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le groupe de volumes \"%1\" ?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Échec de la suppression du volume logique \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Aucun volume logique n'est sélectionné." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Pas d'espace disponible dans le groupe de volumes \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4466,56 +4294,55 @@ "Le volume %1 est un pool à allocation dynamique.\n" "Il n'est pas modifiable." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Le volume %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas être\n" -"modifié. Pour modifier %1, assurez-vous qu'il n'est pas en cours " -"d'utilisation." +"modifié. Pour modifier %1, assurez-vous qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Ajouter un volume logique" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Groupe de volumes" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gestion du volume" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4523,8 +4350,8 @@ "Cette vue affiche tous les groupes de volumes LVM \n" "et leurs volumes logiques." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4532,8 +4359,8 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées sur le \n" "groupe de volumes sélectionné." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4541,8 +4368,8 @@ "Cette vue affiche tous les volumes logiques \n" "du groupe de volumes sélectionné." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4550,28 +4377,28 @@ "Cette vue affiche tous les volumes physiques \n" "du groupe de volumes sélectionné." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Groupe de volumes : %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "Volumes &logiques" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "Volumes &physiques" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Volume logique : %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4579,98 +4406,93 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées \n" "sur le volume logique sélectionné." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Mappeur de périphériques" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Périphériques non utilisés" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Résumé de l'installation" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuration" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"Vous avez modifié le partitionnement ou les paramètres de stockage. Ces " -"changements\n" +"Vous avez modifié le partitionnement ou les paramètres de stockage. Ces changements\n" "seront perdus si vous quittez le partitionneur avec %1.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment le quitter ?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Vous pouvez consulter ici le résumé du partitionnement." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Résumé" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Vue système" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuration NFS n'est pas disponible. Vérifiez l'installation du " -"paquetage yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuration NFS n'est pas disponible. Vérifiez l'installation du paquetage yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "NFS (Network File System)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4678,64 +4500,52 @@ "Échec du test du montage du partage NFS '%1'.\n" "L'enregistrer quand même ?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Pour %1, sélectionnez au moins %2 périphérique." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Sélectionnez le type RAID pour le nouveau RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0 : ce niveau augmente les performances de votre disque.\n" -"Il n'y a PAS de redondance dans ce mode. En cas de défaillance de " -"l'un des périphériques, il ne sera pas possible de récupérer les données.</" -"p>\n" +"Il n'y a PAS de redondance dans ce mode. En cas de défaillance de l'un des périphériques, il ne sera pas possible de récupérer les données.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 : Ce mode a la meilleure redondance. Il peut être\n" -"utilisé avec deux disques ou plus. Ce mode maintient une copie exacte de " -"toutes\n" -"les données sur tous les disques. Tant qu'un disque au moins fonctionne, " -"aucune donnée n'est perdue.\n" +"utilisé avec deux disques ou plus. Ce mode maintient une copie exacte de toutes\n" +"les données sur tous les disques. Tant qu'un disque au moins fonctionne, aucune donnée n'est perdue.\n" "Les partitions utilisées doivent être à peu près de la même taille.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5 : Ce mode assure la gestion d'un grand nombre de\n" -"disques et offre encore une certaine redondance. Ce mode peut être utilisé " -"avec trois disques ou plus.\n" -"Si l'un des disques tombe en panne, toutes les données seront encore " -"intactes.\n" -"Si deux disques tombent en panne en même temps, toutes les données seront " -"perdues\n" +"disques et offre encore une certaine redondance. Ce mode peut être utilisé avec trois disques ou plus.\n" +"Si l'un des disques tombe en panne, toutes les données seront encore intactes.\n" +"Si deux disques tombent en panne en même temps, toutes les données seront perdues\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4743,26 +4553,21 @@ msgstr "" "Le champ Nom du raid permet d'attribuer un \n" "nom compréhensible au raid. Ce champ est facultatif. Si vous indiquez \n" -"un nom, le périphérique sera disponible à l'adresse <tt>/dev/md/<nom></" -"tt>.\n" +"un nom, le périphérique sera disponible à l'adresse <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Ajoutez des partitions à votre RAID. Suivant le type\n" -"RAID utilisé, l'espace disque utilisable est la somme de ces partitions " -"(RAID0),\n" -"la taille de la plus petite partition (RAID 1) ou (N-1) multiplié par la " -"plus petite partition (RAID 5).\n" +"RAID utilisé, l'espace disque utilisable est la somme de ces partitions (RAID0),\n" +"la taille de la plus petite partition (RAID 1) ou (N-1) multiplié par la plus petite partition (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4770,86 +4575,80 @@ "En principe, les partitions devraient être sur des disques différents\n" "pour vous permettre d'obtenir la redondance et la performance voulues.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Type RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (segmentation)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (mise en miroir)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (segmentation redondante)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (segmentation double redondante)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (mise en miroir et segmentation)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nom du raid (facultatif)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Périphériques disponibles :" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Taille des blocs : Il s'agit de la plus petite taille \"atomique" -"\" de données qui peut être allouée sur le disque.\n" +"Taille des blocs : Il s'agit de la plus petite taille \"atomique\" de données qui peut être allouée sur le disque.\n" "Une taille adéquate pour RAID 5 est 128 Ko. Pour RAID 0,\n" -"32 Ko constituent un bon point de départ. Pour RAID 1, la taille des blocs " -"n'a pas beaucoup d'importance.\n" +"32 Ko constituent un bon point de départ. Pour RAID 1, la taille des blocs n'a pas beaucoup d'importance.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Algorithme de parité :" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "L'algorithme de parité à utiliser avec RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric est celui qui offre un maximum de performance sur les disques " -"classiques à plateaux rotatifs.\n" +"Left-symmetric est celui qui offre un maximum de performance sur les disques classiques à plateaux rotatifs.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4857,66 +4656,66 @@ "Pour plus de détails concernant l'algorithme\n" "de parité, consultez la page manuel de mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Taille des blocs" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algorithmes de parité" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Options RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Modifier les périphériques qui étaient utilisés pour le RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Ajouter RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Redimensionner RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Modifier RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4925,27 +4724,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Le RAID %1 ne peut pas être modifié car il est dans un état inactif.\n" -"Cela signifie normalement que le sous-ensemble de périphériques RAID est " -"trop petit\n" +"Cela signifie normalement que le sous-ensemble de périphériques RAID est trop petit\n" "pour permettre l'utilisation du RAID.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas assez de périphériques pour permettre la création d'un RAID." +msgstr "Il n'y a pas assez de périphériques pour permettre la création d'un RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Aucun RAID sélectionné" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4953,8 +4750,8 @@ "Le RAID %1est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas être modifé.\n" "Pour modifier %1, vérifiez qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4962,29 +4759,27 @@ "Le RAID %1est déjà créé. Il ne peut pas être redimensionné.\n" "Pour redimensionner %1, supprimez-le puis recréez-le." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" -"Le volume RAID %1est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas être " -"redimensionné.\n" +"Le volume RAID %1est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut pas être redimensionné.\n" "Pour redimensionner %1, vérifiez qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Ajouter RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." -msgstr "" -"Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques RAID sauf les RAID BIOS" +msgstr "Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques RAID sauf les RAID BIOS" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4992,8 +4787,8 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées sur le\n" "RAID sélectionné." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -5001,130 +4796,123 @@ "Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques utilisés \n" "par le système RAID sélectionné" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID : %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Monter par" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Utilisée par" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informations sur les cylindres" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Information Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Codage" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nom du périphérique" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Étiquette du volume" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID du périphérique" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Chemin d'accès au périphérique" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cylindre" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Monter par défaut par" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Système de fichiers par défaut" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Alignement des dernières partitions créées" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Afficher les périphériques de stockage par" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Informations visibles sur les périphériques de stockage" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5132,32 +4920,25 @@ "Cette vue affiche des renseignements généraux \n" "sur les périphériques de stockage :" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "L'option Montage par défaut par indique le montage par\n" -"méthode des derniers systèmes de fichiers créés. L'option Nom du " -"périphérique utilise le nom du périphérique du kernel\n" -"qui n'est pas permanent. Les options ID du périphérique et Chemin " -"d'accès au périphérique\n" -"utilisent les noms générés par udev à partir des informations matérielles. " -"Ceux-ci doivent être\n" -"permanents, même si ce n'est pas toujours le cas. Enfin, les options " -"UUID et\n" -"Label de volume utilisent l'UUID et le label des systèmes de fichiers." -"\n" +"méthode des derniers systèmes de fichiers créés. L'option Nom du périphérique utilise le nom du périphérique du kernel\n" +"qui n'est pas permanent. Les options ID du périphérique et Chemin d'accès au périphérique\n" +"utilisent les noms générés par udev à partir des informations matérielles. Ceux-ci doivent être\n" +"permanents, même si ce n'est pas toujours le cas. Enfin, les options UUID et\n" +"Label de volume utilisent l'UUID et le label des systèmes de fichiers.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5165,27 +4946,21 @@ "Système de fichiers par défaut spécifie le type\n" "de système de fichiers utilisé pour les nouveaux systèmes de fichiers.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alignement des partitions nouvellement créées\n" -"détermine comment les partitions créées sont alignées. Cylinder est " -"l'alignement traditionnel aux limites de cylindre du disque. Optimal " -"aligne \n" -"les partitions pour de meilleures performances en accord avec les conseils " -"fournis \n" -"par le noyau Linux ou essaye d'être compatible avec Windows Vista et Windows " -"7.\n" +"détermine comment les partitions créées sont alignées. Cylinder est l'alignement traditionnel aux limites de cylindre du disque. Optimal aligne \n" +"les partitions pour de meilleures performances en accord avec les conseils fournis \n" +"par le noyau Linux ou essaye d'être compatible avec Windows Vista et Windows 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5193,33 +4968,32 @@ "Afficher les périphériques de stockage selon contrôle\n" "le nom affiché pour les disques durs dans le volet de navigation." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "Informations sur les périphériques \n" -"de stockage visible permet de masquer les informations dans les tables " -"et le résumé." +"de stockage visible permet de masquer les informations dans les tables et le résumé." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Cette vue affiche le résumé de l'installation." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Ajouter un montage tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Aucun périphérique tmpfs sélectionné." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5227,18 +5001,18 @@ "\n" "Supprimer le tmfps monté sur %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Volumes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Cette vue affiche tous les volumes tmpfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5246,18 +5020,18 @@ "Cette vue affiche des informations détaillées\n" "sur le volume tmpfs sélectionné.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs monté sur %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Réanalyser" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5267,40 +5041,39 @@ "de montage, les disques non partitionnés et les groupes de volume dépourvus\n" "de volumes logiques." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Le fait de réanalyser les périphériques inutilisés annule\n" -"toutes les modifications en cours. Voulez-vous vraiment réanalyser les " -"périphériques inutilisés ?" +"toutes les modifications en cours. Voulez-vous vraiment réanalyser les périphériques inutilisés ?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5308,17 +5081,17 @@ "La création d'un volume logique\n" "de la taille spécifiée a échoué.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Essayez de réduire le nombre de segments du volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Vous pouvez seulement supprimer des volumes logiques." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5326,8 +5099,8 @@ "Au moins un instantané est actif pour ce volume.\n" "Supprimez le premier instantané." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5335,100 +5108,100 @@ "Au moins un volume à allocation dynamique utilise ce pool.\n" "Supprimez le premier volume à allocation dynamique." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Supprimer le volume logique %1 ?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Taille totale : %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Taille finale : %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Classe" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "En haut" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Monter" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Descendre" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "En bas" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Classer" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Ajouter" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Tout ajouter" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Tout supprimer" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Le fichier %1 n'est pas un fichier régulier !" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Le fichier %1 est trop gros !" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5437,68 +5210,55 @@ msgstr "" "Le format du fichier de modèle n'est pas valide !\n" "\n" -"Le fichier doit contenir des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom " -"de classe\n" +"Le fichier doit contenir des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom de classe\n" "par ligne. Exemple :" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Lignes de modèle détectées :" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"OK pour faire correspondre des périphériques à des classes avec ces modèles ?" +msgstr "OK pour faire correspondre des périphériques à des classes avec ces modèles ?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Cette boîte de dialogue sert à définir les classes des périphériques\n" -"inclus dans le RAID. Les classes disponibles sont A, B, C, D et E, mais dans " -"bien des cas,\n" +"inclus dans le RAID. Les classes disponibles sont A, B, C, D et E, mais dans bien des cas,\n" "le nombre de classes nécessaires est moindre (ex. : uniquement A et B). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez placer un périphérique dans une classe en faisant un clic " -"droit\n" -"sur le périphérique et en choisissant la classe appropriée dans le menu " -"déroulant.\n" -"En appuyant sur la touche Ctrl ou Majuscule, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"plusieurs\n" -"périphériques et les placer dans une classe d'un seul coup. Vous pouvez " -"aussi utiliser\n" -"les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\" pour placer les périphériques sélectionnés dans " -"cette classe." +"Vous pouvez placer un périphérique dans une classe en faisant un clic droit\n" +"sur le périphérique et en choisissant la classe appropriée dans le menu déroulant.\n" +"En appuyant sur la touche Ctrl ou Majuscule, vous pouvez sélectionner plusieurs\n" +"périphériques et les placer dans une classe d'un seul coup. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser\n" +"les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\" pour placer les périphériques sélectionnés dans cette classe." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." msgstr "" "Après avoir choisi les classes pour les périphériques, vous\n" -"pouvez ordonner les périphériques en cliquant sur les boutons \"%1\" ou " -"\"%2\"." +"pouvez ordonner les périphériques en cliquant sur les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5506,81 +5266,67 @@ "Triés place tous les périphériques de classe A avant\n" "les périphériques de classe B et ainsi de suite." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalés utilise d'abord le périphérique de classe A, puis celui " -"de \n" -"classe B, puis toutes les classes qui suivent auxquelles des périphériques " -"sont affectés. On retrouve ensuite le \n" -"deuxième périphérique de classe A, puis le deuxième de classe B, et ainsi de " -"suite." +"Intercalés utilise d'abord le périphérique de classe A, puis celui de \n" +"classe B, puis toutes les classes qui suivent auxquelles des périphériques sont affectés. On retrouve ensuite le \n" +"deuxième périphérique de classe A, puis le deuxième de classe B, et ainsi de suite." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tous les périphériques sans classe sont triés à la fin de la liste des " -"périphériques.\n" -"Lorsque vous quittez la fenêtre contextuelle, l'ordre actuel des " -"périphériques est celui utilisé \n" +"Tous les périphériques sans classe sont triés à la fin de la liste des périphériques.\n" +"Lorsque vous quittez la fenêtre contextuelle, l'ordre actuel des périphériques est celui utilisé \n" "dans le RAID à créer." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Ce bouton \"%1\" permet de sélectionner un fichier qui contient\n" -"des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom de classe (ex. : \"sda.* " -"A\"). Tous les périphériques dont \n" -"l'expression régulière est valide seront placés dans la classe de cette " -"ligne. L'expression régulière est \n" +"des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom de classe (ex. : \"sda.* A\"). Tous les périphériques dont \n" +"l'expression régulière est valide seront placés dans la classe de cette ligne. L'expression régulière est \n" "comparée au nom du kernel (ex. : /dev/sda1), \n" -"au chemin d'accès à l'udev (ex. : /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) et à l'identifiant\n" +"au chemin d'accès à l'udev (ex. : /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) et à l'identifiant\n" "de l'udev (ex. : /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La première occurrence détermine la classe si un nom de périphérique " -"correspond à plusieurs\n" +"La première occurrence détermine la classe si un nom de périphérique correspond à plusieurs\n" "expressions régulières." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Périphérique" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Fichier de modèle" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Taille de Tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5588,126 +5334,111 @@ "Taille spécifiée invalide. Utilisez un nombre suivi de K, M, G ou %.\n" "La valeur doit être supérieure à 100k ou entre 1% et 200%. Essayez à nouveau." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "La valeur doit être comprise entre 1 % et 200 %. Essayez à nouveau." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Taille de Tmpfs :\n" -"La taille peut être entrée sous forme de chiffre suivi de K, M ou G pour " -"Kilo, Méga ou Gigaoctet ou\n" +"La taille peut être entrée sous forme de chiffre suivi de K, M ou G pour Kilo, Méga ou Gigaoctet ou\n" " du pourcentage de mémoire." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Priorité swap" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." -msgstr "" -"La valeur doit être comprise entre 0 et 32767. Faites une autre entrée." +msgstr "La valeur doit être comprise entre 0 et 32767. Faites une autre entrée." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Priorité swap :\n" -"Entrez la priorité swap. Les nombres les plus importants signifient une " -"priorité plus élevée.\n" +"Entrez la priorité swap. Les nombres les plus importants signifient une priorité plus élevée.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Montage en &lecture seule" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Monter en lecture seule :\n" -"L'écriture sur le système de fichiers est impossible. La valeur par défaut " -"est \"false\" (faux).\n" -"Lors de l'installation, le système de fichier est toujours monté en lecture-" -"écriture." +"L'écriture sur le système de fichiers est impossible. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" +"Lors de l'installation, le système de fichier est toujours monté en lecture-écriture." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Pas de date d'&accès" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pas de date d'accès :\n" -"Les dates d'accès ne sont pas actualisées lorsqu'un fichier est lu. La " -"valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" +"Les dates d'accès ne sont pas actualisées lorsqu'un fichier est lu. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Montable par l'utilisateur" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Montable par utilisateur :\n" -"Le système de fichiers peut être monté par n'importe quel utilisateur. La " -"définition par défaut est erronée.\n" +"Le système de fichiers peut être monté par n'importe quel utilisateur. La définition par défaut est erronée.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Ne pas monter au &démarrage du système" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ne pas monter au démarrage du système :\n" -"Le système de fichiers n'est pas monté automatiquement lors du démarrage du " -"système.\n" -"Une entrée est créée dans /etc/fstab et le système de fichiers est monté " -"avec\n" -"les options adéquates lorsque la commande <tt>mount <pointDeMontage></" -"tt>\n" -"est entrée (<pointDeMontage> est le répertoire sur lequel le système " -"de fichiers est monté). La valeur par défaut est faux.\n" +"Le système de fichiers n'est pas monté automatiquement lors du démarrage du système.\n" +"Une entrée est créée dans /etc/fstab et le système de fichiers est monté avec\n" +"les options adéquates lorsque la commande <tt>mount <pointDeMontage></tt>\n" +"est entrée (<pointDeMontage> est le répertoire sur lequel le système de fichiers est monté). La valeur par défaut est faux.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Activer la prise en charge des &quotas" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5717,44 +5448,37 @@ "Le système de fichiers est monté avec les quotas utilisateurs activés.\n" "La valeur par défaut est faux.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Mode de &journalisation des données" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Mode de journalisation des données :\n" "Spécifie le mode de journalisation des données de fichiers.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- toutes les données sont consignées dans le journal avant " -"d'être\n" -"écrites dans le système de fichiers principal. Impact le plus important sur " -"les performances. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- toutes les données sont forcées directement vers le " -"système de fichiers principal\n" -"avant que leurs méta-données soient consignées dans le journal. Impact moyen " -"sur les performances. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordre des données n'est pas conservé. Aucun impact " -"sur les performances.\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- toutes les données sont consignées dans le journal avant d'être\n" +"écrites dans le système de fichiers principal. Impact le plus important sur les performances. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- toutes les données sont forcées directement vers le système de fichiers principal\n" +"avant que leurs méta-données soient consignées dans le journal. Impact moyen sur les performances. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordre des données n'est pas conservé. Aucun impact sur les performances.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listes de contrôle des &accès (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5762,126 +5486,108 @@ "Listes de contrôle des accès (ACL) :\n" "Active les listes de contrôle des accès sur le système de fichiers.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Attributs &étendus de l'utilisateur" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Attributs étendus de l'utilisateur :\n" -"Permet les attributs étendus de l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers.</" -"p>\n" +"Permet les attributs étendus de l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valeur option arbitraire" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caractère incorrect dans la valeur d'option. Ne pas utiliser d'espace ou de " -"tabulation. Réessayer." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caractère incorrect dans la valeur d'option. Ne pas utiliser d'espace ou de tabulation. Réessayer." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valeur option arbitraire :\n" -"Dans ce champ, entrez n'importe quelle option de montage légale autorisée " -"dans le quatrième champ de /etc/fstab.\n" +"Dans ce champ, entrez n'importe quelle option de montage légale autorisée dans le quatrième champ de /etc/fstab.\n" "Les options multiples sont séparées par des virgules.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "&Table de caractères pour noms de fichiers" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Table de caractères pour noms de fichiers :\n" -"Définissez la table de caractères à utiliser pour l'affichage des noms de " -"fichiers dans les partitions Windows. \n" +"Définissez la table de caractères à utiliser pour l'affichage des noms de fichiers dans les partitions Windows. \n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&page pour les noms courts FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepage pour les noms courts FAT :\n" -"Ce codepage est utilisé pour la conversion des caractères de noms courts sur " -"les systèmes de fichiers FAT. \n" +"Ce codepage est utilisé pour la conversion des caractères de noms courts sur les systèmes de fichiers FAT. \n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Nombre de &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FAT :\n" -"Spécifiez le nombre de tables d'allocation de fichiers dans le système de " -"fichiers. La valeur par défaut est 2." +"Spécifiez le nombre de tables d'allocation de fichiers dans le système de fichiers. La valeur par défaut est 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Taille FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Taille FAT :\n" -"Spécifie le type de tables d'allocation de fichiers utilisé (12, 16 ou 32 " -"bits). Avec l'option auto, YaST sélectionnera automatiquement la valeur la " -"plus adaptée à la taille du système de fichiers.\n" +"Spécifie le type de tables d'allocation de fichiers utilisé (12, 16 ou 32 bits). Avec l'option auto, YaST sélectionnera automatiquement la valeur la plus adaptée à la taille du système de fichiers.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Entrées du &répertoire racine" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"La valeur minimale pour \"Entrées du répertoire racine\" est 112. Essayez à " -"nouveau." +msgstr "La valeur minimale pour \"Entrées du répertoire racine\" est 112. Essayez à nouveau." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5889,69 +5595,58 @@ "Entrées du répertoire racine :\n" "Sélectionnez le nombre d'entrées disponibles dans le répertoire racine.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Fonction de hachage" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Fonction de hachage :\n" -"Spécifie le nom de la fonction de hachage qui sera utilisée pour trier les " -"noms de fichiers dans les répertoires.\n" +"Spécifie le nom de la fonction de hachage qui sera utilisée pour trier les noms de fichiers dans les répertoires.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Révision FS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Révision FS :\n" -"Cette option définit la révision du format reiserfs à utiliser. '3.5' est " -"compatible avec les noyaux de la série 2.2.x. '3.6' est plus récent, mais ne " -"peut être utilisée qu'avec des noyaux 2.4 ou plus récents.\n" +"Cette option définit la révision du format reiserfs à utiliser. '3.5' est compatible avec les noyaux de la série 2.2.x. '3.6' est plus récent, mais ne peut être utilisée qu'avec des noyaux 2.4 ou plus récents.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Taille des blocs en octets" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Taille des blocs :\n" -"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 512, " -"1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille par " -"défaut de 4096 est utilisée.\n" +"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 512, 1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille par défaut de 4096 est utilisée.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Taille de &I-noeud" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5959,51 +5654,45 @@ "Taille de i-noeud :\n" "Cette option spécifie la taille de i-noeud du système de fichiers.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-noeuds" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-noeuds :\n" -"L'option \"Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-noeuds\" spécifie le " -"pourcentage maximal d'espace pouvant être attribué aux i-noeuds dans le " -"système de fichiers.\n" +"L'option \"Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-noeuds\" spécifie le pourcentage maximal d'espace pouvant être attribué aux i-noeuds dans le système de fichiers.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "I-noeud &aligné" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "I-noeud aligné :\n" -"L'option \"i-noeud aligné\" est utilisée pour spécifier si l'allocation des " -"i-noeuds est\n" -"ou non alignée. Par défaut, les i-noeud sont alignés. L'accès aligné aux i-" -"noeuds\n" +"L'option \"i-noeud aligné\" est utilisée pour spécifier si l'allocation des i-noeuds est\n" +"ou non alignée. Par défaut, les i-noeud sont alignés. L'accès aligné aux i-noeuds\n" "est plus efficace que l'accès non-aligné.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Taille du &log en mégaoctets" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -6011,30 +5700,28 @@ "La valeur \"Taille du log\" est incorrecte.\n" "Veuillez entrer une valeur supérieure à zéro.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Taille du log\n" -"Spécifiez la taille du log (en Mo). Si auto est sélectionné, la valeur par " -"défaut est 40% de la taille de l'agrégat.\n" +"Spécifiez la taille du log (en Mo). Si auto est sélectionné, la valeur par défaut est 40% de la taille de l'agrégat.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Lancer l'&utilitaire pour lister les blocs défectueux" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Longueur du décalage (stride) en blocs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -6042,8 +5729,8 @@ "La valeur pour \"longueur du décalage (stride) en blocs\" est invalide.\n" "Sélectionnez une valeur supérieure à 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6055,27 +5742,22 @@ "seul argument actuellement supporté est 'stride' (décalage) qui prend comme\n" "argument le nombre de blocs dans une bande RAID.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Taille des blocs :\n" -"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 1024, " -"2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille des blocs est " -"définie en fonction de la taille du système de fichiers et de l'usage auquel " -"il est destiné.\n" +"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille des blocs est définie en fonction de la taille du système de fichiers et de l'usage auquel il est destiné.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Octets par &i-noeud" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6083,27 +5765,21 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Octets par i-noeud :\n" -"Spécifiez le rapport octets/i-noeud. YaST crée un i-noeud tous les <" -"octets-par-i-noeud> octets sur le disque. Plus la proportion d'octets par " -"i-noeud est élevée, moins il y aura d'i-noeuds créés.\n" -"En principe, cette valeur ne doit pas être inférieure à la taille d'un bloc " -"du système de fichiers, car dans ce cas il serait créé trop d'i-noeuds. Il " -"n'est pas possible d'augmenter le\n" -"le nombre d'i-noeuds sur un système de fichiers après sa création, veillez à " -"entrer une valeur adéquate pour ce paramètre.\n" +"Spécifiez le rapport octets/i-noeud. YaST crée un i-noeud tous les <octets-par-i-noeud> octets sur le disque. Plus la proportion d'octets par i-noeud est élevée, moins il y aura d'i-noeuds créés.\n" +"En principe, cette valeur ne doit pas être inférieure à la taille d'un bloc du système de fichiers, car dans ce cas il serait créé trop d'i-noeuds. Il n'est pas possible d'augmenter le\n" +"le nombre d'i-noeuds sur un système de fichiers après sa création, veillez à entrer une valeur adéquate pour ce paramètre.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Pourcentage de blocs &réservés à root" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -6111,75 +5787,63 @@ "La valeur du \"Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root\" est incorrecte.\n" "Sélectionnez un nombre à virgule flottante inférieur à 99. (ex. 0.5)\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root : Spécifiez le pourcentage " -"des blocs réservés au super-utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est calculée " -"pour avoir normalement 1 Go de réservé. La valeur maximale par défaut est " -"5.0, la valeur minimale par défaut est 0.1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root : Spécifiez le pourcentage des blocs réservés au super-utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est calculée pour avoir normalement 1 Go de réservé. La valeur maximale par défaut est 5.0, la valeur minimale par défaut est 0.1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Désactiver les vérifications régulières" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" "Désactiver les vérifications régulières :\n" -"Désactive la vérification régulière du système de fichiers au démarrage.</" -"p>\n" +"Désactive la vérification régulière du système de fichiers au démarrage.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Fonction d'index des &répertoires" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Index des répertoires :\n" -"Permet l'utilisation d'arborescences B hachées pour accélérer les recherches " -"dans les grands répertoires.\n" +"Permet l'utilisation d'arborescences B hachées pour accélérer les recherches dans les grands répertoires.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Pas de journal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Pas de journal :\n" -"Supprime l'utilisation de la journalisation sur le système de fichiers. Ne " -"l'activez que\n" +"Supprime l'utilisation de la journalisation sur le système de fichiers. Ne l'activez que\n" "si vous savez ce que vous faites.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Opération non autorisée sur le disque %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6191,19 +5855,16 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opération n'est pas prise en charge par l'outil de partitionnement parted " -"utilisé pour modifier la \n" +"L'opération n'est pas prise en charge par l'outil de partitionnement parted utilisé pour modifier la \n" "table des partitions sur votre disque %{device}.\n" "(Le disque utilise le format LDL.)\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions sur le disque %{device} telles quelles " -"ou\n" -"les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez pas " -"ajouter, \n" +"Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions sur le disque %{device} telles quelles ou\n" +"les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, \n" "redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6215,19 +5876,16 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le partitionnement du disque %{device} n'est pas lisible ou pas pris en " -"charge par\n" +"Le partitionnement du disque %{device} n'est pas lisible ou pas pris en charge par\n" "l'outil de partitionnement parted utilisé pour modifier la\n" "table de partitions.\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions sur le disque %{device} telles quelles " -"ou\n" -"les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez pas " -"ajouter, modifier,\n" +"Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions sur le disque %{device} telles quelles ou\n" +"les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier,\n" "redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6239,19 +5897,16 @@ "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le disque %{device} ne contient pas de table de partitions, mais pour des " -"raisons de\n" +"Le disque %{device} ne contient pas de table de partitions, mais pour des raisons de\n" "compatibilité, le kernel a généré automatiquement une\n" "partition couvrant presque la totalité du disque.\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez utiliser la partition sur le disque %{device} telle qu'elle est " -"ou\n" -"la formater et assigner un point de montage. En revanche, vous ne pouvez pas " -"redimensionner\n" +"Vous pouvez utiliser la partition sur le disque %{device} telle qu'elle est ou\n" +"la formater et assigner un point de montage. En revanche, vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner\n" "ni supprimer la partition de ce disque ici.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6261,15 +5916,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez initialiser la table de partitions du disque dans le " -"partitionneur\n" -"en mode expert en sélectionnant \"Expert\"->\"Créer une nouvelle table de " -"partitions\", \n" -"mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce " -"disque.\n" +"Vous pouvez initialiser la table de partitions du disque dans le partitionneur\n" +"en mode expert en sélectionnant \"Expert\"->\"Créer une nouvelle table de partitions\", \n" +"mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce disque.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6281,26 +5933,26 @@ "Ignorer ce message en toute sécurité si vous ne souhaitez pas\n" "utiliser ce disque lors de l'installation.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible :" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6312,8 +5964,8 @@ "\n" "Le mot de passe de chiffrement fourni est peut-être incorrect.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6323,8 +5975,8 @@ "du mot de passe ne sont pas identiques !\n" "Réessayez." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6334,26 +5986,26 @@ " 0..9, a..z, A..Z et \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Réessayez." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Entrer le mot de passe de chiffrement :" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Indiquer le mot de passe" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Les volumes codés suivants sont déjà disponibles." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activation du volume codé" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6365,12 +6017,12 @@ "Ils doivent être connus si les volumes sont nécessaires soit\n" "lors d'une mise à jour, soit s'ils contiennent un volume physique LVM codé." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Voulez-vous fournir les mots de passe de chiffrement ?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6380,117 +6032,110 @@ "de la liste de périphériques verrouillés.\n" "Le mot de passe sera essayé pour chacun d'entre eux." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Entrer le mot de passe de codage" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Il n'existe aucun volume codé à déverrouiller." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Fournir le mot de passe pour un des périphériques suivants :" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Fournir le mot de passe pour le périphérique suivant :" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Tentative de déverrouillage des volumes codés..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Le mot de passe n'a déverrouillé aucun volume." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disque IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disque SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disque" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID DM" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "L'installation des paquetages nécessaires a échoué." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Voulez-vous continuer malgré l'erreur ?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de créer les partitions car d'autres partitions du disque sont en " -"cours d'utilisation." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Impossible de créer les partitions car d'autres partitions du disque sont en cours d'utilisation." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient une zone " -"d'échange active\n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient une zone d'échange active\n" "qui est necessaire pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient des " -"données\n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être modifié parce qu'il contient des données\n" "d'installation necessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient une zone " -"d'échange active\n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient une zone d'échange active\n" "qui est necessaire pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient des " -"données\n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut pas être supprimé parce qu'il contient des données\n" "d'installation necessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6498,26 +6143,22 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera " -"indirectement\n" -"le périphérique %2 qui contient un système d'échange actif qui est " -"nécessaire \n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera indirectement\n" +"le périphérique %2 qui contient un système d'échange actif qui est nécessaire \n" "à l'installation.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera " -"indirectement\n" -"le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer " -"l'installation.\n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera indirectement\n" +"le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6527,114 +6168,114 @@ "La partition %1 n'a pas pu être supprimée car les autres partitions\n" "sur le disque %2 sont utilisées.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Rien n'est assigné en tant que système de fichiers racine !" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "L'installation risque très fortement d'échouer !" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Échec de l'ajout des éléments suivants : %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Échec lors de l'opération suivante :" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Le code d'erreur du système était %1." -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Entrez le mot de passe pour le périphérique %1 :" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Oui" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Non" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Codé" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Type FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Début" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ID FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Étiquette du disque" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Métadonnées" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Taille PE" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Version du RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algorithme de parité" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fabricant" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modèle" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6642,8 +6283,8 @@ "ID BIOS affiche l'identifiant du disque dur dans le \n" "BIOS. Ce champ peut être vide." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6651,8 +6292,8 @@ "Bus indique comment le périphérique est connecté au système. \n" "Ce champ peut être vide, dans le cas des disques multipath par exemple." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6660,8 +6301,8 @@ "Taille de bloc indique la taille des blocs \n" "pour les périphériques RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6669,8 +6310,8 @@ "Taille de cylindre indique la taille des \n" "cylindres du disque dur." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6678,8 +6319,8 @@ "L'option Taille des secteurs indique la taille des\n" "secteurs du disque dur." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6687,8 +6328,8 @@ "Périphérique affiche le nom du \n" "périphérique assigné par le noyau." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6696,8 +6337,8 @@ "Étiquette de disque indique le type de \n" "table de partition du disque, par exemple <tt>MSDOS</tt> ou <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6705,8 +6346,8 @@ "Codé indique si le système de fichiers\n" "est codé." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6714,8 +6355,8 @@ "Cylindre de fin affiche le cylindre de fin \n" "de la partition." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6723,8 +6364,8 @@ "LUN affiche l'identifiant d'unité logique (Logical Unit Number) \n" "pour les disques Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6732,8 +6373,8 @@ "ID du port indique le numéro de port pour les disques Fibre\n" "Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6741,18 +6382,17 @@ "WWPN indique le nom du port World Wide Port\n" "pour les disques Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." msgstr "" -"Le Chemin d'accès au fichier affiche le chemin pour accéder au " -"fichier pour\n" +"Le Chemin d'accès au fichier affiche le chemin pour accéder au fichier pour\n" "un périphérique de boucle codé." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6760,18 +6400,18 @@ "Format affiche certains drapeaux : <tt>F</tt>\n" "signifie que le périphérique est sélectionné en vue du formatage." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "ID FS affiche l'id du système de fichiers." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Type FS affiche le type du système de fichiers." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6779,8 +6419,8 @@ "Étiquette affiche l'étiquette du \n" "système de fichiers." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6788,32 +6428,28 @@ "Métadonnées affiche le type des métadonnées LVM pour\n" "les groupes de volumes." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Modèle affiche le modèle du périphérique." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Monter par indique le mode de montage du\n" -"système de fichiers : (Kernel) par nom du noyau, (Label) par label, (UUID) " -"par\n" -"UUID du système de fichiers, (ID) par ID de périphérique et (Path) par " -"chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n" +"système de fichiers : (Kernel) par nom du noyau, (Label) par label, (UUID) par\n" +"UUID du système de fichiers, (ID) par ID de périphérique et (Path) par chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un point d'interrogation (?) indique que\n" @@ -6821,8 +6457,8 @@ "monté soit manuellement, soit par un système d'auto-montage. Lors de la\n" "modification de ce volume, YaST ne mettra pas à jour <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6830,21 +6466,19 @@ "Point de montage affiche l'endroit où le système de fichiers \n" "sera monté." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un astérisque (*) après le point de \n" -"montage indique un système de fichiers qui n'est actuellement pas monté (par " -"exemple, \n" +"montage indique un système de fichiers qui n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, \n" "du fait que l'option <tt>noauto</tt> est définie dans<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6852,8 +6486,8 @@ "Nombre de cylindres affiche le nombre \n" "de cylindres du disque dur." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6861,23 +6495,22 @@ "L'option Algorithme de parité indique l'algorithme\n" "de parité pour les périphériques RAID de type RAID 5, 6 ou 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." msgstr "" -"L'option Taille du domaine physique indique la taille du domaine " -"physique\n" +"L'option Taille du domaine physique indique la taille du domaine physique\n" "des groupes de volumes LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "L'option Version du RAID affiche la version du RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6885,13 +6518,13 @@ "Type RAID affiche le type RAID, aussi appelé niveau \n" "RAID, pour les périphériques RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Taille affiche la taille du périphérique." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6899,8 +6532,8 @@ "Cylindre de départ affiche le numéro du cylindre \n" "de début de la partition." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6908,8 +6541,8 @@ "Bandes affiche le numéro de bande pour les volumes logiques LVM\n" "et, si supérieure à 1, la taille de la bande entre parenthèses.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6917,8 +6550,8 @@ "Type donne une présentation générale \n" "du type de périphérique." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6926,8 +6559,8 @@ "ID de périphérique affiche l'ID persistant\n" "du périphérique. Ce champ peut être vide.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6935,8 +6568,8 @@ "Chemin d'accès du périphérique affiche le chemin persistant \n" "du périphérique. Ce champ peut être vide." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6944,8 +6577,8 @@ "Utilisé par indique si un périphérique est utilisé, par\n" "exemple, par RAID ou LVM. Si non, cette colonne sera vide.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6953,236 +6586,236 @@ "UUID affiche l'identifiant universel \n" "unique du système de fichiers." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Fournisseur affiche le nom du fournisseur du périphérique" -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Périphérique : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Taille : %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISQUE %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Type : %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Format : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Codé : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Système de fichiers : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Point de montage : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Monté par : %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Utilisé par %1 : %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Étiquette : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Chemin d'accès au périphérique : %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID du périphérique %1 : %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "ID BIOS : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Étiquette du disque : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Fournisseur : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modèle : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Métadonnées : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Taille PE : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Bandes : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Version du RAID : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Type RAID : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Taille du bloc : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algorithme de parité : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Nombre de cylindres : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Taille du cylindre : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Cylindre de départ : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Cylindre de fin : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Taille des secteurs : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ID du système de fichiers : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Chemin : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN : %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID port : %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "La table contient :" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Périphérique :" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Système de fichiers :" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Disque dur :" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel :" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM :" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID :" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "Le résumé contient :" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7190,8 +6823,8 @@ "Le sous-système de stockage est verrouillé par une application inconnue.\n" "Vous devez quitter cette application avant de continuer." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7199,50 +6832,44 @@ "Le sous-système de stockage est verrouillé par l'application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Vous devez quitter cette application avant de continuer." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. " -"Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Système de fichiers de la partition racine" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Système de fichiers de la partition privée" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Augmenter la &swap pour la mise en veille" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Paramètres de la proposition" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Choisissez Proposition basée sur la partition si vous ne souhaitez " -"pas utiliser LVM.\n" -"Sélectionnez Proposition basée sur LVM pour utiliser LVM en texte " -"brut et Proposition basée sur\n" +"Choisissez Proposition basée sur la partition si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser LVM.\n" +"Sélectionnez Proposition basée sur LVM pour utiliser LVM en texte brut et Proposition basée sur\n" "LVM chiffrée si vous souhaitez que le système soit chiffré." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7252,102 +6879,99 @@ "Le système de fichiers de la partition racine peut être sélectionné \n" "via la liste déroulante correspondante. Le système de fichiers BtrFS \n" "permet la création d'une proposition prenant en charge les \n" -"instantanés automatiques à l'aide de snapper. Cela augmente également la " -"taille de la partition racine." +"instantanés automatiques à l'aide de snapper. Cela augmente également la taille de la partition racine." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposition peut créer une partition privée distincte. Le système de \n" -"fichiers de la partition privée peut être sélectionné à l'aide de la liste " -"déroulante correspondante." +"fichiers de la partition privée peut être sélectionné à l'aide de la liste déroulante correspondante." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"Dans la plupart des cas, il est possible de créer une partition " -"d'échange \n" +"Dans la plupart des cas, il est possible de créer une partition d'échange \n" "(swap) suffisamment grande pour autoriser la mise en veille prolongée." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Entrez votre mot de passe pour le codage proposé." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Mot de passe :" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Entrez à nouveau votre mot de passe en vue d'une vérification :" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Proposition basée sur la partition" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposition basée sur &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposition basée sur LVM &chiffrée" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Monter par défaut par :" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Système de fichiers par défaut :" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Afficher les périphérique de stockage par :" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Alignement de la partition :" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Informations visibles sur les périphériques de stockage :" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "premier système de fichiers racine"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97423 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:06:20 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97423 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/caasp.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral da Instalação" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Instalar" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" @@ -33,17 +33,17 @@ "Falha na proposta de software. Impossível continuar a instalação.\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "Servidores NTP" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Digite um IP ou Nome de Host válido" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -70,33 +70,24 @@ "\n" "Deseja continuar a instalação?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"Problema encontrado ao propor %{client}: Gravidade: %{severity}" -" Mensagem: %{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" +msgstr "Problema encontrado ao propor %{client}: Gravidade: %{severity} Mensagem: %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "%s bloqueia a instalação. Resolva esse problema antes de prosseguir." -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "Nó de Administração" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"Local inválido para o nó de administração. Digite um IP ou Nome de Host " -"válido" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "Local inválido para o nó de administração. Digite um IP ou Nome de Host válido" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configuração do teclado." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Sumário da configuração do teclado." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configurar novos valores para configuração de teclado." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Listar todos os mapas de teclado disponíveis." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Novo mapa de teclado" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Mapa de Teclado Atual: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores " -"possíveis." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores possíveis." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Mapa de Teclado" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Mapa de Te&clado" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -80,86 +77,80 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aqui, você poderá ajustar várias configurações do módulo de teclado.\n" -"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</" -"tt>.\n" +"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" " Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"As configurações feitas aqui aplicam-se apenas ao teclado do console. " -"Configure o teclado da interface gráfica do usuário com outra ferramenta.</" -"p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "As configurações feitas aqui aplicam-se apenas ao teclado do console. Configure o teclado da interface gráfica do usuário com outra ferramenta.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Configurações Avançadas de Teclado" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "Repeti&r taxa " -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "A&traso antes da repetição iniciar" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Estados de Início" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Num Lock ativo" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Configurações de BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Não tocado>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "D&esabilitar Caps Lock" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Teste" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Configurações A&vançadas..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -167,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>Configuração do Teclado</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Escolha o Mapa de Teclado a ser usado na\n" "instalação e no sistema instalado. \n" "Teste o mapa em Testar.\n" -" Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, " -"selecione Configurações de Especialista.\n" +" Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione Configurações de Especialista.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -197,30 +186,26 @@ "Na dúvida, use os valores padrões já selecionados.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Escolha o Layout do Teclado para usar no sistema.\n" -"Para opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione " -"Configurações de Especialista.\n" -"Encontre mais opções e layouts na ferramenta de layout de teclado de seu " -"ambiente de área de trabalho.\n" +"Para opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione Configurações de Especialista.\n" +"Encontre mais opções e layouts na ferramenta de layout de teclado de seu ambiente de área de trabalho.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do Teclado do Sistema" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -232,12 +217,12 @@ "instalação e no sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -247,187 +232,183 @@ "diferente daquele do sistema a ser atualizado.\n" " Selecione o layout a ser usado durante a atualização:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Falha ao definir teclado X11 como '%s'" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Layout do Teclado<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Idioma<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Configurações de local" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Configuração de idioma" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Resumo de configuração de idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Configurar novos valores de idioma" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Listar todos os idiomas disponíveis." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Novo valor de idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de idiomas secundários (separados por vírgulas)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Não instalar pacotes específicos do idioma" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Idioma" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Gravar configurações de idioma e do console" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Instalar e desinstalar pacotes afetados" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Atualizar traduções no menu do carregador de boot" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Gravando configurações de idioma e do console..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Instalando e desinstalando pacotes afetados..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Atualizando traduções no menu do carregador de boot..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Gravando Configuração Aguarde..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Idioma Atual: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Idiomas Adicionais: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando list para ver os valores possíveis." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando list para ver os valores possíveis." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idioma" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Bem-vindo ao Recuperador do Sistema" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalhes" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Idiomas &Secundários" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Idioma &Primário" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Configurações de Idioma Primário" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário " -"selecionados serão instalados.\n" +"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário selecionados serão instalados.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -439,8 +420,8 @@ "no sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -450,8 +431,8 @@ "Clique em Avançar para passar para a próxima caixa de diálogo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -463,8 +444,8 @@ "todas as configurações na última caixa de diálogo de instalação.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -476,9 +457,9 @@ "momento para interromper o processo de instalação.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -488,8 +469,8 @@ "Escolha o novo Idioma do seu sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -499,28 +480,21 @@ "Escolha o novo Idioma Primário do seu sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Marque a opção Adaptar Layout do Teclado para adaptar o layout do " -"teclado ao idioma principal.\n" -"Marque a opção Adaptar Fuso Horário para mudar o fuso horário atual " -"de acordo com o idioma principal. Se o layout de teclado ou o fuso horário " -"já estiver adaptado à configuração do idioma padrão, a respectiva opção é " -"desabilitada.\n" +"Marque a opção Adaptar Layout do Teclado para adaptar o layout do teclado ao idioma principal.\n" +"Marque a opção Adaptar Fuso Horário para mudar o fuso horário atual de acordo com o idioma principal. Se o layout de teclado ou o fuso horário já estiver adaptado à configuração do idioma padrão, a respectiva opção é desabilitada.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -529,17 +503,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Idioma Secundário \n" -"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu " -"sistema.\n" +"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu sistema.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Existem dependências de pacotes não resolvidas." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -547,8 +520,8 @@ "Não existe espaço suficiente para instalar todos os pacotes\n" "adicionais. Remova alguns idiomas da seleção." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -558,13 +531,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aqui, você poderá ajustar as configurações de idioma.\n" -"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</" -"tt>.\n" +"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -572,78 +544,67 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Configurações Locais para Usuário root\n" -"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o " -"usuário root." +"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o usuário root." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Somente ctype: O usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário " -"comum. Outros valores\n" +"Somente ctype: O usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário comum. Outros valores\n" "não estão definidos. \n" -"Sim: O usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um " -"usuário comum. \n" +"Sim: O usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um usuário comum. \n" "Não: Nenhuma das variáveis de local do usuário root está definida.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Use Configuração Detalhada de Local para definir um local para o " -"idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. O " -"recurso de tradução talvez não esteja disponível para o local selecionado.</" -"p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Use Configuração Detalhada de Local para definir um local para o idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. O recurso de tradução talvez não esteja disponível para o local selecionado." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detalhes de Idioma" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Configurações Locais para Usuário &root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Somente ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Usar codificação &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Configuração &Detalhada de Local" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "Adaptar Mapa de &Teclado para %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Adaptar &Fuso Horário de %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -655,14 +616,14 @@ "instalação e no sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Fazendo download da extensão de idioma do sistema de instalação..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -674,21 +635,21 @@ "\n" "O idioma de fallback %{fallback} será usado." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Idioma Primário: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando Pacotes..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -696,91 +657,87 @@ "Tradução do idioma primário não está completa.\n" "Alguns textos podem ser mostrados em Ingles.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Apenas o suporte mínimo está incluído nesta mídia para o idioma " -"selecionado.\n" -"Habilite os repositórios online posteriormente para obter o suporte " -"apropriado\n" +"Apenas o suporte mínimo está incluído nesta mídia para o idioma selecionado.\n" +"Habilite os repositórios online posteriormente para obter o suporte apropriado\n" "para este idioma.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"O idioma selecionado não pode ser usado no modo de texto. O inglês é usado " -"na\n" +"O idioma selecionado não pode ser usado no modo de texto. O inglês é usado na\n" "instalação, porém, o idioma selecionado será usado no novo sistema." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Configuração do Fuso Horário" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Resumo da Configuração do Fuso Horário" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Defina os novos valores de configuração do fuso horário" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Relacionar todos os fusos horários disponíveis" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Novo Fuso Horário" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Novo valor do relógio do hardware. Pode ser \"local\", \"utc\" ou \"UTC\"." +msgstr "Novo valor do relógio do hardware. Pode ser \"local\", \"utc\" ou \"UTC\"." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Fuso Horário Atual:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Relógio do Hardware Configurado Para:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Horário local" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Horário e Dia Atual:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -788,48 +745,42 @@ "Horário %1 está no passado.\n" "Informe um horário correto antes de iniciar a instalação." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuso Horário" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Fuso &Horário" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em " -"Relógio de Hardware Definido como.\n" -"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados " -"(como o Microsoft\n" +"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em Relógio de Hardware Definido como.\n" +"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados (como o Microsoft\n" "Windows) usa o horário local.\n" "As máquinas que possuem apenas o Linux instalado geralmente são\n" "definidas para UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n" -"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá " -"alternar do horário padrão\n" +"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá alternar do horário padrão\n" "para o horário de verão e vice-versa automaticamente.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -839,27 +790,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nota: O relógio interno do sistema, conforme utilizado pelo kernel do Linux, " -"deve\n" -"estar sempre como UTC, porque esta é a referência para o horário local " -"correto\n" +"Nota: O relógio interno do sistema, conforme utilizado pelo kernel do Linux, deve\n" +"estar sempre como UTC, porque esta é a referência para o horário local correto\n" "no espaço do usuário. Se você escolher o horário local para o relógio CMOS,\n" -"consulte o manual do usuário para obter informações básicas sobre os efeitos " -"colaterais.\n" +"consulte o manual do usuário para obter informações básicas sobre os efeitos colaterais.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -867,75 +812,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Você selecionou o horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em " -"seu sistema.\n" +"Você selecionou o horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em seu sistema.\n" "Neste caso, é altamente recomendável usar UTC e clicar em Cancelar.\n" "\n" "Para manter o horário local, ajuste o relógio CMOS duas vezes ao ano,\n" -"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, poderá haver " -"falha nos backups,\n" +"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, poderá haver falha nos backups,\n" "seu sistema de e-mail poderá descartar mensagens de e-mail, etc.\n" "\n" "Se você usar UTC, o Linux ajustará o horário automaticamente.\n" "\n" "Deseja continuar com a sua seleção (horário local)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, mude-as para " -"os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, mude-as para os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Clique em Aceitar para gravar as mudanças." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Data atual no formato DD-MM-YYYY" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Horário atual no formato HH:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Data Atual" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Horário Atual" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Mudar o Horário Agora" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Sincronizar com o Servidor NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Mudar Data e Horário" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -943,8 +882,8 @@ "Horário inválido (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Digite o horário correto.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -952,49 +891,49 @@ "Data inválida (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n" "Digite a data correta.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Outras &Config" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Data e Horário (NTP está configurado)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Data e Horário" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "Relógio do &Hardware Definido como UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Região" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Fuso horário" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Data e Hora:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -1002,25 +941,23 @@ "\n" "<big>Configurações de Fuso Horário e do Relógio</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente " -"selecione a Região.\n" +"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente selecione a Região.\n" "Em Fuso Horário, selecione o fuso horário, o país ou \n" "a região apropriada dentre as opções disponíveis.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1030,327 +967,327 @@ "Se o horário atual não estiver correto, use Mudar para ajustá-lo.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Relógio e Fuso Horário" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Selecione um Fuso Horário válido." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Horário local" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Relógio de Hardware Definido como" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configurado" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Fuso Horário Atual: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglês (EUA)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglês (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemão" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Alemão (com acentos)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Alemão (Suíça)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Francês" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Francês (Suíça)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Francês (Canadá)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canadense (Multilíngüe)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Espanhol" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Espanhol (América Latina)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Espanhol (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Português" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Português (Brasil)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Português (Brasil - acentuação US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandês" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dinamarquês" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norueguês" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandês" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tcheco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tcheco (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslováquia" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Eslováquia (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Eslovênia" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polonês" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Sérvio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estônia" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituânia" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croácia" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonês" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Icelandic" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucrâniano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadjique" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chinês Tradicional" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chinês Simplificado" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Romeno" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "Inglês Internacional" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Espanhol (variação Asturiana)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:06:20 UTC (rev 97423) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de " -"discos rígidos.\n" +"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de discos rígidos.\n" "\n" "Nunca particione discos que possam, de alguma forma, estar em uso\n" "(montados, realizando troca, etc.) a menos que saiba exatamente o que está\n" @@ -36,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "Para continuar, apesar deste aviso, clique em Sim.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Particionador Técnico" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Os volumes estão sendo detectados." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Configuração do Armazenamento" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Listar discos e partições" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Listar discos" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Listar partições" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento Sugerido" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Particionador Técnico..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Criar Configuração de Partição..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -97,15 +96,15 @@ "Nenhuma sugestão possível.\n" "especifique pontos de montagem manualmente no diálogo 'Particionador'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Editar Configurações da Proposta" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -115,9 +114,9 @@ "Os discos rígidos foram verificados. Propõe-se a configuração\n" " da partição exibida para seu disco rígido." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -131,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 e modifique as configurações no diálogo\n" "do particionador avançado.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -150,29 +149,27 @@ "Essa também é a opção a ser escolhida no caso de\n" "configurações avançadas, como RAID e criptografia.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Impossível criar a proposta solicitada." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Não há espaço suficiente disponível para propor instantâneos para o volume " -"raiz." +msgstr "Não há espaço suficiente disponível para propor instantâneos para o volume raiz." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Espaço insuficiente para propor /home separado." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz. Impossível continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -180,22 +177,22 @@ "Computar esta proposta sobregravará as mudanças feitas manualmente \n" "até agora. Continuar computando esta proposta?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparando discos..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -205,9 +202,9 @@ "Usado\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -217,9 +214,9 @@ "Livre\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -227,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows Livre (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -255,9 +252,9 @@ "Escolha o novo tamanho da sua partição Windows.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -269,14 +266,13 @@ "\n" "\n" "O redimensionamento real só será executado após a confirmação\n" -"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo de instalação. Até lá, sua " -"partição do Windows\n" +"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo de instalação. Até lá, sua partição do Windows\n" "permanecerá inalterada.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -290,23 +286,23 @@ "Voltar.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Agora" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Após Instalação" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -322,9 +318,9 @@ "redimensionamento da partição).\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -338,9 +334,9 @@ "cada campo de entrada para ajustar os valores sugeridos.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -354,29 +350,29 @@ "automaticamente criadas conforme necessário.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows Usado" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "livre" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -390,9 +386,9 @@ "conforme requerido pelo &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -401,13 +397,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows Usado é o tamanho do espaço que sua partição do Windows " -"utiliza.\n" +"Windows Usado é o tamanho do espaço que sua partição do Windows utiliza.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -419,13 +414,13 @@ "do Linux) na partição.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Redimensionando a Partição Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -451,9 +446,9 @@ "dispositivo do Windows, incluindo a área de trabalho do Windows e\n" "o espaço para %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -469,8 +464,8 @@ " e do espaço utilizado, isso talvez demore algum tempo.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -492,14 +487,14 @@ "Se o problema ocorrer novamente, redimensione a\n" "partição Windows de outra maneira.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "O espaço disponível não é suficiente para uma instalação." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -519,17 +514,15 @@ "\t partição Windows de outra maneira.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento " -"personalizado." +msgstr "O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento personalizado." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -549,10 +542,10 @@ "Escolha outro disco ou aborte a instalação e\n" "diminua a partição Windows de outra maneira.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -568,10 +561,10 @@ "Escolha outro disco ou aborte a instalação e\n" "diminua a partição Windows de outra maneira.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -599,14 +592,14 @@ "\n" "Realmente deseja diminuir a partição Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "&Diminuir Windows" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -620,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "Realmente deseja apagar a partição Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Apagar Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -638,41 +631,38 @@ " Para instalar o Linux, selecione mais partições\n" "para remover ou selecione um disco maior." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "&Discos Disponíveis" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "Particionamento &Personalizado (para especialistas)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco rígido" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver " -"disponível, para a instalação." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver disponível, para a instalação." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -684,8 +674,8 @@ "são mostrados aqui. Selecione o disco no qual instalar o &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -695,8 +685,8 @@ "Você pode escolher depois que parte do disco usar para o &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -712,27 +702,27 @@ "partições a pontos de montagem durante a instalação do &produto;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Preparando o Disco Rígido" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Escolha uma das opções para continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Disco %1 em uso por %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -746,62 +736,62 @@ "Consulte o manual para verificar se o seu particionamento\n" "personalizado atende aos requisitos deste produto." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Ativar caminhos múltiplos?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -809,44 +799,43 @@ "Instantâneos não são possíveis.\n" "Use uma partição raiz maior." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "A partição /home não será formatada. Após a instalação,\n" -"tenha certeza de que as propriedades dos diretórios pessoais sejam definidas " -"corretamente." +"tenha certeza de que as propriedades dos diretórios pessoais sejam definidas corretamente." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Custom" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Padrão" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Particionamento" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Salvando a configuração do sistema de arquivos..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -854,15 +843,15 @@ "A seleção atual é inválida:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, não atribuídos" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -870,16 +859,16 @@ "Áreas do Disco a Usar\n" "para Instalar %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Usar Disco Rígido Int&eiro" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -887,8 +876,8 @@ "Não existem partições no disco ainda.\n" "O disco inteiro será usado para o %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -896,18 +885,18 @@ "O disco parece estar sendo usado pelo \n" "Windows. Não existe espaço para instalar o Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "&Apagar o Windows Completamente" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Diminuir a Partição do Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -917,8 +906,8 @@ "Selecione no seu disco onde instalar o &product;.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -930,8 +919,8 @@ "ou regiões livres exibidas.\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -945,8 +934,8 @@ "outros sistemas operacionais.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -958,16 +947,16 @@ "perdidos. Não existirá forma de recuperar estes dados.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Instalando em:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -981,8 +970,8 @@ "ou diminuir ele para obter espaço livre suficiente.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -998,28 +987,28 @@ "Isto pode falhar em situações raras.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Propor Partição &Home Separada" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Criar Proposta Baseada em &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Criptografar Grupo de Volume" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Tipo de proposta" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1033,8 +1022,8 @@ "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1044,13 +1033,12 @@ msgstr "" "Você tentou montar uma partição FAT em um dos seguintes pontos\n" "de montagem: /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Isso provavelmente vai causar\n" -"problemas. Use um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esses " -"pontos de montagem.\n" +"problemas. Use um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esses pontos de montagem.\n" "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1060,13 +1048,12 @@ msgstr "" "Você tentou montar uma partição FAT no ponto de\n" "montagem /boot. Isso provavelmente vai causar programas. Use\n" -"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de " -"montagem.\n" +"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de montagem.\n" "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1076,14 +1063,13 @@ msgstr "" "Você montou uma partição com Btrfs no ponto de\n" "montagem /boot. Isso provavelmente vai causar programas. Use\n" -"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de " -"montagem.\n" +"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de montagem.\n" "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1099,8 +1085,8 @@ "\n" "Usar realmente esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1120,8 +1106,8 @@ "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1135,8 +1121,8 @@ "\n" "Deseja realmente manter este tamanho da partição de boot?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1145,16 +1131,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Aviso: Não há uma partição do tipo bios_grub presente.\n" -"Essa partição é recomendada (necessária no caso do Btrfs) quando o Grub2 " -"está\n" +"Essa partição é recomendada (necessária no caso do Btrfs) quando o Grub2 está\n" "instalado no MBR de um disco GPT. Ela não deve ser formatada e deve ter\n" "aproximadamente 1 MB.\n" "Deseja realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1172,8 +1157,8 @@ "\n" "Usar realmente a configuração sem partição /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1193,7 +1178,7 @@ "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1205,8 +1190,8 @@ "%s\n" "Usar realmente essa configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1222,8 +1207,8 @@ "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1247,8 +1232,8 @@ "\n" "Usar realmente esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1272,20 +1257,19 @@ "\n" "Usar realmente esta configuração?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Realmente usar esta configuração?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1294,14 +1278,13 @@ "Você não atribuiu uma partição de troca. Na maioria dos casos, é altamente \n" "recomendável a criação e atribuição de uma partição de troca.\n" "Partições de troca no sistema são listadas na janela principal com o\n" -"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Uma partição de troca atribuída tem o ponto de montagem " -"\"swap\".\n" +"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Uma partição de troca atribuída tem o ponto de montagem \"swap\".\n" "Você poderá atribuir mais de uma partição de troca, se desejado.\n" "\n" "Usar realmente a configuração sem partição de troca?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1313,8 +1296,8 @@ "que não será formatada. O YaST não pode garantir que sua instalação\n" "será bem-sucedida, particularmente nos seguintes casos:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1326,20 +1309,19 @@ "sobreposta\n" "- se esta partição não contém ainda um sistema de arquivos\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Em caso de dúvida, é melhor voltar e marcar esta partição para\n" "formatação, principalmente se ela for atribuída a um dos pontos de\n" "montagem padrão, como /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1349,8 +1331,8 @@ "\n" "Realmente manter a partição não formatada?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1358,8 +1340,8 @@ "O dispositivo selecionado pertence ao RAID (%1).\n" "Remova-o do RAID antes de editá-lo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1367,8 +1349,8 @@ "O dispositivo selecionado pertence a um grupo de volume (%1).\n" "Remova-o do grupo de volume antes de editá-lo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1376,8 +1358,8 @@ "O dispositivo selecionado é usado pelo volume (%1).\n" "Remova o volume antes de editá-lo.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1385,8 +1367,8 @@ "O dispositivo (%2) pertence ao RAID (%1).\n" "Remova-o do RAID antes de apagá-lo.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1394,12 +1376,12 @@ "O dispositivo (%2) é usado por %1.\n" "Remova %1 antes de apagá-lo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Impossível apagá-lo durante a montagem." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1407,24 +1389,21 @@ "O dispositivo (%1) não pode ser removido já que é uma partição lógica \n" "e outra partição lógica com um número maior está sendo usada.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "A partição estendida selecionada contém partições que estão montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"É *altamente* recomendado desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a " -"partição estendida.\n" +"É *altamente* recomendado desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n" "Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1438,8 +1417,8 @@ "partições dos respectivos grupos de volume\n" "antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1453,8 +1432,8 @@ "partições dos respectivos sistemas RAID antes de apagar\n" "a partição estendida.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1466,8 +1445,8 @@ "que está em uso. Remova o volume usado\n" "antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1485,31 +1464,31 @@ "\n" "Deseja realmente manter a configuração atual?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Digite sua Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Lembre-se do que você digitou aqui!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "É permitido senha vazia." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Senha do Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado em %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1517,38 +1496,38 @@ "Digite sua senha de criptografia para o\n" "dispositivo %1 montado em %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Digite sua Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Digite a Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Digite novamente a Senha para &Verificação:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Saltar" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1558,10 +1537,10 @@ "da senha não são iguais!\n" "Tente novamente.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1569,10 +1548,10 @@ "Você não informou uma senha\n" "Tente novamente.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1580,17 +1559,17 @@ "A senha deve ter pelo menos %1 caracteres.\n" "Tente novamente.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Sem número de ponto flutuante." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opções de sistema de arquivos:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1598,82 +1577,75 @@ "O caractere '/' não é mais permitido em uma etiqueta de volume.\n" "Mude sua etiqueta de volume para que não contenha este caractere.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Montar em in /etc/fstab por:\n" -"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos para montagem é identificado em /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"pelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para localizar " -"o sistema de arquivos \n" -"a ser montado procurando um UUID ou uma etiqueta do volume. Nem todos os " -"sistemas de \n" -"arquivos podem ser montados por UUID ou etiqueta do volume. Se a opção " -"estiver desabilitada, \n" +"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos para montagem é identificado em /etc/fstab\n" +"pelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para localizar o sistema de arquivos \n" +"a ser montado procurando um UUID ou uma etiqueta do volume. Nem todos os sistemas de \n" +"arquivos podem ser montados por UUID ou etiqueta do volume. Se a opção estiver desabilitada, \n" "isso não será possível.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta de Volume:\n" -"O nome digitado neste campo é usado como a etiqueta de volume. Isso " -"normalmente apenas \n" +"O nome digitado neste campo é usado como a etiqueta de volume. Isso normalmente apenas \n" "faz sentido quando você ativa a opção de montagem pela etiqueta de volume.\n" "Uma etiqueta de volume não pode conter o caractere / ou espaços.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montar no /etc/fstab pelo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nome do &Dispositivo" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Rótu&lo do Volume" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID do Dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Caminho do &Dispositivo" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opções do Fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1683,70 +1655,70 @@ "O comprimento máximo da etiqueta do volume do sistema de arquivos\n" "selecionado é %1. A etiqueta do volume foi truncada com esse tamanho.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Informe um rótulo de volume para montar por rótulo." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Este rótulo de volume já está em uso. Selecione um diferente." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Sistema de Arquivos" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Opções..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar Instantâneos" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Criptografar Dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID de Sistema de arquivos:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatar" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Não formatar" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatar" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opções de Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Ponto de &montagem" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1761,8 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A partição selecionada (%1) está montada em %2.\n" -"Se você mudar os parâmetros (como o ponto de montagem ou o tipo do sistema " -"de arquivos),\n" +"Se você mudar os parâmetros (como o ponto de montagem ou o tipo do sistema de arquivos),\n" "sua instalação do Linux poderá ser danificada.\n" "\n" "Se possível, desmonte a partição. Se você não tem certeza,\n" @@ -1771,8 +1742,8 @@ "\n" "Continuar?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1780,11 +1751,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "O sistema de arquivos na partição não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de " -"arquivos." +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1792,63 +1762,58 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de " -"arquivos." +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Você arrisca perder dados se reduzir esta partição." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Você arrisca perder dados se reduzir este volume lógico." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Continuar?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo " -"YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de " -"arquivos." +"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n" +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido " -"pelo YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de " -"arquivos." +"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n" +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Continuar redimensionamento?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Você reduziu uma partição com um sistema de arquivos reiser nela." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Você reduziu um volume lógico com um sistema de arquivos reiser nele." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1862,23 +1827,21 @@ "\n" "Reduzir o sistema de arquivos agora?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "O dispositivo selecionado contém partições que estão montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"É *altamente* recomendável desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a " -"tabela de partição.\n" +"É *altamente* recomendável desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a tabela de partição.\n" "Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1892,8 +1855,8 @@ "partições de seus respectivos grupos de volumes\n" "antes de apagar o dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1907,8 +1870,8 @@ "partições de seus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de\n" "apagar o dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1920,51 +1883,49 @@ "usada por outro volume. Apague o volume\n" "antes de apagar o dispositivo.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Crie e remova subvolumes de um sistema de arquivos Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Habilite instantâneos automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o " -"snapper." +msgstr "Habilite instantâneos automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Subvolumes Existentes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Novo Subvolume" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Adicionar novo" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Remover" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Gerenciamento de Subvolumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Não é permitido um nome vazio de subvolume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1972,16 +1933,16 @@ "Somente nomes de subvolume que começam com \"%1\" são permitidos!\n" "Precedendo automaticamente \"%1\" ao nome do subvolume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "O nome do subvolume %1 já existe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "As modificações feitas até agora neste diálogo serão perdidas." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1991,8 +1952,8 @@ "Crie um sistema de arquivos criptografado.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2002,8 +1963,8 @@ "Acesse um sistema de arquivos criptografado.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2012,63 +1973,55 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não " -"estiver \n" +"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n" "montado. Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n" " sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como /" -"tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" -"Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema criará uma " -"senha\n" -"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que " -"você perderá todos\n" +"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" +"Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema criará uma senha\n" +"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que você perderá todos\n" "os dados desses sistemas de arquivos quando o sistema for encerrado.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema " -"de arquivos.\n" +"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema de arquivos.\n" "Escolha sua senha com cuidado. Uma combinação de letras e números\n" "é recomendada. Para garantir que sua senha foi informada corretamente,\n" "informe ela duas vezes.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2079,8 +2032,8 @@ "(ex., letras com acentos).\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2094,10 +2047,10 @@ "letras (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) e dígitos <tt>0</tt> a <tt>9</tt>.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2107,8 +2060,8 @@ "Não esqueça esta senha!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2118,25 +2071,22 @@ "Você precisa digitar sua senha de criptografia.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de " -"sistema e portanto, não for\n" -"ecessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar Ignorar. Neste " -"caso, o\n" +"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de sistema e portanto, não for\n" +"ecessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar Ignorar. Neste caso, o\n" "sistema de arquivos não é acessado durante a atualização.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2156,7 +2106,7 @@ "Caso você tenha que usar esse disco para a instalação, destrua a \n" "etiqueta de disco no particionador avançado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2170,18 +2120,18 @@ "\n" "Você precisa marcar todas as partições nesse disco para remoção.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Você não pode usar ponto de montagem \"%1\" para LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Você não pode usar ponto de montagem %1 para RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2190,17 +2140,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de " -"arquivos\n" -"que possa conter arquivos necessários ao funcionamento apropriado do " -"sistema.\n" +"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de arquivos\n" +"que possa conter arquivos necessários ao funcionamento apropriado do sistema.\n" "\n" "Isso pode causar problemas.\n" "\n" "Fazer isso mesmo assim?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2216,32 +2164,32 @@ "\n" "Fazer isso mesmo assim?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "O ponto de montagem não pode ficar vazio." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Os dispositivos de swap devem ter swap como ponto de montagem." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Somente dispositivos de swap podem ter swap como ponto de montagem." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Este ponto de montagem já está em uso. Selecione um diferente." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2249,14 +2197,13 @@ "FAT usado para ponto de montagem do sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Isto não é possível." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Caractere inválido no ponto de montagem. Não use \"`'!\"%#\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2266,13 +2213,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Seu ponto de montagem deve iniciar com uma \"/\" " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2280,10 +2227,10 @@ "Não é permitido atribuir a troca de ponto de montagem\n" "a um dispositivo sem um sistema de arquivos de troca." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2293,8 +2240,8 @@ "O tamanho inserido (após arredondamento) é %2.\n" "O tamanho mínimo para este sistema de arquivos é %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2302,8 +2249,8 @@ "Não é permitido atribuir um ponto de montagem\n" "para um dispositivo com sistema de arquivos não existente ou desconhecido." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2325,14 +2272,14 @@ "\n" "Usar realmente esse sistema de arquivos?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "O sistema de arquivos está montado em %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2340,14 +2287,14 @@ "Você pode tentar desmontá-lo agora, continuar sem desmontar ou cancelar.\n" "Clique em Cancelar, a menos que saiba exatamente o que está fazendo." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Desmontar" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2355,76 +2302,75 @@ "Você pode tentar desmontá-lo agora ou cancelar.\n" "Clique em Cancelar, a menos que saiba exatamente o que está fazendo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Impossível diminuir o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Impossível estender o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Impossível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado." +msgstr "Impossível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Reexplorar Dispositivos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importar Pontos de Montagem..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Informar &Senhas de Criptografia..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configurar &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Configurar o &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configurar &Multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configurar &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configurar &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configurar &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configurar..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Armazenamento Disponível em %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2432,8 +2378,8 @@ "Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos de armazenamento\n" "disponíveis." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2443,8 +2389,8 @@ "você navega para a tela com informações detalhadas sobre o\n" "dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2452,8 +2398,8 @@ "Selecionando uma entrada da tabela você pode\n" "navegar para a tela com informações detalhadas sobre o dispositivo." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2461,8 +2407,8 @@ "Reexplorar os discos cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n" "Deseja reexplorar os discos?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2470,8 +2416,8 @@ "Chamar a configuração iSCSI cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n" "Deseja chamar a configuração iSCSI?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2479,20 +2425,19 @@ "Chamar a configuração do FCoE cancela todas as mudanças atuais.\n" "Deseja realmente chamar a configuração do FCoE?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos cancela todas as mudanças " -"atuais.\n" +"Chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos cancela todas as mudanças atuais.\n" "Deseja chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2500,8 +2445,8 @@ "Chamar a configuração DASD cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n" "Deseja chamar a configuração DASD?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2509,8 +2454,8 @@ "Chamar a configuração zFCP cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n" "Deseja chamar a configuração zFCP?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2518,50 +2463,50 @@ "Chamar a configuração XPRAM cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n" "Deseja chamar a configuração XPRAM?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Editar Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Selecione pelo menos um dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Mude os dispositivos utilizados pelo volume Btrfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos Não Utilizados:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos Selecionados:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionar Volume Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo Btrfs selecionado." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2569,178 +2514,174 @@ "O Btrfs %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n" "editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Falha ao remover alguns dispositivos físicos." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Apagar" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Volumes Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Editar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Apagar..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Esta tela mostra todos os volumes Btrfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2748,8 +2689,8 @@ "Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n" "o volume Btrfs selecionado.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2757,74 +2698,72 @@ "Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos usados\n" "pelo volume Btrfs selecionado.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Visã&o Geral" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos &Usados" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Escolha a função do dispositivo." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Partição de Boot EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Sistema Operacional" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Aplicativos de Dados e ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Troca" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Volume Inicial (não formatado)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Função" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2832,21 +2771,19 @@ "Primeiro, informe se a partição deve ser formatada\n" "e escolha o tipo de sistema de arquivos." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Para criptografar todos os dados no\n" -"volume, selecione Criptografar Dispositivo. A mudança da criptografia " -"em\n" +"volume, selecione Criptografar Dispositivo. A mudança da criptografia em\n" "um volume existente apaga todos os seus dados.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2854,49 +2791,48 @@ "Em seguida, escolha se a partição deve ser montada\n" "e insira o ponto de montagem (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opções de Formatação" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formatar a partição" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Não formatar a partição" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Não montar partição" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opções de Montagem" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Montar partição" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Ponto de Montagem" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opções do Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Os arquivos de criptografia devem ser criptografados." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2908,18 +2844,18 @@ "\n" "Verifique também a opção de formato.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Os arquivos de criptografia necessitam de um ponto de montagem." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs requer um ponto de montagem." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2928,14 +2864,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Lembre-se de que este sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não " -"estiver \n" +"Lembre-se de que este sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n" "montado. Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n" " sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2944,39 +2879,36 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é de troca. Você pode deixar a " -"senha de\n" -"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para " -"hibernação\n" +"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é de troca. Você pode deixar a senha de\n" +"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para hibernação\n" "(suspender para o disco).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Todos os dados armazenados no volume serão perdidos!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Senha" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Redimensionamento não suportado no dispositivo subjacente." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de " -"arquivos\n" +"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de arquivos\n" "nessa partição não suporta redimensionamento.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2984,8 +2916,8 @@ "Impossível verificar se uma partição NTFS\n" "pode ser redimensionada enquanto estiver sendo montada." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2993,79 +2925,79 @@ "Impossível redimensionar a partição %1,\n" "pois o sistema de arquivos parece estar inconsistente.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Redimensionar Partição %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionar Volume Lógico %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho atual: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Atualmente em uso: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamanho" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamanho Máximo (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamanho Mínimo (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Tamanho Personalizado" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Escolha o novo tamanho." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "O tamanho informado é inválido. Forneça um tamanho entre %1 e %2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3077,28 +3009,28 @@ "desmontar o sistema de arquivos, o que aumentará muito a velocidade\n" "da tarefa de redimensionamento." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Saída de %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Reexplorando os discos..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Editar DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo DM selecionado." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3106,25 +3038,24 @@ "O DM %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n" "editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Mapeador de Dispositivo (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos do Mapeador de Dispositivos,\n" -"exceto aqueles já incluídos em alguma outra tela. Portanto, os discos de " -"múltiplos caminhos,\n" +"exceto aqueles já incluídos em alguma outra tela. Portanto, os discos de múltiplos caminhos,\n" "RAIDs de BIOS e volumes lógicos LVM não são exibidos aqui.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3132,8 +3063,8 @@ "Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre o \n" "dispositivo Mapeador de Dispositivos selecionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3141,185 +3072,185 @@ "Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos utilizados pelo\n" "dispositivo Mapeador de Dispositivos selecionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Adicionar RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Adicionar Grupo de Volumes" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gráfico do Dispositivo" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Gravar Gráfico de Dispositivos..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Esta tela mostra um gráfico dos dispositivos." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Falha ao gravar arquivo de gráfico." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de Montagem" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Gravar Gráfico de Montagem..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Esta tela mostra um gráfico dos pontos de montagem." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Escolha o tipo de partição para a nova partição." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "Partição &Primária" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Partição &Estendida" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Partição &Lógica" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Novo Tipo de Partição" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Escolha o novo tamanho da nova partição." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Novo Tamanho da Partição" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Região Personalizada" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro Inicial" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro Final" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "A região digitada é inválida." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Adicionar Partição em %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Editar Partição %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Nenhum espaço para a partição movida %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Mover a partição %1 para frente?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Mover a partição %1 para trás?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Mover a partição %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Para frente" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Para trás" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Confirmar Remoção de Todas as Partições" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3327,35 +3258,35 @@ "O disco \"%1\" contém ao menos uma partição.\n" "Se você continuar, as seguintes partições serão apagadas:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Realmente apagar todas as partições em \"%1\"?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Nenhum disco rígido selecionado." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "Impossível criar tabela de partição no DASD formatado com LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "O disco está em uso e não pode ser modificado." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Selecione o novo tipo de tabela de partição para %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3363,46 +3294,46 @@ "Criar nova tabela de partição em %1? Isso vai apagar todos os dados\n" "em %1 e todos os RAIDs e Grupos de Volume que utilizam partições em %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Nenhum disco selecionado." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Realmente apagar o RAID BIOS %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar RAID Particionado %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Não existem partições para apagar neste disco." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Não é possível criar uma partição em %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Nenhuma partição selecionada." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3410,13 +3341,13 @@ "A partição %1 está em uso e não pode\n" "ser editada. Para editar %1, verifique se não está em uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Impossível editar uma partição estendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3424,13 +3355,13 @@ "A partição %1 já está criada no disco\n" "e não pode ser movida." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Uma partição estendida não pode ser movida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3438,13 +3369,13 @@ "A partição %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n" "redimensionada. Para redimensionar %1, verifique se não está sendo usada." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Impossível redimensionar uma partição estendida." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3460,7 +3391,7 @@ "partições. Após a clonagem, essas partições\n" "serão apagadas.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3468,11 +3399,11 @@ "As seguintes partições serão apagadas\n" "e todos os seus dados serão perdidos:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Deseja realmente apagar estas partições?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3482,7 +3413,7 @@ "clonável deve ter pelo menos uma partição.\n" "Crie partições antes de clonar o disco.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3490,20 +3421,20 @@ "Este disco não pode ser clonado. Não existem discos\n" "apropriados com o mesmo layout de particionamento." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Clonar layout da partição de %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Discos de destino disponíveis:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Selecionar um disco de destino para criar um clone" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3511,8 +3442,8 @@ "A execução de dasdfmt apaga todos os dados no disco.\n" "Realmente deseja executar dasdfmt no disco %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3524,58 +3455,58 @@ " As partições atualmente presentes neste disco são exibidas\n" " novamente.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Adicionar Partição" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Mover" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Redimensionar" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Mover..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Redimensionar..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3583,8 +3514,8 @@ "Discos rígidos, RAIDs de BIOS e dispositivos\n" "com caminhos múltiplos não podem ser movidos." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3592,39 +3523,38 @@ "Discos rígidos, RAIDs de BIOS e dispositivos\n" "com caminhos múltiplos não podem ser redimensionados." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Discos Rígidos" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Adicionar Partição..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Esta tela mostra todos os discos rígidos, incluindo\n" -"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições." -"\n" +"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Teste de Saúde (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Propriedades (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3632,84 +3562,82 @@ "Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n" "o disco rígido selecionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART não disponível para este disco." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "Hdparm não disponível para este disco." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Criar Nova Tabela de Partição" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Clonar este Disco" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Executar dasd&fmt no dispositivo DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Adicionar..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Avançado..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Esta tela mostra todas as partições do disco rígido\n" -"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou múltiplos " -"caminhos,\n" +"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou múltiplos caminhos,\n" "nenhuma partição será exibida aqui.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos usados pelo\n" -"disco rígido selecionado. A tela está disponível somente para RAIDs de BIOS, " -"RAIDS \n" +"disco rígido selecionado. A tela está disponível somente para RAIDs de BIOS, RAIDS \n" "de software particionados e discos de múltiplos caminhos.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partições" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Disco Rígido: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partição: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3717,20 +3645,19 @@ "Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n" "a partição selecionada." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" "O YaST2 explorou os discos rígidos e encontrou\n" -"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de " -"montagem antigos são exibidos \n" +"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de montagem antigos são exibidos \n" "na tabela.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3741,49 +3668,49 @@ "instalação. Volumes que não são de sistema, por exemplo, \n" "/home, não serão formatados." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Nenhum sistema anterior com pontos de montagem foi detectado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Mostrar Anteriores &P" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Mostrar Próximo &N" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importar Pontos de Montagem de um Sistema Existente:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Formatar Volumes do Sistema" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importar" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab encontrado em %1 contém:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Senha Incorreta Fornecida." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão da Partição Usada pelo LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3793,15 +3720,15 @@ "Para manter o sistema em um estado consistente, o seguinte grupo de volume\n" "e seus volumes lógicos serão apagados:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Apagar partição \"%1\" e grupo de volume \"%2\" agora?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão da Partição Usada pelo RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3811,24 +3738,24 @@ "Para manter o sistema em um estado consistente, o seguinte\n" "dispositivo RAID será apagado:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Apagar a partição \"%1\" e o RAID \"%2\" agora?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar todas as partições em %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Realmente apagar %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3836,61 +3763,58 @@ "\n" "O arquivo loop %1 também deve ser removido?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Não particionado" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Não alocado" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Nenhuma mudança no particionamento." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Mudanças no particionamento:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Nenhuma mudança nas configurações de armazenamento." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Configurações de armazenamento:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Pacotes para instalar:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Nenhum pacote precisa ser instalado." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Caminho do Arquivo de Loop: Isso deve ser um caminho absoluto " -"para o arquivo\n" -"que contêm os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser " -"configurado.\n" +"Caminho do Arquivo de Loop: Isso deve ser um caminho absoluto para o arquivo\n" +"que contêm os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser configurado.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3898,13 +3822,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Criar Arquivo de Loop: Se essa opção for marcada, o arquivo " -"será \n" +"Criar Arquivo de Loop: Se essa opção for marcada, o arquivo será \n" "criado com o tamanho indicado no próximo campo. NOTA: Se o \n" "arquivo já existir, todos os dados serão perdidos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3912,11 +3835,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tamanho: Este é o tamanho do arquivo de loop.\n" -"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá " -"esse tamanho.\n" +"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá esse tamanho.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3930,23 +3852,23 @@ "sistema de arquivos não está acessível. Ele será criado no final da\n" "instalação. Tenha cuidado ao fornecer o tamanho e o nome do caminho.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Caminho do Arquivo Loop" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Procurar..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Criar Arquivo de Loop" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3954,13 +3876,13 @@ "O nome de arquivo \"%1\" é inválido.\n" "Use um nome de caminho absoluto.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "O tamanho informado é inválido. Forneça um tamanho de pelo menos %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3970,47 +3892,47 @@ "e o flag para criá-lo está desligado. Use um arquivo existente ou ative\n" "o flag de criação." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Adicionar Arquivo Crypt" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Editar Arquivo Crypt %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Nenhum arquivo crypt selecionado." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4018,30 +3940,30 @@ "O Arquivo Crypt %1 está sendo usado e não\n" "pode ser editado. Para editar %1, verifique se ele não está sendo usado." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Arquivos Crypt" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Adicionar Arquivo Crypt..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Esta tela exibe todos os arquivos crypt." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Arquivo Crypt: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4049,23 +3971,23 @@ "Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n" "o arquivo crypt selecionado." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Digite um nome para o grupo de volumes." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "O nome do grupo de volumes é maior do que 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "O nome do grupo de volumes não deve iniciar com um \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4073,13 +3995,13 @@ "O nome do grupo de volumes contém caracteres inválidos. Caracteres\n" "permitidos são os alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "O grupo de volumes \"%1\" já existe." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4087,52 +4009,48 @@ "O nome de grupo do volume \"%1\" está em conflito\n" "com uma outra entrada no diretório /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão do Grupo de Volume" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "O grupo de volume \"%1\" contém, no mínimo, um volume lógico.\n" -"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem " -"montados)\n" +"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem montados)\n" "e apagados:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Realmente apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos " -"relacionados?" +msgstr "Realmente apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos relacionados?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Os dados inseridos são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão " -"maior do que %1\n" +"Os dados inseridos são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão maior do que %1\n" "em potências de 2, por exemplo, \"%2\" ou \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Digite um nome para o volume lógico." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "O nome do volume lógico é maior do que 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4140,8 +4058,8 @@ "O nome do volume lógico contém caracteres inválidos. Caracteres\n" "permitidos são os alfanuméricos,\".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4149,59 +4067,56 @@ "Um volume lógico chamado \"%1\" já existe\n" "no grupo de volumes \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "Digite o nome e o tamanho físico do novo grupo de volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Selecione os volumes físicos que o grupo de volumes deve conter." +msgstr "Selecione os volumes físicos que o grupo de volumes deve conter." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Nome do Grupo de Volume" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Tamanho da Extensão &Física" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volumes Físicos Disponíveis:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volumes Físicos Selecionados:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Mude os dispositivos usados para o grupo de volme." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Digite o tamanho, bem como o número e tamanho \n" -"de distribuições para o novo volume lógico. O número de distribuições não " -"pode ser maior\n" +"de distribuições para o novo volume lógico. O número de distribuições não pode ser maior\n" "que o número de volumes físicos do grupo de volume." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4212,172 +4127,161 @@ msgstr "" "Os chamados Volumes Dinâmicos podem ser criados\n" "com tamanho de volume arbitrário. O espaço necessário é obtido sob demanda \n" -"do Pool Dinâmico atribuído. Portanto, é possível criar um Volume " -"Dinâmico maior\n" +"do Pool Dinâmico atribuído. Portanto, é possível criar um Volume Dinâmico maior\n" "que o Pool Dinâmico. Claro que quando realmente há dados gravados em um\n" -"Volume Dinâmico, o Pool Dinâmico atribuído deve atender a esse requisito de " -"espaço.\n" +"Volume Dinâmico, o Pool Dinâmico atribuído deve atender a esse requisito de espaço.\n" "Volumes Dinâmicos não podem ter uma Contagem de Stripe." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Distribuições" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Número" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Adicionar volume Lógico %1 a %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Redimensionar Grupo de Volumes %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Digite o nome do novo volume lógico." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "É possível declarar o volume lógico como um Volume Normal.\n" -"Esse é o padrão e significa que os Volumes LVM puros, como todos os volumes, " -"já foram o recurso de Aprovisionamento Dinâmico existente.\n" +"Esse é o padrão e significa que os Volumes LVM puros, como todos os volumes, já foram o recurso de Aprovisionamento Dinâmico existente.\n" "Em caso de dúvida, mais provavelmente essa é a opção certa" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "É possível declarar o volume lógico como um Pool Dinâmico.\n" -"Isso significa que os Volumes Dinâmicos alocam seu espaço necessário " -"sob demanda desse pool." +"Isso significa que os Volumes Dinâmicos alocam seu espaço necessário sob demanda desse pool." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "É possível declarar o volume lógico como um Volume Dinâmico.\n" -"Isso significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda de um " -"Pool Dinâmico." +"Isso significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda de um Pool Dinâmico." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Volume Lógico" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Volume Normal" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Pool Dinâmico" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Volume Dinâmico" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Pool Usado" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Adicionar Volume Lógico em %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Editar Volume Lógico %1 em %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de " -"volumes.\n" +"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de volumes.\n" "\n" -"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e (ou 0x83) ou " -"um dispositivo\n" +"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e (ou 0x83) ou um dispositivo\n" "RAID não usado é necessário. Mude sua tabela de partições de acordo." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Nenhum grupo de volumes selecionado." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Realmente apagar o grupo de volumes \"%1\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Falha ao apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Nenhum volume lógico selecionado." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Não há espaço disponível no grupo de volumes \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4385,8 +4289,8 @@ "O volume %1 é um pool dinâmico.\n" "Ele não pode ser editado." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4394,46 +4298,46 @@ "O volume %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n" "editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Adicionar Volume Lógico" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Grupo de Volume" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gerenciamento de Volumes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4441,8 +4345,8 @@ "Esta tela exibe todos os grupos de volumes LVM e\n" "seus volumes lógicos." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4450,8 +4354,8 @@ "Esta visão exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n" "o grupo de volumes selecionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4459,8 +4363,8 @@ "Esta visão exibe todos os volumes lógicos\n" "do grupo de volumes selecionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4468,28 +4372,28 @@ "Esta visão exibe todos os volumes físicos usados\n" "pelo grupo de volumes selecionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Grupo de Volumes: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "Volumes &lógicos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "Volumes &Físicos" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Volume Lógico: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4497,56 +4401,56 @@ "Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n" "o volume lógico selecionado." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Mapeador de Dispositivos" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Não Utilizados" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumo da Instalação" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configurações" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4556,38 +4460,34 @@ "Estas mudanças serão perdidas se você sair do particionador com %1.\n" "Realmente sair?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Aqui você pode ver o resumo do particionamento." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Resumo" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Visão do Sistema" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote " -"yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Network File System (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4595,88 +4495,73 @@ "A montagem de teste do compartilhamento NFS '%1' falhou.\n" "Deseja gravar mesmo assim?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Para %1, selecione pelo menos %2 dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Selecione o tipo de RAID para o novo RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Este nível aumenta o desempenho do disco.\n" -"NÃO há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será " -"possível recuperar os dados.\n" +"NÃO há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será possível recuperar os dados.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Este modo tem a melhor redundäncia. Ele pode ser\n" -"usado com dois ou mais discos. É mantida cópia exata de todos os dados de " -"todos os\n" -"discos. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda está funcionando, nenhum dado é " -"perdido.\n" -"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho.</" -"p>\n" +"usado com dois ou mais discos. É mantida cópia exata de todos os dados de todos os\n" +"discos. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda está funcionando, nenhum dado é perdido.\n" +"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Este modo combina gerenciamento de muitos\n" -"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundäncia. Pode ser usado com trës discos ou " -"mais.\n" -"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham " -"simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos\n" +"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundäncia. Pode ser usado com trës discos ou mais.\n" +"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Nome do Raid permite dar um nome que faça sentido\n" -"para o raid. Ele é opcional. Se o nome for especificado, o dispositivo " -"estará\n" +"para o raid. Ele é opcional. Se o nome for especificado, o dispositivo estará\n" "disponível como <tt>/dev/md/<nome></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Adicionar partições para seu RAID. De acordo com\n" -"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma dessas partições (RAID0), o " -"tamanho\n" +"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma dessas partições (RAID0), o tamanho\n" "da menor partição (RAID 1) ou (N-1)*menor partição (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4684,85 +4569,80 @@ "Geralmente, as partições devem estar em drives diferentes,\n" "para ter a redundäncia e performance que você quer.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Tipo de RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (Espelhamento)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (Striping Redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (Striping Duplo Redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (Espelhamento e Striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nome do Raid (opcional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos Disponíveis:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho do Pacote: É a menor massa de dados \"atômica\" \n" -"que pode ser gravada nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 " -"KB. Para RAID 0,\n" +"que pode ser gravada nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 KB. Para RAID 0,\n" "32 KB é um bom começo. Para RAID 1, o tamanho não afeta muito a matriz.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "O algoritmo de paridade a ser utilizado no RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com " -"superfícies rotativas.\n" +"Left-symmetric é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com superfícies rotativas.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4770,66 +4650,66 @@ "Para mais detalhes sobre o algoritmo de\n" "paridade, consulte a página de manual do mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Tamanho do Pacote" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algoritmo de Paridade" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Opções RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Alterar os dispositivos usados para o RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Adicionar RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Redimensionar RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Editar RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4838,26 +4718,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Impossível modificar o raid %1 porque seu estado é inativo.\n" -"Isso normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é pequeno " -"demais\n" +"Isso normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é pequeno demais\n" "para ser usado no raid.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "Não existem dispositivos não usados apropriados para criar um RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Nenhum RAID selecionado." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4865,8 +4744,8 @@ "O RAID %1 está em uso e não pode ser editado.\n" "Para editar %1, verifique se não está sendo usado." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4874,8 +4753,8 @@ "O RAID %1 já está criado no disco e não pode ser\n" "redimensionado. Para redimensionar %1, remova-o e crie novamente." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4883,18 +4762,18 @@ "O RAID %1 está em uso e não pode ser redimensionado.\n" "Para redimensionar %1, verifique se ele não está em uso." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Adicionar RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Esta tela mostra todos os RAIDs, exceto os RAIDs de BIOS." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4902,8 +4781,8 @@ "Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre \n" "o RAID selecionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4911,130 +4790,123 @@ "Esta tela exibe todos os dispositivos usados\n" "pelo RAID selecionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Rótulo" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montar por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Usada Por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID do BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informação do Cilindro" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Informação sobre Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Criptografia" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nome do Dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Rótulo do Volume" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID do Dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Caminho do Dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Ideal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Montagem Padrão por" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos Padrão" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Alinhamento das Partições Recém-criadas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Exibir Dispositivos de Armazenamento por" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Informações Visíveis nos Dispositivos de Armazenamento" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5042,31 +4914,25 @@ "Esta tela exibe as configurações\n" "gerais de armazenamento:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Montagem Padrão por fornece o método de montagem\n" -"para sistemas de arquivos recém-criados. Nome do Dispositivo usa o " -"nome de dispositivo\n" -"do kernel, que não é persistente. ID do Dispositivo e Caminho do " -"Dispositivo\n" -"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Eles " -"deveriam ser persistentes,\n" +"para sistemas de arquivos recém-criados. Nome do Dispositivo usa o nome de dispositivo\n" +"do kernel, que não é persistente. ID do Dispositivo e Caminho do Dispositivo\n" +"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Eles deveriam ser persistentes,\n" "mas infelizmente isso nem sempre é verdade. Por fim, UUID e\n" -"Etiqueta do Volume usam o UUID e a etiqueta dos sistemas de arquivos." -"\n" +"Etiqueta do Volume usam o UUID e a etiqueta dos sistemas de arquivos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5074,26 +4940,21 @@ "O Sistema de Arquivos Padrão exibe o tipo\n" "dos sistemas de arquivos recém-criados.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alinhamento das Partições Recém-criadas\n" -"determina como as partições criadas são alinhadas. Cilindro é o " -"alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. Ideal " -"alinha as\n" -"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas " -"pelo kernel Linux \n" +"determina como as partições criadas são alinhadas. Cilindro é o alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. Ideal alinha as\n" +"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas pelo kernel Linux \n" "ou tenta ser compatível com o Windows Vista e o Win 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5101,33 +4962,32 @@ "Mostrar Dispositivos de Armazenamento por controla\n" "o nome exibido para discos rígidos na árvore de navegação." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "Informação Visível Sobre os Dispositivos\n" -"de Armazenamento permite ocultar informações nas tabelas e visões gerais." -"" +"de Armazenamento permite ocultar informações nas tabelas e visões gerais." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Esta tela mostra o resumo da instalação." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Adicionar Montagem tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo tmpfs selecionado." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5135,18 +4995,18 @@ "\n" "Realmente apagar tmpfs montado em %1?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Volumes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Esta tela mostra todos os volumes tmpfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5154,18 +5014,18 @@ "Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n" "o volume tmpfs selecionado.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs montado em %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Reexplorar" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5175,8 +5035,8 @@ "montagem atribuído, discos não particionados e grupos de volumes que\n" "não possuem volumes lógicos." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5184,30 +5044,30 @@ "Reexplorar dispositivos sem uso cancela\n" "todas as mudanças atuais. Deseja reexplorar os dispositivos sem uso?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5215,17 +5075,17 @@ "Não foi possível criar um volume lógico com o \n" "tamanho solicitado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Tente reduzir a contagem de stripe do volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Você somente pode remover volumes lógicos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5233,8 +5093,8 @@ "Há pelo menos um instantâneo ativo neste volume.\n" "Remova-o primeiro." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5242,100 +5102,100 @@ "Há pelo menos um volume dinâmico usando este pool.\n" "Remova primeiro o volume dinâmico." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Remover o volume lógico %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho total: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho resultante: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Classe" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Superior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Para Cima" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Para Baixo" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Inferior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Classificar" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Adicionar" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Adicionar Todos" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Remover Todos" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "O arquivo %1 não é um arquivo regular!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "O arquivo %1 é muito grande!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5347,51 +5207,43 @@ "Esse arquivo precisa ter linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome\n" "de classe por linha. Exemplo:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Foram detectadas as seguintes linhas padrão:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "OK para corresponder os dispositivos às classes com estes padrões?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Este diálogo é para definir as classes para os dispositivos RAID\n" -"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E, mas em muitos " -"casos,\n" +"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E, mas em muitos casos,\n" "menos classes são necessárias (ex.: apenas A e B). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Você pode colocar um dispositivo em uma classe clicando o botão\n" -"direito do mouse no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de " -"contexto. Pressionando a \n" -"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar vários dispositivos e colocá-los " -"em uma classe em\n" -"apenas um passo. É possível também usar os botões chamados \"%1\" a \"%2\" " -"para colocar os dispositivos \n" +"direito do mouse no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de contexto. Pressionando a \n" +"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar vários dispositivos e colocá-los em uma classe em\n" +"apenas um passo. É possível também usar os botões chamados \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar os dispositivos \n" "selecionados nessa classe." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5399,8 +5251,8 @@ "Após escolher as classes para os dispositivos, você pode ordenar os\n" "dispositivos pressionando um dos botões chamados \"%1\" ou \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5408,81 +5260,67 @@ "Ordenado coloca todos os dispositivos da classe A antes de todos\n" "os dispositivos da classe B e assim por diante." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalado usa o primeiro dispositivo da classe A, depois o primeiro " -"dispositivo da \n" -"classe B, depois todas as classes seguintes com dispositivos atribuídos. Na " -"sequência, o \n" -"segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe B e assim " -"por diante." +"Intercalado usa o primeiro dispositivo da classe A, depois o primeiro dispositivo da \n" +"classe B, depois todas as classes seguintes com dispositivos atribuídos. Na sequência, o \n" +"segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe B e assim por diante." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe são ordenados no final da lista de " -"dispositivos.\n" -"Quando você sair da janela popup, a ordem atual dos dispositivos será usada " -"como a ordem dos\n" +"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe são ordenados no final da lista de dispositivos.\n" +"Quando você sair da janela popup, a ordem atual dos dispositivos será usada como a ordem dos\n" "no RAID a ser criado." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Pressionando o botão \"%1\", você pode selecionar um arquivo que\n" -"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (ex.: \"sda.* A" -"\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n" -"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão " -"regular é verificada \n" +"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (ex.: \"sda.* A\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n" +"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão regular é verificada \n" "em relação ao nome do kernel (ex.: /dev/sda1), \n" -"ao nome do caminho udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e ao\n" +"ao nome do caminho udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e ao\n" "ID udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"A primeira correspondência determina a classe quando um nome de dispositivo " -"corresponde a mais de uma\n" +"A primeira correspondência determina a classe quando um nome de dispositivo corresponde a mais de uma\n" "expressão regular." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Arquivo Padrão" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Tamanho do Tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5490,124 +5328,111 @@ "Tamanho especificado inválido. Use números seguidos de K, M, G ou %.\n" "O valor deve ser maior que 100k ou estar entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "O valor deve estar entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tamanho do Tmpfs:\n" -"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo, " -"Mega ou Gigabyte ou\n" -"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem " -"de memória." +"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo, Mega ou Gigabyte ou\n" +"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem de memória." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prioridade de Swap" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Valor de estar entre 0 e 32767. Tente novamente." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridade de Swap:\n" -"Informe a prioridade de swap. Números altos significam maior prioridade.</" -"p>\n" +"Informe a prioridade de swap. Números altos significam maior prioridade.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Monta&r Apenas Leitura" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Montar Apenas Leitura:\n" -"Impossível gravar no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a " -"instalação,\n" +"Impossível gravar no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a instalação,\n" "o sistema de arquivos sempre será montado como leitura-gravação." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Sem Tempo de &Acesso" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sem Tempo de Acesso:\n" -"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando um arquivo é lido. O padrão é " -"falso.\n" +"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando um arquivo é lido. O padrão é falso.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Pode ser Montado pelo Usuário" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pode ser montado pelo usuário:\n" -"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por usuário comum. Padrão é falso.</" -"p>\n" +"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por usuário comum. Padrão é falso.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Não montar na Inicialização do &Sistema" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Não Montar na Inicialização do Sistema:\n" -"O sistema de arquivos não é montado automaticamente quando o sistema é " -"inicializado.\n" +"O sistema de arquivos não é montado automaticamente quando o sistema é inicializado.\n" "Uma entrada em /etc/fstab é criada e o sistema de arquivos é montado com\n" -"as opções apropriadas quando o comando <tt>mount <ponto de montagem></" -"tt>\n" -"é inserido (<ponto de montagem> é o diretório onde o sistema de " -"arquivos é montado). O padrão é falso.\n" +"as opções apropriadas quando o comando <tt>mount <ponto de montagem></tt>\n" +"é inserido (<ponto de montagem> é o diretório onde o sistema de arquivos é montado). O padrão é falso.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Habilitar Suporte a &Cotas" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5617,42 +5442,37 @@ "O sistema de arquivos está montado com cotas de usuários habilitadas.\n" "O padrão é falso.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Modo de &journalling de dados" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Modo de Registro de Dados em Diário:\n" "Especifica o modo de registro em diário para dados de arquivo.\n" " <tt>journal</tt> -- Todos os dados são submetidos ao diário antes de serem\n" " gravados no sistema de arquivos principal. Impacto máximo no desempenho.\n" -" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de " -"arquivos principal\n" -"antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário. Impacto médio no " -"desempenho.\n" -" <tt>writeback</tt> -- O ordenamento dos dados não é preservado. Sem impacto " -"no desempenho.\n" +" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de arquivos principal\n" +"antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário. Impacto médio no desempenho.\n" +" <tt>writeback</tt> -- O ordenamento dos dados não é preservado. Sem impacto no desempenho.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listas de Controle de &Acesso (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5660,13 +5480,13 @@ "Lista de controle de acesso (ACL):\n" "Habilita listas de controle de acesso no file system.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Atributos de usuário &Estendidos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5674,39 +5494,33 @@ "Atributos de usuário estendidos\n" "Permite atributos de usuário estendidos no file system.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valor da Opção Arbitrária" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caracteres inválidos no valor da opção arbitrária. Não use espaços ou " -"tabulações. Tente novamente." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caracteres inválidos no valor da opção arbitrária. Não use espaços ou tabulações. Tente novamente." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor da Opção Arbitrária:\n" -"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo " -"de /etc/fstab.\n" +"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" "Várias opções são separadas por vírgulas.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Char&set para nomes de arquivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5714,69 +5528,60 @@ "Charset para nomes de arquivos:\n" "Configure o conjunto de caracteres para nomes em partições Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&page para nomes FAT pequenos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepage para nomes FAT pequenos:\n" -"Esta codepage é usada para converter para nomes pequenos caracteres em file " -"system FAT.\n" +"Esta codepage é usada para converter para nomes pequenos caracteres em file system FAT.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Número de &FATs" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Número de FATs:\n" -"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de " -"arquivos. O padrão é 2." +"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Tamanho do FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho do FAT:\n" -"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16 ou 32 " -"bits). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o " -"valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.\n" +"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16 ou 32 bits). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Entradas do &Diretório Raiz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do Diretório Raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente." +msgstr "O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do Diretório Raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5784,70 +5589,58 @@ "Entradas do Diretório Raiz:\n" "Selecione o número de entradas disponíveis no diretório raiz.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Função Hash" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Função Hash:\n" -"Especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para classificar os nomes de " -"arquivos em diretórios.\n" +"Especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para classificar os nomes de arquivos em diretórios.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revisão FS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisão FS:\n" -"Essa opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usado. '3.5' é para " -"compatibilidade retroativa com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais " -"recente, mas pode ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou " -"iguais a 2.4.\n" +"Essa opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usado. '3.5' é para compatibilidade retroativa com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais recente, mas pode ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou iguais a 2.4.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Tamanho de Bloco em Bytes" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho de Bloco:\n" -"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, " -"2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco " -"padrão 4096 será usado.\n" +"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco padrão 4096 será usado.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Tamanho do &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5855,49 +5648,45 @@ "Tamanho do inode:\n" "Esta opção especifica o tamanho do inode do sistema de arquivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode:\n" -"A opção \"Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de " -"espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.\n" +"A opção \"Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &Alinhado" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode Alinhado:\n" -"A opção \"Inode Alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é " -"ou \n" +"A opção \"Inode Alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é ou \n" "não alinhada. Por padrão, os inodes são alinhados, o que é\n" "geralmente mais eficiente do que o acesso não alinhado.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Tamanho de &Log em Megabytes" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5905,30 +5694,28 @@ "O valor do \"Tamanho de Log\" está incorreto.\n" "Informe um valor maior que zero.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho de Log\n" -"Defina o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se for auto, o padrão será 40% do " -"tamanho agregado.\n" +"Defina o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se for auto, o padrão será 40% do tamanho agregado.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Acionar o &Utilitário de listagem de Blocos ruins" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Comprimento de Stride em Blocos" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5936,8 +5723,8 @@ "O valor do \"Comprimento de Stride em Blocos\" é inválido.\n" "Selecione um valor maior que 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5949,26 +5736,22 @@ "argumento suportado é 'stride', que tem como argumento o número \n" "de blocos em um stripe de RAID.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho de Bloco:\n" -"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 1024, 2048 " -"e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se auto for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será " -"determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.\n" +"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se auto for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes por &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5976,28 +5759,25 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes por Inode: \n" "Especifique a razão de bytes por inode. O YaST cria um inode para cada\n" "<bytes-por-inode> bytes de espaço no disco. Quanto maior a razão de\n" "bytes-por-inode, menos inodes são criados.\n" -"Geralmente, esse valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema " -"de arquivos, senão\n" +"Geralmente, esse valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema de arquivos, senão\n" "muitos inodes serão criados. Não é possível expandir o \n" -"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos após sua criação. Portanto, " -"digite um\n" +"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos após sua criação. Portanto, digite um\n" "valor adequado para esse parâmetro.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Porcentagem de Blocos &Reservados para o root" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -6005,74 +5785,63 @@ "O valor da \"Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root\" está incorreto.\n" "Os valores permitidos são números flutuantes de até 99 (ex. 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root: Especifique a " -"porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é " -"calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite máximo " -"para o padrão reservado é 5,0, e o padrão reservado mínimo é 0,1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root: Especifique a porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite máximo para o padrão reservado é 5,0, e o padrão reservado mínimo é 0,1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Desabilitar Verificações Regulares" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" "Desabilitar Verificações Regulares:\n" -"Desabilite as verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização." -"\n" +"Desabilite as verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Recurso de Índice de &Diretório" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índice de Diretório:\n" -"Permite o uso de árvores b hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios " -"grandes.\n" +"Permite o uso de árvores b hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios grandes.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Sem Diário" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sem Diário:\n" "O registro em diário é suprimido do sistema de arquivos. Ative isto\n" "somente quando realmente souber o que está fazendo.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operação não permitida no disco %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6084,8 +5853,7 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Esse procedimento não é suportado pela ferramenta de particionamento parted " -"para\n" +"Esse procedimento não é suportado pela ferramenta de particionamento parted para\n" "mudar a tabela de partição em seu disco %{device}\n" "(o disco é formatado com LDL).\n" "\n" @@ -6093,8 +5861,8 @@ "e atribuir pontos de montagem, mas você não pode adicionar,\n" "redimensionar nem remover partições desse disco aqui.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6114,8 +5882,8 @@ "e atribuir pontos de montagem, mas você não pode adicionar, editar, \n" "redimensionar nem remover partições desse disco aqui.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6135,8 +5903,8 @@ "formatá-la e atribuir um ponto de montagem, mas você não pode redimensionar\n" "nem remover a partição desse disco aqui.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6146,13 +5914,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Você pode inicializar a tabela de partição do disco em um estado íntegro no " -"Particionador\n" +"Você pode inicializar a tabela de partição do disco em um estado íntegro no Particionador\n" "Avançado selecionando \"Avançado\"->\"Criar Nova Tabela de Partição\",\n" "mas isso destrói todos os dados em todas as partições do disco.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6164,26 +5931,26 @@ "Ignore com segurança esta mensagem se você não pretende\n" "usar este disco durante a instalação.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Redimensionamento não é possível:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6195,8 +5962,8 @@ "\n" "Talvez a senha de criptografia fornecida esteja incorreta.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6206,8 +5973,8 @@ "da senha não correspondem.\n" "Tente novamente." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6217,26 +5984,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z e qualquer um destes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Tente novamente." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Digitar Senha de Criptografia:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Informar Senha" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Os seguintes volumes criptografados já estão disponíveis." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Ativação de Volume Criptografado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6248,12 +6015,12 @@ "As senhas deverão ser conhecidas se os volumes forem necessários em \n" "uma atualização ou se eles contiverem um volume físico LVM." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Você deseja fornecer senhas de criptografia?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6263,72 +6030,70 @@ "dispositivos na lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n" "A senha será experimentada para todos os dispositivos." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Digitar Senha de Criptografia" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Não há nenhum volume criptografado para desbloquear." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Fornecer a senha para qualquer um dos seguintes dispositivos:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Fornecer a senha para o seguinte dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Tentando desbloquear volumes criptografados..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "A senha não desbloqueou nenhum volume." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID DM" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID MD" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Falha na instalação dos pacotes necessários." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Continuar apesar do erro?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Impossível criar partições, pois há outras partições no disco sendo usadas." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Impossível criar partições, pois há outras partições no disco sendo usadas." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6338,7 +6103,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser modificado, pois contém a troca ativada\n" "necessária para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6348,7 +6113,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser modificado, pois contém os dados\n" "da instalação necessários para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6358,7 +6123,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois contém a troca ativada\n" "necessária para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6368,7 +6133,7 @@ "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois contém os dados\n" " para executar a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6380,7 +6145,7 @@ "o dispositivo %2, que contém a troca ativada necessária para executar \n" "a instalação.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6388,11 +6153,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois isso muda indiretamente\n" -"o dispositivo %2, que contém os dados necessários para executar a " -"instalação.\n" +"o dispositivo %2, que contém os dados necessários para executar a instalação.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6402,114 +6166,114 @@ "A partição %1 não pode ser removida, já que outras partições no\n" "disco %2 são usadas.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "É muito provável que a instalação falhe fatalmente!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Falha ao adicionar os seguintes resolvíveis: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Falha durante a seguinte ação:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Código de erro do sistema: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Digitar Senha para o Dispositivo %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sim" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Não" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Criptografado" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Tipo de Sistema de Arquivos" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Início" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Fim " -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ID do Sistema de Arquivos" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Rótulo do Disco" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadados" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Tamanho Físico Estendido" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Versão do RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fornecedor" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6517,8 +6281,8 @@ "ID do BIOS exibe o ID do BIOS do disco\n" "rígido. Este campo pode estar vazio." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6526,8 +6290,8 @@ "Barramento exibe como o dispositivo está conectado ao\n" "sistema. Este campo pode estar vazio, ex.: para discos multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6535,8 +6299,8 @@ "Tamanho do Pacote mostra o tamanho do pacote\n" "para dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6544,8 +6308,8 @@ "Tamanho do Cilindro exibe o tamanho dos\n" "cilindros do disco rígido." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6553,8 +6317,8 @@ "Tamanho do Setor mostra o tamanho dos\n" "setores do disco rígido." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6562,8 +6326,8 @@ "Dispositivo exibe o nome do dispositivo\n" "no kernel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6571,8 +6335,8 @@ "Rótulo do Disco exibe o tipo do disco na\n" "a tabela de partição, ex <tt>MSDOS</tt> ou <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6580,8 +6344,8 @@ "Criptografado mostra se o dispositivo\n" "está criptografado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6589,8 +6353,8 @@ "Cilindro Final mostra o cilindro final\n" "da partição." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6598,8 +6362,8 @@ "LUN exibe o Número de Unidade Lógica para\n" "discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6607,8 +6371,8 @@ "ID de Porta exibe o identificador de porta\n" "para discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6616,8 +6380,8 @@ "WWPN exibe o Nome de Porta Mundial\n" "para discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6625,8 +6389,8 @@ "Caminho do Arquivo exibe o caminho do arquivo para\n" "um dispositivo de loop criptografado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6634,19 +6398,18 @@ "Formatar mostra alguns flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "significa que o dispositivo foi selecionado para ser formatado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "ID do Sistema de Arquivos exibe o ID do sistema de arquivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." -msgstr "" -"Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos." +msgstr "Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6654,8 +6417,8 @@ "Rótulo exibe o rótulo do sistema\n" "de arquivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6663,43 +6426,37 @@ "Metadados exibe os tipos de metadados LVM\n" "para grupos de volumes." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Modelo exibe o modelo do dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por indica o modo de montagem do sistema de arquivos:\n" -"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Etiqueta) pela etiqueta do sistema de " -"arquivos, (UUID) pelo\n" -"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo " -"caminho do dispositivo.\n" +"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Etiqueta) pela etiqueta do sistema de arquivos, (UUID) pelo\n" +"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo caminho do dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Um ponto de interrogação (?) indica que o\n" -"sistema de arquivos não está listado em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ele foi " -"montado\n" -"manualmente ou por algum sistema de montagem automática. Ao mudar as " -"configurações deste volume,\n" +"sistema de arquivos não está listado em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ele foi montado\n" +"manualmente ou por algum sistema de montagem automática. Ao mudar as configurações deste volume,\n" "o YaST não atualiza o <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6707,20 +6464,19 @@ "Ponto de Montagem exibe onde o sistema de\n" "arquivos está montado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Um asterisco (*) após o ponto de montagem \n" "indica um sistema de arquivos que não está montado (por exemplo, \n" "porque tem a opção <tt>noauto</tt> configurada em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6728,8 +6484,8 @@ "Número de Cilindros exibe a quantidade\n" "de cilindros existentes do disco rígido." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6737,8 +6493,8 @@ "O Algoritmo de Paridade mostra o algoritmo\n" "de paridade referente a dispositivos RAID com RAID dos tipos 5, 6 ou 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6746,13 +6502,13 @@ "Tamanho Físico Estendido mostra o tamanho físico\n" "estendido dos grupos de volume LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "Versão do RAID mostra a versão do RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6760,13 +6516,13 @@ "Tipo de RAID exibe o tipo de RAID, também\n" "chamado nível RAID, para dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Tamanho exibe o tamanho do dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6774,8 +6530,8 @@ "Cilindro Inicial mostra o cilindro inicial\n" "da partição." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6783,8 +6539,8 @@ "Stripes exibe o número de stripes dos volumes lógicos\n" "LVM e, se maior que um, o tamanho do stripe entre parênteses.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6792,8 +6548,8 @@ "Tipo fornece uma visão geral sobre\n" "o tipo do dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6801,8 +6557,8 @@ "ID do Dispositivo exibe os IDs\n" "persistentes do dispositivo. Esse campo pode ficar vazio.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6810,8 +6566,8 @@ "Caminho do Dispositivo exibe o caminho do dispositivo.\n" "O campo pode estar vazio." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6819,8 +6575,8 @@ "Usado por indica se um dispositivo é usado por\n" "LVM ou RAID. Do contrário, esta coluna ficará vazia.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6828,246 +6584,245 @@ "UUID exibe o Identificador Universalmente\n" "Exclusivo do sistema de arquivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Fabricante exibe o fabricante do dispositivo." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISCO %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formato: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Criptografado: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Ponto de Montagem: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Montar por: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Usado por %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Rótulo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Caminho do Dispositivo: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID do Dispositivo %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "ID do BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Rótulo do Disco: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Fabricante: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modelo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Barramento: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadados: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho do PE: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Distribuições: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Versão do RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho do Pacote: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Número de Cilindros: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho de Cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Cilindro Inicial: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Cilindro Final: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Tamanho do Setor: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ID do Sistema de Arquivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Caminho do Arquivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID da Porta: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "A tabela contém:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Dispositivo:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Disco Rígido: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "A visão geral contém:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado por um aplicativo " -"desconhecido.\n" +"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado por um aplicativo desconhecido.\n" "Você deve sair do aplicativo antes de continuar." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7075,49 +6830,44 @@ "O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado pelo aplicativo \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Você deve sair do aplicativo antes de continuar." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Impossível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. " -"Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Impossível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos da Partição Raiz" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos da Partição Pessoal" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Aumentar &Troca para Suspensão" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Configurações da Proposta" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" "Escolha Proposta baseada em Partição para não usar o LVM.\n" -"Escolha Proposta baseada em LVM para LVM puro e Proposta " -"Criptografada baseada em\n" +"Escolha Proposta baseada em LVM para LVM puro e Proposta Criptografada baseada em\n" "LVM para criptografar o sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7125,104 +6875,101 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "É possível selecionar o sistema de arquivos da partição raiz usando a\n" -"caixa de combinação correspondente. Com o sistema de arquivos BtrFS, a " -"proposta pode\n" +"caixa de combinação correspondente. Com o sistema de arquivos BtrFS, a proposta pode\n" "habilitar instantâneos automáticos com o snapper. Isso também aumenta o\n" "tamanho da partição raiz." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"A proposta pode criar uma partição pessoal separada. É possível " -"selecionar o sistema de arquivos da\n" +"A proposta pode criar uma partição pessoal separada. É possível selecionar o sistema de arquivos da\n" "partição pessoal usando a caixa de combinação correspondente." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"Na maioria dos casos, é possível ampliar a partição swap o suficiente " -"para usá-la para suspender\n" +"Na maioria dos casos, é possível ampliar a partição swap o suficiente para usá-la para suspender\n" "o sistema para o disco." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Digite a senha da criptografia proposta." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Senha:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Digite novamente a senha para confirmação:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Proposta baseada em Partição" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "P&roposta baseada em LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Proposta Criptografada baseada em &LVM" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Montagem Padrão por:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos Padrão:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mostrar Dispositivos de Armazenamento por:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Alinhamento de Partição:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Informações Visíveis nos Dispositivos de Armazenamento:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "primeiro sistema de arquivos raiz"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97422 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:05:29 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97422 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/caasp.hu.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/caasp.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/caasp.hu.po 2017-09-14 14:04:25 UTC (rev 97421) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/caasp.hu.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422) @@ -14,34 +14,34 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Telepítés áttekintése" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Telepítés" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -59,29 +59,24 @@ "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" msgstr "" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po 2017-09-14 14:04:25 UTC (rev 97421) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/country.hu.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Billentyűzet beállítása." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Billentyűzet beállításának összefoglalója." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Billentyűzet új értékeinek beállítása." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "A rendelkezésre álló billentyűzetkiosztások listázása." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Új billentyűzetkiosztás" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Jelenlegi billentyűzetkiosztás: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"A(z) '%1' billentyűzetkiosztás érvénytelen. A lehetséges értékeket a 'list' " -"paranccsal tekintheti meg." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "A(z) '%1' billentyűzetkiosztás érvénytelen. A lehetséges értékeket a 'list' paranccsal tekintheti meg." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "A billentyűk elrendezése" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Billentyűzetkiosztás" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -79,89 +76,81 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ez a modul finomhangolási lehetőségeket nyújt a billentyűzetmodul " -"beállítására.\n" -"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> fájlban kerülnek " -"tárolásra.\n" -"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett " -"értékeket.\n" +"Ez a modul finomhangolási lehetőségeket nyújt a billentyűzetmodul beállítására.\n" +"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> fájlban kerülnek tárolásra.\n" +"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett értékeket.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Az itt megadott beállítások csak a konzol billentyűzetére érvényesek. A " -"grafikus felhasználói felületet valamilyen más eszközzel lehet beállítani.</" -"p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Az itt megadott beállítások csak a konzol billentyűzetére érvényesek. A grafikus felhasználói felületet valamilyen más eszközzel lehet beállítani.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Billentyűzet szakértői beállításai" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Ismétlési sebesség" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Ismétlés előtti &késleltetés" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Indítási állapotok" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Num Lock bekapcsolva" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS-beállítások" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Igen" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Nem" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<érintetlen>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Caps Lock &tiltása" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Teszt" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "&Szakértői beállítások..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -169,28 +158,26 @@ "\n" "<big>Billentyűzet beállításai</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Válassza ki a telepítéshez és a telepített rendszerben\n" "használni kívánt Billentyűzetkiosztást. \n" "A kiosztást a Teszt mezőben próbálhatja ki.\n" -"A speciális beállításokhoz, mint például az ismétlési sebesség és " -"késleltetés,\n" +"A speciális beállításokhoz, mint például az ismétlési sebesség és késleltetés,\n" "nyomja meg a Szakértői beállítások... gombot.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -200,32 +187,28 @@ "Ha nem biztos választásában, hagyja az alapértelmezést változatlanul.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Adja meg a telepített rendszerben használni kívánt Billentyűzetkiosztás</" -"b> beállítását.\n" +"Adja meg a telepített rendszerben használni kívánt Billentyűzetkiosztás beállítását.\n" "A speciális beállításokhoz – például ismétlési sebesség és késleltetés – \n" "kattintson a Szakértői beállítások gombra.\n" "\n" -"További beállítások és elrendezések az asztali környezet " -"billentyűzetkiosztási eszközében találhatók.\n" +"További beállítások és elrendezések az asztali környezet billentyűzetkiosztási eszközében találhatók.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Billentyűzet beállítása" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -233,202 +216,197 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" "Select the layout to use during update:" msgstr "" -"Jelenleg olyan billentyűzetkiosztást használ, ami különbözik a frissítendő " -"rendszerétől. \n" +"Jelenleg olyan billentyűzetkiosztást használ, ami különbözik a frissítendő rendszerétől. \n" "Válassza ki a frissítés során alkalmazandó kiosztást:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Nem sikerült az X11 billentyűzet beállítása erre: '%s'" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Billentyűzetkiosztás<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Nyelv<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Nyelvi beállítások" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Nyelv" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Nyelv beállítása" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Nyelv beállításának összefoglalása" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "A nyelv új értékeinek megadása" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "A rendelkezésre álló nyelvek listázása." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Új nyelv érték" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Másodlagos nyelvek listája (vesszővel elválasztva)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Nyelvspecifikus csomagok telepítésének mellőzése" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Nyelvi beállítások mentése" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Nyelvi és konzolbeállítások mentése" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Az érintett csomagok telepítése és eltávolítása" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "A rendszertöltő menü fordításainak frissítése" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Nyelvi és konzolbeállítások mentése..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Az érintett csomagok telepítése és eltávolítása..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "A rendszertöltő menü fordításainak frissítése..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Beállítások mentése Kérem, várjon..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Jelenlegi nyelv: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "További nyelvek: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 nem érvényes nyelv. A lehetséges értékek a list paranccsal írathatók ki." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 nem érvényes nyelv. A lehetséges értékek a list paranccsal írathatók ki." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Nyelv" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Nyelvek" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Üdvözli a YaST2 rendszer-helyreállító" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Részletek" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "&Másodlagos nyelvek" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Elsődleges &nyelv" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Elsődleges nyelv beállításai" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"További, a kiválasztott elsődleges és másodlagos nyelveket támogató csomagok " -"kerülnek telepítésre. A már nem szükséges csomagok eltávolításra kerülnek.\n" +"További, a kiválasztott elsődleges és másodlagos nyelveket támogató csomagok kerülnek telepítésre. A már nem szükséges csomagok eltávolításra kerülnek.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -436,13 +414,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Válassza ki a telepítéshez használni kívánt nyelvet. Az itt " -"kiválasztott nyelv\n" +"Válassza ki a telepítéshez használni kívánt nyelvet. Az itt kiválasztott nyelv\n" "lesz az alapértelmezett nyelv a rendszerben.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -452,8 +429,8 @@ "A folytatáshoz nyomja meg a Következő gombot.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -465,8 +442,8 @@ "nem erősíti beállításait az utolsó telepítési párbeszédablakban.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -478,9 +455,9 @@ "kiléphet a telepítési folyamatból.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -490,8 +467,8 @@ "Válassza ki a rendszer új nyelvét.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -501,28 +478,21 @@ "Válassza ki a rendszer új elsődleges nyelvét.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A Billentyűzetkiosztás átállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja át a " -"billentyűzetkiosztást az elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően.\n" -"Az Időzóna beállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja be az időzónát az " -"elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően. Azok a beállítások, amelyek az " -"alapértelmezett nyelvbeállításon keresztül kerülnek beállításra, letiltásra " -"kerülnek.\n" +"A Billentyűzetkiosztás átállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja át a billentyűzetkiosztást az elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően.\n" +"Az Időzóna beállítása lehetőséggel állíthatja be az időzónát az elsődleges nyelvnek megfelelően. Azok a beállítások, amelyek az alapértelmezett nyelvbeállításon keresztül kerülnek beállításra, letiltásra kerülnek.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -531,17 +501,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Másodlagos nyelvek \n" -"A listából itt választhatja ki a rendszeren használni kívánt további " -"nyelveket.\n" +"A listából itt választhatja ki a rendszeren használni kívánt további nyelveket.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Feloldatlan csomagfüggőségek vannak." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -549,8 +518,8 @@ "Nincs elegendő hely az összes további csomag telepítésére.\n" "Távolítson el néhány nyelvet a kijelöltek közül." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -560,14 +529,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ez a modul finomhangolási lehetőségeket nyújt a nyelvek kezeléséhez.\n" -"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> fájlban kerülnek " -"tárolásra.\n" -"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett " -"értékeket.\n" +"A beállítások az <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> fájlban kerülnek tárolásra.\n" +"Ha nem biztos a dolgában, használja a már kijelölt alapértelmezett értékeket.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -575,78 +542,71 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A Területi beállítások a root felhasználó számára\n" -"határozza meg, hogy a root felhasználó számára hogyan vannak beállítva a " -"területi\n" +"határozza meg, hogy a root felhasználó számára hogyan vannak beállítva a területi\n" "beállítások változói (LC_*)." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Csak ctype: A root LC_CTYPE értéke a normál felhasználókéval " -"egyezik\n" +"Csak ctype: A root LC_CTYPE értéke a normál felhasználókéval egyezik\n" "meg, a többi érték nincs beállítva. \n" -"Igen: A root környezeti beállításai megegyeznek a normál " -"felhasználókéval. \n" +"Igen: A root környezeti beállításai megegyeznek a normál felhasználókéval. \n" "Nem: A root környezeti beállításai nincsenek megadva.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." msgstr "" "A Részletes területi beállítások részben lehet beállítani a fő\n" "párbeszédablakban fel nem ajánlott nyelvet. Lehetséges, hogy a kiválasztott\n" "területi beállításokhoz nem áll rendelkezésre fordítás." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Részletes nyelvi beállítások" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Területi beállítások a &root felhasználó számára" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Csak ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "&UTF-8 kódolás használata" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "&Részletes területi beállítások" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Billentyűzetkiosztás átállítása a(z) %1 értékre" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "&Időzóna beállítása a(z) %1 értékre" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -654,14 +614,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "A telepítő nyelvi kiterjesztésének letöltése..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -673,21 +633,21 @@ "\n" "A rendszer a tartalék %{fallback} nyelvet fogja használni." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Elsődleges nyelv: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Csomagok telepítése..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -695,85 +655,84 @@ "Az elsődleges nyelv fordítása nem teljes.\n" "Előfordulhat, hogy egyes szövegek angolul jelennek meg.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott nyelv szöveges módban nem használható. A telepítéshez az " -"angol nyelv kerül alkalmazásra,\n" +"A kiválasztott nyelv szöveges módban nem használható. A telepítéshez az angol nyelv kerül alkalmazásra,\n" "de az új rendszer már a kiválasztott nyelven fog működni." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Időzóna beállítása" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Időzóna beállításának összefoglalása" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Az időzóna-beállítások új értékeinek megadása" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Az összes rendelkezésre álló időzóna listázása" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Új időzóna" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "Új érték a hardveróra beállításhoz. Lehet 'local', 'utc' vagy 'UTC'." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Aktuális időzóna:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Hardveróra beállítása:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Helyi idő" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Pillanatnyi dátum és idő:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -781,46 +740,41 @@ "%1 egy múltbéli időpont.\n" "A telepítés megkezdése előtt állítsa be az időt." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Időzóna" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Időzóna" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Az UTC-hez állított hardveróra mezőben adja meg, hogy a gép helyi " -"időt vagy UTC-időt használ.\n" -"A legtöbb olyan számítógép, amelyiken más (például Microsoft) operációs " -"rendszer is van telepítve,\n" +"Az UTC-hez állított hardveróra mezőben adja meg, hogy a gép helyi időt vagy UTC-időt használ.\n" +"A legtöbb olyan számítógép, amelyiken más (például Microsoft) operációs rendszer is van telepítve,\n" "helyi időt használ.\n" "A csak linuxos gépeken általában UTC-időre van állítva a hardveróra.\n" "Ha a hardveróra UTC-időre van állítva, akkor a rendszer képes automatikusan\n" "átállni a normál időről nyári időre és vissza.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -833,22 +787,18 @@ "Megjegyzés: A Linux kernel által használt belső rendszeróra beállításának\n" "mindig UTC-nek kell lennie, mert ez a megfelelő hivatkozási alap a \n" "felhasználói terület belső idejéhez. Amennyiben a helyi időt a CMOS-órához\n" -"állította, nézze meg a dokumentációt a beállítás lehetséges mellékhatásai " -"kapcsán.\n" +"állította, nézze meg a dokumentációt a beállítás lehetséges mellékhatásai kapcsán.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -856,78 +806,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Helyi időt választott, azonban kizárólag Linux rendszer van telepítve a " -"számítógépre.\n" -"Ebben az esetben mindenképpen javasolt az UTC használata, ehhez kattintson a " -"Mégse gombra.\n" +"Helyi időt választott, azonban kizárólag Linux rendszer van telepítve a számítógépre.\n" +"Ebben az esetben mindenképpen javasolt az UTC használata, ehhez kattintson a Mégse gombra.\n" "\n" -"Amennyiben helyi időt kíván használni, akkor a CMOS-órát kétszer egy évben " -"át kell állítani\n" -"a nyári időszámítás használata miatt. Amennyiben ezt elfelejtené, a mentések " -"sikertelenek lehetnek,\n" +"Amennyiben helyi időt kíván használni, akkor a CMOS-órát kétszer egy évben át kell állítani\n" +"a nyári időszámítás használata miatt. Amennyiben ezt elfelejtené, a mentések sikertelenek lehetnek,\n" "a levelezőrendszer eldobhatja a leveleket stb.\n" "\n" "Amennyiben UTC-t használ, a Linux automatikusan beállítja az időt.\n" "\n" "Folytatni szeretné a jelenlegi (helyi idő) beállítással?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"A jelenleg beállított idő és dátum látható. Amennyiben szükséges, adja " -"meg a helyes értéket, vagy használja a hálózati időprotokoll (NTP) " -"beállítását." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "A jelenleg beállított idő és dátum látható. Amennyiben szükséges, adja meg a helyes értéket, vagy használja a hálózati időprotokoll (NTP) beállítását." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "A változások mentéséhez kattintson az Elfogadás gombra." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Az aktuális dátum NN-HH-ÉÉÉÉ formátumban" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Az aktuális idő ÓÓ:PP:MM formátumban" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Aktuális dátum" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Aktuális idő" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Kézi" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Dátum és idő beállítása" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Szinkronizáció NTP-kiszolgálóval..." -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Dátum és idő beállítása" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -935,8 +876,8 @@ "Érvénytelen idő (ÓÓ:PP:MM): %1\n" "Adja meg a helyes időt.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -944,49 +885,49 @@ "Érvénytelen dátum (NN-HH-ÉÉÉÉ): %1\n" "Adja meg a helyes dátumot.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Egyéb &beállítások..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Dátum és Idő (az NTP be van állítva)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Dátum és idő" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&UTC szerint beállított hardveróra" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Régió" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Idő&zóna" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Dátum és idő:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -994,24 +935,22 @@ "\n" "<big>Időzóna- és órabeállítások</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A rendszeren használni kívánt időzóna kiválasztásához először jelölje ki a " -"Régiót,\n" +"A rendszeren használni kívánt időzóna kiválasztásához először jelölje ki a Régiót,\n" "majd az Időzóna mezőben a megfelelő időzónát, országot vagy régiót.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1021,327 +960,327 @@ "Ha az idő nem pontos, a Módosítás részben beállíthatja.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Óra és időzóna beállítása" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Adjon meg egy érvényes időzónát." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Helyi idő" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Hardveróra beállítása: " -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP beállítva" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Aktuális időzóna: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "angol (USA - Egyesült Államok)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "angol (UK - Egyesült Királyság)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "német" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "német (halott billentyűkkel)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "német (svájci)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "francia" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "francia (svájci)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "francia (kanadai)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "kanadai (többnyelvű)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "spanyol" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "spanyol (latin-amerikai)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "spanyol (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "olasz" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "portugál" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "portugál (brazil)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "portugál (brazil - USA ékezetekkel)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "görög" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "holland" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "dán" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "norvég" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "svéd" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "finn" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "cseh" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "cseh (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "szlovák" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "szlovák (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "szlovén" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "magyar" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "lengyel" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "orosz" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "szerb" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "észt" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "litván" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "török" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "horvát" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "japán" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "belga" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "izlandi" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ukrán" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "koreai" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "arab" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "tádzsik" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "hagyományos kínai" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "egyszerűsített kínai" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "román" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "egyesült államok (nemzetközi)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Spanyol (asztúriai változat)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po 2017-09-14 14:04:25 UTC (rev 97421) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/hu/po/storage.hu.po 2017-09-14 14:05:29 UTC (rev 97422) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,72 +26,69 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Csak akkor használja ezt a programot, ha jártas a merevlemezek " -"particionálásában.\n" +"Csak akkor használja ezt a programot, ha jártas a merevlemezek particionálásában.\n" "\n" -"Soha ne particionáljon olyan merevlemezt, amelyik bármilyen módon éppen " -"használatban van\n" -"(csatolt fájlrendszer, aktív cserepartíció stb.), hacsak nem pontosan " -"tudja,\n" +"Soha ne particionáljon olyan merevlemezt, amelyik bármilyen módon éppen használatban van\n" +"(csatolt fájlrendszer, aktív cserepartíció stb.), hacsak nem pontosan tudja,\n" "hogy mit csinál. Ez esetben ugyanis a partíciós tábla megváltozásáról nem\n" "értesül a kernel, ami a legtöbbször adatvesztéssel jár.\n" "\n" "Ha a figyelmeztetés ellenére folytatni akarja, kattintson az Igen gombra.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Szakértői particionálás" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Előkészítés…" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Várjon, amíg a kötetek felismerése befejeződik." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Tárolóbeállítások" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Lemezek és partíciók listázása" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Lemezek listázása" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Partíciók listázása" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Javasolt particionálás" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Szakértői particionáló..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "Parti&cionálás..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -99,15 +96,15 @@ "Nem lehetséges automatikus meghatározás.\n" "Adja meg a csatolási pontokat manuálisan a 'Particionálás' párbeszédablakban." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Felkínált beállítások szerkesztése" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -117,9 +114,9 @@ "A merevlemez(ek) ellenőrzése befejeződött.\n" "A begyűjtött információk alapján a következő particionálás javasolt." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 lehetőséget és végezze el a módosításokat a\n" "szakértői particionálási ablakban.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -151,32 +148,27 @@ "Szintén ezt kell használnia a speciális \n" "beállítások (például RAID vagy titkosítás) elvégzéséhez.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "A kért javaslat nem hozható létre." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Nem áll rendelkezésre elég hely ahhoz, hogy a rendszer pillanatfelvételeket " -"tudjon javasolni a gyökérszintű kötetre vonatkozóan." +msgstr "Nem áll rendelkezésre elég hely ahhoz, hogy a rendszer pillanatfelvételeket tudjon javasolni a gyökérszintű kötetre vonatkozóan." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"Nem áll rendelkezésre elegendő hely a lemezen külön /home partíció számára." +msgstr "Nem áll rendelkezésre elegendő hely a lemezen külön /home partíció számára." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"Nincs semmi sem root fájlrendszerként hozzárendelve. A folytatás nem " -"lehetséges." +msgstr "Nincs semmi sem root fájlrendszerként hozzárendelve. A folytatás nem lehetséges." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -184,22 +176,22 @@ "Ezen javaslatok számolásával a kézi módosítások felülíródnak.\n" "Folytatja a javaslatok számítását?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Lemezek előkészítése..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -209,9 +201,9 @@ "használt\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -221,9 +213,9 @@ "szabad\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -231,25 +223,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows - üres (%1) " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -259,9 +251,9 @@ "Adja meg a Windows partíció új méretét.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -277,9 +269,9 @@ "Egészen addig Windows partíciója érintetlenül marad.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -293,23 +285,23 @@ "a Vissza gombot.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Most" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Telepítés után" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -325,9 +317,9 @@ "utáni állapotot ábrázolja.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -341,9 +333,9 @@ "vagy adjon meg egy számértéket a mezőben.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -357,29 +349,29 @@ "létrehozza a szükséges partíciókat.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows - használt" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "Szabad" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -390,13 +382,12 @@ "\n" "Adja meg a Linux telepítésnek szánt helyet.\n" "Ezen a helyen belül a YaST automatikusan\n" -"létrehozza a szükséges partíciókat, az &product; termék igényének " -"megfelelően.\n" +"létrehozza a szükséges partíciókat, az &product; termék igényének megfelelően.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -408,9 +399,9 @@ "Windows - használt: a Windows partíció által használt hely.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -422,13 +413,13 @@ "partíción a Linux telepítése előtt.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows partíció átméretezése" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -454,9 +445,9 @@ "beleértve a Windows munkaterület és a(z)\n" "%2 számára szükséges helyet.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -472,8 +463,8 @@ "területtől függően ez eltarthat egy darabig.\n" "\n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -495,14 +486,14 @@ "Ha a probléma újból felmerülne, használjon másik\n" "alkalmazást a Windows partíció átméretezéséhez.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Nincs elegendő szabad hely egy telepítéshez." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -523,15 +514,15 @@ "\t a Windows partíciót más módon.\n" "\t" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "A rendszer csak az egyéni particionálási móddal állítható be." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -551,10 +542,10 @@ "Válasszon másik merevlemezt vagy szakítsa meg a telepítést\n" "és csökkentse a Windows partíciót más módon.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -570,10 +561,10 @@ "Válasszon másik merevlemezt vagy szakítsa meg a telepítést\n" "és csökkentse a Windows partíciót más módon.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -597,19 +588,18 @@ "hibával is járhat.\n" "\n" "Csak akkor folytassa, hogy ha előzőleg sikeresen lefuttatta a\n" -"Windows lemezellenőrző (scandisk) és töredezettségmentesítő (defrag) " -"programjait.\n" +"Windows lemezellenőrző (scandisk) és töredezettségmentesítő (defrag) programjait.\n" "\n" "Biztos benne, hogy csökkenteni akarja a Windows partíciót?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "&Igen" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -623,13 +613,13 @@ "\n" "Biztos benne, hogy törölni akarja a Windows partíciót?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Igen" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -641,40 +631,38 @@ "válasszon ki több törlendő partíciót\n" "vagy egy nagyobb merevlemezt." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Elérhető &lemezek" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Egyéni particionálás (szakértőknek)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Merevlemez" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Nem található merevlemez. Ha van, használja a frissítő CD-t a telepítéshez." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Nem található merevlemez. Ha van, használja a frissítő CD-t a telepítéshez." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -686,8 +674,8 @@ "Válasszon, hogy hová kerüljön telepítésre az &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -697,8 +685,8 @@ "Később kiválaszthatja, hogy a lemez mely területét használja az &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -715,27 +703,27 @@ "csatolási pontokat.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Merevlemez előkészítése" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Választania kell egy lehetőséget a folytatáshoz." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "A(z) %1 lemezt a(z) %2 használja" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -749,62 +737,62 @@ "Tekintse át a használati útmutatót, és ellenőrizze, hogy az egyéni\n" "particionálási megoldása megfelel-e a termék követelményeinek." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Aktiválja a többutas módot?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -812,44 +800,43 @@ "Nem készíthető pillanatkép.\n" "Használjon nagyobb root partíciót." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "A /home partíció nem lett megformázva. A telepítést követően\n" -"ellenőrizze, hogy a saját (home) könyvtár tulajdonosa megfelelően van-e " -"beállítva." +"ellenőrizze, hogy a saját (home) könyvtár tulajdonosa megfelelően van-e beállítva." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Egyéni" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Szokásos" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionálás" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Particionálás" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Fájlrendszer-beállítások mentése..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -857,15 +844,15 @@ "Érvénytelen választás:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, nincs hozzárendelve" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -873,16 +860,16 @@ "%1 telepítéséhez használandó\n" "lemezterületek\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "&Teljes merevlemez" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -890,8 +877,8 @@ "Még nincs partíció ezen a merevlemezen.\n" "A(z) %1 a teljes lemezt fogja használni." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -899,18 +886,18 @@ "Ezt a merevlemezt a Windows használja.\n" "Sajnos nincs elég hely a Linux telepítéséhez." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Windows partíció &törlése" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows partíció &csökkentése" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -921,8 +908,8 @@ "a merevlemezen.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -934,8 +921,8 @@ "a megjelenített üres helyek közül.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -944,14 +931,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Megjegyzés: Ha egy olyan területet választ, ami nem üres-nek van " -"jelölve,\n" +"Megjegyzés: Ha egy olyan területet választ, ami nem üres-nek van jelölve,\n" "akkor a rajta lévő adatok elveszhetnek. Ez akár egy másik operációs\n" "rendszert is befolyásolhat.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -963,16 +949,16 @@ "veszni. Nincs mód az adatok későbbi visszaállítására.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Telepítés helye:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -981,15 +967,14 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A kiválasztott merevlemezt valószínűleg a Windows használja. Nincs elég " -"hely\n" +"A kiválasztott merevlemezt valószínűleg a Windows használja. Nincs elég hely\n" "az &product; számára. Két lehetősége van a szükséges hely megteremtéséhez:\n" "- a Windows partíció törlése,\n" "- a Windows partíció csökkentése.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -1008,28 +993,28 @@ "adatvesztéssel is járhat.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Külön &home partíció felajánlása" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM alapú javaslat készítése" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Kötetcsoport titkosítása" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Javasolt típus" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1042,8 +1027,8 @@ "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást használja?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1052,15 +1037,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "FAT partíciót kíván csatolni a következő\n" -"csatolási pontok egyikére: /, /usr, /home, /opt vagy /var. Ez nagyon gyakran " -"problémákhoz vezethet.\n" -"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási " -"pontokhoz.\n" +"csatolási pontok egyikére: /, /usr, /home, /opt vagy /var. Ez nagyon gyakran problémákhoz vezethet.\n" +"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási pontokhoz.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1070,13 +1053,12 @@ msgstr "" "FAT partíciót kíván csatolni a /boot csatolási pontra.\n" "Ez nagyon gyakran problémákhoz vezethet.\n" -"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási " -"pontokhoz.\n" +"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási pontokhoz.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1086,14 +1068,13 @@ msgstr "" "Egy Btrfs partíciót kíván csatolni a /boot csatolási pontra.\n" "Ez nagyon gyakran problémákhoz vezethet.\n" -"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási " -"pontokhoz.\n" +"Használjon ext3, vagy ext4 Linux fájlrendszert ezekhez a csatolási pontokhoz.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1109,8 +1090,8 @@ "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást használja?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1130,8 +1111,8 @@ "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1145,8 +1126,8 @@ "\n" "Biztos meg szeretné tartani az indítandó partíció méretét?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1160,10 +1141,10 @@ "1 MB méretűnek kell lennie.\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1174,16 +1155,15 @@ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "Figyelmeztetés: Egy partíció sincs /boot beállítással csatlakoztatva.\n" -"A merevlemezről történő rendszerindításhoz egy kisméretű (kb. %1) /boot " -"partíció\n" +"A merevlemezről történő rendszerindításhoz egy kisméretű (kb. %1) /boot partíció\n" "szükséges. Azt javasoljuk, hozzon létre\n" "MS-DOS-on egy 0x41 PReP/CHRP típusút, GPT-n egy 0x00 GPT\n" "PReP Boot típusút.\n" "\n" "Valóban a /boot partíció nélküli beállítást használja?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1195,15 +1175,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Figyelem: A jelenlegi beállítás szerint a rendszert a\n" -"gyökérpartícióról (/) kívánja indítani, amely a(z) %1 cilinderen túl ér " -"véget.\n" +"gyökérpartícióról (/) kívánja indítani, amely a(z) %1 cilinderen túl ér véget.\n" "Úgy tűnik, hogy a gépe BIOS-a nem támogatja a rendszerindítást\n" "a(z) %1. cilinderen túlról. Ez azt jelenti, hogy %2 rendszere\n" "valószínűleg nem lesz közvetlenül indítható.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1215,8 +1194,8 @@ "%s\n" "Valóban ezt a konfigurációt szeretné használni?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1232,8 +1211,8 @@ "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1250,16 +1229,15 @@ "nem lesz közvetlenül indítható, mivel nincs\n" "FAT partíciója a(z) %1 ponthoz csatolva.\n" "\n" -"Ez komoly problémákat jelenthet szokványos rendszerindítási összeállítások " -"esetén.\n" +"Ez komoly problémákat jelenthet szokványos rendszerindítási összeállítások esetén.\n" "\n" "Ha nem tudja pontosan, hogy mit csinál, használjon inkább egy szokványos\n" "FAT partíciót a(z) %1 alatti fájlokhoz.\n" "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1284,20 +1262,19 @@ "\n" "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Valóban ezt a beállítást kívánja használni?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1305,15 +1282,14 @@ "\n" "Nem hozott létre cserepartíciót.\n" "A legtöbb esetben javasolt a cserepartíció létrehozása és használata.\n" -"A létező cserepartíciók a főablakban a \"Linux Swap\", az aktív " -"cserepartíció\n" +"A létező cserepartíciók a főablakban a \"Linux Swap\", az aktív cserepartíció\n" "pedig a \"swap\" csatolási pont alatt található.\n" "Szükség esetén több cserepartíciót is létrehozhat illetve aktiválhat.\n" "\n" "Valóban a cserepartíció nélküli beállítást kívánja használni?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1325,8 +1301,8 @@ "A YaST nem tudja biztosítani a hibamentes telepítést,\n" "különösen akkor, ha az alábbi esetek valamelyike fennáll:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1337,21 +1313,19 @@ "- a partíció már tartalmaz egy Linuxot, mely felül lesz írva,\n" "- a partíción nincs még fájlrendszer.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Amennyiben ezekben a pontokban nem biztos, jobb, ha visszalép és kijelöli\n" -"a partíciót formázásra -- főleg, ha egy szabványos csatolási pontról van " -"szó,\n" +"a partíciót formázásra -- főleg, ha egy szabványos csatolási pontról van szó,\n" "pl. /, /boot, /opt vagy /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1361,8 +1335,8 @@ "\n" "Valóban formázás nélkül akarja a partíciót használni?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1370,8 +1344,8 @@ "A kiválasztott partíció a RAID-hez tartozik (%1).\n" "Távolítsa el a RAID-ből, mielőtt szerkeszteni akarja.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1379,8 +1353,8 @@ "A kiválasztott partíció egy kötetcsoporthoz tartozik (%1).\n" "Távolítsa el a partíciót a kötetcsoportból, mielőtt szerkeszteni akarja.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1388,8 +1362,8 @@ "A kiválasztott eszközt egy kötet használja (%1).\n" "A módosítás előtt távolítsa el a kötetet.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1397,8 +1371,8 @@ "A(z) %2 partíció a(z) %1 RAID-hez tartozik.\n" "Távolítsa el a RAID-ből, mielőtt törli.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1406,39 +1380,34 @@ "Az eszközt (%2) használja %1.\n" "A törlés előtt %1 eltávolításra kell, hogy kerüljön.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "A lemez nem törölhető, amíg fel van csatolva." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert ez egy logikai partíció és egy " -"magasabb számmal rendelkező\n" +"A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert ez egy logikai partíció és egy magasabb számmal rendelkező\n" "másik logikai partíció használatban van.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"A kiválasztott kiterjesztett partíció tartalmaz jelenleg felcsatolt " -"partíciókat:\n" +"A kiválasztott kiterjesztett partíció tartalmaz jelenleg felcsatolt partíciókat:\n" "%1\n" -"Erősen ajánlott lecsatolni ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt törli a " -"kiterjesztett partíciót.\n" +"Erősen ajánlott lecsatolni ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt törli a kiterjesztett partíciót.\n" "Válassza a megszakítást, kivéve ha pontosan tudja, hogy mit csinál.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1452,8 +1421,8 @@ "ezeket a partíciókat a megfelelő kötetcsoport(ok)ból\n" "mielőtt kitörli a kiterjesztett partíciót.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1467,8 +1436,8 @@ "ezeket a partíciókat a megfelelő RAID rendszer(ek)ből,\n" "mielőtt kitörli a kiterjesztett partíciót.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1480,8 +1449,8 @@ "partíciót, amelyik használatban van. Távolítsa el a használt\n" "kötetet a kiterjesztett partíció törlése előtt.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1499,31 +1468,31 @@ "\n" "Biztos megtartja a jelenlegi beállítást?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Adjon meg egy jelszót a titkosított fájlrendszerhez." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Soha ne felejtse el ezt a jelszót!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Üres Jelszó megadása megengedett." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1 titkosított fájlrendszerének jelszava" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1531,38 +1500,38 @@ "Adja meg a titkosítási jelszót a(z)\n" "%2 ponthoz csatolt %1 eszközhöz.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Adjon meg egy jelszót a titkosított fájlrendszerhez" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Adjon meg egy jelszót a fájlrendszerhez:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Az ellenőrzéshez adja meg a &jelszót újból:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Kihagy" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1572,10 +1541,10 @@ "jelszó nem egyezik\n" "Próbálja újra.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1583,10 +1552,10 @@ "Nem adott meg jelszót.\n" "Próbálja meg újra.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1594,17 +1563,17 @@ "A jelszónak legalább %1 karakter hosszúnak kell lennie.\n" "Próbálja meg újra.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Nem lebegőpontos szám." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Fájlrendszer-beállítások:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1612,80 +1581,74 @@ "A '/' karakter használata nem engedélyezett a kötet nevében.\n" "Változtassa meg a kötet nevét úgy, hogy ne tartalmazza ezt a karaktert.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Csatolása az /etc/fstab fájlban:\n" -"Rendszerint az /etc/fstab fájlban az egyes eszközök az eszköznév alapján " -"kerülnek\n" -"csatolásra. Ezt megváltoztathatja úgy, hogy a csatolandó fájlrendszer UUID " -"vagy\n" +"Rendszerint az /etc/fstab fájlban az egyes eszközök az eszköznév alapján kerülnek\n" +"csatolásra. Ezt megváltoztathatja úgy, hogy a csatolandó fájlrendszer UUID vagy\n" "kötetnév alapján automatikus csatolásra kerüljön.\n" -"Azonban nem lehet minden fájlrendszert UUID illetve kötetnév alapján " -"csatolni.\n" +"Azonban nem lehet minden fájlrendszert UUID illetve kötetnév alapján csatolni.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Kötetnév: \n" -"Az itt megadott név lesz a kötetnév. Ennek általában akkor van jelentősége, " -"ha \n" +"Az itt megadott név lesz a kötetnév. Ennek általában akkor van jelentősége, ha \n" "a kötetnév szerinti csatolást választotta.\n" "Kötetnévben nem használhat / és szóköz karaktereket.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Csatolása az /etc/fstab fájlban:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Eszköznév" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Kötet &neve" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&Eszközazonosító" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Eszközút&vonal" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-beállítások:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1695,70 +1658,70 @@ "A kiválasztott fájlrendszer kötetnevének maximális hossza %1.\n" "A kötetnév csonkolva lett erre a hosszra.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Meg kell adnia egy kötetnevet, ha kötetnév szerint akar csatolni." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "A kötetnév már foglalt, válasszon másik nevet." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Fájlrend&szer" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "Beá&llítások..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Pillanatképek engedélyezése" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Eszköz titkosítása" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Fájlrend&szer-azonosító (ID):" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formátum" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Formázás nélkül" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formátum" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab-opciók" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Csatolási pont" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1782,8 +1745,8 @@ "\n" "Folytatja?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1791,11 +1754,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A partíción lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST2 nem tudja csökkenteni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges " -"a méret csökkentése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a méret csökkentése." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1803,25 +1765,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A logikai köteten lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST2 nem tudja csökkenteni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges " -"a méret csökkentése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a méret csökkentése." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "A partíció csökkentésével az adatvesztés lehetőségét kockáztatja." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "A partíció csökkentésével az adatvesztés lehetőségét kockáztatja." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Folytatja?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1829,11 +1790,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A partíción lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST2 nem tudja megnövelni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél " -"lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1841,23 +1801,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A logikai köteten lévő fájlrendszer méretét a YaST2 nem tudja megnövelni.\n" -"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél " -"lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." +"Jelenleg csak a fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs és reiser fájlrendszereknél lehetséges a fájlrendszer növelése." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Folytatja az átméretezését?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Csökkentette a reiser fájlrendszert tartalmazó partíció méretét." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Csökkentette a reiser fájlrendszert tartalmazó logikai kötet méretét." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1871,23 +1830,21 @@ "\n" "Csökkenti a fájlrendszer méretét?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "A kiválasztott eszköz a következő csatolt partíciókat tartalmazza:\n" "%1\n" -"Határozottan javasoljuk, hogy csatolja le ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt a " -"partíciós tábla törlésre kerül.\n" +"Határozottan javasoljuk, hogy csatolja le ezeket a partíciókat, mielőtt a partíciós tábla törlésre kerül.\n" "Csak akkor hagyja ezt figyelmen kívül, ha pontosan tudja, hogy mit tesz.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1901,8 +1858,8 @@ "minden partíciót a megfelelő kötetcsoportokból, mielőtt\n" "az eszközt törölné.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1915,8 +1872,8 @@ "mely egy RAID rendszer része. Távolítsa el megfelelő partíciókat\n" "a RAID rendszerből, mielőtt az eszközt törölné.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1928,51 +1885,49 @@ "amelyet egy másik kötet használ. Távolítsa el a kötetet\n" "az eszköz törlése előtt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Alkötetek létrehozása és eltávolítása Btrfs fájlrendszerből.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Automatikus pillanatképek engedélyezése Btrfs fájlrendszerhez a snapper " -"eszközzel." +msgstr "Automatikus pillanatképek engedélyezése Btrfs fájlrendszerhez a snapper eszközzel." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Meglévő alkötetek: " -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Új alkötet" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Új hozzáadása" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eltávolítás" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Alkötetkezelő" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Az alkötet nevének megadása kötelező." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1980,16 +1935,16 @@ "Jelenleg csak az alkötetek nevei kezdődhetnek \"%1\" karakterrel!\n" "A \"%1\" karakterek automatikusan hozzáfűzésre kerülnek az alkötet nevéhez." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "A(z) %1 kötetcsoport már létezik." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Az ablakban történt módosítások elvesznek." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1999,8 +1954,8 @@ "Titkosított fájlrendszer létrehozása.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2010,8 +1965,8 @@ "Titkosított fájlrendszer elérése.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2026,69 +1981,61 @@ "mint bármely egyéb Linux-fájlrendszer.\n" "\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ez a csatolási pont egy ideiglenes fájlrendszerre hivatkozik, mint például " -"a /tmp vagy a /var/tmp.\n" -"A titkosítási jelszó üresen hagyható. Ebben az esetben a rendszer induláskor " -"egy\n" +"Ez a csatolási pont egy ideiglenes fájlrendszerre hivatkozik, mint például a /tmp vagy a /var/tmp.\n" +"A titkosítási jelszó üresen hagyható. Ebben az esetben a rendszer induláskor egy\n" "véletlen jelszót fog generálni. Ez azt jelenti, hogy a rendszer\n" "lekapcsolásakor az ilyen fájlrendszereken található minden adat elvész.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha elfelejti a jelszót, SOHA TÖBBÉ nem fog tudni hozzáférni a fájlrendszeren " -"tárolt\n" -"adatokhoz. Kérjük, válassza meg jelszavát körültekintően (lehetőleg számok " -"és betűk kombinálásával).\n" +"Ha elfelejti a jelszót, SOHA TÖBBÉ nem fog tudni hozzáférni a fájlrendszeren tárolt\n" +"adatokhoz. Kérjük, válassza meg jelszavát körültekintően (lehetőleg számok és betűk kombinálásával).\n" "A jelszó ellenőrzéséhez, valamint egy esetleges elírás kizárásához kétszer\n" "kell megadni a jelszót.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Különbséget kell tennie kis- és nagybetűk között. A jelszónak legalább %1\n" -"karakterből kell állnia és lehetőség szerint ne tartalmazzon ékezetes " -"betűt.\n" +"karakterből kell állnia és lehetőség szerint ne tartalmazzon ékezetes betűt.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2102,10 +2049,10 @@ "(<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) és a számok <tt>0</tt>-tól <tt>9</tt>-ig.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2115,8 +2062,8 @@ "Soha ne felejtse el ezt a jelszót!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2126,23 +2073,21 @@ "Meg kell adnia a titkosításhoz szükséges jelszót.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ha a titkosított fájlrendszer nem tartalmaz rendszerfájlokat, tehát nem\n" -"érinti a frissítés, megnyomhatja a Kihagyás gombot. Ebben az esetben " -"a frissítés nem érinti a titkosított fájlrendszert.\n" +"érinti a frissítés, megnyomhatja a Kihagyás gombot. Ebben az esetben a frissítés nem érinti a titkosított fájlrendszert.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2162,7 +2107,7 @@ "Ha használnia kell ezt a lemezt a telepítéshez, akkor törölje a\n" "lemezcímkét a szakértői particionálóban.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2176,18 +2121,18 @@ "\n" "A lemezen található összes partíciót ki kell jelölnie eltávolításra.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "LVM-hez nem használhatja a(z) %1 csatolási pontot.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "RAID-hez nem használhatja a(z) %1 csatolási pontot." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2197,15 +2142,14 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Azt választotta, hogy automatikusan NE csatolódjon egy olyan fájlrendszer\n" -"rendszerindításkor, ami tartalmazhat az alaprendszer működéséhez szükséges " -"fájlokat.\n" +"rendszerindításkor, ami tartalmazhat az alaprendszer működéséhez szükséges fájlokat.\n" "\n" "Ez problémához vezethet.\n" "\n" "Biztosan tudja, hogy mit csinál?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2215,72 +2159,65 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Azt választotta, hogy felhasználók által is fel- lecsatolható legyen egy\n" -"fájlrendszer, ami olyan fájlokat tartalmazhat, melyeknek futtathatóknak kell " -"lenniük.\n" +"fájlrendszer, ami olyan fájlokat tartalmazhat, melyeknek futtathatóknak kell lenniük.\n" "\n" "Ez általában problémához vezet.\n" "\n" "Biztosan ezt szeretné?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "A csatolási pontot meg kell adni." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "A Swap eszközök csatolási pontjának mindig swapnak kell lennie." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Csak swap eszközöknek lehet swap a csatolási pontja." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "A csatolási pont már foglalt, válasszon másik csatolási pontot." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT fájlrendszert kíván használni alap csatolási ponthoz (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"FAT fájlrendszert kíván használni alap csatolási ponthoz (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Ez nem lehetséges." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen karakter a csatolási pontban. Ne használja a \"`'!\"%#\" " -"karaktereket a csatolási pont nevében." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Érvénytelen karakter a csatolási pontban. Ne használja a \"`'!\"%#\" karaktereket a csatolási pont nevében." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -msgstr "" -"Az alábbi csatolási pontokat nem használhatja:/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /" -"lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,/var/adm/mnt\n" +msgstr "Az alábbi csatolási pontokat nem használhatja:/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "A csatolási pontnak egy \"/\" jellel kell kezdődnie." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2288,10 +2225,10 @@ "A csatolási pont lapozását nem lehet lapozó\n" "fájlrendszer nélküli eszközhöz hozzárendelni." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2301,8 +2238,8 @@ "A megadott méret (felkerekítés után) %2.\n" "A minimális méret ennél a fájlrendszernél %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2310,8 +2247,8 @@ "Nem lehet csatolási pontot hozzárendelni\n" "olyan eszközhöz, amely nem vagy ismeretlen fájlrendszerrel rendelkezik." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2333,30 +2270,29 @@ "\n" "Valóban ezt a fájlrendszert kívánja használni?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "A fájlrendszer jelenleg ide van csatlakoztatva: %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Megpróbálhatja leválasztani most, folytathatja leválasztás nélkül vagy " -"megszakíthatja a műveletet.\n" +"Megpróbálhatja leválasztani most, folytathatja leválasztás nélkül vagy megszakíthatja a műveletet.\n" "Kattintson a Mégse gombra, ha nem biztos benne, hogy mi történik." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Leválasztás" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2364,84 +2300,82 @@ "Megpróbálhatja leválasztani most vagy megszakíthatja a műveletet.\n" "Kattintson a Mégse gombra, ha nem biztos benne, hogy mi történik." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét csökkenteni, amíg az fel van csatolva." +msgstr "Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét csökkenteni, amíg az fel van csatolva." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét növelni, amíg az fel van csatolva." +msgstr "Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszer méretét növelni, amíg az fel van csatolva." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Nem lehetséges a fájlrendszert átméretezni, amíg az fel van csatolva." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Eszközök újraolvasása" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Csatolási pontok importálása..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Tit&kosító jelszó megadása…" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&iSCSI lemezek beállítása..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "&FCoE beállítása..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Többutas mód beállítása..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&DASD beállítása..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&zFCP beállítása..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&XPRAM beállítása..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Beállítás..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Elérhető tárolók a(z) %1 gépen" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "Ez a nézet minden elérhető háttértároló eszközt megjelenít." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2451,17 +2385,15 @@ "kattintva további információ jelenik meg az\n" "eszközzel kapcsolatban.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." -msgstr "" -"A táblázat bejegyzéseit kiválasztva további információ jelenik meg az " -"eszközzel kapcsolatban." +msgstr "A táblázat bejegyzéseit kiválasztva további információ jelenik meg az eszközzel kapcsolatban." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2469,112 +2401,106 @@ "A lemezek újraolvasása megsemmisíti az összes friss módosítást.\n" "Valóban újraolvassa a lemezeket?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Az iSCSI-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"Az iSCSI-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa az iSCSI-beállításokat?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Az FCoE beállításainak újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást.\n" +"Az FCoE beállításainak újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást.\n" "Valóban újraolvassa az FCoE beállításait?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"A többutas beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"A többutas beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa a többutas beállításokat?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"A DASD-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"A DASD-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa a DASD-beállításokat?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"A zFCP-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"A zFCP-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa a zFCP-beállításokat?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Az XPRAM-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi " -"módosítást. \n" +"Az XPRAM-beállítások újraolvasása érvényteleníti az összes jelenlegi módosítást. \n" "Valóban újraolvassa az XPRAM-beállításokat?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "%1 Btrfs szerkesztése" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Válasszon ki legalább egy eszközt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "A Btrfs kötet által használt eszköz módosítása." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Nem használt eszközök:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Kiválasztott eszközök:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "%1 Btrfs kötet átméretezése" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztott Btrfs eszköz." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2584,178 +2510,174 @@ "bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy nem\n" "használja az adott eszközt." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Néhány fizikai eszköz eltávolítása sikertelen." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Szerkesztés" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Törlés" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs kötetek" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Szerkesztés..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Törlés..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Ez a nézet minden Btrfs kötetet megjelenít." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2763,8 +2685,8 @@ "Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt\n" "a kiválasztott Btrfs kötetről.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2772,74 +2694,72 @@ "Ez a nézet megjeleníti az összes eszközt,\n" "amely a kiválasztott Btrfs kötetet használja.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Btrfs eszköz: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Á&ttekintés" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Használt eszközök" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Adja meg az eszköz szerepkörét." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI rendszerindító partíció" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Operációs rendszer" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Adat- és szoftverfejlesztői alkalmazások" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Swap" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Nyers kötet (formázatlan)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Szerepkör" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2847,71 +2767,65 @@ "Először adja meg, hogy kívánja-e formázni a partíciót,\n" "majd válassza ki a kívánt fájlrendszer típusát." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" -msgstr "" -"Amennyiben a köteten titkosítani szeretné az adatait, akkor kapcsolja be " -"az Eszköz titkosítása beállítást. A titkosítás módosítása a meglévő " -"köteten törli az azon található összes adatot.\n" +msgstr "Amennyiben a köteten titkosítani szeretné az adatait, akkor kapcsolja be az Eszköz titkosítása beállítást. A titkosítás módosítása a meglévő köteten törli az azon található összes adatot.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Ezt követően válassza ki, hogy a partíció\n" -"fel legyen-e csatolva, és adja meg a csatolási pontot (/, /boot, /var stb.)." -"" +"fel legyen-e csatolva, és adja meg a csatolási pontot (/, /boot, /var stb.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formázási paraméterek" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Partíció formázása" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Ne formázza a partíciót" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Ne csatolja fel a partíciót" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Csatolási paraméterek" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Partíció csatolása" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Csatolási pont" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-opciók..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "A titkosított fájlnak titkosítottnak kell lennie." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2923,18 +2837,18 @@ "\n" "Kapcsolja be a formázás opciót.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "A titkosított fájlnak szüksége van csatolási pontra." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "A Tmpfs fájlrendszernek szüksége van csatolási pontra." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2943,14 +2857,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a fájlrendszer csak addig van védve, amíg nincs " -"felcsatolva.\n" +"Vegye figyelembe, hogy a fájlrendszer csak addig van védve, amíg nincs felcsatolva.\n" "Felcsatolást követően a fájlrendszert, ugyanannyira lesz védett, \n" "mint bármely egyéb Linux-fájlrendszer.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2959,26 +2872,25 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A rendszer ezt a kötetet swap-ként használja. A titkosító jelszót nem kell " -"megadni,\n" +"A rendszer ezt a kötetet swap-ként használja. A titkosító jelszót nem kell megadni,\n" "de akkor a swap eszköz nem használható a hibernáláshoz.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "A köteten található minden adat törlésre kerül!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "Jelszó" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Az átméretezés nem támogatott az alárendelt eszközökön." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2988,7 +2900,7 @@ "A kiválasztott partíció átméretezése nem lehetséges, mivel a rajta\n" "használt fájlrendszer nem támogatja az átméretezést.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2996,8 +2908,8 @@ "Nem lehet ellenőrizni, hogy az NTFS-fájlrendszer\n" "átméretezhető-e, amíg fel van csatlakoztatva." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3005,79 +2917,79 @@ "A(z) %1 partíció nem méretezhető át, mert a fájlrendszer\n" "inkonzisztensnek tűnik.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "%1 partíció átméretezése" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "%1 logikai kötet átméretezése" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Jelenlegi méret: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Jelenleg használt: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Méret" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximális méret (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimális méret (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Egyéni méret" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Új méret kiválasztása." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "A megadott méret érvénytelen. A méretnek %1 és %2 közé kell esnie." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3088,43 +3000,42 @@ "Ez a folyamat akár órákon át eltarthat. A fájlrendszer leválasztásával\n" "az átméretezés sokkal gyorsabb lehet." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "A(z) '%1' kimenete" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Lemezek vizsgálata..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "%1 DM szerkesztése" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztott DM eszköz." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "A(z) %1 DM használatban van, ezért nem szerkeszthető.\n" -"Szerkesztés előtt bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy nem használja az adott " -"eszközt." +"Szerkesztés előtt bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy nem használja az adott eszközt." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Eszköz-összerendelő (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3135,8 +3046,8 @@ "szerepelnek. Így a többutas lemezek, BIOS RAID-ek és LVM logikai kötetek\n" "nem jelennek itt meg.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3144,8 +3055,8 @@ "Ez a nézet részletes információt ad a kiválasztott\n" "eszköz-összerendelő (DM) által kezelt eszközről." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3153,185 +3064,185 @@ "Ez a nézet megjelenít minden olyan eszközt, amelyet\n" "a kiválasztott eszköz-összerendelő (DM) által kezelt eszköz használ." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Eszközleképző: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID hozzáadása" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Kötetcsoport hozzáadása" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Eszközábrázolás" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Eszközábrázolás mentése..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Ez a nézet az eszközök rajzát jeleníti meg." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Az ábra mentése sikertelen." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Csatolási ábra" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Csatolási ábra mentése..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Ez a nézet a csatolási pontokat jeleníti meg egy ábrán." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Válasszon az új partícióhoz partíciótípust." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Elsődleges partíció" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Kiter&jesztett partíció" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "&Logikai partíció" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Új partíciótípus" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Válassza ki az új partíció méretét." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Új partícióméret" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Egyéni terület" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Kezdőcilinder" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Utolsó cilinder" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "A megadott terület érvénytelen." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partíció hozzáadása ehhez: %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "A(z) %1 partíció szerkesztése" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Nincs hely a(z) %1 partíció mozgatására." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Továbbmozgatja a(z) %1 partíciót?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Visszamozgatja a(z) %1 partíciót?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Mozgatja a(z) %1 partíciót?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Továbbítás" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Vissza" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Összes partíció törlésének jóváhagyása" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3339,99 +3250,92 @@ "A(z) \"%1\" lemez legalább egy partíciót tartalmaz.\n" "Jóváhagyás esetén a következő partíciók kerülnek törlésre:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Valójában töröli a(z) %1 összes partícióját?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztva lemez." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." -msgstr "" -"LDL formázású közvetlen elérésű tárolóeszközön nem lehet partíciós táblát " -"létrehozni." +msgstr "LDL formázású közvetlen elérésű tárolóeszközön nem lehet partíciós táblát létrehozni." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "A lemez használatban van és nem módosítható." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Új partíciós tábla kiválasztása ehhez: %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." -msgstr "" -"Valóban új partícióstáblát hoz létre a(z) %1 eszközön? Ez törli az összes " -"adatot a(z) %1 eszközön, valamint az összes RAID-et és kötetcsoportot a(z) " -"%1 eszközön." +msgstr "Valóban új partícióstáblát hoz létre a(z) %1 eszközön? Ez törli az összes adatot a(z) %1 eszközön, valamint az összes RAID-et és kötetcsoportot a(z) %1 eszközön." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztva lemez." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Valóban törli a(z) %1 BIOS RAID-et?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Valóban törölni akarja a(z) %1 partíciót?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "A lemezen nem található törlendő partíció." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Nem lehet partíciót létrehozni a(z) %1 lemezen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztva partíció." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 partíció használatban van, ezért nem szerkeszthető. A(z) %1 partíció " -"szerkesztéshez győződjön meg róla, hogy nincs használatban." +msgstr "A(z) %1 partíció használatban van, ezért nem szerkeszthető. A(z) %1 partíció szerkesztéshez győződjön meg róla, hogy nincs használatban." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Kiterjesztett partíció nem szerkeszthető." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3439,27 +3343,25 @@ "A(z) %1 partíció már létre van hozva a lemezen\n" "és nem mozgatható." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Kiterjesztett partíció nem mozgatható." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 partíció használatban van, ezért nem méretezhető át. A(z) %1 " -"partíció átméretezéséhez győződjön meg róla, hogy nincs használatban." +msgstr "A(z) %1 partíció használatban van, ezért nem méretezhető át. A(z) %1 partíció átméretezéséhez győződjön meg róla, hogy nincs használatban." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Kiterjesztett partíció nem méretezhető át." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3470,11 +3372,10 @@ msgstr "" "Válasszon egy vagy több (ha lehetséges) merevlemezt,\n" "amelyen ugyanaz a partíciókiosztás található, mint ezen a lemezen. \n" -"A lemezek, amelyek '*'-gal vannak jelölve, egy vagy több partíciót " -"tartalmaznak\n" +"A lemezek, amelyek '*'-gal vannak jelölve, egy vagy több partíciót tartalmaznak\n" "A klónozást követően ezek a partíciók törlésre kerülnek.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3482,11 +3383,11 @@ "A következő partíciók kerülnek törlésre\n" "és minden azokon található adott elvész:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Valóban törli ezeket a partíciókat?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3496,7 +3397,7 @@ "lemezen legalább egy partíciónak lennie kell).\n" "A lemez klónozása előtt hozzon létre rajta partíciót.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3504,20 +3405,20 @@ "Ezt a lemezt nem lehet klónozni. Nem található megfelelő lemez\n" "amelynek hasonló a partíciókiosztása." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "A(z) %1 partíció klónozása" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Rendelkezésre álló lemezek:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Válasszon ki egy céllemezt a klón készítéséhez" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3525,8 +3426,8 @@ "A dasdfmt futtatására a lemez összes adata törlésre kerül.\n" "Valóban végrehajtja a dasdfmt programot a(z) %1 lemezen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3538,58 +3439,58 @@ "A lemezen jelenleg megtalálható partíciók újból meg\n" "lesznek jelenítve.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Partíció hozzáadása" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Mozgatás" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Átméretezés" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Áthelyezés..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Átméretezés..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3597,8 +3498,8 @@ "Merevlemezek, BIOS RAID-ek és többutas eszközök\n" "nem mozgathatók." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3606,19 +3507,19 @@ "Merevlemezek, BIOS RAID-ek és többutas eszközök\n" "nem méretezhetők át." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Merevlemezek" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Partíció hozzáadása…" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3626,62 +3527,62 @@ "Ez a nézet megjeleníti az összes merevlemezt,\n" "beleértve az iSCSI-lemezeket, a BIOS RAID-eket és a többutas lemezeket.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Állapotvizsgálat (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Tulajdonságok (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." msgstr "Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott lemezről." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "A SMART nem használható ehhez a lemezhez." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "A hdparm nem használható ehhez a lemezhez." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Új partíciós tábla létrehozása" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Lemez klónozása" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "dasd&fmt futtatása a DASD eszközön" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Hozzáadás..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Szakértői..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3691,8 +3592,8 @@ "összes partícióját. Amennyiben a merevlemezt használja\n" "a BIOS RAID vagy a többutas mód, akkor nem jelenik meg.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3702,95 +3603,87 @@ "által használt összes eszközt. A táblázatban csak a BIOS RAID és a többutas\n" "lemezek esetében jelennek meg adatok.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partíciók" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Merevlemez: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partíció: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott partícióról." +msgstr "Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott partícióról." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" -msgstr "" -"A YaST ellenőrizte a merevlemezeket, és talált egy vagy több érvényes " -"csatolási pontokkal rendelkező Linux-rendszert. A régi csatolási pontok a " -"táblázatban láthatók.\n" +msgstr "A YaST ellenőrizte a merevlemezeket, és talált egy vagy több érvényes csatolási pontokkal rendelkező Linux-rendszert. A régi csatolási pontok a táblázatban láthatók.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." -msgstr "" -"Ki lehet választani a meglévő rendszerkötetek (pl. / és /usr) formázásra " -"kerüljenek a telepítés során, míg a nem rendszerkötetek (pl. /home) ne " -"legyen formázva." +msgstr "Ki lehet választani a meglévő rendszerkötetek (pl. / és /usr) formázásra kerüljenek a telepítés során, míg a nem rendszerkötetek (pl. /home) ne legyen formázva." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." -msgstr "" -"Nem érzékelhető előzőleg telepített, csatolási pontokkal rendelkező rendszer." +msgstr "Nem érzékelhető előzőleg telepített, csatolási pontokkal rendelkező rendszer." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "&Előző megjelenítése" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "&Következő megjelenítése" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Csatolási pontok beolvasása létező rendszerből:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Rendszerkötetek formázása" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importálás" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab található a %1 eszközön:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Helytelen jelszó lett megadva." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVM által használt partíció törlésének jóváhagyása" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3800,15 +3693,15 @@ "A konzisztens állapot megtartása érdekében a következő kötetcsoportok\n" "és azok logikai kötetei kerülnek törlésre:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Törli a(z) \"%1\" partíciót és \"%2\" kötetcsoportot?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAID által használt partíció törlésének jóváhagyása" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3818,24 +3711,24 @@ "A rendszer konzisztenciájának megtartása érdekében\n" "a következő RAID eszközök kerülnek törlésre:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Törli a(z) \"%1\" partíciót és a \"%2\" RAID-et?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Valójában törölni akarja a(z) %1 összes partícióját?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Valóban törli: %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3843,60 +3736,57 @@ "\n" "Törölje a YaST a(z) %1 hurokcsatolt (loop) fájlt is?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Particionálatlan" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Lefoglalatlan" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Nincsenek változások a particionálásban." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Változások a particionálásban:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Nincsenek változások a háttértárak beállításaiban." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Háttértárak beállításai:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Telepítendő csomagok:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Egy csomagot sem kell telepíteni." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hurokfájl elérési útja: Ez kizárólag a fájl abszolút elérési " -"útja lehet, amely tartalmazza a beállítandó adatokat titkosított hurokeszköz " -"esetén.\n" +"Hurokfájl elérési útja: Ez kizárólag a fájl abszolút elérési útja lehet, amely tartalmazza a beállítandó adatokat titkosított hurokeszköz esetén.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3905,11 +3795,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hurokfájl létrehozása: Ha ez be van jelölve, a fájl \n" -"a mezőben megadott méretben kerül létrehozásra. MEGJEGYZÉS: Ha a fájl " -"már létezik, akkor az összes benne található adat elvész.\n" +"a mezőben megadott méretben kerül létrehozásra. MEGJEGYZÉS: Ha a fájl már létezik, akkor az összes benne található adat elvész.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3919,8 +3808,8 @@ "Méret: Ez a hurokfájl mérete. A fájlrendszernek a titkosított\n" "hurokeszköz létrehozásakor ilyen mérettel kell rendelkeznie.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3934,23 +3823,23 @@ "fájlrendszer nem érhető el. Ez a telepítés végén fog létrejönni.\n" "Legyen óvatos a méret és útvonal megadásakor.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Hurokfájl elérési útja" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Tallózás…" -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Hurokfájl létrehozása" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3958,13 +3847,13 @@ "A(z) \"%1\" fájlnév érvénytelen.\n" "Használjon abszolút elérési utat.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "A megadott méret nem megfelelő. A minimális méret %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3974,116 +3863,110 @@ "létrehozása nincs engedélyezve. Helyette használhat egy meglévő\n" "fájlt vagy kapcsolja be a létrehozási állapotjelzőt (create flag)." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Titkosított fájl hozzáadása" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "%1 titkosított fájl szerkesztése" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztott titkosított fájl." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "" -"A(z) %1 titkosított fájl használatban van, ezért nem módosítható. " -"Szerkesztéséhez győződjön meg róla, hogy nincs használatban." +msgstr "A(z) %1 titkosított fájl használatban van, ezért nem módosítható. Szerkesztéséhez győződjön meg róla, hogy nincs használatban." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Titkosított fájlok" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Titkosított fájl hozzáadása..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Ez a nézet minden titkosított fájlt megjelenít." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Titkosított fájl: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott titkosított fájlról." -"" +msgstr "Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott titkosított fájlról." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Adja meg a kötetcsoport nevét." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "A kötetcsoport neve nem lehet 128 karakternél hosszabb." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "A kötetcsoport neve nem kezdődhet \"-\" karakterrel." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -msgstr "" -"A kötetcsoport neve érvénytelen karaktereket tartalmaz. Megengedettek az " -"alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és \"+\" jel." +msgstr "A kötetcsoport neve érvénytelen karaktereket tartalmaz. Megengedettek az alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és \"+\" jel." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "A(z) %1 kötetcsoport már létezik." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4091,13 +3974,13 @@ "A(z) \"%1\" kötetcsoportnév ütközik\n" "a /dev könyvtár egy másik bejegyzésével.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Kötetcsoport törlésének jóváhagyása" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4107,43 +3990,37 @@ "tartalmaz. Jóváhagyás esetén a következő kötetek kerülnek\n" "lecsatolásra (amennyiben jelenleg felcsatoltak) és törlésre:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Valóban törli a(z) \"%1\" kötetcsoportot és az összes hozzá tartozó logikai " -"kötetet?" +msgstr "Valóban törli a(z) \"%1\" kötetcsoportot és az összes hozzá tartozó logikai kötetet?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" -msgstr "" -"A megadott adatok nem megfelelőek. A fizikaiegység-méretnek nagyobbnak kell " -"lennie, mint %1 (2 hatványaként). Megadható például \"%2\" vagy \"%3\"." +msgstr "A megadott adatok nem megfelelőek. A fizikaiegység-méretnek nagyobbnak kell lennie, mint %1 (2 hatványaként). Megadható például \"%2\" vagy \"%3\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Adjon nevet a logikai kötetnek." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "A logikai kötet neve nem lehet 128 karakternél hosszabb." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -msgstr "" -"A logikai kötet neve érvénytelen karaktereket tartalmaz. Megengedettek az " -"alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és \"+\" jel." +msgstr "A logikai kötet neve érvénytelen karaktereket tartalmaz. Megengedettek az alfanumerikus karakterek, valamint a \".\", \"_\", \"-\" és \"+\" jel." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4151,58 +4028,56 @@ "Már létezik egy \"%1\" nevű logikai kötet\n" "a(z) \"%2\" kötetcsoportban." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Adja meg az új kötetcsoport nevét és fizikai egységének méretét." +msgstr "Adja meg az új kötetcsoport nevét és fizikai egységének méretét." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." msgstr "Válassza ki a kötetcsoporthoz tartozó köteteket." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Kötetcsoport neve" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "&Fizikai egység mérete" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Elérhető fizikai kötetek:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Kiválasztott fizikai kötetek:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "A kötetcsoport által használt eszköz módosítása." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Adja meg az új logikai kötet méretét, valamint a sávok\n" "méretét és számát. A sávok száma nem lehet több,\n" "mint a kötetcsoportban lévő fizikai kötetek száma." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4213,173 +4088,162 @@ msgstr "" "A Vékony kötetek tetszőleges mérettel készülhetnek\n" "A szükséges lemezterület a felhasználásnak megfelelően kerül lefoglalásra\n" -"a hozzárendelt Vékony tárolóból. Így előfordulhat, hogy a Vékony " -"kötet mérete\n" -"nagyobb, mint a Vékony tárolóé. Természetesen, ha valódi adatok kerülnek " -"kiírásra a Vékony kötetre,\n" +"a hozzárendelt Vékony tárolóból. Így előfordulhat, hogy a Vékony kötet mérete\n" +"nagyobb, mint a Vékony tárolóé. Természetesen, ha valódi adatok kerülnek kiírásra a Vékony kötetre,\n" "akkor a Vékony tárolónak megfelelő méretű területre van szüksége.\n" "A Vékony kötetek nem rendelkeznek sávszámmal." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Sávok" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Szám" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%1 logikai kötet hozzáadása a(z) %2 kötetcsoporthoz" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "%1 kötetcsoport átméretezése" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Adja meg az új logikai kötet nevét." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Egy logikai kötet Normal kötetnek is megadható.\n" -"Ez az alapértelmezett és azt jelenti, hogy a sima LVM kötetek is " -"rendelkezneka korábban Thin Provisioning néven ismert funkcióval.\n" +"Ez az alapértelmezett és azt jelenti, hogy a sima LVM kötetek is rendelkezneka korábban Thin Provisioning néven ismert funkcióval.\n" "Amennyiben bizonytalan, a legtöbb esetben ez a megfelelő választás" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "A logikai kötet lehet Vékony tároló.\n" -"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a Vékony kötetek szükség esetén innen foglalják " -"le a szükséges tárterületet." +"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a Vékony kötetek szükség esetén innen foglalják le a szükséges tárterületet." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "A logikai kötet lehet Vékony kötet is.\n" -"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a kötet a szükséges tárterületet a Vékony tárolóból</" -"b> foglalja le." +"Ez azt jelenti, hogy a kötet a szükséges tárterületet a Vékony tárolóból foglalja le." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Név" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Típus" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Normál kötet" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Vékony tároló" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Vékony kötet" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Használt tároló" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Logikai kötet hozzáadása ehhez: %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%1 logikai kötet szerkesztése itt: %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Nincs megfelelő számú használaton kívüli eszköz a kötetcsoport " -"létrehozásához.\n" +"Nincs megfelelő számú használaton kívüli eszköz a kötetcsoport létrehozásához.\n" "\n" -"Az LVM használatához legalább egy használaton kívüli 0x8e (vagy 0x83) " -"típusú\n" +"Az LVM használatához legalább egy használaton kívüli 0x8e (vagy 0x83) típusú\n" "partícióra vagy egy használaton kívüli RAID-eszközre van szükség.\n" "Ennek megfelelően kell módosítani a partíciótáblát." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztott kötetcsoport." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Valóban el akarja távolítani a(z) \"%1\" kötetcsoportot?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "A(z) %1 kötetcsoport törlése sikertelen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztott logikai kötet." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "A(z) \"%1\" kötetcsoportban nincs több szabad hely." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4387,8 +4251,8 @@ "A(z) %1 kötet egy vékony tároló.\n" "Nem szerkeszthető." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4398,199 +4262,186 @@ "bizonyosodjon meg róla, hogy nem\n" "használja az adott eszközt." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet hozzáadása" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Kötetcsoport" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Kötetkezelés" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet megmutatja az összes LVM kötetcsoportot és azok logikai " -"köteteit." +msgstr "Ez a nézet megmutatja az összes LVM kötetcsoportot és azok logikai köteteit." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott kötetcsoportól." +msgstr "Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott kötetcsoportól." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet megmutatja a kiválasztott kötetcsoport logikai köteteit." +msgstr "Ez a nézet megmutatja a kiválasztott kötetcsoport logikai köteteit." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet megmutatja a kiválasztott kötetcsoport által használt összes " -"fizikai kötetet." +msgstr "Ez a nézet megmutatja a kiválasztott kötetcsoport által használt összes fizikai kötetet." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Kötetcsoport: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "&Logikai kötetek" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Fizikai kötetek" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Logikai kötet: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott logikai kötetről.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt a kiválasztott logikai kötetről." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Eszköz-összerendelő" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Nem használt eszközök" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Áttekintés a telepítésről" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Beállítások" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" "Megváltoztatta a particionálást vagy a háttértárak beállítását.\n" -" Ezek a változások elvesznek, ha elhagyja a párbeszédablakot a(z) \"%1\" " -"gomb megnyomásával.\n" +" Ezek a változások elvesznek, ha elhagyja a párbeszédablakot a(z) \"%1\" gomb megnyomásával.\n" "Valóban kilép?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Itt látható a partíciók összesítése." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Összegzés" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Rendszernézet" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Az NFS beállítások nem érhetők el. Ellenőrizze, hogy a yast2-nfs-client " -"csomag telepítve van." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Az NFS beállítások nem érhetők el. Ellenőrizze, hogy a yast2-nfs-client csomag telepítve van." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "NFS (Network File System)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4598,64 +4449,51 @@ "A(z) '%1' NFS megosztás tesztelése sikertelen.\n" "Ennek ellenére elmenti?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Válasszon legalább %2 eszközt ehhez: %1." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Válassza ki az új RAID típusát." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Ez a típusú RAID növeli a merevlemezek teljesítményét.\n" -"Ebben a módban NINCS redundancia. Ha az egyik lemez megsérül, nincs " -"mód az adatok visszaállítására.\n" +"Ebben a módban NINCS redundancia. Ha az egyik lemez megsérül, nincs mód az adatok visszaállítására.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Ennek a módnak van a legnagyobb redundanciája. Kettő " -"vagy több\n" -"merevlemezzel lehet használni. Ebben a módban tökéletes másolatot tart " -"karban a gép\n" -"minden merevlemezen. Amíg legalább az egyik merevlemez működik, nincs " -"adatvesztés.\n" -"Az ebben a RAID módban részt vevő partícióknak célszerű közel azonos " -"méretűeknek lenniük.\n" +"RAID 1: Ennek a módnak van a legnagyobb redundanciája. Kettő vagy több\n" +"merevlemezzel lehet használni. Ebben a módban tökéletes másolatot tart karban a gép\n" +"minden merevlemezen. Amíg legalább az egyik merevlemez működik, nincs adatvesztés.\n" +"Az ebben a RAID módban részt vevő partícióknak célszerű közel azonos méretűeknek lenniük.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Ez a mód több merevlemez hatékonyságát ötvözi a " -"redundanciával.\n" -"Három vagy több merevlemezzel használható. Ha az egyik merevlemez megsérül, " -"minden adat\n" -"épségben megvan. Ha két merevlemez sérül meg egyszerre, az adatok elvesznek." -"\n" +"RAID 5: Ez a mód több merevlemez hatékonyságát ötvözi a redundanciával.\n" +"Három vagy több merevlemezzel használható. Ha az egyik merevlemez megsérül, minden adat\n" +"épségben megvan. Ha két merevlemez sérül meg egyszerre, az adatok elvesznek.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4665,22 +4503,16 @@ "RAID funkcióhoz. Használata nem kötelező. Ha megad nevet, az eszköz\n" "<tt>/dev/md/<név></tt> útvonalon érhető el.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Partíciók hozzáadása a RAID-hez. A RAID típusától függően a " -"használható lemezterület vagy a partíciók méretének összege (RAID0), vagy a " -"legkisebbik partíció mérete (RAID1), vagy pedig (N-1)-szer a legkisebb " -"partíció mérete (N merevlemezből alkotott RAID5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +msgstr "Partíciók hozzáadása a RAID-hez. A RAID típusától függően a használható lemezterület vagy a partíciók méretének összege (RAID0), vagy a legkisebbik partíció mérete (RAID1), vagy pedig (N-1)-szer a legkisebb partíció mérete (N merevlemezből alkotott RAID5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4688,85 +4520,81 @@ "Általában a partícióknak különböző merevlemezeken kell lenniük\n" "a kívánt redundancia és teljesítmény eléréséhez.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID-típus" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID&0 (csíkozás)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID&1 (tükrözés)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID&5 (redundáns csíkozás)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID&6 (kettős redundáns csíkozás)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID&10 (tükrözés és sávozás)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "RAID-&név (nem kötelező megadni)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Elérhető eszközök:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Chunk méret: Ez a legkisebb \"atomi egység\" mérete\n" "amit egyszerre ír ki az eszközre. RAID5 esetén 128 kB az ajánlott érték,\n" "RAID0 esetében 32 kB egy jó kiindulási pont. RAID1 esetén ennek az értéknek\n" "nincs igazán jelentősége.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Paritásalgoritmus:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "A RAID5/6-nál használt paritásalgoritmus.\n" -"Tipikus merevlemezek esetén általában a bal-szimmetrikus nyújtja a legjobb " -"teljesítményt.\n" +"Tipikus merevlemezek esetén általában a bal-szimmetrikus nyújtja a legjobb teljesítményt.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4774,66 +4602,66 @@ "A paritásalgoritmussal kapcsolatos további részletek\n" "az mdadm man oldalán található (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Chunk mérete" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "P&aritásalgoritmus" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID beállítás" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "A RAID által használt eszköz módosítása." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "%1 RAID hozzáadása" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "%1 RAID átméretezése" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "%1 RAID szerkesztése" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4842,25 +4670,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "A(z) %1 raid nem módosítható, mert inaktív állapotban van.\n" -"Ez általában azt jelenti, hogy a raid eszközök csoportja túl kevés, hogy " -"alkalmas legyen raid használatához.\n" +"Ez általában azt jelenti, hogy a raid eszközök csoportja túl kevés, hogy alkalmas legyen raid használatához.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "Nincs elegendő, használaton kívüli eszköz a RAID készítéséhez." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztva RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4868,18 +4695,17 @@ "A(z) %1 RAID használatban van.\n" "A(z) %1 szerkesztése előtt győződjön meg róla, hogy nem használja semmi." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "A %1 RAID már létezik a lemezen,\n" -"ezért már nem lehet átméretezni. Az átméretezéshez a(z) %1 RAID-et, törölje " -"ki, majd hozza újra létre." +"ezért már nem lehet átméretezni. Az átméretezéshez a(z) %1 RAID-et, törölje ki, majd hozza újra létre." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4887,184 +4713,168 @@ "A(z) %1 RAID használatban van, ezért nem lehet átméretezni.\n" "A(z) %1 átméretezése előtt győződjön meg róla, hogy nem használja semmi." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID hozzáadása..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet megmutatja az összes RAID-et, a BIOS RAID-ek kivételével." +msgstr "Ez a nézet megmutatja az összes RAID-et, a BIOS RAID-ek kivételével." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." msgstr "Ez a nézet részletes információt mutat a kiválasztott RAID-ről." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet megjeleníti az összes eszközt, amelyet a kiválasztott RAID " -"használ." +msgstr "Ez a nézet megjeleníti az összes eszközt, amelyet a kiválasztott RAID használ." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Címke" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Csatolva: " -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Használja:" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Cilinderinformáció" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Fibre Channel információ" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Titkosítás" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Eszköznév" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Kötetnév" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Eszközazonosító" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Eszközútvonal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimális" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Henger" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Alapértelmezett csatolás" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Alapértelmezett fájlrendszer" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Újonnan létrehozott partíciók igazítása" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Háttértároló eszközök megjelenítése a következők szerint: " -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Háttértároló eszközök látható információi" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "Ez a nézet megmutatja az általános háttértároló beállításokat:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Az Alapértelmezett csatolás egy csatolási mód az újonnan " -"létrehozott fájlrendszerek számára.\n" -"Az Eszköznév a kernel eszköznevet használja, amely nem állandó. Az " -"Eszközazonosító és Eszközútvonal\n" -" az udev által, a hardverinformációkból kialakított név. Ennek állandónak " -"kellene lennie, azonban ez nem mindig igaz. Végül az UUID és a " -"Kötetnév adatai kerül felhasználásra.\n" +"Az Alapértelmezett csatolás egy csatolási mód az újonnan létrehozott fájlrendszerek számára.\n" +"Az Eszköznév a kernel eszköznevet használja, amely nem állandó. Az Eszközazonosító és Eszközútvonal\n" +" az udev által, a hardverinformációkból kialakított név. Ennek állandónak kellene lennie, azonban ez nem mindig igaz. Végül az UUID és a Kötetnév adatai kerül felhasználásra.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5072,59 +4882,48 @@ "Az Alapértelmezett fájlrendszer adja meg\n" "az újonnan létrehozott fájlrendszer fájlrendszertípusát.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Az Újonnan létrehozott partíciók igazítása\n" -"határozza meg a létrehozott partíciók elhelyezését. A cilinder a " -"lemez cilindereihez igazodik. Az optimális igazítás a Linux kernel " -"által, a legjobb teljesítmény eléréséhez javasolt értéket adja vagy " -"megpróbál kompatibilis maradni a Windows Vista és a Windows 7 rendszerekkel." -"\n" +"határozza meg a létrehozott partíciók elhelyezését. A cilinder a lemez cilindereihez igazodik. Az optimális igazítás a Linux kernel által, a legjobb teljesítmény eléréséhez javasolt értéket adja vagy megpróbál kompatibilis maradni a Windows Vista és a Windows 7 rendszerekkel.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." -msgstr "" -"A Háttértároló eszközök megjelenítése a következők szerint " -"határozza meg, hogy a merevlemez hogyan jelenjen meg a navigációs ablakban.</" -"p>" +msgstr "A Háttértároló eszközök megjelenítése a következők szerint határozza meg, hogy a merevlemez hogyan jelenjen meg a navigációs ablakban." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." -msgstr "" -"A Háttértároló eszközök látható információi lehetőséget biztosít " -"az információk elrejtésére a táblákban." +msgstr "A Háttértároló eszközök látható információi lehetőséget biztosít az információk elrejtésére a táblákban." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Ez megmutatja a telepítés információit." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Tmpfs csatolási pont hozzáadása" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Nincs kiválasztott tmpfs eszköz." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5132,18 +4931,18 @@ "\n" "Valóban törölni akarja a(z) %1 csatolási ponton lévő tmpfs kötetet?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Tmpfs kötetek" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Ez a nézet megjeleníti az összes tmpfs kötetet." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5151,61 +4950,57 @@ "Ez a nézet részletes információt nyújt\n" "a kiválasztott tmpfs kötetről.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs csatolási pontja: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Újraolvasás" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" "have no logical volumes." -msgstr "" -"Ez a nézet megmutatja azokat az eszközöket, amelyekhez nincs csatolási " -"pont rendelve, nincsenek particionálva, vagy olyan fizikai kötetek, " -"amelyeknek nincsenek logikai kötetei." +msgstr "Ez a nézet megmutatja azokat az eszközöket, amelyekhez nincs csatolási pont rendelve, nincsenek particionálva, vagy olyan fizikai kötetek, amelyeknek nincsenek logikai kötetei." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "A nem használt eszközök újraolvasása megsemmisíti\n" -"az összes jelenlegi módosítást. Valóban újraolvassa a nem használt " -"eszközöket?" +"az összes jelenlegi módosítást. Valóban újraolvassa a nem használt eszközöket?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5213,17 +5008,17 @@ "A kért mérettel nem lehetett logikai kötetet\n" "létrehozni.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Próbálja meg csökkenteni a kötet csíkszámát." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Csak logikai kötetek távolíthatók el." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5231,8 +5026,8 @@ "Legalább egy pillanatkép aktív ezen a köteten.\n" "Először távolítsa el pillanatképet." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5240,100 +5035,100 @@ "Legalább egy vékony kötet használja ezt a tárolót.\n" "Először távolítsa el a vékony kötetet." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Eltávolítja a(z) %1 logikai kötetet?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Teljes méret: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Végső méret: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Osztály" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Fent" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Fel" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Lekapcsolt" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Lent" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Besorolás" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hozzáadás" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Összes hozzáadása" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Összes eltávolítása" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "A(z) '%1' fájl nem szokványos fájl!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "A(z) %1 fájl túl nagy!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5342,262 +5137,214 @@ msgstr "" "A mintafájl formátuma érvénytelen!\n" "\n" -"A fájlban soronként szerepelnie kell reguláris kifejezéseknek és " -"osztálynévnek.\n" +"A fájlban soronként szerepelnie kell reguláris kifejezéseknek és osztálynévnek.\n" "Például:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Érzékelt mintasorok:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "Megfeleltesse az eszközöket az osztályokhoz a mintáknak megfelelően?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " -msgstr "" -"Itt lehet megadni a a raid-ben lévő eszközök osztályát. Ezek lehetnek A, " -"B, C, D és E, de legtöbb esetben kevesebb osztály is elegendő (pl. csak A " -"és B). " +msgstr "Itt lehet megadni a a raid-ben lévő eszközök osztályát. Ezek lehetnek A, B, C, D és E, de legtöbb esetben kevesebb osztály is elegendő (pl. csak A és B). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." -msgstr "" -"Az eszközre jobb egérgombbal kattintva az eszköz a megfelelő osztályba " -"tehető. A Ctrl vagy Shift billentyű lenyomásával egyszerre több eszköz is " -"betehető egy osztályba. Az aktuálisan kiválasztott eszköz a(z) \"%1\" - " -"\"%2\" billentyű lenyomásával a megfelelő osztályba tehető." +msgstr "Az eszközre jobb egérgombbal kattintva az eszköz a megfelelő osztályba tehető. A Ctrl vagy Shift billentyű lenyomásával egyszerre több eszköz is betehető egy osztályba. Az aktuálisan kiválasztott eszköz a(z) \"%1\" - \"%2\" billentyű lenyomásával a megfelelő osztályba tehető." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -msgstr "" -"Az eszközökhöz tartozó osztályok kiválasztása után az eszközök " -"sorbarendezhetők a(z) \"%1\" vagy \"%2\" billentyűk lenyomásával." +msgstr "Az eszközökhöz tartozó osztályok kiválasztása után az eszközök sorbarendezhetők a(z) \"%1\" vagy \"%2\" billentyűk lenyomásával." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." -msgstr "" -"A Rendezés mind A osztályú eszközt a B típusú eszközök elé tesz és " -"így tovább." +msgstr "A Rendezés mind A osztályú eszközt a B típusú eszközök elé tesz és így tovább." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Az Összefésült először fogja az első A osztályú eszközt, majd az első " -"B osztályú eszközt és így sorban az osztályokat. Ezt követően jön az A " -"osztály második eszköze, majd a B osztály második eszköze és így tovább." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +msgstr "Az Összefésült először fogja az első A osztályú eszközt, majd az első B osztályú eszközt és így sorban az osztályokat. Ezt követően jön az A osztály második eszköze, majd a B osztály második eszköze és így tovább." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Minden olyan eszköz, amely nincs osztályba sorolva, az eszközlista végére " -"kerül.\n" -"A felugró ablak elhagyása után az a sorrend marad, ahogy azok létrehozásra " -"kerültek a RAID-ben." +"Minden olyan eszköz, amely nincs osztályba sorolva, az eszközlista végére kerül.\n" +"A felugró ablak elhagyása után az a sorrend marad, ahogy azok létrehozásra kerültek a RAID-ben." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"A(z) \"%1\" billentyű lenyomásával kiválasztható egy fájl, amely " -"reguláris kifejezéseket és az osztályneveket tartalmazza (pl. \"sda.* A" -"\"). Az összes eszköz, amely illeszkedik a reguláris kifejezésre, a megadott " -"osztályba kerül. A reguláris kifejezésnek a kernelnévre (pl. /dev/sda1), az " -"udev útvonalnévre (pl. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) és az udev azonosítóra (pl. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1) kell illeszkednie.\n" -"Amennyiben egy eszköz több reguláris kifejezésre is illeszkedik, akkor az " -"elsőt veszi figyelembe." +"A(z) \"%1\" billentyű lenyomásával kiválasztható egy fájl, amely reguláris kifejezéseket és az osztályneveket tartalmazza (pl. \"sda.* A\"). Az összes eszköz, amely illeszkedik a reguláris kifejezésre, a megadott osztályba kerül. A reguláris kifejezésnek a kernelnévre (pl. /dev/sda1), az udev útvonalnévre (pl. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) és az udev azonosítóra (pl. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) kell illeszkednie.\n" +"Amennyiben egy eszköz több reguláris kifejezésre is illeszkedik, akkor az elsőt veszi figyelembe." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Eszköz" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Mintafájl" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpfs &méret" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen méret. Használjon számokat és a K, M, G vagy % " -"mértékegységeket.\n" -"Az értéknek többnek kell lennie, mint 100k vagy 1% és 200% közé kell esnie. " -"Próbálja meg újra." +"Érvénytelen méret. Használjon számokat és a K, M, G vagy % mértékegységeket.\n" +"Az értéknek többnek kell lennie, mint 100k vagy 1% és 200% közé kell esnie. Próbálja meg újra." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Az értéknek 1% és 200% közé kell esnie. Próbálja meg újra." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs méret:\n" -"A méretet meg lehet adni számmal, amelyet K,M vagy G követ (kilo-, mega- " -"vagy gigabyte),\n" -"amennyiben a számot százalékjel követi, akkor az a memóriához viszonyított " -"százalékos értékét jelenti." +"A méretet meg lehet adni számmal, amelyet K,M vagy G követ (kilo-, mega- vagy gigabyte),\n" +"amennyiben a számot százalékjel követi, akkor az a memóriához viszonyított százalékos értékét jelenti." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Cserepartíció &prioritás" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Az érték 0 és 32767 közé kell, hogy essen. Próbálja meg újra." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Cserepartíció prioritás:\n" -"Adja meg a cserepartíció prioritását. A nagyobb számok nagyobb prioritást " -"jelölnek.\n" +"Adja meg a cserepartíció prioritását. A nagyobb számok nagyobb prioritást jelölnek.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Csatolás &csak olvasható módban" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Csatolás csak olvasható módban: \n" -"A fájlrendszerre nem lehet írni. Alapértelmezett érték: nem. A telepítés " -"során\n" +"A fájlrendszerre nem lehet írni. Alapértelmezett érték: nem. A telepítés során\n" "a fájlrendszer mindig olvasás-írás módban van csatlakoztatva." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Nincs &hozzáférés-rögzítés" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nincs hozzáférés-rögzítés: \n" -"Egy fájl olvasásakor az ún. access time (hozzáférés ideje) nem kerül " -"frissítésre. Az alapértelmezett a frissítés (hamis).\n" +"Egy fájl olvasásakor az ún. access time (hozzáférés ideje) nem kerül frissítésre. Az alapértelmezett a frissítés (hamis).\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Felhasználó által csatolható" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Felhasználó által csatolható:\n" -"Ezt a fájlrendszert a felhasználó is csatolhatja. Alapértelmezett érték: nem." -"\n" +"Ezt a fájlrendszert a felhasználó is csatolhatja. Alapértelmezett érték: nem.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "&Ne kerüljön csatolásra rendszerindításkor" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ne kerüljön csatolásra rendszerindításkor: \n" "Ez a fájlrendszer a rendszer indításakor nem lesz automatikusan csatolva.\n" "Egy megfelelő bejegyzés az /etc/fstab fájlban gondoskodik arról, hogy az\n" -"egyes fájlrendszerek a rendszer indításakor a <tt>mount <" -"csatolási_pont></tt>\n" -"(a <csatolási_pont> az a könyvtár, ahová csatolásra kerül a " -"fájlrendszer)\n" -"paranccsal automatikusan csatolásra kerüljenek. Alapértelmezett értéke: " -"hamis.\n" +"egyes fájlrendszerek a rendszer indításakor a <tt>mount <csatolási_pont></tt>\n" +"(a <csatolási_pont> az a könyvtár, ahová csatolásra kerül a fájlrendszer)\n" +"paranccsal automatikusan csatolásra kerüljenek. Alapértelmezett értéke: hamis.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "&Kvóta támogatásának engedélyezése" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5607,58 +5354,51 @@ "Ez a fájlrendszert kvótázás engedélyezésével is felcsatolható.\n" "Alapértelmezett érték: nem.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Naplózási &eljárás" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Naplózási eljárás:\n" "Meghatározza a fájladatok naplózásának módszerét.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- Minden adat naplózásra kerül, mielőtt az adat a\n" -"fájlrendszeren fizikailag is a helyére kerül. Nagy hatása van a " -"teljesítményre. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Minden adat közvetlenül a fájlrendszerre kerül, mielőtt " -"megtörténne\n" -"a metaadatokról szóló bejegyzés a naplóban. Közepes hatása van a " -"teljesítményre. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Az adatok elrendezése nem tárolódik. Nincs hatása a " -"teljesítményre.\n" +"fájlrendszeren fizikailag is a helyére kerül. Nagy hatása van a teljesítményre. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Minden adat közvetlenül a fájlrendszerre kerül, mielőtt megtörténne\n" +"a metaadatokról szóló bejegyzés a naplóban. Közepes hatása van a teljesítményre. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Az adatok elrendezése nem tárolódik. Nincs hatása a teljesítményre.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Hozzáférési jogosultságlisták (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Hozzáférési jogosultságlisták (ACL): \n" -"A hozzáférési jogosultságlisták használatának engedélyezése az adott " -"fájlrendszeren.\n" +"A hozzáférési jogosultságlisták használatának engedélyezése az adott fájlrendszeren.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Kiter&jesztett felhasználói tulajdonságok" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5666,232 +5406,197 @@ "Kiterjesztett felhasználói tulajdonságok\n" "A kiterjesztett felhasználói tulajdonságok használata a fájlrendszeren.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Csatolási &opciók" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Érvénytelen karakterek a csatolási pont értékében. Ne használjon szóközt " -"vagy tabulátort. Próbálja újra." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Érvénytelen karakterek a csatolási pont értékében. Ne használjon szóközt vagy tabulátort. Próbálja újra." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Csatolási opciók:\n" -"Ebben a mezőben bármilyen érvényes csatolási kapcsolót megadhat, ami az /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"negyedik oszlopában szerepelhet. Az egyes értékeket vesszővel kell " -"elválasztani. \n" +"Ebben a mezőben bármilyen érvényes csatolási kapcsolót megadhat, ami az /etc/fstab\n" +"negyedik oszlopában szerepelhet. Az egyes értékeket vesszővel kell elválasztani. \n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Fájlnevek &karakterkészlete" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Fájlnevek karakterkészlete:\n" -"Itt beállíthatja, hogy a rendszer a windowsos partíciókon lévő fájlnevek " -"megjelenítéséhez milyen karakterkészletet használjon.\n" +"Itt beállíthatja, hogy a rendszer a windowsos partíciókon lévő fájlnevek megjelenítéséhez milyen karakterkészletet használjon.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Rövid FAT nevek &kódlapja" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Rövid FAT nevek kódlapja:\n" -"Ezt a kódlapot használja a rendszer a FAT fájlrendszeren lévő fájlnevek " -"átalakításakor.\n" +"Ezt a kódlapot használja a rendszer a FAT fájlrendszeren lévő fájlnevek átalakításakor.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "A &FAT-ok száma" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "A FAT-ok száma:\n" -"Meghatározza a foglaltsági táblák számát a fájlrendszerben. Az " -"alapértelmezett érték 2." +"Meghatározza a foglaltsági táblák számát a fájlrendszerben. Az alapértelmezett érték 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT &mérete" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT mérete:\n" -"A foglaltsági táblák méretét határozza meg (12, 16 vagy 32 bit). Automatikus " -"beállítás esetén a YaST magától kiválasztja azt az értéket, amelyik a " -"legjobban illeszkedik a fájlrendszer méretéhez.\n" +"A foglaltsági táblák méretét határozza meg (12, 16 vagy 32 bit). Automatikus beállítás esetén a YaST magától kiválasztja azt az értéket, amelyik a legjobban illeszkedik a fájlrendszer méretéhez.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "&Gyökér könyvtárbejegyzéseinek száma" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"A \"gyökér könyvtárbejegyzéseinek száma\" mező minimális értéke 112. " -"Próbálkozzon újra." +msgstr "A \"gyökér könyvtárbejegyzéseinek száma\" mező minimális értéke 112. Próbálkozzon újra." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" "A gyökér könyvtárbejegyzéseinek száma:\n" -"Meghatározza a gyökérkönyvtárban létesíthető könyvtárak maximális számát.</" -"p>\n" +"Meghatározza a gyökérkönyvtárban létesíthető könyvtárak maximális számát.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash &függvény" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hasítófüggvény:\n" -"Megadja a hasítófüggvény nevét, mely a könyvtárakban lévő fájlok neveinek " -"rendezését végzi.\n" +"Megadja a hasítófüggvény nevét, mely a könyvtárakban lévő fájlok neveinek rendezését végzi.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS &revízió" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Fájlrendszer revízió:\n" -"Ez az opció meghatározza a használandó ReiserFS formátum revíziót. A '3.5'-" -"ös a 2.2-es kernelekkel való kompatibilitásra való, a '3.6'-os az újabb, de " -"legalább 2.4-es kernelt igényel.\n" +"Ez az opció meghatározza a használandó ReiserFS formátum revíziót. A '3.5'-ös a 2.2-es kernelekkel való kompatibilitásra való, a '3.6'-os az újabb, de legalább 2.4-es kernelt igényel.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Blokk&méret byte-ban" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokkméret:\n" -"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokk 512, 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte " -"méretű lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméret 4096 byte " -"méretű lesz.\n" +"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokk 512, 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte méretű lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméret 4096 byte méretű lesz.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Információs csomópontok (i-node) mérete" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Információs csomópontok (i-node) mérete:\n" -"Ez az opció határozza meg a fájlrendszerben a csomópontok (inode-ok) méretét " -"bájtban.\n" +"Ez az opció határozza meg a fájlrendszerben a csomópontok (inode-ok) méretét bájtban.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Csomópont- (inode-) terület mérete &százalékban" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Csomópont- (inode-) terület mérete százalékban:\n" -"Ez az opció azt adja meg, hogy a rendelkezésre álló terület legfeljebb hány " -"százalékát foglalják el a csomópontok.\n" +"Ez az opció azt adja meg, hogy a rendelkezésre álló terület legfeljebb hány százalékát foglalják el a csomópontok.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Csomópontok &igazítása" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Csomópontok igazítása:\n" -"Megadhatja, hogy a csomópontok (inode) igazítva legyenek-e. Alapesetben " -"igazítva vannak, így általában hatékonyabban lehet elérni azokat.\n" +"Megadhatja, hogy a csomópontok (inode) igazítva legyenek-e. Alapesetben igazítva vannak, így általában hatékonyabban lehet elérni azokat.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Napló mérete MB-ban" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5899,30 +5604,28 @@ "A naplóméret értéke érvénytelen.\n" "Adjon meg 0-nál nagyobb értéket.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Naplóméret\n" -"Beállítja a naplóméretet (megabyte-ban). Automatikus beállítás esetén ez a " -"teljes méret 40%-a.\n" +"Beállítja a naplóméretet (megabyte-ban). Automatikus beállítás esetén ez a teljes méret 40%-a.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "A &hibás blokkokat kereső alkalmazás futtatása" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Stride &hossza blokkokban" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5930,8 +5633,8 @@ "A \"Stride hossza blokkokban\" érték nem érvényes.\n" "Adjon meg egy 1-nél nagyobb értéket.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5939,30 +5642,24 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Stride hossza blokkokban:\n" -"Itt lehet beállítani a RAID-re vonatkozó tulajdonságokat. Jelenleg a " -"hosszúság (stride) az egyetlen ilyen tulajdonság, ami a RAID szalagok " -"(stripe) hosszúságát állítja be blokkokban.\n" +"Itt lehet beállítani a RAID-re vonatkozó tulajdonságokat. Jelenleg a hosszúság (stride) az egyetlen ilyen tulajdonság, ami a RAID szalagok (stripe) hosszúságát állítja be blokkokban.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokkméret:\n" -"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokkméret 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte " -"lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméretet befolyásolja a " -"fájlrendszer mérete és annak felhasználása.\n" +"A blokkok mérete byte-ban. Az érvényes blokkméret 1024, 2048 és 4096 byte lehet. Ha automatikus a méretbeállítás, akkor a blokkméretet befolyásolja a fájlrendszer mérete és annak felhasználása.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Byte-ok száma &csomópontonként (inode)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5970,26 +5667,21 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Byte-ok száma csomópontonként (inode):\n" -"Beállítja a byte/csomópont arányt. A YaST minden \"Byte-ok száma " -"csomópontonként\" számú byte-hoz létrehoz egy csomópontot (inode). Minél " -"nagyobb ez a szám, annál kevesebb csomópont jön létre.\n" -"Általánosságban ez a szám nem lehet kisebb, mint a blokkméret, mert akkor " -"túl sok csomópont keletkezne. Fontos tudni, hogy fájlrendszer létrehozása " -"után már nem lehet a csomópontok számát növelni,\n" +"Beállítja a byte/csomópont arányt. A YaST minden \"Byte-ok száma csomópontonként\" számú byte-hoz létrehoz egy csomópontot (inode). Minél nagyobb ez a szám, annál kevesebb csomópont jön létre.\n" +"Általánosságban ez a szám nem lehet kisebb, mint a blokkméret, mert akkor túl sok csomópont keletkezne. Fontos tudni, hogy fájlrendszer létrehozása után már nem lehet a csomópontok számát növelni,\n" "ezért ügyeljen arra, hogy értelmes értéket adjon meg.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Root számára &tartalékolt blokkok százaléka" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5997,27 +5689,19 @@ "A \"Root számára tartalékolt blokkok százaléka\" érték\n" "nem megfelelő. Adjon meg egy 99-nél kisebb számot (pl. 0.5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Root számára tartalékolt blokkok százaléka: Adja meg, hogy a " -"fájlrendszer blokkjainak hány százalékát akarja tartalékolni a root számára. " -"Az alapértelmezett érték 1 GB. A tartalékolt terület alapértelmezett felső " -"határa 5,0 az alsó pedig 0,1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Root számára tartalékolt blokkok százaléka: Adja meg, hogy a fájlrendszer blokkjainak hány százalékát akarja tartalékolni a root számára. Az alapértelmezett érték 1 GB. A tartalékolt terület alapértelmezett felső határa 5,0 az alsó pedig 0,1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Rendszeres ellenőrzés tiltása" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -6025,45 +5709,42 @@ "Rendszeres ellenőrzés tiltása:\n" "Letiltja a rendszeres fájlrendszer-ellenőrzést a rendszer indításakor.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Könyvtárindex funkció" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Könyvtárindex:\n" -"Lehetővé teszi kivonatolt b-fák használatát a nagy könyvtárak kereséseinek " -"felgyorsításához.\n" +"Lehetővé teszi kivonatolt b-fák használatát a nagy könyvtárak kereséseinek felgyorsításához.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "Journal &nélkül" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Journal nélkül:\n" -"A journaling használatának letiltása a fájlrendszeren. Csak akkor célszerű " -"ezt beállítani, ha világosak, hogy milyen következményei vannak.\n" +"A journaling használatának letiltása a fájlrendszeren. Csak akkor célszerű ezt beállítani, ha világosak, hogy milyen következményei vannak.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "A művelet nem engedélyezett a(z) %{device} lemezen.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6079,14 +5760,12 @@ "módosítására használt segédprogram nem tudja olvasni\n" "(a lemez LDL formázású).\n" "\n" -"Használhatja a(z) %{device} lemez meglévő partícióit a jelenlegi " -"állapotukban,\n" +"Használhatja a(z) %{device} lemez meglévő partícióit a jelenlegi állapotukban,\n" "vagy formázhatja őket és hozzárendelheti csatolási pontokhoz,\n" -"de nem tud létrehozni, szerkeszteni, átméretezni és törölni partíciókat ezen " -"a lemezen.\n" +"de nem tud létrehozni, szerkeszteni, átméretezni és törölni partíciókat ezen a lemezen.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6102,14 +5781,12 @@ "a partíciós tábla módosítására használt segédprogrammal,\n" "vagy nem támogatja ez a program.\n" "\n" -"Használhatja a(z) %{device} lemez meglévő partícióit a jelenlegi " -"állapotukban,\n" +"Használhatja a(z) %{device} lemez meglévő partícióit a jelenlegi állapotukban,\n" "vagy formázhatja őket és hozzárendelheti csatolási pontokhoz,\n" -"de nem tud létrehozni, szerkeszteni, átméretezni és törölni partíciókat ezen " -"a lemezen.\n" +"de nem tud létrehozni, szerkeszteni, átméretezni és törölni partíciókat ezen a lemezen.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6126,12 +5803,11 @@ "közel a teljes lemezt elfoglaló partíció.\n" "\n" "Használhatja a(z) %{device} lemez meglévő partícióját a jelenlegi\n" -"állapotban, vagy megformázhatja és hozzárendelheti egy csatolási ponthoz, de " -"partíciókat\n" +"állapotban, vagy megformázhatja és hozzárendelheti egy csatolási ponthoz, de partíciókat\n" "ezen a lemezen nem tud létrehozni, szerkeszteni, átméretezni és törölni.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6142,12 +5818,11 @@ "\n" "\n" "A lemez partíciós tábláját alapállapotba visszaállítani a Szakértői \n" -"particionálás részben lehet a \"Szakértő\"->\"Új partíciós tábla létrehozása" -"\" és lemezcímke,\n" +"particionálás részben lehet a \"Szakértő\"->\"Új partíciós tábla létrehozása\" és lemezcímke,\n" "de ez eltávolítja az összes adatot az összes partícióról ezen a lemezen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6159,26 +5834,26 @@ "Ezt az üzenetet figyelmen kívül hagyhatja, ha ezt a lemezt\n" "nem akarja használni a telepítéshez.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Az átméretezés nem lehetséges:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6190,8 +5865,8 @@ "\n" "Lehet, hogy a megadott titkosítási jelszó helytelen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6201,8 +5876,8 @@ "nem egyforma!\n" "Próbálja meg újra." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6212,26 +5887,26 @@ " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, és bármely ezekből: \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Próbálja meg újra." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Adja meg a titkosító jelszót:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Adja meg a jelszót" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "A következő titkosított kötetek már léteznek." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Titkosított kötet aktiválása" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6243,12 +5918,12 @@ "A jelszavak ismerete szükséges, amennyiben a kötetekre szükség van\n" "a frissítés során, vagy ha titkosított LVM fizikai kötetet tartalmaznak." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Meg akarja adni a titkosító jelszavakat?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6258,73 +5933,70 @@ "a zárolt eszközök listában található eszközhöz.\n" "A jelszavak az összes eszközhöz ki lesznek próbálva." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Titkosító jelszó megadása" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Nincs olyan titkosított kötet, amelyet meg lehet nyitni." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Adjon meg jelszót az alábbi eszközök valamelyikéhez:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Adja meg a következő eszköz jelszavát:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Titkosított kötetek megnyitása…" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "A jelszó egyik kötetet sem nyitotta ki." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE lemez" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI lemez" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Lemez" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "A szükséges csomagok telepítése nem sikerült." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Folytatja a hiba ellenére?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Nem lehet partíciót létrehozni, mert a lemezen található többi partíció " -"használatban van." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Nem lehet partíciót létrehozni, mert a lemezen található többi partíció használatban van." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6334,7 +6006,7 @@ "A(z) %1 eszköz nem módosítható, mert aktív swap partíciót tartalmaz,\n" "amely szükséges a telepítéshez.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6344,7 +6016,7 @@ "A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert a telepítéshez szükséges,\n" "adatokat tartalmaz.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6354,7 +6026,7 @@ "A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert aktív swap partíciót tartalmaz,\n" "amely szükséges a telepítéshez.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6364,7 +6036,7 @@ "A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert a telepítéshez szükséges,\n" "adatokat tartalmaz.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6376,7 +6048,7 @@ "a(z) %2 eszközt, amelyen a telepítéshez szükséges \n" " aktív swap partíció van.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6386,8 +6058,8 @@ "A(z) %1 eszköz nem távolítható el, mert megváltoztatná\n" "a(z) %2 eszközt, amelyen a telepítéshez szükséges adatok találhatók.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6397,169 +6069,163 @@ "A(z) %1 partíció nem távolítható el, mivel más a(z) %2 lemezen\n" "található más partíciók használatban vannak.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nincs semmi sem root fájlrendszerként összerendelve!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "A telepítés nagy valószínűséggel nem fog sikerülni!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "A következő feloldandók hozzáadása sikertelen: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Hiba történt a következő művelet közben:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Rendszerhibakód: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "Adjon m&eg egy jelszót a(z) %1 eszköz számára:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Igen" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Nem" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Titk" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FR-típus" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Kezdés" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Befejezés" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FR-Id" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Lemezcímke" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metaadatok" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "FE-méret" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID-verzió" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Paritásalgoritmus" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Gyártó" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." -msgstr "" -"A BIOS ID a merevlemez BIOS ID-ját mutatja meg. A mező lehet üres is." +msgstr "A BIOS ID a merevlemez BIOS ID-ját mutatja meg. A mező lehet üres is." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." -msgstr "" -"A Busz mutatja meg az eszköz csatolásának módját a rendszerhez. Ez a " -"mező üres lehet pl. a többutas lemezeknél." +msgstr "A Busz mutatja meg az eszköz csatolásának módját a rendszerhez. Ez a mező üres lehet pl. a többutas lemezeknél." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." msgstr "A Chunk mérete mutatja meg a RAID-eszköz chunkméretét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." msgstr "A Cilinderméret mutatja meg a merevlemez cilinderméretét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." -msgstr "" -"A Szektorméret mutatja meg a merevlemezen található szektorok méretét." +msgstr "A Szektorméret mutatja meg a merevlemezen található szektorok méretét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." msgstr "Az Eszköz mutatja meg az eszköz kernelnevét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." -msgstr "" -"A Lemezcímke mutatja meg a lemez partíciós tábla típusát, pl. " -"<tt>MSDOS</tt> vagy <tt>GPT</tt>." +msgstr "A Lemezcímke mutatja meg a lemez partíciós tábla típusát, pl. <tt>MSDOS</tt> vagy <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6567,46 +6233,43 @@ "A Titkosított mutatja meg, hogy az eszköz\n" "titkosítva van-e." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." msgstr "Az Utolsó cilinder mutatja meg a partíció zárócilinderét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." -msgstr "" -"A LUN mutatja meg a Fibre Channel lemezek Logical Unit Number értékét." +msgstr "A LUN mutatja meg a Fibre Channel lemezek Logical Unit Number értékét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." msgstr "A Port ID mutatja meg a Fibre Channel lemezek port ID-jét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." msgstr "WWPN mutatja meg a Fibre Channel lemezek World Wide Port nevét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." -msgstr "" -"Az Elérési útvonal mutatja meg a titkosított hurokeszköz fájljának " -"elérési útvonalát." +msgstr "Az Elérési útvonal mutatja meg a titkosított hurokeszköz fájljának elérési útvonalát." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6614,56 +6277,52 @@ "A Formátum néhány jelzőt tartalmaz: \n" "Az <tt>F</tt> azt jelenti, hogy a partíció ki van jelölve formázásra." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "Az FR-Id a fájlrendszer azonosítóját jelöli." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Az FR-típus a fájlrendszer típusát mutatja." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." msgstr "A Címke a fájlrendszer címkéjét jeleníti meg." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." msgstr "A Metaadat a kötetcsoportok LVM-metaadat-típusát mutatja." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "A Model az eszköz típusát mutatja." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"A Csatolva azt jelöli, hogy a fájlrendszer hogyan van csatolva: " -"(Kernel): kernelnév alapján,\n" -"(Címke): címke alapján, (UUID): UUID alapján, (ID): eszközazonosító " -"alapján,\n" +"A Csatolva azt jelöli, hogy a fájlrendszer hogyan van csatolva: (Kernel): kernelnév alapján,\n" +"(Címke): címke alapján, (UUID): UUID alapján, (ID): eszközazonosító alapján,\n" "(Elérési út): eszközútvonal alapján.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "A kérdőjel (?) azt jelenti, hogy a fájlrendszer nem szerepel az\n" @@ -6671,38 +6330,30 @@ "vagy más automatikus felcsatolt rendszerrel. A kötet beállításainak\n" " módosításakor a YaST nem fogja frissíteni az <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> fájlt.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." -msgstr "" -"A Csatolási pont mutatja meg, hogy a fájlrendszer hova van " -"felcsatolva." +msgstr "A Csatolási pont mutatja meg, hogy a fájlrendszer hova van felcsatolva." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -msgstr "" -"A csatolási pont után szereplő csillag (*) jel azt jelenti, hogy az jelenleg " -"nincs csatolva. (Pl. mert be van állítva a <tt>noauto</tt> opció a <tt>/etc/" -"fstab</tt> fájlban.)" +msgstr "A csatolási pont után szereplő csillag (*) jel azt jelenti, hogy az jelenleg nincs csatolva. (Pl. mert be van állítva a <tt>noauto</tt> opció a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> fájlban.)" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." -msgstr "" -"A Cilinderszám mutatja meg, hogy mennyi cilinderrel rendelkezik a " -"merevlemez." +msgstr "A Cilinderszám mutatja meg, hogy mennyi cilinderrel rendelkezik a merevlemez." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6710,8 +6361,8 @@ "A Paritásalgoritmus mutatja meg\n" "a RAID5, 6 vagy 10 RAID-eszközök paritásalgoritmusát." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6719,51 +6370,48 @@ "A FE-méret megmutatja\n" "az LVM kötetcsoportok fizikai egységének méretét." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "A RAID-verzió a RAID verzióját mutatja." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." -msgstr "" -"A RAID-típus a RAID-eszközök RAID-típusát, vagy RAID-szintjét " -"jeleníti meg." +msgstr "A RAID-típus a RAID-eszközök RAID-típusát, vagy RAID-szintjét jeleníti meg." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "A Méret az eszköz méretét jeleníti meg." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." msgstr "A kezdőcilinder a partíció kezdőcilinderét jelenti." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "A Sávok érték megmutatja az LVM\n" -"logikai kötetek sávjainak számát és amennyiben az nagyobb egynél, zárójelben " -"a sáv méretét.\n" +"logikai kötetek sávjainak számát és amennyiben az nagyobb egynél, zárójelben a sáv méretét.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." msgstr "A Típus általános áttekintést ad az eszköz típusáról." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6771,8 +6419,8 @@ "Az Eszköz-ID megmutatja az eszköz állandó\n" "azonosítóját. Ez a mező üres is lehet.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6780,8 +6428,8 @@ "Az Eszközútvonal az eszköz állandó útvonalát jeleníti meg.\n" "Ez a mező üres is lehet." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6789,243 +6437,243 @@ "A Használja azt jelzi, hogy az eszközt LVM vagy RAID használja.\n" "Ellenkező esetben ez az oszlop üres.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." msgstr "Az UUID az eszköz univerzális egyedi azonosítóját mutatja meg." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "A Gyártó az eszköz gyártóját mutatja meg." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Eszköz: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Méret: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "%1. lemez" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Típus: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formátum: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Titkosítás: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Fájlrendszer: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Csatolási pont: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Csatolva: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Használja %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Címke: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Eszközútvonal: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "Eszköz ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Lemezcímke: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Gyártó: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modell: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Busz: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metaadat: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "FE-méret: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Sávok: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID-verzió: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID-típus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Chunk mérete: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Paritásalgoritmus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Cilinderek száma: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Cilinderméret: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Kezdőcilinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Utolsó cilinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Szektorméret: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FR-Id: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Elérési útvonal: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "Port ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "A táblázat tartalma:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Eszköz:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Fájlrendszer:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Merevlemez:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "Az összesítő tartalma:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7033,8 +6681,8 @@ "A tárolóalrendszert egy ismeretlen alkalmazás zárolta.\n" "A folytatás előtt ki kell lépnie az alkalmazásból." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7042,50 +6690,44 @@ "A tárolóalrendszert a(z) \"%1\" (%2) alkalmazás zárolta.\n" "A folytatás előtt ki kell lépnie az alkalmazásból." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"A fájlrendszer inkonzisztenciája miatt az átméretezés nem lehetséges. " -"Próbáljon meg fájlrendszer-ellenőrzést futtatni Windows alatt." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "A fájlrendszer inkonzisztenciája miatt az átméretezés nem lehetséges. Próbáljon meg fájlrendszer-ellenőrzést futtatni Windows alatt." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Fájlrendszer a root szintű partícióhoz" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Fájlrendszer a saját partícióhoz" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Méretnövelés és &swap a hibernáláshoz" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Javaslat beállításai" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Ha nem szeretné az LVM-et használni, válassza a Partícióalapú " -"javaslat lehetőséget.\n" -"Az LVM-alapú javaslat lehetőséget válassza sima LVM használata " -"esetén, illetve a Titkosított LVM-alapú\n" +"Ha nem szeretné az LVM-et használni, válassza a Partícióalapú javaslat lehetőséget.\n" +"Az LVM-alapú javaslat lehetőséget válassza sima LVM használata esetén, illetve a Titkosított LVM-alapú\n" "javaslat lehetőséget, ha titkosítani szeretné a rendszert." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7094,103 +6736,100 @@ msgstr "" "A root partíció fájlrendszere a megfelelő\n" "kombinált listával adható meg. A BtrFS fájlrendszer esetén a javaslat\n" -"engedélyezheti a snapper eszközzel készített automatikus " -"pillanatfelvételeket. Ez a root partíció méretét is\n" +"engedélyezheti a snapper eszközzel készített automatikus pillanatfelvételeket. Ez a root partíció méretét is\n" "megnöveli." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"A javaslat külön saját partíciót is létrehozhat. A saját partíció " -"fájlrendszerét\n" +"A javaslat külön saját partíciót is létrehozhat. A saját partíció fájlrendszerét\n" "a megfelelő kombinált listával lehet megadni." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"A swap partíció olyan nagy méretűvé tehető, hogy a legtöbb esetben " -"alkalmas\n" +"A swap partíció olyan nagy méretűvé tehető, hogy a legtöbb esetben alkalmas\n" "legyen a rendszer lemezre hibernálására." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Adjon meg egy jelszót a titkosításhoz." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Jelszó:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Az ellenőrzéshez adja meg a jelszót újból:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Partícióalapú javaslat" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-alapú javaslat" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Titkosított LVM-&alapú javaslat" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Alapértelmezett csatolás:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Alapértelmezett fájlrendszer:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Háttértároló eszközök megjelenítése a következők szerint:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partícióigazítás:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Háttértároló eszközök látható információi:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "első root fájlrendszer"

1 0

Jump to page: